No matching fragments found in this document.
TO THE READER:
Scientology is a religious philosophy containing pastoral counseling
procedures intended to assist an individual to gain greater knowledge of
self. The Mission of the Church of Scientology is a simple one-to help the
individual achieve greater self-confidence and personal integrity, thereby
enabling him to really trust and respect himself and his fellow man. The
attainment of the benefits and goals of Scientology requires each
individual's positive participation, as only through his own efforts can he
achieve these.
This is part of the religious literature and works of the Founder of
Scientology, L. Ron Hubbard. It is presented to the reader as part of the
record of his personal research into Life, and should be construed only as
a written report of such research and not as a statement of claims made by
the Church or the author.
Scientology and its sub-study, Dianetics, as practiced by the Church,
address only the spiritual side of Man. Although the Church, as are all
churches, is free to engage in spiritual healing, it does not, as its
primary goal is increased knowledge and personal integrity for all. For
this reason, the Church does not wish to accept individuals who desire
treatment of physical illness or insanity, but refers these to qualified
specialists in other organizations who deal in these matters.
The Hubbard Electrometer is a religious artifact used in the Church
confessional. It, in itself, does nothing, and is used by Ministers only,
to assist parishioners in locating areas of spiritual distress or travail.
We hope the reading of this hook is only the first stage of a personal
voyage of discovery into the positive and effective religion of
Scientology.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Church of Scientology
This book belongs to __________________________
Date ____________________
The
Organization Executive
Course
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCIENTOLOGY POLICY
By
L. Ron Hubbard
FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY
HCO
DISSEMINATION
DIVISION
2
PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION
Published by
the
CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA
PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION
2723 West Temple Street
Los Angeles
California 90026
U.S.A.
The Church of Scientology is a Non-Profit Organization.
Dianetics� and Scientology� are Registered Names.
Copyright � 1970, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1974
1950,1951,1952,1953,1954,1955,1956,1957,1958,1959
1960,1961,1962,1963,1964,1965,1966,1967,1968,1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Scientology is an Applied Religious Philosophy
No part of this book may be reproduced
without permission of the copyright owner.
First U.S. Printing 1974
Second U. S. Printing 1976
Complete Set ISBN 0-88404-833-X
Volume 2 ISBN 0-88404-027-5
The E-Meter is not intended or effective for the diagnosis,
treatment or prevention of any disease.
Dianetics and Scientology are the trademarks of L. Ron Hubbard
in respect of his published works.
Printed in the United States of America by Kingsport Press, Inc.
CONTENTS
HCO
DISSEMINATION
DIVISION 2
|26 Oct. |Gradient Scale of Personnel Procurement |1 |
|1956 |(HCOB reissued as HCO PL 7 Jan. 1964) | |
|21 Jan. |Vital Data on Promotion (revised 5 Apr. 1965) |4 |
|1965 | | |
|17 Nov. |The Basic Principles of Promotion |7 |
|1965 | | |
| |HCO Dissemination Division 2 Org Board Outline |8 |
|2 Nov. 1967|Dissemination Division, Departments of Promotion, |9 |
| |Publications and Registration | |
|17 June |ARC Break Registrars and Auditors (corrects 2 Nov. |11|
|1968 |1967) | |
|30 Sept. |Statistics for Divisions-HCO Dissem Division 2 |12|
|1965 |(excerpt) | |
|19 Feb. |Stats Dissem |12|
|1968 | | |
|25 May 1968|GDS-Dissem Division |12|
|5 June 1968|Stats Dissem (addition to 19 Feb. 1968) |13|
|5 Feb. 1971|Org Gross Divisional Statistics Revised |13|
| |HCO Dissem Division 2 (excerpt) | |
|20 Nov. |The Promotional Actions of an Organization |14|
|1965 |HCO Dissemination Division 2 (excerpt) | |
|25 Jan. |Concerning the Separateness of Dianetics and |15|
|1957 |Scientology | |
|26 Mar. |Dissemination Secretary Hat |18|
|1959 | | |
|27 Apr. |Why New Books are Few |20|
|1959 | | |
|26 June |Dissemination Secretary Hat |22|
|1959 | | |
|15 Mar. |Hat Co-ordination: Dissemination of Dianetics and |24|
|1960 |Scientology Materials | |
|25 Apr. |PRR Promotion (HCOB) |25|
|1960 | | |
|24 Jan. |Enrollment Division (excerpt) |28|
|1964 | | |
|25 Jan. |Department of Enrollment |29|
|1964 | | |
|29 Jan. |Charts, Routings and Publications-The Enrollment |31|
|1964 |Department | |
|21 Feb. |Department of Enrolment |34|
|1964 | | |
|7 Mar. 1964|Director of Enrolment-The Letter |36|
| |Registrar-Administration | |
|11 Mar. |Departmental Changes-Auditors Division |39|
|1964 | | |
|11 Mar. |Auditors Division-New HCO WW Organization |40|
|1964 | | |
|23 Sept. |Policies: Dissemination and Programmes |41|
|1964 | | |
|31 Dec. |Use of Dianetics, Scientology, Applied Philosophy |49|
|1964 | | |
|28 Feb. |Deliver |50|
|1965 | | |
|5 Apr. 1�65|Legal and Promotion |52|
|7 Apr. 1965|Book Income |53|
|16 Apr. |Handling the Public Individual |56|
|1965 | | |
|18 Apr. |Prices Lowered Because of New Organization Streamline|60|
|1965 | | |
|27 Apr. |Price Engram |62|
|1965 | | |
|5 May 1965 |Classification, Gradation and Awareness Chart |64|
|18 June |Areas of Operation |67|
|1965 | | |
|27 Aug. |Dissem Sec Hat |68|
|1965 | | |
|30 July |Gross Income Senior Datum |68|
|1968 | | |
|10 Aug. |Legal and Dissemination |69|
|1968 | | |
|24 Aug. |Dissemination |69|
|1968 | | |
HCO BOOK ACCOUNT
|3 Sept. |HCO Book Account |70|
|1959 | | |
|14 Jan. |Continental and Area HCO Finance Policies |71|
|1964 | | |
|30 Nov. |HCO Book Account |72|
|1964 | | |
|11 May 1965|HCO Book Account Policy |74|
|6 Oct. 1966|Addition to HCO Div Account Policy |77|
|9 Dec. 1965|HCO Income-Memberships-Congresses-Tape Plays |78|
|28 May 1968|Books |79|
|17 June |HCO Book Account (corrects 23 May 1968) |79|
|1968 | | |
DEPARTMENT FOUR
DEPARTMENT OF PROMOTION
|2 May 1957 |Dissemination |80 |
|18 May 1957|Policy on Signatures in Publications (reissued 8 May|82 |
| |1959) | |
|17 Nov. |HCO Project Engineer: "Have You Lived Before?" |83 |
|1958 | | |
|14 Apr. |New Book |85 |
|1959 | | |
|16 Apr. |Books, Cost of |86 |
|1959 | | |
|22 May 1959|Advertisement for Field in Certainty, Ability, |87 |
| |etc-Minor Issues | |
|6 June 1959|"Have You Lived Before This Life" |87 |
|28 Apr. |Books are Dissemination (HCOB) |88 |
|1960 | | |
|21 Nov. |Re-issue of Materials |92 |
|1962 | | |
|2 Aug. 1963|Public Project One |93 |
|21 Aug. |Change of Organization Targets-Project 80-A Preview |95 |
|1963 | | |
|10 Apr. |Balancing Income-Outgo -Paper, Postage and Printing |98 |
|1964 | | |
|12 Aug. |Policy on Technical Information |92 |
|1964 | | |
|8 Oct. 1964|Artistic Presentation |09 |
|10 Feb. |Ad and Book Policies |101 |
|1965 | | |
|4 M ar. |Technical and Policy Distribution |103 |
|1965 | | |
|27 Apr. |Book Promotion Design |108 |
|1965 | | |
|28 May 1965|Some Allowed Ads-Book Ads |109 |
|30 Aug. |Art (HCOB) |110 |
|1965 | | |
|31 Jan. |Compilations Section, Department 21, Office of LRH |113 |
|1966 |(reissued 8 Aug. 1966) | |
|14 Feb. |Doctor Title Abolished |119 |
|1966 | | |
|3 Apr. 1966|Dianetic Auditors Course |120 |
|12 July |Legal Aspects of Success Material Publications |121 |
|1966 | | |
|15 Aug. |Information Packets |122 |
|1966 | | |
|11 Nov. |Postal Economy |123 |
|1966 | | |
|21 Nov. |Ideas and Compilations Branch WW |124 |
|1966 |(amends 31 Jan. 1966, reissued 8 Aug. 1966) | |
|10 Jan. |Politics, Freedom from (reissued from LRH Sec ED 56 |125 |
|1968 |INT) | |
|22 May 1968|Translations |126 |
|3 Dec. 1969|Issue Authority for Translations of Dianetics and |126 |
| |Scientology Materials | |
MAGAZINES
|24 Nov. |Magazine Policy |127|
|1958 | | |
|24 Oct. |Ability Magazine |128|
|1958 | | |
|26 Jan. |Scientology Magazines |128|
|1959 | | |
|15 June |PAB Liaison |129|
|1959 | | |
|2 July 1959|Scientology Magazines |130|
|6 Oct. 1959|Two Fine Magazines |130|
|30 Oct. |Magazine Arrangements |131|
|1959 | | |
|31 Oct. |Magazine Mailings |131|
|1959 | | |
|15 Mar. |Disseminating Scientology (HCOB) |132|
|1960 | | |
|20 June |Rush Magazine Note |133|
|1960 | | |
|3 Aug. 1960|Magazine Advert Policy |133|
|13 Sept. |Photostats (excerpt) |134|
|1961 | | |
|17 Aug. |Technical Info for Continental Mags |134|
|1964 | | |
|17 Apr. |Additional Mag Policy |135|
|1965 | | |
|16 July |Continental Magazines to Model after Certainty |136|
|1965 | | |
|1 Sept. |Publications |137|
|1965 | | |
|13 Oct. |Advertisements, Continental Magazines and Auditor |138|
|1966 | | |
|7 Dec. 1966|Magazines Permitted All Orgs |139|
|2 Apr. 1969|Routine Congress Promotion |141|
|14 Dec. |Magazines (LRH ED 59 INT) |142|
|1969 | | |
|1 Apr. 1970|Magazine Layout and Pasteup (Dissem Div Advice |145|
| |Letter) | |
|1 Apr. 1970|PAB Magazines (Dissem Advice Letter) |147|
THE AUDITOR MAGAZINE
|I I Mar. |Auditors Division-New HCO WW Organization |40 |
|1964 | | |
|7 July 1965|Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor |167|
| |(reissued 9 July 1967) | |
|17 Mar. |Promotion of Saint Hill-Auditor Issue Frequency |149|
|1966 | | |
|15 Oct. |Auditor Magazine Success |150|
|1967 | | |
|24 Nov. |Auditor Correspondents |151|
|1968 | | |
|25 Nov. |Saint Hill Income Peaks- Reinforcement of Auditor |154|
|1968 |Promotion | |
|26 Nov. |The Original Auditor Journal Policy |155|
|1968 | | |
|27 Nov. |The Standard Auditor Journal |157|
|1968 | | |
|29 Nov. |Standard Actions, Office of The Auditor Journal |161|
|1968 | | |
|10 Aug. |The Auditor: Org Magazines and Comm Lines |166|
|1970 | | |
PHOTOS
|7 July 1965|Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor |167|
| |(reissued 9 July 1967) | |
|28 July |Handling of Photographs |168|
|1965 | | |
|31 Oct. |Photographers, Of Interest to |169|
|1968 | | |
|21 Nov. |Photo-Policy for Magazines |170|
|1968 | | |
COPYRIGHT
|15 Nov. |The Substance and First Duty of HCO |Vol. 1-|
|1958 | |13 |
|15 Nov. |Outstanding Copyrights and Marks |172 |
|1958 | | |
|15 Nov. |Legal Aid-HCO |Vol. 1-|
|1958 | |16 |
|22 Nov. |Owner of Materials-The Legal View |Vol. 1-|
|1958 | |17 |
|20 Jan. |When in Doubt about Copyrighting |172 |
|1959 | | |
|29 May 1959|Technology |Vol. |
| | |1-24 |
|16 Dec. |Copyright: U.S.A. |173 |
|1965, | | |
|27 Oct. |Registration of SO Insignia |174 |
|1969 | | |
PRINTING
|1 June 1957 |Who Can Order Printing |see-] |
| | |75 |
|17 Sept. |Who Can Order Printing |175 |
|1958 | | |
|31 Oct. 058 |Use of Mimeo Restricted |175 |
|12 Feb. 1959|Book Administrator (previous printing hat) |176 |
|7 May 1964 |Rights to Print or Re-print Scientology Books |177 |
| |and Materials | |
|21 Dec. 1969|Guide to the Function of Printer Liaison |178 |
|19 Apt 1970 |Mimeo (LRH ED 98 INT) |181 |
|2 Mar. 1971 |Mimeo Section |182 |
ISSUE AUTHORITY
(See also ISSUE AUTHORITY in the Executive Volume)
|23 Dec. 1958|Quality of Presentation |183 |
|22 Apr. 1965|Booklets, Handouts, Mailing Pieces |184 |
|22 July 1965|Dissemination Materials to Saint Hill |186 |
DEPARTMENT FIVE
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLICATIONS
BOOKS
|27 Aug. |The Washington DC central organization |187|
|1958 | | |
|25 Mar. |Book Policy |187|
|1959 | | |
|29 Apr. |Defacing Books and Proper Addresses on Them |188|
|1959 | | |
|4 June |Sale and Handout of Certainty Minors |188|
|1959 | | |
|3 Nov. |Re-organization of Book Supplies |189|
|1959 | | |
|18 Mar. |"Have You Lived. . ." Sales |192|
|1960 | | |
|6 July |LT Membership Privileges |195|
|1960 | | |
|28 July |Book Administration |193|
|1960 | | |
|28 July |International Membership Privileges |195|
|1960 | | |
|2 Aug. |Book Supplies |196|
|1960 | | |
|14 Oct. |Book Department Procedure |197|
|1960 | | |
|20 Oct. |PAB Magazine Supplies |198|
|1960 | | |
|9 Jan. |Book Administration (cancels 28 July 1960) |194|
|1961 | | |
|9 Aug. |Book Sales |198|
|1961 | | |
|10 Apr. |Supplies of Books from HCO WW |199|
|1962 | | |
|22 June |Autographed Free Books |199|
|1962 | | |
|13 May |Supplies of Books to Scientology Organizations |200|
|1963 | | |
|21 Nov. |Discounts-Central Orgs-Books |201|
|1964 | | |
|19 July |Discounts-Central Orgs-Books (corrects 21 Nov. 1964) |202|
|1965 | | |
|23 Sept. |Keeping Stocks Up (reissued 14 Sept. 1967) |203|
|1965 | | |
|28 Oct. |Discounts (Additions to 19 July 1965) |204|
|1965 | | |
|7 N ov. |Autographed Copies of Books by LRH |204|
|1965 | | |
|9 May 1966|Publication Copies to WW |205|
|23 May |All Scientology Orgs can buy books |206|
|1968 | | |
|23 May |Book Purchase from WW |206|
|1968 | | |
|23 May |Purchasing from Pubs Org WW (revised 10 Sept. 1968) |207|
|1968 | | |
|5 June |Weekly Book Stock Report Required |208|
|1968 | | |
| |Weekly Book Stocks and Sales Report Form lB |209|
|9 Oct. |Publications Depts and Orgs-How to Straighten Out |210|
|1969 | | |
|9 Dec. |Purchasing from Pubs Org (cancels 23 May 1968, |212|
|1969 |revised 10 Sept. 1968) | |
TAPES
|9 Mar. |Tapes and Records |213|
|1959 | | |
|10 Mar. |BScn/HCS Course Tapes |213|
|1959 | | |
|8 Apr. |New HPA/HCA Tapes |214|
|1959 | | |
|14 May |How to Establish Price of Books and Tapes |215|
|1959 | | |
|5 Oct. |Tape and Record Production Hat |216|
|1959 | | |
|23 Oct. |Recording of Taped Lectures at 1st Melbourne ACC and |217|
|1959 |Pre-ACC Congress | |
|8 Apr. |Tapes of Washington Congress |218|
|1960 | | |
|15 July |Congress Tapes |218|
|1960 | | |
|4 Jan. |Tape Copying Changed |219|
|1961 | | |
|4 Jan. |Tape Leader Colour Codes |219|
|1961 | | |
|5 June |Class II Training Only by Academies and Saint Hill |220|
|1962 | | |
|16 Aug. |HCO Electronic Consultant Hat |220|
|1962 | | |
|1 Nov. |Tapes, Student Purchase of |221|
|1962 | | |
|18 June |Tape Release |221|
|1963 | | |
|24 Feb. |S.L.R. Ltd-Tape Copying |222|
|1964 | | |
|11 June |Central Organization & City Office Tape Service |222|
|1964 | | |
|17 Dec. |Tape Prices |223|
|1964 | | |
|31 Dec. |Tape Availability |224|
|1964 | | |
|13 May |Sale of Bulletins & Tapes Forbidden |224|
|1965 | | |
|7 Dec. |Tape Colour Flash Code |225|
|1965 | | |
|24 Oct. |Blank Tape Reels |226|
|1966 | | |
|18 Apr. |Tapes (cancels 31 Dec. 1964, amends 13 May 1965) |227|
|1970 | | |
E-METERS
|30 Jan. |British E-Meter Breakage |228|
|1961 | | |
|23 Oct. |E-Meters to be Approved |228|
|1961 | | |
|19 Dec. |E-Meter Supplies |229|
|1961 | | |
|15 Feb. |Supply and Servicing of the Mark IV E-Meter |229|
|1962 | | |
|10 Apr. |E-Meters. |230|
|1962 | | |
|11 Apr. |Supply of E-Meters to Central Orgs |230|
|1962 | | |
|12 July |The British Mark IV E-Meter |231|
|1962 | | |
|25 July |Supplies of E-Meters via and for Central Orgs |232|
|1962 | | |
|22 Nov. |Prices of the British Mark V E-Meter |233|
|1962 | | |
|23 Nov. |Mark V and Listing E-Meters. |234|
|1965 | | |
|9 July |Confessional Aids |234|
|1969 | | |
|22 Mar. |E-Meter Discount Policy-Purchasing E-Meters from Pubs|234|
|1970 |Org | |
INSIGNIA
|30 Oct. |Blazer Badges |235|
|1959 | | |
|25 Nov. |HCO and HASI Blazer Badges |235|
|1959 | | |
|13 Nov. |Release Pins |236|
|1965 | | |
|9 Jan. |House Flags |237|
|1968 | | |
SHIPPING
|29 July |Sending Certificates by Mail |238|
|1959 | | |
|circa 1960|Book Orders (LRH Despatch) |238|
|23 Jan. |Shipping of Books |238|
|1961 | | |
|13 Sept. |Boxes and Cardboard (excerpt) |241|
|1961 | | |
|30 Aug. |Shipping Rundown |239|
|1962 | | |
|15 Jan. |No Charge Invoices (HCO Admin Ltr) |241|
|1965 | | |
|29 Dec. |Shipping Material to South Africa |242|
|1965 | | |
|11 Feb. |Shipping Charges |243|
|1966 | | |
|15 Feb. |Bulk Mail Packages to Washington DC |244|
|1966 | | |
DEPARTMENT SIX
DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION
(A study of this Department should include POLICIES ON "SOURCES OF
TROUBLE" - Volume 1, pages 510-529, and the policies on the FIELD
STAFF MEMBER SYSTEM in the Distribution/Public Divisions Volume.)
|21 Sept. |Purposes of the Department of Registration |245|
|1965 | | |
|25 Jan. |Referrals to Field |247|
|1957 | | |
|22 Feb. |Policy of Mail Handling for Prospective Preclears & |247|
|1957 |Students (HCOB) | |
|6 Apr. |Central Files and Procurement (HCOB) |248|
|1957 | | |
|16 June |People's Questions (HCOB) |256|
|1957 | | |
|27 Sept. |Quoting Prices |256|
|1957 | | |
|2 Oct. |Sale and Conduct of Academy Courses |257|
|1958 | | |
|26 Aug. |Promotional Functions of Dept of PrR (excerpt) |259|
|1959 | | |
|23 Oct. |Attention Registrars and Book Administrators |259|
|1959 | | |
|27 Oct. |Processing of Children on the HGC |260|
|1959 | | |
|29 Mar. |HGC and Academy Prices for Minors |260|
|1960 | | |
|14 Nov. |Urgent PR R |261|
|1960 | | |
|12 Jan. |Comments on Letter Reg Department |262|
|1962 | | |
|30 Aug. |General Form of Release Contract |263|
|1962 | | |
|5 Feb. |Founding Scientologist Certificate |264|
|1964 | | |
|10 Feb. |Enrolment on Self Determinism (reissued 23 June 1967)|266|
|1964 | | |
|15 Mar. |Registrars, CF and Address |266|
|1965 | | |
|9 May 1965|Auditing Fees-Preferential Treatment of Preclears |268|
| |Scale of Preference | |
|21 May |Memorandum of Agreement |270|
|1965 | | |
|23 May |Rebates |271|
|1965 | | |
|23 July |Priority of Power Processing |272|
|1965 | | |
|1 Sept. |Legal Aspects of Sign Ups (excerpt) |273|
|1965 | | |
|20 Sept. |Power Processing for the Public (corrected per 30 |272|
|1965 |Nov. 1965) | |
|21 Sept. |Memorandum of Agreement (amends 21 May 1965) |274|
|1965 | | |
|24 Sept. |Free Release Check |275|
|1965 | | |
|25 Oct. |Saint Hill Solo Audit Course |276|
|1965 | | |
|6 Jan. |Credit and Discounts |278|
|1966 | | |
|1 Aug. |Sign Ups and Discounts, |280|
|1966 | | |
|13 Sept. |Requirement for Termination on the SHSBC and |281|
|1966 |Enrolment on Solo Course | |
|18 Mar. |Dianetics in Organization |282|
|1968 | | |
|23 Apr. |Parent or Guardian Assent Forms |283|
|1968 | | |
|29 June |Enrollment in Suppressive Groups (amends 28 Dec. |284|
|1968 |1965) | |
|6 Apr. |Dianetics |285|
|1969 | | |
|19 May |Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course Policy (cancels 7 |286|
|1969 |May 1969) | |
|23 May |Dianetic Contract |287|
|1969 | | |
|23 May |Parent or Guardian Assent Forms |289|
|1969 | | |
|3 June |Dianetic Course Pricing |290|
|1969 | | |
|12 June |Dianetic Registration |291|
|1969 | | |
|2 Sept. |Old ACC Students |293|
|1969 | | |
|2 Sept. |Triple Grades |294|
|1969 | | |
|3 Sept. |Former HDAs, HPAs |295|
|1969 | | |
|3 Sept. |Successful Class VIlIs |296|
|1969 | | |
|26 Oct. |Class VIII & HDG |296|
|1969 | | |
|17 Nov. |Dianetics and Scientology Services |297|
|1969 | | |
|11 Dec. |Training of Clears |299|
|1969 | | |
|11 Jan. |Pricing-Rescue Intensives |300|
|1970 | | |
|12 Jan. |Pricing-Singles and Triples |300|
|1970 | | |
|30 July |Registration Breakthrough (incl. Clarifications per I|301|
|1970 |Dec. 1970) | |
BODY REG
(A study of this Section should include INVOICING- Volume 3.)
|26 Sept. |Registrar (HCOB) |309 |
|1956 | | |
|1 Apr. |Always Register and Invoice |309 |
|1957 | | |
|21 Apr. |Income |309 |
|1957 | | |
|7 May 1957|Assignment of Auditors, Rooms, Students |310 |
|13 May |Financial Enrollment Procedure |Vol. 4-129|
|1957 | | |
|15 May |Registrar |310 |
|1957 | | |
|16 May |Invoicing Items |309 |
|1957 | | |
|8 Feb. |Since people will begin to expect being cleared |311 |
|1958 | | |
|4 Mar. |Addition to HASI P/L of 8 Feb. 1958 |311 |
|1958 | | |
|17 Mar. |Body Routing in a Central Organization |312 |
|1958 | | |
|23 Apr. |Vital Training Data for Training Hats and Registrar |313 |
|1958 | | |
|6 May 1958|Modified Procedure for Signing Up Prospective |314 |
| |Students & Pcs | |
|7 Nov. |Registrar |314 |
|1958 | | |
|17 Nov. |Free Clear Estimates-Free Clear Tests |315 |
|1958 | | |
|15 Dec. |Registrar Hat (Sec ED FCDC No. 2) |316 |
|1958 | | |
|7 July |Training Applicants |318 |
|1960 | | |
|19 Aug. |Registrar Lost Line |319 |
|1960 | | |
|19 Nov. |Pc Scheduling |320 |
|1960 | | |
|14 Feb. |The Pattern of a Central Organization-Dept of |321 |
|1961 |Promotion and Registration (excerpt) | |
|3 May 1961|Registration |322 |
|6 Mar. |Selling Techniques Forbidden |325 |
|1963 | | |
|21 June |Orgs are SH FSMs |325 |
|1965 | | |
|12 July |Release Policies- Starting the Pc |326 |
|1965 | | |
|19 July |Release Checks, Procedure for |328 |
|1965 | | |
|15 Sept. |Only Accounts Talks Money |Vol. |
|1965 | |0-275 |
|16 Dec. |Registration Disagreements |331 |
|1966 | | |
|11 July |Dianetics Auditing Completion Certificate |331 |
|1969 | | |
|27 July |Antibiotics (HCOB) |332 |
|1969 | | |
|16 Dec. |Used CF Folders |334|
|1969 | | |
|15 Jan. |The Uses of Auditing (HCOB) |335|
|1970 | | |
|15 Jan. |Handling with Auditing (HCOB) |336|
|1970 | | |
|19 Jan. |Registrars' Advice Form (HCOB) |339|
|1970 | | |
|4 Feb. |Pc Application Form for any Major Auditing Action |341|
|1970 | | |
|4 Feb. |Pc Application for Major Actions (HCOB) |343|
|1970 | | |
|16 May |Institutional and Shock Cases, Petitions from |345|
|1970 | | |
|14 July |Registrar Statistic |346|
|1970 | | |
|3 Aug. |Registrars May Now Talk Money |346|
|1970 | | |
|13 Oct. |Assent Form |347|
|1970 | | |
|26 Oct. |Institutional and Shock Cases-Posting of Bonds |348|
|1970 | | |
|11 Mar. |Registrar Invoicing Line |349|
|1971 | | |
LETTER REGISTRAR
ADVANCE SCHEDULING REGISTRAR
|6 Apr. |Letter Reg Hat |352|
|1965 | | |
|29 Nov. |Enrollment Cycle |358|
|1968 | | |
|3 June |Letter Writing |361|
|1957 | | |
|7 Nov. |Letter Output |361|
|1958 | | |
|15 Nov. |How to Procure People |362|
|1958 | | |
|4 June |Definition of a Hot File |364|
|1959 | | |
|19 Aug. |Writing of Letters by Staff Auditors |365|
|1959 | | |
|20 Nov. |Validation of Franchises |366|
|1959 | | |
|9 Apr. |Outflow (HCOB) |367|
|1960 | | |
|12 Apr. |An Analysis of Promotion (HCOB) |369|
|1960 | | |
|3 Nov. |Promotional Letters |370|
|1960 | | |
|15 Nov. |Modern Procurement Letters |371|
|1960 | | |
|14 Feb. |The Pattern of a Central Organization-The Letter |377|
|1961 |Registration Section (excerpt) | |
|21 Nov. |Letter Writer's Code |378|
|1961 | | |
|13 Sept. |Comments about Letter Registrar |379|
|1962 | | |
|7 Apr. |Book Auditor |380|
|1965 | | |
|17 June |Scientology Pins |381|
|1965 | | |
|1 July |Letter Reg-Body Reg |383|
|1965 | | |
|8 Sept. |Dissemination Division-Registration Packet (Sec ED 89|384|
|1965 |SH) | |
|12 Jan. |Selectees Mailing-Selectee Advice Packets |385|
|1966 | | |
|12 Oct. |Mailing of Letters |386|
|1966 | | |
|14 Feb. |Book Buyers |387|
|1967 | | |
CENTRAL FILES
(See also ADDRESSO section- Volume 1, pages 266-291)
|6 Apr. |Central Files and Procurement (HCOB) |248|
|1957 | | |
|15 May |Central Files and Procurement |388|
|1957 | | |
|18 Dec. |CF and Address Change |388|
|1960 | | |
|8 Apr. |Cancellation of Mail Lists to Field Auditors |389|
|1965 | | |
|1 Sept. |Mailing List Policies |390|
|1965 | | |
|2 Nov. |Foundation Central Files Officer and |392|
|1965 |Address-in-Charge | |
|9 Jan. |International Changes or Area Changes of Address |392|
|1966 | | |
|22 Aug. |Dead File: Restoration to Good Standing |393|
|1966 | | |
|13 Oct. |Invoice Routing |393|
|1966 | | |
|14 Feb. |Book Buyers |387|
|1967 | | |
|8 May 1969|Address Lists-Addresso and Central Files |394|
|17 May |Mailing Lists-Central Files-Addresso Basic |395|
|1969 |Definitions and Policy | |
|18 Nov. |Central Files, Value of-The Gross Income of the Org |397|
|1969 |and Why | |
|16 Dec. |Used CF Folders |334|
|1969 | | |
|5 Feb. |CF and Address Pre-Sorting |399|
|1971 | | |
Note: At time of publication of this volume new developments of the
Organizing Board are in progress, some of which affect Division 2. The
Registrar invoicing line is restored; Mimeo is returned wholly to Division
1, Addresso to Division 2; printing (internal by offset and external via
Printer liaison) comes wholly under the Department of Promotion in Division
2. Several 1970 and 1971 key policies covering these developments have been
included in this volume, however a full coverage of this evolution is to be
found in policies post-1969 which is later than the scope of the OEC
divisional volumes. -Editors
|Assoc Secs |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|HCOs Dept |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Heads | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER | |
| |OF 7 JANUARY 1964 | |
| |GRADIENT SCALE OF PERSONNEL PROCUREMENT | |
The following is the text of an HCO Bulletin issued October 26, 1956, by L.
Ron Hubbard.
It is hereby re-issued as a policy as it should be well known and used in
all orgs. It is the basic pattern for all org procurement. It should be
well learned by all procurement executives and they should follow this
pattern in instructing their personnel and in the administration of their
departments.
Any filing system, letter writing system, address system and any other
procurement system should be aligned around this basic pattern and designed
to carry out these purposes.
An orderly org procurement line is vital. It is secondary only in
importance to tech effectiveness and service.
GRADIENT SCALE OF PERSONNEL PROCUREMENT
During the last six years of Dianetics and Scientology organisation, it has
been discovered that the orderly administration of procurement of people
directly co-ordinates and establishes the size and progress of Dianeties
and Scientology, and directly establishes, rather than influences, the
income level of central organisations.
The backbone of procurement consists of keeping accurate files and records,
and keeping them in an orderly state. The Registrar or Registrars are most
vitally concerned with the central files themselves, and central files
should therefore be monitored entirely by the Registrar. (See HCO Bulletin
containing the Organisational Health Chart.) Executive management should
concern itself primarily with the smooth handling by personnel of these
communication lines, terminals and files, since the ability of the
organisation to continue depends completely upon the smooth and accurate
handling and execution of these various units.
It will be found that a very small operation would combine several of these
functions, but, in a large central organisation, it is necessary that the
last four of these classifications be handled by separate persons and
departments, monitored the while by executive supervision, to guarantee the
smooth flow of this data.
The following categories and actions are not for casual study; they are for
indoctrination of personnel, which should include their complete
understanding of the reasons and purposes and actions contained in these
classifications. The following list should be as well known as some basic
Scientology data, because it is the third dynamic inflow and outflow of the
organisation.
CATEGORY I: INQUIRIES. By inquiries, we mean "persons who inquire".
Inquiries come from people answering advertisements, by people who have
heard of Dianetics or Scientology from other people, and who then inquire,
and (the weakest classification in inquiries) referred names, by which is
meant names which are simply referred to the organisation as being
interested. The optimum inquiry is the person inquiring, himself, in
person, at the central organisation; the next most important is the person
writing a letter to the central organisation, and the next most important
is persons sending in inquiry post cards cut from advertisements or issued
in P.E. or Basic Courses in the field.
What does one do with these people? One sells them books. It is vital that,
while they may be given information on three or four books, any sales
approach or sales letter or literature should stress only one book: the
book they should now read. A flier or advertisement for the book is
included in the letter, which, in the best operation, would be a personal
letter. In other words, one sends these people a personal letter, and sends
them with that a flier about one book. The person's attention is thereby
not dispersed on to several things that he could do, and the decision, in
essence, has been made for him.
What do we try to do with these people? We try to sell them books. While
these
people may also buy, immediately, training or processing, in the main they
buy books, as we have discovered. Until they have bought a book, they
remain in an inquiry classification, and if they do not reply to three
mailings, we then strip them from our lists. Therefore, it is necessary
that any file which carries such names should be annotated any time
anything is sent to them, and the file itself should be dated.
By placing a piece of carbon paper back of the address, name and date line,
and placing under the carbon paper a large file card, when the letter
replying to inquiry is written, one achieves a date and thus can strip
files of aged names. The inquiry file should be frequently co-ordinated
against the book order file, and thus brought into a state of present time.
CATEGORY II: BOOK ORDERERS. By "book orderers" is meant persons who have
ordered books. It may be discovered, from cards placed in books in book
stores, that someone has already bought a book. This person is not, then,
when he sends in this card, an inquiry; he is a book orderer.
This file includes cards sent in by people who have bought books in book
stores, the book order sheets including the ordering letter from the
shipping department, and letters from people who write in and say they have
read certain books. In some instances, it may be found that these people
have listened to many tapes or have ordered tapes, and therefore tape
orderers are included in book orderers.
What do we do with these people? We sell them processing. Even though we
try to sell them more books and tapes, we still concentrate on selling
these people processing from the central organisation. The fact of buying
one book makes a person a "book orderer".
CATEGORY III: PRECLEARS. "Preclears" are persons who have been processed at
any organisation office or in the field.
Anyone who has been processed is therefore classified in the Registrar
files as "Preclear". The acquisition of lists of people who have been
processed is relatively simple, but must be worked upon. Lists of people
are obtained through testing, providing the central organisation grades the
tests (in which case, in the collection of preclear lists, it would
actually pay the central organisation to correct the tests at some very low
fee or no fee from the field) or from new systems to be originated.
Anyone who has been processed anywhere, then, is a preclear, and is
included in the Registrar files under the heading, "Preclear".
What do we do with a "Preclear"? We sell him training.
CATEGORY IV: STUDENTS. Anyone who has ever been trained in the field or in
organisational schools is classified as a "student".
The classification is understood to mean people who would come up to
professional practice level, and does not necessarily include Basic Course
or Advanced Course students.
What do we do with a student? We sell him the idea of maintaining groups,
selling memberships and Basic Courses. We make him a field auditor.
CATEGORY V: FIELD AUDITOR. Anyone who is active in the field,
professionally, is classified as "field auditor".
Lists of field auditors are obtained from membership lists, training
enrolment lists, and certification files in general.
We keep the field auditor sending in such lists of people, thus creating
"Inquiries". Thus the action becomes circular.
USES OF CLASSIFICATION
These five classifications give us the graduating scale of action for our
various activities.
Each one of these classifications is a fait accompli. An Inquiry is a
person who has inquired; a Book Orderer is a person who has ordered books,
etc.
The action here is quite simple. If we have an Inquiry, we then sell the
Inquiry a publication. If the person buys a publication, he is no longer an
Inquiry, he is a Book Orderer. If a person is a Book Orderer and exists in
our files as having bought a book, regardless of any further action in
selling him books, we then sell him processing. A person who is known to
have had processing, now a Preclear, we then sell him training. A person
who is a student in our files, having been trained, we then classify as a
Student, but we urge him to become a Field Auditor in the widest sense of
that activity.
Now, the following would be incorrect. We get a list of preclears from
somewhere, and we try to sell them Processing. While we could do this, and
really in a minor way should do this, it will be discovered however that
they are now ready to buy training. Thus, obtaining a list of preelears is
a statement to us and an action for us to start selling training to them.
We may find it also possible or necessary to first sell them something else-
such as books-but we keep trying to sell them training.
The entire system will be found to be circular. A Field Auditor provides,
if he is active, Basic Course certificates, associate memberships, and
lists of people who are buying books from him. It is indicated that we must
urge Field Auditors to give basic courses of one kind or another, and to
sell them books, and we should make it very attractive to him by giving
every possible discount and service, so that he will get them into further
courses and issue to them basic course certificates (the holding of a basic
course certificate does not make a "student", but only a "book orderer").
Therefore, by making these people active, they provide us with lists which
are Inquiry or Book Orderer.lists. If we receive inquiry lists from them,
which do not detail whether or not they have bought books, we treat them as
Inquiries, and to these lists we then sell single books. When we have been
successful in this, these people of course become Book Orderers, and to
Book Orderers we always sell processing. When they have been processed,
either in the field or by the central organisation, they are included in
the "Preclear" category, and to the "Preelear" category we always sell
central organisation training.
POLICY
Our policy is to so rotate files as to continually provide new spheres of
action for the central organisation as per this list. An additional policy
is not to distribute any more information packages, since these attempt to
sell too many items, and thus we disperse the interest of the person. We
hit, each time, with one item or type of item only, as indicated above.
This should not inhibit our continuing to sell a book orderer books, or a
Preclear category processing, but it should point our interest to the next
classification, whenever we have anyone in any of the above
classifications.
THE ROLE OF ADVERTISING
It has been discovered that book ads do sell books, but that ads relating
to the efficacy of Scientology or invitations to come in for processing or
training are intensely neglected.
The entire health of the organisation depends, in the final analysis, upon
the distribution of books through book stores and through auditing groups.
This has been found over six years to produce by far the bulk of persons
for us. Thus, this whole system more or less depends upon the distribution
of books out to the public. Word of mouth promotes book orders;
advertisements about books promote inquiries about Scientology in general.
Standing above this list, we must remember, is the entire population of
Earth, and by following this circulatory type of dissemination, we will
gradually extend our dissemination to include this target.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR FILING
The responsibility for the neatness and good order of all files anywhere
falls ultimately upon the executive management of any organisation. Below
that level, files are under the immediate authority of the Registrar, since
preclears and students produce the greatest revenue and dissemination of
the subject. But this does not mean that inquiry files and book orderer
files should not be at the disposal of other persons in the organisation,
who should work in close harmony with the Registrar upon such files, and
who should in their own spheres take responsibility for the neatness and
good order of these files.
APPROPRIATION
It will be seen at once that the accuracy and neatness of the filing
systems alone makes possible the exercise of skill by the persons in charge
of the various divisions of this list. Therefore, money spent on keeping
neat and accurate and up-to-date files is money extremely well spent. This
is second only to money spent on the writing and typing of personal letters
and sending them to the persons to be graduated up one step on this list.
|LRH:jw.rd |L. RON HUBBARD, October 26,1956. |
|Copyright @ 1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Re-issued by |Peter Hemery |
| | |HCO Org Supervisor WW|
| |Authorised by L. RON HUBBARD |
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Sthil Board | | |
|Members | | |
|Sthil | | |
|Executives | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 JANUARY 1965 | |
| |REVISED 5 APRIL 1965 | |
| |VITAL DATA ON PROMOTION | |
Successful orgs, good dissemination, a salvaged planet, require the
following basic things:
1. Workable Technology. This means something to offer that is desirable and
will be received by individuals in the public body.
2. Good execution of the technology. This means holding a constant of
application without variation in how it is done from person to person or
place to place. This outlaws at once all squirrelling and individual
variations even when they are good for they bring about an inconstant of
execution and this can wipe out technology, leaving one with nothing to
promote and a dead end of all spread of technology. Hence, no articles in
magazines giving different points of view. Hence, no officially
authorized books giving variant methods. Even if they were good, it would
halt all promotion and end freedom for the planet.
3. Accumulation of the identities of persons. This is done by getting lists
of names, by personal contact, etc. But however it is done, it is totally
the accumulation of identities.
4. Offering those identities something they will buy, a book or a service.
5. Delivering what is offered.
That is all there is to successful promotion. There are a thousand ways to
do (3) the accumulation of the identities of persons and (4) offering these
identities something they will buy, so promotion looks complex. It is not.
Successful promotion means continuing. One cannot continue to promote as
per (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and (4) offering these
identities something they will buy, unless (1) workable technology, (2)
good execution of the technology, and (5) delivering what is offered, are
in place.
However, (1) workable technology, (2) good execution of the technology and
(5) delivering what is offered, can be wholly in place without any world
beating a path to the better mousetrap maker. By the nature of the bank,
collective opinion is always derogatory or bank, this being the one thing
held in common by all. So the group ignores the good and embraces the bad.
Thus the appeal must be to the individual for his personal use. And even
then one always has to do (3) accumulation of the identities of persons,
and (4) offering those identities something they will buy. No matter how
good (1) workable technology, (2) good execution of the technology and (5)
delivering what is offered, are, (3) accumulation of the identities of
persons, and (4) offering those identities something they will buy, must
always be vigorously executed continually. There is no coasting along on
yesterday's steam. All tomorrows require today's heavy promotion.
We call (1) Technology, (2) Good Service and (5) Ethics. We call (3)
Dissemination and (4) Salesmanship. (3) Dissemination and (4) Salesmanship
are really promotion. But all five must exist for promotion to be
successful.
So that is all there is to promotion.
One contacts people by any media including word of mouth, ads, rumors, etc.
In (3) Dissemination, it is enough to accumulate names and addresses of
persons who have been contacted.
In (4) Salesmanship, one effectively offers these individuals something
they can and will buy-service, status increased potential, anything they
will buy.
In (5) Ethics, one delivers what is offered.
If you just remember that's all there is to promotion, you will be very
successful.
Therefore you:
a) Never seek public or group repute or collective bank. You do not do
"good will" advertising or just try to get the name about. You only
accumulate identities as per (3) Dissemination and use them for (4)
Salesmanship offering them something they will buy.
b) Never count on an individual to "spread the word if he experiences a
miracle" as you can always contact more people than he can.
c) Never via your comm line heavily through a "powerful person" or
"authoritative group" as you can promote better directly.
d) Never seek a subsidy for what you are doing as at once you or any
subsidized office will. cease to promote to the public individuals.
You throw out anything or anyone who is working to make you get a
subsidy or who demands a subsidy to operate an office, as there goes
your public contact. It ceases to have point as there's no
dependence on the public individual so he ceases to be served.
Subsidy is a fine way to. fail and always leads to a dead end. A
subsidized office ceases to promote as it no longer depends on doing
(3) Dissemination -accumulation of the identities of persons, and
(4) Salesmanship- offering those identities something they will buy,
for its daily bread. So it is useless in the scheme of things and,
not serving, becomes dangerous.
If you don't promote, the whole effort will dead end, the individual will
no longer be reached, the group bank reaction will set in and that's the
end of it.
Inadequate promotion, not reaching the individual, and any violation of (5)
Ethics -delivering what is offered, are the sources of all the difficulties
we have experienced.
Therefore adequate promotion, reaching the individual and making sure of
(5) delivering what is offered, will be responsible for all the successes
we will experience in the future.
It is as simple as that.
When you hear proposals to reduce mailing lists, know somebody is trying to
kill you.
When you see something being offered that the individual cannot buy, know
that somebody is being silly.
When you see lists of people being collected who will not buy, know
somebody is being extravagant.
Err on the side of too many names accumulated, however, and burn the
midnight oil figuring out what they can and will buy, that you can deliver.
Sell it for enough to let you keep on promoting and soon you'll have the
planet.
ORGANIZATION
The Earth measure of success is the amount of power, authority, people,
wealth and property one controls.
It is not necessary to bank it to your own name if you can dictate its
expenditure.
The reason we are interested in success of this kind is because it is the
wherewithal to reach and get the job done. Without that, these things,
except for people, are trash.
It is all very well to idealize poverty and associate wisdom with begging
bowls, or virtue with low estate. However, those who have done this
(Buddhists, Christians, Communists and other fanatics) have dead ended or
are dead ending. That route doesn't get the job done so it can't be a
workable route.
The hard fact of this civilization is, given enough money or control, you
can usually buy or demand your way out of any game you don't want to play.
Thus you can keep on playing the game you do want to play. It is always a
matter of amusement to me to find out some attacker is after money. For
that's an easy one.
To keep going on a planetary salvage job you have to have the means to
salvage in the frame of reference of the planet. Hence, we need the above
things to get the job done.
Therefore you have to have an organization. This makes it easy to handle
the activities needful for salvage and to acquire or control the
wherewithal to continue to salvage.
Without power, authority, people, wealth and property you cannot make
enough impact at the level of reality of the individuals you are seeking to
salvage.
If you only wanted salvage for one or two, then none of these would be
needed in any vast amount. But large numbers being salvaged require
organization. And organization requires the other things to keep operating
and remain real.
You can therefore know your enemies by those who seek to knock out any part
of your
(a) Power (b) Authority (c) Personnel (d) Wealth (e) Property.
As collective-think demands that these items particularly be knocked out,
handling and continuing an organization is a rather arduous activity.
The individual is the effect of these items, however, so if one can
maintain them, one wins.
One forms an organization only in order to do (1) workable technology, (2)
good execution of the technology, (3) accumulate the identities of persons,
(4) offer those identities something they will buy, (5) deliver what is
offered, under Promotion.
Because of the character of the bank and collective think, number (1)
workable technology, under Promotion, is not possible to achieve by an
organization or group. Group research is not merely too expensive, it is
also only re-search of the work generated by an individual. New ideas never
appear in group research so it merely polishes at best (and messes up at
worst) what has already been done technically by an individual.
Therefore organization begins at (2) good execution of the technology,
exists to do (3) accumulation of the identities of persons, and (5) deliver
what is offered. (4) Salesmanship- offering those identities something they
will buy, again is usually the work of an individual thinking up ideas and
offerings.
Therefore the central control point of an activity puts an organization
there to do (2) good execution of the technology, (3) accumulation of the
identities of persons, and (5) delivering what is offered, and works
individually to find new ways to do (3) accumulation of the identities of
persons, and originates (4) offering those identities something they will
buy.
Thus a central control point has a dual engagement-(a) To put and keep the
broad organization there to do (2) good execution of the technology, (3)
accumulation of the identities of persons, and (5) delivering what is
offered, and (b) to originate better ways to do (3) accumulation of the
identities of persons, and new ways to do (4) offering those identities
something they will buy.
Thus the relation of a central control point to the organization is very
easy to understand.
The hardest work consists of keeping the organization from going banky and
not doing (2) good execution of the technology, (3) accumulation of the
identities of persons and (5) delivering what is offered. The most
brilliant work consists of better ways to do (3) accumulation of identities
of persons, and effective things for (4) offering those identities
something they will buy.
This is the totality of action by a central control point. If done well,
the whole organization achieves the final objective and if done badly the
whole thing dead ends.
Great pressures exist against a central control point to violate its needs
for (a) Power (b) Authority (c) Personnel (d) Wealth and (e) Property under
Organization above, and it is easy to surrender without realizing that
surrender is fatal in our case to every one on this planet and perhaps
ourselves as well.
Resist these pressures successfully and the central control point then can
do (2) good execution of the technology (3) accumulation of the identities
of persons (4) offering those identities something they will buy, and (5)
delivering what is offered, and everybody wins.
And that's all there is to organization.
|LRH:mb.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 by | |
|L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[The original title of this Policy Letter was PROMOTION AND ORGANIZATION
FROM A CENTRAL CONTROL VIEWPOINT - THE FUNDAMENTALS OF PROMOTION. The 5
April 1965 revised issue, VITAL DATA ON PROMOTION (above), expands it.
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Dissem Sec|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|HCO Exec | | |
|Sec | | |
|Dir of | | |
|Promotion | | |
|Promotion | | |
|Staff | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 NOVEMBER 1965 | |
| |THE BASIC PRINCIPLES OF PROMOTION | |
The following points are a summary of the basic principles of promotion. It
is important that you understand them and apply them in your promotion.
1. The basic principle of promotion is to drive in more business than
can be driven off by a service unit or mistakes can waste. This applies to
any promotion anywhere.
Never allow your standard of how many people should be brought into the org
to be set by any other division or part of the organization. Promote as far
above as possible the present operating capacity of the organization and
you will win.
From this it follows that Tech or any other part of the Org can never tell
the Dissemination Division when or how many customers to bring in or that
"we can only handle 10 preclears this week". It is the job of promotion to
drive in as many preclears as possible. It's up to Tech to find the space
and the auditors.
In other words, promotion must be so huge and effective so that even if
other divisions are blocking the line or driving people off so many people
are being crowded into the org by promotion that it makes up for any waste
done by other parts of the org. You get the idea. It's not flattering but
it is the stable datum that successful promotion anywhere operates on. By
the way, the error does not necessarily have to be within the org. A bus
strike could temporarily prevent people from across town being able to
start the HRS Course. Promotion should have promoted so much the Course is
still full despite such an error.
The motto of promotion could be "we shall overcome-by numbers" . . .
"Despite any errors we bring in so many people into the org continually or
sell so many books that even if the body registrar drives them off at gun
point enough will get through to keep the statistics rising".
2. If a promotional programme does not seem to work find out where it is
not being applied-don't Q and A and abandon the programme. Spot instead the
non-compliance which is preventing it from going into operation.
3. Later promotional programmes will not work if earlier ones have not
been executed. Example: the programme is to send out fliers to sell bla bla
to all buyers of foo-foo's. But it turns out that the original programme to
compile a list of the buyers of foo-foo's off old invoices was not done
therefore a flier to sell bla bla can't be sent to buyers of foo-foo's. And
since the invoices were burnt up by some long gone suppressive (let's say)
the original programme can't be carried out.
What to do?
Don't give up or abandon the programme of selling bla bla to buyers of foo-
foo's. Get clever and dream up some other way of compiling the list you
want. Maybe it's as simple as a notice in your local newspaper or a
questionnaire to everyone in your files: "Did you ever buy foo-foo's?"
SUMMARY
Having a successful promotional programme consists of getting it executed.
If it seems to not be working, spot where it isn't being done. The non-
execution could be years earlier in a former programme which was not
executed.
We have had lots of workable programmes in Scientology. It takes no
cleverness to dig them up and use them. There is no need to embark on new
programmes until the earlier programmes are completed.
Let's take the Franchise programme as an example. The original order given
to an ex-Franchise Sec years ago was to get all Franchise holders trained
at Saint Hill. Years later we find that that order has only been partially
carried out. The Franchise programme bogged down at exactly that point.
Now, the whole matter is being handled by getting the current Franchise
Officer to carry out the original order.
The cleverness required in promotion is not starting a new programme or
carrying out a programme. But cleverness is required in getting an old
programme executed when the means to get it executed no longer exist; such
as when a mailing list has been lost and you need to devise a means of re-
compiling the list.
Finally, promote until the floors cave in because of the number of people-
and don't even take notice of that, just keep promoting.
|Copyright � l965,1969 |L. RON HUBBARD |
|by L. Ron Hubbud | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
[pic]
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|HCO Exec |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Sec Hat | | |
|Org Exec | | |
|Sec Hat | | |
|Dissem Sec | | |
|Hat | | |
|Dept of | | |
|Prom Hats | | |
|Dept of | | |
|Pubs Hats | | |
|Dept of Reg| | |
|Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 NOVEMBER 1967 | |
| |DISSEMINATION DIVISION, DEPARTMENTS | |
| |OF PROMOTION, PUBLICATIONS AND REGISTRATION | |
All Organization Boards are to be posted in accordance with the following
line-up which complies with HCO Policy Letter of February 28, 1966
entitled, "Danger Condition Data, Why Organizations Stay Small":
DEPARTMENT OF PROMOTION
Director of Promotion
PROMOTIONAL ACTIONS PLANNING SECTION
Promotional Actions Planning In-charge
Promotional Actions Liaison
Successful Promotions Liaison
Approval from Exec Council Liaison
PROMOTIONAL DESIGN SECTION
Promotional Design In-charge
Data Collection Clerk
Cost Planning Clerk
Design Dummy & Specifications Clerk
Promotional Materials Files Clerk
COMPILATION SECTION
Compilations Officer
EDITING & WRITING UNIT
Editing & Writing In-charge
Writers
Editors
Transcription Typists
PHOTOGRAPHY UNIT
Photographer
MAKE-UP UNIT
Make-up In-charge
Make-up Typists
Typographer
Artists
Lay Out Artist
PROOFREADER UNIT
Proofreader
AUDIO AND VISUAL AIDS SECTION
Audio and Visual Aids In-charge
Film Projectionist
Slide Projectionist
Educational Aids
PROMOTIONAL MATERIAL LIAISON SECTION
Promotional Materials Liaison In-charge
Issue Authority Liaison
Copyright & Registered Mark Liaison
"The Auditor" News & Photo Correspondent
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLICATIONS
Director of Publications
PRINTING AND MANUFACTURING LIAISON SECTION
Printing & Manufacturing Liaison In-charge
Printer Liaison Clerk
Manufacturer Liaison Clerk
Printing & Manufacturing Liaison to
Financial Planning
Printer & Manufacturer Files Clerk
PUBLICATIONS STOCK SECTION
Publications Stock In-charge
Finished Product Receipt & Routing Clerk
Publications Stock Clerk
Publications Inventory Clerk
Publications Delivery Clerk
Publications Ordering Clerk
PUBLICATIONS SHIPPING SECTION
Publications Shipping In-charge
Orders Assembly Clerk
Packing Clerk
Package Addressing Clerk
Shipping Admin Clerk
Back Orders Handling Clerk
BOOKSTORE SECTION
Bookstore In-charge
Book Display Clerk
Bookstore Sales Clerk
Bookstore Inventory Clerk
Bookstore Promotion Clerk
Bookstore Ordering Clerk
MIMEOGRAPH SECTION
Mimeograph In-charge
Mimeo Typist
Mimeo Operator
Mimeo Stapler
Mimeo Files Clerk
Bulletin & Policy Supply Clerk
DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION
Director of Registration
BODY REGISTRATION SECTION
Body Registrar
Forms Clerk
Selection,Slip File Clerk
Selection Slip Issuance Clerk
Telephone Registration Promotion Clerk
LETTER REGISTRATION SECTION
Letter Registration Officer
LETTER REGISTRAR UNIT
Letter Registrar In-charge
Letter Registrars
REGISTRAR TYPING UNIT
Registrar Typing In-charge
Registrar Typists
ADVANCE RESERVATIONS RECORDS UNIT
Advance Reservations Records In-charge
Advance Reservations Logging Clerk
Advance Reservations Tally Clerk
Advance Registration Packet Assembly Clerk
Advance Registration Stock Clerk
REGISTRAR MAIL UNIT
Registrar Mail Clerk
ARC BREAK REGISTRATION SECTION
ARC Break Registrar
Accounts ARC Break Liaison Clerk
Review ARC Break Liaison Clerk
CF ARC Break Liaison Clerk
CENTRAL FILES SECTION
Central Files In-charge
Central Files Clerk
CF Liaison Clerk
|LRH:jp.rd |Mary Sue Hubbard |
|Copyright @ 1967 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |The Guardian WW| |
| |for | |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1968 | |
| | | |
| |Issue II | |
| |(Corrects HCO PL 2 November 1967, Dissem | |
| |Division and | |
| |HCO PL 2 November 1967, Qualifications | |
| |Division) | |
| |ARC BREAK REGISTRARS AND AUDITORS | |
ARC BREAK REGISTRARS AND AUDITORS ARE RELOCATED IN QUAL TO WORK AS A TEAM.
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright @ 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Advisory |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Councils | | |
|Advisory | | |
|Committees | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1965 | |
| |All Divisions | |
| |STATISTICS FOR DIVISIONS | |
| |HCO Dissem Division 2 - | |
Number of now Enrollments of Students and pcs for the week, and gross Book
Sales.
Although this division has Registration, magazines, etc, etc, all these add
up to enrollments, which of course is the final result of all magazines,
letters, promotion and advanced enrollment. Book sales are our oldest index
of future business,
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| |[Excerpted from HCO P/L 30 Sept 1965, |
| |Statistics for Divisions. A complete |
| |copy is in Volume 1, page 328.] |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 FEBRUARY 1968 | |
| |STATS DISSEM | |
An enrollment means simply putting a name on a roll. The stat of the Body
Reg is special type enrollment. Stat is persons signed up fully paid and
arrived for service.
Dir Reg stat is-number of people contacted by Registration Dept but not
inclusive Div 6 stats.
Dissem Sec and GDS-total number of bodies in the shop plus Advance Reg.
|LRH:jc.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 MAY 1968 | |
| |GDS - DISSEM DIVISION | |
The GDS of the Dissem Division is Gross Book Sales. This does not include
meters or any other oddities. It is just GROSS BOOK SALES.
Any interpretation of this statistic on previous policy is hereby
cancelled.
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Dissem Sec|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hat | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1968 | |
| |STATS DISSEM | |
| |(Addition to HCO Policy Letter of 19 February | |
| |1968) | |
The GDS of the Dissem Sec is a dual stat-"Total number of bodies in the
shop plus Advance Reg/Gross book sales".
GROSS BOOK SALES means the Total Sales of BOOKS. This statistic no longer
includes meter or other bookstore sales, other than book sales.
The term Gross Book Sales does not mean gross bookstore sales-its original
and correct definition is exactly what it says, "Gross Book Sales".
This statistic has been obscured as a GDS by meter and other bookstore
sales being added in.
Book sales are our oldest index of future business.
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright @ 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|ic ww |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|CLOs | | |
|EC Hat | | |
|HAS Hat | | |
|OIC Hat | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 FEBRUARY 1971 | |
| |Issue V | |
| |ORG GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTICS | |
| |REVISED | |
| |(Amends HCO Pol Ltr 30 Sept 65 - Stats for | |
| |Divisions, | |
| |HCO PL 5 June 68 - Stats Dissem) | |
HCO DISSEM DIVISION 2
1. Total number of Bodies in the Shop for the week.
2. Total number of Registrar Interviews for the week.
3. Gross Income of the Organization.
4. Gross Book Sales.
Total number of Bodies in the Shop includes the total number of preclears
in the HGC, total number of students in the Dept of Training and the total
number of preclears and students in Review and Cramming and includes staff
enrolled and attending, counted ONCE for the week.
Gross Income is the total amount of monies received in the org for the
week, either in the mail or over the counter, as collections for past
credit, current receipts or advance payments of any amount for any org
services or items sold, MINUS the amount of any bounced cheques that week.
|LRH:HE:mes.rd |HCO Aide for |
|Copyright @ 1971 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |L. RON HUBBARD | |
| |Founder | |
| |[Note: Excerpted from HCO P/L 5 |
| |February 1971, Org Gross |
| |Divisional Statistics Revised.] |
THE PROMOTIONAL ACTIONS OF
DISSEMINATION DIVISION 2
(From HCO PL 20 November 1965, The Promotional Actions of an
Organization. These are given complete for all divisions in Basic Staff
Volume 0, starting on page 84.)
1. HCO DISSEMINATION SECRETARY - Co-ordinates and gets done the
promotional functions of Division 2 and makes the org and
services known to Scientologists.
2. DEPARTMENT 4 (Dept of Promotion) - Issues magazines on schedule.
3. Properly presents services in ads in org magazines and mailings.
4. Does promotional pieces for Publications Dept.
5. Executes Planned promotions as laid down in Sec Eds.
6. Compiles promotional pieces and programmes for issue to
Scientologists.
7. Sees that the files, addresses and requirements of persons
interested in Scientology are used to the full.
8. DEPARTMENT 5 (Dept of Publications) - Sees that good quantities
of book are in stock.
9. Sees that books and mimeos look well when completed.
10. Ships swiftly on receipt of orders.
11. Issues the technical and policy materials of the org to get in
Pol and Tech.
12. Gets promotional pieces printed.
13. Gets pins and insignia in stock and ensures broad issue so they
will appear in the world and thus disseminate.
14. Sees that book fliers (handbills) are shipped out regularly to
Scientologists and book buyers.
15. Sees that tapes are available and that presentation of them is
of good tone quality.
16. Sees that any cine material is available and ready for broad
use.
17. DEPARTMENT 6 (Dept of Registration) - Letter Registrar works to
accumulate questionnaires and mail from those responding to
promotion. Follows exact policy and gets out floods of mail to
all possible proper candidates for service.
18. Keeps Central Files right up and in excellent shape and adds all
new names of buyers of books and services.
19. Uses Central Files to the limit to produce business and routes
everyone in it individually in accordance with the routing sheet
on the back page of Auditor 10, by employing Gradation Charts
and sending them out marked and devising other means of
utilizing CF to produce business.
20. Sends out questionnaires with all offers which detect people's
plans for training and processing.
21. Accepts Advance Registration and encourages more advance
registration until her months ahead are scheduled full of
students and pcs.
22. Does Phone Registration in City areas in addition to other
registration actions such as Letter Registrar.
23. Registers everyone who comes in for service as pleasantly as
possible with due regard for the solvency of the org.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JANUARY 1957 | |
| |CONCERNING THE SEPARATENESS OF DIANETICS AND| |
| |SCIENTOLOGY | |
We have now, for the first time, a complete line of books in each of
Dianetics and Scientology. These are in actuality separate subjects, and we
now have the material and corporations necessary to make them entirely
separate.
This occurred when we published SCIENTOLOGY: THE FUNDAMENTALS OF THOUGHT.
This is the "Book One" of Scientology, just as DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH is Book One of Dianetics. (PROBLEMS OF WORK might
also be called Book One of Scientology.)
We are going to conduct a very large radio campaign throughout the Middle
West concerning Dianetics only. To do this, we will probably revive the
Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation of Arizona, since this is now getting
cleared up all past accounts.
Scientology will be exclusively handled by the Founding Church and the
HASI. All training and processing is done under the Founding Church; all
memberships of whatever kind or class go under the HASI. And, by the way,
HASI stationery should be used wherever possible, and the name of the HASI
should be used wherever possible, in Distribution Center activities.
In placing "books to read" in back ads of current editions, Dianetics books
should advertise only Dianetics books, and Scientology books should
advertise only Scientology books, and the books recommended in these lists
should be quite realistic in that they should be in the order that they
should be read next by the person who has read the book.
No letters or literature should cross the words Dianetics and Scientology.
They should be maintained separately. It is the basic truth that Dianetics
is a mental therapy which was developed out of the body of knowledge called
Scientology, as fully discussed in an early Journal of Scientology (1952),
but the legal position and the actual practice of these two subjects means
that they must be kept apart.
From a management standpoint, these organizations are held separately, in
view of the fact that they are to be managed through Scientology
Consultants, Inc., which is a management corporation. Up to this time, the
fact that I myself had written the books and materials and appeared in the
minutes and so on of each of these organizations, held them connected in
the eyes of Internal Revenue and others. This is not now such a careless
representation. In fact, I have held a managing and consulting position
with one or another corporation at various times, and it is not actually
possible to say that as I control all these organizations they are then all
the same organization; yet people have tried to demonstrate that I control
them absolutely which is not a fact, and that they were the same
corporation which is entirely false. But in view of the fact that people
have tried to say this, we should be careful from a legal standpoint to
continually assert the truth: Dianetics is a mental therapy addressing the
mind, with a basic appeal to materialism, and Scientology is a subject
which embraces the human spirit and has an appeal to mystic people in its
first impulse. These subjects should not then be carelessly connected, and
no statement should exist in our literature demonstrating that Dianetics is
Scientology or Scientology is Dianetics, since this would be far from fact.
We have two different publics to which we are appealing. One of these
publics can
be counted upon as quasily indoctrinated to the slave animal psychology
frame of thought imported into the United States from Europe during the
past half century, and these people believe in the methodology of the mind.
Their belief does not carry them forward toward any possibility that a
human spirit exists. This comprises, unfortunately, the bulk of the United
States. Therefore, Dianetics and its basic discussions must take up only
the mind and mental therapy as such. Scientology has another appeal, both
to the much higher-toned person who does have some cognizance of thetans,
and to the lower-toned people who are very thoroughly stuck in mystery. In
other words, here are two great spheres of interest, and unfortunately
Dianetics at this time, due to psychological indoctrination at the hands of
Mr. Wundt, dominates the United States. It is not particularly important
whether or not these things are crossed abroad, since people abroad have a
much more tolerant attitude toward studies in philosophy.
We have then two lines of books, each a graduated scale of information,
which take a person from basics to rather higher understanding; we have two
corporations, either of which is a membership corporation; we have several
campaigns of advertising, and each campaign of advertising must be clearly
defined from the beginning to the end as either a Dianetics campaign or a
Scientology campaign. All books should be reviewed and future editions
brought out with this understanding. For instance, membership in the HDRF
should be called for in all Dianetic literature; membership in the HASI
should be called for in all Scientology literature.
It might prove more expensive, at first glance, to continue two distinctly
different lines of books which yet had a parallelism; however, you will
find the bulk of interest and the volume in the United States lies in
Dianetics not the field of Scientology. This therefore justifies it, since
our only recourse at this time would be either to carry both or to
concentrate on Scientology.
All people concerned with this should understand this very thoroughly. For
instance, if an inquiry is about Scientology it should be answered with
Scientology literature only. An inquiry about Dianetics could be answered
with DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH and a mention of the
fact that membership in the HDRF was available, but this would never do
with Scientology.
We have ourselves been rather confused about this up to the moment when we
had a Book One in Scientology. Up to this time the first book of
Scientology had been DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. This
is not factually true, but we continue to look at the first book as a
chronological fact; it had been the first book and therefore should
graduate a person into Scientology. This is not necessarily true, and
Scientology now has its own basics and fundamentals.
We have "books of comparable magnitude" so far as the basic fundamentals
are concerned in the following:
|DIANETICS: THE EVOLUTION OF A |THE PROBLEMS OF WORK |
|SCIENCE | |
|DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF |SCIENTOLOGY: THE FUNDAMENTALS OF |
|MENTAL HEALTH |THOUGHT |
|DIANETICS 55 |SCIENTOLOGY 8-8008 |
|SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL |THE CREATION OF HUMAN ABILITY |
|ADVANCED PROCEDURE AND AXIOMS |SCIENTOLOGY 8-80 |
There is no effort, here, to give you the entire list of books nor actually
to be accurate in giving them a degree of comparable magnitude, since this
will have to be worked out only with a complete list of publications before
one. But when this list is worked out, it will be generally released. This
material here is to give you the basic idea of what we are doing.
It will be found that carrying forward an advertising campaign in two
fields necessitates the use of different media for each subject being
advertised. This must be
carefully adjudicated and thereafter that subject which was being
advertised in a particular medium will have to be continued in that medium.
It must be kept in mind that the Founding Church of Scientology of
Washington, D.C. carries forward Scientology, does Scientology and nothing
but Scientology. We are actually well possessed of communication lines on
the subject of Scientology; doing what we are doing must be continued in
order to continue our own success. Our letters of procurement for students
and preclears, our efforts to sell books, and all other activities are
concentrated from the Founding Church on the subject of Scientology.
Therefore, this leaves the Distribution Center and the HCO mainly concerned
with the continued advertising and handling of Dianetics materials.
You will ask at once what we are going to do with people who apply for
Dianetic training. This is a subject which is rather difficult to answer at
this time, but it is hoped that if we are vaguely successful with the
bookselliiig campaign for Dianetic books that this and the demand will make
it necessary to erect an entirely different, new and independent structure
much like the old Foundations but with our know-how as how to run one and
this will be done in some nearby state, possibly Virginia or West Virginia
or wherever the laws seem to be best. This new Foundation will require a
full staff from top to bottom but will not require any duplication in
Scientology Consultants, Inc. as the consulting management function of the
Foundation will be handled from S.C. and its division the HCO. We have not
yet reached the point where Dianetic training and processing is this much
under demand but we will do so I am quite sure. When we do so stand by to
set up a new school, clinic and their quarters totally under the HDRF.
Until that time the HDRF remains alive, is being put in good order and
condition and is a membership organization and membership in it should be
sold exactly at the same price as the HASI memberships and conditions.
|LRH:rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright @ 1957 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
[Note: Statement in parentheses at end of paragraph two was added in a
Digest of Pol Ltrs issued in 1958.]
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 MARCH 1959 | |
| |DISSEMINATION SECRETARY HAT | |
This actually incorporates three hats, all of which are included in this
write up.
PURPOSE: To ensure wide dissemination of Dianetics and Scientology by
efficient presentation of dissemination materials.
PRINTING COMPOSITION AND MAKEUP HAT
Receives material in rough form to be laid out and made up, accompanied
with a purchase request OK'd by all terminals. Makes up and lays out and
sends to LRH for OK to print and number of copies to be printed. Holds all
make up in a pending file and sends finished copy to be printed to
printing, with OK to print (purchase order). When printing department
receives back from printers, printing sends OK to disbursing marked
received, sends finished copies to department and sends one copy to
Printing Composition and Makeup. Remove makeup and layout from pending and
file with one finished copy in printing files. (Printing Dept keeps
plates).
MAGAZINE EDITOR HAT
PURPOSE: Responsibility for copy, accuracy of copy, makeup, and execution
of policy.
PURPOSE OF CERTAINTY MAGAZINE: To sell books, training, processing, tapes,
memberships, congresses. Its interest content is totally people, and is
totally concerned with mentioning people's names.
THERE SHOULD BE A VERY WIDE DISTRIBUTION OF "CERTAINTY". The more we
distribute the more people come in for training and processing, the more
books we sell, etc. Don't just distribute to our membership list, give them
away-should have about 10,000 copies going out on each issue.
Issues can be written stressing the following: Training, processing, E-
Meters, memberships, books, tapes, congresses and anything else in
Scientology we have to sell, any service we render.
Make sure the name of L. Ron Hubbard (or "Ron") and "Scientology" are
frequently placed before the reader's eye-let the reader know the source
point is LRH.
MAKEUP:
1. Receive copy from "Writing". (If LRH is not writing for Certainty,
select tapes or other written materials for copy. Each issue must
have a message and bring that message home to the reader.)
2. FM in a check sheet for that issue. Check sheet is to accompany the
issue all the way to "Printing" hat; Printing sends the issue to be
photolithoed; check sheet is then routed to the person indicated
thereon until it finally reaches Certainty Editor when completed, for
filing. (Note: printed issues are delivered to Shipping Department
for shipping. Two copies of that issue are sent to Legal Dept for
copyright, and Legal informs you when this is done; insert this info
in that issue's folder in the files.)
3. Type copy on Executive IBM and determine amount of space it is to
occupy in that issue.
4. Based on amount of copy (lead article) (and/or additional copy), mock
up a dummy issue. (A 12-page sample is attached hereto.) Mock up ads
and other insertions for that issue. When dummy is mocked up, submit
to "Writing" for approval.
5. At any time, draw up on graph paper your space for pasting-size of
issue is 5!/2 x 8V2. (See Certainty files, "Composition Data" for
info on setting up copy onto dummy-inches involved in drawing up the
space.)
6. Thoroughly acquaint yourself with Certainty Files and their contents.
7. Ads: Be sure that ads punch up the lead article for that issue-plus
ads for currently applicable Scientology services.
8. Use Harry Volk clip books and Fototype for headings and other face
types than typewriter print.
9. When makeup is complete, proofread entire issue, making corrections
where needed.
10. When proofed, submit to "Writing" for final approval. Make any
changes given by "Writing". Get final approval from "Writing".
11. When final approval is had, submit the issue to Editorial Director.
12. Editorial Director sends to "Printing" hat, who sends it to be
photohthoed.
13. Keep on file a copy of each Certainty filed by number. (Also keep
file on that issue's dummy materials- "Certainty No. . . .-copy
for".)
14. Keep makeup supplies neat and orderly.
15. Have an adequate supply of Fototype and other makeup materials on
hand.
16. Keep count of number of issues: 24 per year (2 per month) (Note:
Issue No. I started Jan 1955; No.25 due Jan 1, 1956; No.49 due Jan
1, 1957; No. 73 due Jan 1, 1958, etc.)
17. Advertisers in Certainty: When each issue comes back from the
plinters, check through and see if there are any non-organization
advertisers. If so, despatch "Invoicing" to send bills to them;
advise Invoicing of the cost and amount of space used.
18. Send advertisers a copy of the issue in which they ran an ad.
19. Charges for advertising; Classified only (personal). Double columns,
10/- for three lines. 10/- for each extra line.
20. All used makeups of former Certainties are sent to Certainty Editor
when returned to Printing from photolithers-Certainty Editor keeps
them, using Fototype and other materials when feasible. (The actual
plates are kept by Printing hat.)
21. Advertise services, not high prices.
22. If there are any reader complaints about Certainty content, ask them
what they would rather have appear in Certainty. But stay within
Certainty Purpose and organization policy.
23. Copyright notice is to be placed on title page, under the title
heading or on the first page of text of each separate issue.
(Copyright notice: Copyright @ 19- by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights
Reserved.)
24. Always do back page leaving the bottom half blank with mail indicia-
use top part if you want, but bottom half is for mail indicia so
that it will fit in addressograph machine right.'
PAB LIAISON HAT
PURPOSE : To ensure the accuracy of PABs and that they reach the field in
time.
1. Receive PAB material from Washington (or from source indicated
by LRH).
2. Check PAB material for errors, etc.
3. Send to Printing hat to go to printers; send copy to S.A., N.Z.
and Australia.
4. Proof read when returned from printers.
5. Check and familiarize yourself with the materials of Dianetics
and Scientology so that you can obtain the material requested.
|LRH:mp.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL 1959 | |
| |WHY NEW BOOKS ARE FEW | |
The income I am supposed to derive from Scientology should pay for
research, investigation, my promotional time, the writing of books and my
living expenses. At present it does not.
We are short of new books because I haven't had the time or the place to
write them and do not even have a transcription secretary.
Clear results were delayed and released incomplete because research funds
were missing and I had to do it all on the cuff. I couldn't pay auditors to
assist me.
Right now I am buying a home in England which will be a research centre and
am faced with getting another house in the U.S. soon.
Basically the 10% paid as royalty by Central Orgs is looked on as my
income. It is not income. It pays for HCO personnel in most places who are
more and more doing the administrative and promotional work vital to keep
the lines flowing. HCO is worth, in income to Central Orgs an enormous
amount just for these things.
I have a need for help here. Research and writing, on which we exist, is
not being paid for. Therefore it is very hard for me to get it done. It
would not be unusual for 10% to be paid for these two items. On the
contrary. But the 10% is absorbed in paying for administration- and vital
administration it is! Magazines, promotion, organizational data, to name a
few, come under the 10%.
We are in for a boom. You may not see it in your area yet but HAS Co-audit
well run has begun the project "Clear Earth". HGCs have already begun Theta
Clearing. And hotter stuff is to come.
But unless I can up my income for writing, research and living, we are
somewhat slowed down.
My program has gone as far as this: I have bought, with my own money and
whatever I could gather, a place in Sussex that's quiet enough and remote
enough for research and in which I can get lost enough to write. I emptied
out all my loose cash, sold my boats and made my credit creak but we have a
writing and research centre for the U.K.
The place belonged to an important person and is itself more or less self
supporting as to upkeep.
I want to get a research centre for the U.S., equally remote and later on
for each continent. In such places research records can be safe and the
kind of research which now has to be done can be done.
This will take several years. I am perfectly willing to do and finance any
and all of this out of my 10% royalties from Central Orgs.
If HCO personnel can be paid out of Congresses, books, tapes, records and
memberships, if certain HCO services can be nominally charged for, and if
Central Orgs can help out by paying HCOs where needed, then I can get every
one into a position through writing, research and planning to take all the
strain off by increasing book sale volume and general volume.
Right now we are doing things a bit backwards. I am having to bolster and
plan to keep things afloat without the whereabouts or wherewithal to do the
writing and research that will make floating easy.
HCO is vital to keep us going. So is writing and research.
I am truly and honestly concerned with all our incomes and work ceaselessly
in an effort to raise yours. Only recently did I realize that I was having
a hard time raising yours because my own income was too low, despite the
overall high cuff ent and steadily increasing income of Scientology, to pay
for the things I have always paid for from any income or money I received-
research and writing. In establishing HAS Co-audit in London I found ads to
be fabulously expensive. I realized suddenly that I could get plenty of
press with books and book reviews. I abruptly cognited that "Have You Lived
Before this Life?" was our first new book in two years. And "All About
Radiation" was our first new book for two years. As we did in AAR, we sell
from 6,000 to 9,000 new books worldwide, every new one I write. The market
we have is steady. Only old books reprinted cost heavily. New books get
their cost out in about 80 days and make us thousands in friends and money.
Our book market would take a new book every six months. These, sent to
reviewers widely in every area would give us plenty of press. And we'd have
data in usable form. And 9 to 25 people read every book printed!
HCO has taken off a heavy administrative burden to a great extent, freeing
the time. This leaves lacking (1) Finance for research (testing and leg
work), (2) A place I can do research and do the actual writing, (3) Book
transcription.
If we want a boom, it's vital to free the income needed to create it. And
this will up all our incomes, as well as get the job done.
My book schedule is now
1. Have You Lived Before this Life? (I rewrote it in the last 2 weeks
amongst doing the new HCA/HPA series. It's now at the printers.)
2. The Elements of Scientology. (Needed as the new course book to fit
with the tapes. It's partially compiled-has been for a year and a
half but needs complete redoing.)
3. The Criminal Mind. (To give us a whole prison clearing program.)
4. The Mentally Retarded Child. (The text for the Society for Mentally
Retarded Children program we are now piloting in the U.K.)
5. Great Men of the Mind. (The biographies of mental healers, a missing
text in psychology courses in universities.)
You maybe sometimes wonder why I don't write more new books. For a research
confirmation, to whom do I say "Audit Bill on so and so" (HGC processes are
too stable now for research). To whom do I say, "Run down to the local
library and find out whom do I pull off post and say "Type up these 80,000
words of dictation tapes I've done?" Why me, of course. And I just can't
get it all in. So-no new books.
But 10% devoted to these and the cash I need can do it easily.
Any comment or suggestion any secretary or executive in Central Orgs would
care to make would be very welcome. I would find your views very helpful.
P.S. Only the F.C.D.C. bears the cost and more of writing and research at
this time.
P.P.S. You didn't realize I too had problems, did you?
|LRH:cden |Best, |
|Copyright � 1959 by L. Ron | |
|Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |L. RON HUBBARD | |
| | | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 JUNE 1959 | |
| |DISSEMINATION SECRETARY HAT | |
PURPOSE: To ensure wide dissemination of Dianetics and Scientology by
efficient presentation of dissemination materials.
Responsible for magazines being got out on time, for the execution of
policy regarding what copy is carried by the magazine, for getting
information to the public swiftly, for the accuracy of copy and for the
acceptability of the format of magazines and books and printed material in
general.
(Acceptability of fonnat: definition: the printing of the book or magazine
in a format which will lead a member of the public to pick it up instead of
letting it lie, which will not get between the reader and the message, and
which the reader will be pleased to show to a friend.)
Responsibility covers ethics, aesthetics, accuracy and REACH of printed
matter.
NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FINANCE OF PRINTING, PURCHASING, GETTING
QUOTATIONS, CHECKING BILLS AGAINST ESTIMATES, OR DECIDING WHETHER WE CAN
AFFORD PRINTING.
CERTAINTY EDITOR
PURPOSE: Responsibility for copy, accuracy of copy, supervision of makeup,
and execution of policy.
PURPOSE OF CERTAINTY MAGAZINE: To sell books, training, processing, tapes,
memberships, special events. To tell people what we are, where we are, what
we are doing, what they can do. To reach the public.
THERE SHOULD BE A VERY WIDE DISTRIBUTION OF CERTAINTY. The more we
distribute the more people come in for training and processing, the more
books we sell, etc. Don't just distribute them to our membership list, give
them away-should have about 10,000 copies going out on each issue.
I
Issues can be written stressing the following: training, processing, E-
Meters, memberships, books, tapes, congresses and anything else in
Scientology we have to sell, any service we render.
Make sure the name of L. Ron Hubbard and Scientology are frequently placed
before the reader's eye-let the reader know the source point is LRH.
PROCEDURE:
1. Receive copy from Writing. If LRH is not writing for Certainty
select tapes or other written materials, edit as necessary, and
use with approval of Writing. Each issue must have a message and
bring that message home to the reader. Inform Writing well ahead
when fresh copy is needed.
2. Fill in a check sheet for that issue. Check sheet is to
accompany issue all the way through.
3. Type out copy on IBM Executive and determine amount of space it
is to occupy in that issue.
4. Based on this, mock up a dummy issue, indicating ads, etc.
Submit with check sheet to Writing for approval.
5. When approved, supervise layout.
6. Proofread or check proofreading, and correct. Get LRH ok on
boards. Then deliver to Printing.
7. PRINTING MAKES OUT PURCHASE ORDER, GETS FINANCIAL OK, DELIVERS
TO PRINTERS.
8. Dissemination Sec keeps an eye on the issue from then on,
checking that each issue goes through promptly, is delivered,
mailed, on time. Checks also standard of printing.
9. Keep file for each issue containing dummy, MSS, etc. Add check
sheet for that issue when returned completed. Make file of
printed copies.
10. Things to check:
a) That the ads punch up the lead article for that issue.
b) That copyright notice (Copyright (c) 19-- by L. Ron
Hubbard. All Rights Reserved) is always inserted, in the
right place, i.e. under the title or at the bottom of the
first page.
c) That one copy is sent to the British Museum to secure
copyright.
d) THAT CERTAINTY MINORS ALWAYS REACH THE PUBLIC ON TIME.
11. If there are any reader complaints about Certainty content, ask
them what they would rather have appear in Certainty. But stay
within Certainty purpose and organization policy.
12. Become as familiar as possible with Scientology and Dianetics
material, methods, etc.
13. Keep up to date always with new courses, developments-anything
which requires advertisement.
HCO EDITORIAL
PURPOSE: To ensure that Dianetics and Scientology books get printed. To
ensure accurate copy in these books, booklets, etc. To ensure an acceptable
format for same. To ensure that printed matter is delivered promptly.
FUNCTIONS: Editing author's MS when required and requested; deciding on
format; proofreading; chasing the book through. When photo-litho,
supervising layout.
Approval of LRH is requisite on all points.
WORLD WIDE HATS
HCO DISS SEC WW
PURPOSE: To ensure world-wide dissemination of Dianetics and Scientology.
FUNCTIONS: Comm with other offices about their dissemination problems.
Check on their magazines and dissemination in general. Help them in
printing problems, etc., and help them to keep in line with thp
dissemination programme.
HCO EDITORIAL WW
PURPOSE: To monitor world-wide printing of books on Scientology and
Dianetics. To avoid dearth and superfluity of book stocks.
FUNCTIONS: Check printing of books world-wide, their accuracy and format.
Institute and maintain a world-wide book programme of stock-keeping and
supplies. Draw up printing programme.
|JJ:gh.rd |Joan Jelinek |
|Copyright � 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Dissemination Secretary WW |
| |for | |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|(For |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|applicable | | |
|Disseminati| | |
|on hats) | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 MARCH 1960 | |
| |HAT CO-ORDINATION: DISSEMINATION OF | |
| |DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY MATERIALS | |
For Dianetics and Scientology materials Supply and Dissemination we have
three hats which work very closely together in accomplishing effective
dissemination:
1. BOOK, TAPE, RECORD
2. DISSEMINATION
3. PRINTING
ADMINISTRATOR HAT
1. Book, Tape and Record Admin sees that books, tapes and records are
in supply adequate to meet the demand. He gets ok's to reprint
books, to print books, to cut records, tapes, etc. He does not let
his supply become exhausted, ever. If a publication (or tape or
record) is going out of print, and not to be reprinted, he sees that
this fact is published in the Scientology Magazine-that
Dissemination Secretary is advised-that HCO WW Book Administrator is
advised. If a book is to be continued in supply, he sees that the
book is reprinted, getting proper ok's to do so, that the
preparation of the MSS is done, and that Printing Hat follows
through on it from there.
2. Dissemination Secretary sees that the. Book Administrator keeps his
stocks in adequate supply-that he stays in close touch with
Dissemination Secretary on all dissemination materials.
Dissemination Secretary gets these materials disseminated rapidly
and effectively through all available media to the public,
3. Printing hat keeps close touch on what books are at the printers,
when sent, when expected, etc. He must know the status of any book
at the printers, at any time.
These three hats work in close co-ordination in the interest of (1) seeing
that Dianeties and Scientology materials are in adequate supply; (2) that
needed materials are obtained and not let to lag or supply diminish, and
(3) that these materials get disseminated broadly and effectively as
rapidly as possible. (For further information, see individual Hat Folders
of these three hats.) Laxness of any one of these posts can slow the
progress of Dissemination (and thereby Clearing). Close co-ordination and
effectiveness of these three posts can speed up our goals tremendously.
(Note by HCO Secretary WW: This Policy Letter was written especially for
the Org in Washington and may not be exactly applicable to other Orgs.)
|LRH:js.rd Copyright @ 1960 |Mildred Galusha via Peter Hemery|
|by L. Ron Hubbard |for |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |L. RON HUBBARD | |
| | | |
| | |
|Central |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Orgs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 25 APRIL 1960 | |
| |PRR PROMOTION | |
I have asked Mary Sue to compile a bulletin taken from her advices to
Washington on correct Pr R promotion.
Mary Sue, long experienced as a Director of Registration, had the enviable
record
of the highest returns for her department that have ever yet been achieved
in any Central Org.
Her advice is very worth while. These programmes should be followed as high
priority items by the heads of all Central Orgs, and Pr R Depts.
These programmes, followed just this way, put into expert practice by good
executive John Fudge, have raised the DC unit from a period of all-time
low, back up to the highest in the world.
Do not abandon those programmes you have which you find successful. Do not
overstrain existing personnel in Pr R. Get Pr R and CF staffed well enough
to get existing programmes done plus those detailed by Mary Sue.
One Central Org by my reports here has only one person in Pr R. Another has
only two. Is it coincidence that the first mentioned is the lowest in
income and the second the next lowest? Washington left only one person on
Pr R for six months-and finally dropped to zero unit. A proper number were
assigned and the unit came up to 50% par in three weeks. So don't economize
on personnel in Pr R. And when you get the personnel, make sure they follow
exact hats and these programmes.
You need no new and wonderful ideas to win. All you need is an exact Org
pattern and these programmes, and then back them up with high quality
service. And get the books disseminated from HCO.
So I can highly recommend you follow Mary Sue's promotion for Pr R if you
want a high unit.
L. RON HUBBARD
PROMOTIONAL PROJECTS
There needs to be a more organized approach to promotional activities in
all Central Organizations. The following is designed to provide this:
Department of Promotion and Registration
The promotion programme for this Department depends entirely upon getting
all pr6spects for training and processing from Central Files. The
definition of a prospect is
this: any person who has mentioned, even vaguely, an interest in training
or processing and has had neither. It does not matter how long ago such an
interest was expressed,
just that it was expressed. All such prospects should be listed on cards.
(If your Addressograph Department has really been functioning well, these
prospects should already be tabbed on the addressograph plates, but do not
rely absolutely on this. Washington, DC, where I have already instituted
this programme, is having their CF Promotion Liaison go through CF once
again and the Director of Promotion and Registration, John Fudge, reports
the finding of many, many prospects which were not tabbed.) CF Promotion
Liaison, from these cards, pulls the person's CF folder and sends their
folder to the Registrar to write a letter asking them when they will be
coming in for training and processing. Two carbon copies of the letter
written are made, one of which is, of course, put in the person's CF folder
and the other is given to CF Promotion Liaison. From this carbon letter CF
Promotion Liaison marks on the person's card when the letter was written.
This occurs until every single prospect is written.
Answers which come back to these letters which are written by the Registrar
are answered by the Registrar or the Immediate Registrar if the person is
actually ready to
book for training or processing. Two carbons are made of these letters and
handled as above. CF Promotion Liaison marks the cards with the date when
the answer was received into the organization.
CF Promotion Liaison will end up with a set of cards from which there were
no answers. These cards from which no answers were received, are then
turned over to the Assistant Registrar after a period of three months from
the date the letter was
originally sent by the Registrar. The Assistant Registrar treats these then
as ARC breaks and gets them into communication with the Central
Organization.
With regard to this particular promotion project, please do not forget HCA
and HCS or B.Scn Extension Course students who have not as yet taken the
course.
The dates which I set for the writing of all the initial letters by the
Registrar, is one month to get all prospects dug out and all letters to be
written by the Registrar. As we will allow these prospects only a three
month comm lag, that makes four months elapsed until all cards of prospects
who have not answered shall be turned over to the Assistant Registrar. This
is not an optimistic estimate for the time needed. When doing a project, do
it and get it done.
While the Assistant Registrar is awaiting the handling of these
uncommunicative prospects as ARC breaks, she or he can be busy writing to
current ARC break letters and more importantly, handling those people who
have failed to make regular payments on their accounts with the Central
Org. The Department of Accounts keeps the Assistant Registrar supplied with
these monthly. These are handled as ARC breaks.
Department of Processing
This is a promotion project to be carried out by the Director of Processing
and staff auditors. The Director of Processing shall go through the Testing
f"iles and dig out the file folders of those past preclears who did not
complete the full number of weeks of processing given in their case
estimates. As this is done, a card file is made of those written. CF
folders for these do not need to be pulled; all the information about the
case is right there in the test folder. These people can be asked specific
questions about how they have progressed with particular case difficulties
since their processing and about when they can come in to complete the
number of weeks given in their case estimates, the number of weeks
estimated and the number of weeks actually taken by the person in
processing can be given in the letter. As answers come back the Director of
Processing marks the cards with the date the letter was received by the
organization and handles it or sees that the auditor who wrote the letter
handles it. Any definite bookings are sent, after they have been answered,
on to the Immediate Registrar for entering into the registration record.
Again a period of four months is given for this project as above and at the
end of this time all cards of past preclears who have not answered are
turned over to the Assistant Registrar to handle as an ARC break.
Department of Training
The project for this Department is one of writing to all incomplete course
students getting them to complete all necessary qualifications for getting
their certificates. These persons can be located in Addressograph by the
tabs if, once again, the Addressograph Department is up to nines. If not,
each person can be found from the roll books. To disseminate Scientology we
need auditors in the f"ield working, and we need these auditors to be
certified in order to get them working.
The Director of Training makes out card files on this project and turns
them over to the Assistant Registrar to handle after a period of four weeks
if the student fails to answer. Let's really push these people to get their
requirements completed.
Another project for the Training Department is writing to all former HCA
students to get them to come in for the HCS or B.Scn Course. This is
handled with cards in the same fashion as previously described.
Accounts Department
The project for this Department is a relatively simple one. All that is
done is for the Director of Accounts to write to all persons who have paid
their bills in full or who are making regular monthly payments, telling
them that their credit is good with the C ntral Org for further training or
processing.
Let me mention here that people who are paying regularly, but who have too
large an indebtedness should not be written such letters. We don't want
their indebtedness to increase beyond their ability to handle it.
Department of Material
This Department has the promotion responsibility of seeing to it that the
premises of the Central Org are presentable to the public in appearance and
cleanliness. The offices which are considered of most importance are the
Reception office, the Immediate Registrar's office, where students and
preclears are signed up (or the office of Promotion and Registration, if
all registration work is done in one office), the
Assoc Sec's or Org Sec's office, and HCO offices. These can be nicely
decorated at low cost. By all means the Department of Material must police
these offices to see that they remain in a good state. Metal baskets in
these offices should be converted to wooden trays in a finish to match the
finish of the desk and other furniture. If there is not enough space on
desks for these trays, they can be placed on a handy side table. Leaflets
and hand out materials should be kept in a book case or cabinet, not strewn
about the tops of desks, mantle pieces, or the floor, as in some cases.
Cleaners should be encouraged to clean these offices first thing and then
passage ways.
Also as some of the offices are small in size, the common decoration fault
of having the walls one colour and the wood work another should be
corrected. In small spaces only one colour should be on both walls and
woodwork and this colour should be a light pastel as darker colours
contract space.
Further the Department of Material can get the mechanical brains of the
organization into shape, CF and Addressograph plate files. All tabbing for
all categories should be done and CF filing and making of new folders
should be complete and up-to-date. By all means get all prospects tabbed.
HCO
HCO Dissemination Secretaries and Book Administrators should get out a
complete listing of all books and tapes to book buyers. Such listings are
normally done as follows:
| |I have |I am now |I shall order this |
| |this book |ordering |book within the next |
| | |this book |three months |
|Dianetics: Modern | | | |
|Science. | | | |
|of Mental Health | | | |
|Price: | | | |
with instruction asking them to please check one of the following
categories after each book. To get make-up on such a mailing, you can write
to the HCO Dissemination Sec, Washington, DC, Mildred Galusha, and get a
copy for making up a photolitho mailing. Or you can use such a mailing
piece as was done in one of the old "Journal of Scientology", listing the
books and tapes with a brief description of contents and enclosing an order
form.
A list of book buyers can be obtained from Addressograph or from invoices
over the last years.
HCO Continental Secs should do a two fold promotion task. One is writing to
all Certified Auditors advising them that professional rates for processing
shall in the future be given only to those certified auditors with an
International or Lifetime Membership in force with the HASI. This is to
encouarage all auditors to get memberships and thusly get on the
communication lines of the organization for further information.
The other project is to write to auditors not franchised as yet and get
them to take out a franchise and to write to auditors franchised who have
not been remitting their ten percent to get them to do so. If these
franchise auditors do not remit their ten percent within a period of three
months, we shall have to cancel their franchise and take them off the
Bulletin line until they get their cases in shape to make a successful
practice in the field.
PE Foundation
This Department already has been given a promotional project in HCOB of
March 25th, 1960.
Assoc Secs or Org Secs
Your promotion project is to crush, crush, crush through the promotional
projects moving through to completion. Do not sit at your desk and get
reports on how these projects are going. Go into the Department to check up
on the card files, number of letters written, etc. Now is a really good
time to see how well the Addressograph section is servicing the
organization.
Send weekly reports to me concerning the progress made, difficulties
encountered and overcome, and other information about these projects.
|MSH:js.rd |MARY SUE HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Organizational Supervisor WW |
| | |
[Note: This HCO B has been corrected per HCO B 28 April 1960, PRR Promotion
(Corrections).
|Sthil |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 JANUARY 1964 | |
| |HCO (Sthil) LTD | |
| |ENROLLMENT DIVISION | |
The extreme importance of increasing enrollment and organizing the
facilities to accomplish it have been a matter of some concern to me for
the past many weeks.
The Director of Enrollment is to organize the Administration and Promotion
necessary to accomplish the desired results.
A full Central Files and Address System comparable to that of a Central
Organization, means of filling it with lists and providing address plates
must be provided whether space exists or not.
A full comprehensive and carefully cross-checked system of contacting and
handling applicants must be devised and carried forward.
Effective Procurement activities must be designed, executed and carried out
on a continuing basis.
Good files, lists and addresses, good and intelligent communication and a
very large increase in enrollment are expected from the Enrollment
Division.
The Director of Enrollment is under the supervision of the Saint Hill
Administrator and The Enrollment Division is part of HCO (Sthil) Ltd.
Mary Long will continue as Course Registrar, personally handling applicants
and the registration and graduation procedures and to that extent only is
in the Enrollment Division, her duties beginning with the scheduling of a
student to arrive and the arrival and registration of that student and
ending with his or her departure.
The Director of Enrollment has the full responsibility of filling up the
course and keeping it full. His materiel and personnel requirements have
first priority.
|LRH:dr.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 by L. Ron | |
|Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Executive | |
| |Director | |
| |HCO (Saint Hill)| |
| |Ltd | |
| |[Excerpted from HCO Poficy Letter |
| |of 24 January 1964] |
|Sthil |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grin5tead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JANUARY 1964 | |
| |HCO (STHIL) LTD | |
| |DEPARTMENT OF ENROLLMENT | |
The purpose of the Department of Enrollment is to contact routinely,
regularly and intelligently all possible candidates for the Saint Hill
Briefing Course.
The steps are these:
1. Using whatever is to hand begin contacting.
2. Expand what address files are to hand and contact those.
3. Eventually have a complete and sound system of filing, addressing
and contacting candidates for the course.
The purpose is to get people to take the course. To do this one must have
very good files and means of address keeping use and change. To use these
one must achieve and maintain a high level of ARC in all letters and
releases.
We already have a silk screen address file of HCAs/HPAs. We should have
address screens of all former students. These should be utilized.
Immediate steps should be taken to increase these files of addresses and
keep them up to date.
We already have many letter files from franchise and others such as
Standing Order No. 1. Using these files a nucleus Central File system
should be constructed and expanded.
Using various means addresses should be collected until every trained
Scientologist in the world is to be found in our central files and in our
address plates with addresses up to date.
Using this data a letter registrar can maintain consistent communication
with high R with all possible applicants and regular mailings of attractive
mailing pieces can be made. Book data and other materials can be carried in
such mailings.
Promotion Programme No. I is designed to collect all addresses and data for
our CF.
An offer of a certificate as a Founding Scientologist is made in all
Continental Magazines and the PAB for all Scientologists who were one
before 1963. They are offered a special classification and the certificate
if they will fill out the questionnaire or a copy of it and send it
straight to Saint Hill. An assembly line response is set up to send them
their certificate, consisting of letter press'signed blanks and name typed
on a large Cap typewriter, all in a flat special envelope, certificate to
be 5" x 7".
If this application carries vital statistics, our CF is greatly enriched.
Each application received is marked as answered with a certificate and is
filed in our CF under the person's name. Each is given a coded system
giving all data. In this way a CF is created.
When needful a large metal plate addressing machine will be procured which
gives
the full code on each plate showing what the person is, has done, etc.
These are f-iled by name and area in their address plate boxes for use on
the machine.
It is up to the Enrollment Department to construct its files, etc, while
actually engaging in procurement.
There were 12 less course enrollments in 1963 than in 1962. Therefore the
matter is a cause for crash programming.
It is my full intention to convert Saint Hill into 90% effort expended on
reach and income and 10% effort devoted to internal affairs and
disbursement. The Enrollment Department is just one step in this direction.
As a regulation of the Enrollment Department, all mailing pieces and forms
to be mailed must be passed on by the Executive Director and frequent
samples of letters answered must be submitted. Quality and reality must be
maintained.
I wish to see a flood and flurry in this department resulting in 100
students every 20 weeks.
|LRH:jw.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 by L. Ron | |
|Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Sthil staff|HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|only |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 JANUARY 1964 | |
| |HCO (Sthil) LTD. | |
| |CHARTS, ROUTINGS AND PUBLICATIONS | |
| |THE ENROLLMENT DEPARTMENT | |
It must become apparent to anyone in charge of enrollment on the Saint Hill
Course that Enrollment Department responsibility does not end with letters
to prospects if any guarantee of future enrollments is to exist.
Unless enrollment prospects are developed with an advance view of at least
two years, the department will always have a scramble.
Therefore the obvious course of action is to push along the general
dissemination of Scientology throughout the world.
This can be done without interfering with Central Organizations or HCO (WW)
Ltd., or indeed any other programme.
If Central Orgs graduate HCA/HPAs a certain number of them will enroll at
Saint Hill. Obviously the more graduates there are, from Academies who can
achieve auditing results, the more enrollees there will be for Saint Hill.
Thus quality of training is also of interest to the Enrolhnent Department.
To recapitulate, if dissemination is very broad and good to the general
public, there will be good Academy enrollments. If Academy results are good
and students are informed there will be Saint Hill enrollments. There are
other points to this routing.
If the Saint Hill Enrollment Department does not keep an eye on that route
then enrollments at Saint Hill will decline regardless of the amount of
effort put out by the Enrollment Department.
This routing has always been one of my hats and I am passing it over to the
Enrolhnent Department.
ENROLLMENT CHART
1. General Public Interested.
2. Enrolled in Academies.
3. Academy students kept informed of the Saint Hill Course.
4. Academy students achieving results.
5. Eventual enrollment at Saint Hill.
6. Satisfactory training results at Saint Hill.
7. Word of mouth by Saint Hill graduates.
8. Continuously expanding Saint Hill Course.
If any of the above steps are omitted, it will become a serious matter to
the Enrollment Department, so the thing to do is be sure that all the steps
in the above chart are effective.
This routing chart should be neatly drawn and posted permanently in the
Enrollment Department.
An additional traffic chart should also be drawn up as follows:
1. General public addresses to Central Orgs for use in their CFs to
procure
2. Academy enrollees addresses to Saint Hill Central addresses
3. Sthil Central Addresses to Sthil Central Files
4. Sthil File Folders to Letter Registrar
5. Letter Registrar to graduated Academy students with good reality
as to their status and activities
6. All Franchise letter files to Sthil Address
7. All Franchise files from address to Sthil Central Files
8. Franchise Folders to Letter Registrar for personal letters
9. All Franchise Folders from Central Files to Franchise Secretary
and back to Central Files after use
10. All SO No. I files to Sthil Address
11. All SO No. I files to Sthil Central Files
12. SO No. I folders periodically to Letter Registrar for personal
letters
13. Saint Hill Publications to Address for addressing
14. Saint Hill Publications from address to mailing room for
mailing.
A proper chart of this should be drawn showing the handling of these lines
so that special file systems do not get created and files held out of
Central Files and so that new personnel understand and do not "jump" the
lines.
The end product is a complete address file categorized and ready for use by
all departments and a Central File of all persons and correspondence
(except purely business files as kept in Accounts) will exist for general
use.
All separate file systems whereby "certain files are held out" should be
discouraged. No Letter Registrar can work without a complete file without
embarrassing consequences.
The usual metal plate addressing system is envisioned.
This same complete system exists at HASI London, called "CF and Addresses".
We are only copying that system.
PUBLICATIONS
The Enrollment Division as noted above has a vested interest in the quality
and existence of materials for issue to the general public.
A "Guide to Scientology Chart" is already being compiled for issue. But
simple books that already exist should be hard pushed by the Enrollment
Department into public hands by insisting on their being advertised by
Central Orgs in magazines other than Scientology magazines. Advertisement
of these in Continental Scientology magazines should be looked to
frequently.
Preparation of general interest texts by SLR and their publication should
be pressed for by the Enrollment Department.
Continuous demands for all new Academy student enrollment data will have to
be made by the Enrollment Department. Eventual centralization of
Certificate issue at Saint Hill will care for this sometime in the future
but until then it is a point for alertness.
SAINT HILL NEWS
A new publication, Saint Hill News, should be instigated for bi-monthly
(every 60
days) publication. This should be a dignified, serene publication that
issues data of current interest giving names of who has enrolled and who
has graduated and whatever other personal data may be of interest.
Kittenish high school type reporting should be avoided thoroughly.
This should be a photo-litho job like a PAB. It should use the Photo Litho
ability to reproduce photographs of the house, grounds, classrooms,
students, instructors, etc.
Its editorial composition should be:
1. Points of technical interest (helping Scientology work for people)
all of low level interest. This makes the magazine of some value.
Excerpts from tapes dealing with general auditing, stressing one
point per issue. Sample: "Getting the Auditing Question Answered". I
will be the only signatory of these articles as this is the
commonest point of upset in such magazines.
2. Some news of auditing successes in the field by Saint Hill
graduates. This is culled from Franchise and other letter lines.
This is always there to stress that people trained at Saint Hill get
results.
3. Results obtained on Cases on Course.
4. Past, present enrollments and graduations and Classification
changes, with any pictures. Malcohn Powell in East Grinstead could
be persuaded to do such shots cheaply in his studio in East
Grinstead.
5. Old and new installations at Saint Hill, by picture.
6. New publications, particularly what to give new people.
7. Old publications.
8. A Franchise Ad.
9. List of Central Orgs worldwide.
10. Any announcements by HCO (WW) Ltd., and SLR.
11. Saint Hill Course Ad giving what Letter Registrar would like to have
said.
12. A varied reminder every issue of the vastness and extent of the
Scientology data archives at Saint Hill.
The Editor of Saint Hill News is the Director of Enrollment. The magazine
editorial work of make up is Joan Jelinek. Printing is by the Book
Administrator.
The first issue should be as soon as one can be compiled and printed.
All mailings of Saint Hill News is by Surface Mail the same as the PAB.
The mailing list should be only those persons who may be interested in
enrolhnent, past graduates, present students and Central Org personnel (as
individuals) who come in contact with potential students.
This, of course, includes all current Academy students.
A check sheet of the above list should be made out for each issue and
followed in compilation.
|LRH:dr.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Central Orgs|HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Franchise | | |
|Field | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 FEBRUARY 1964 | |
| |DEPARTMENT OF ENROLMENT | |
For the sake of simplification and to facilitate a concentration on the
training route up through the Levels of Scientology, the Department of
Promotion and Registration in all Central Organizations will now be termed
the Department of Enrolment. The Director of P & R is now the Director of
Enrolment.
DIRECTOR OF ENROLMENT
The Director of Enrolment has the full responsibility of filling up the
Acadeiiiy and keeping it full. His first actions should be to increase
largely the enrolment oil HAS and Class I Courses in the Field as well as
in the Org.
The Director of Enrolment is to organize the Administration and Promotion
necessary to accomplish the desired results.
Using the Enrolment and Traffic Charts as a guide, a full comprehensive and
carefully cross-checked system of contacting and handling applicants must
be carried forward.
Effective Procurement activities must be designed, executed and carried out
on a continuing basis.
The Letter Reg Department, including Central Files & Addresso, Body Reg and
Reception are the responsibility of the Enrolment Director and are part of
the Enrolment Department.
It must become apparent that the Enrolment Department responsibility does
not end with letters to prospects if any guarantee of future enrolment is
to exist.
Unless enrolment prospects are developed with an advanced view, the
department will always have a scramble.
Therefore, the obvious course of action is to push along the general
dissemination of Scientology throughout the Org's sphere of influence. This
also applies to Continental Headquarters as well.
PUBLICATIONS
The Enrolment Department has a vested interest in the quality and existence
of materials for issue to the general public.
The simple books that already exist and new ones, as they are released by
Scientology Library & Research at Saint Hill, should be hard pushed by the
Enrolment Dept into public hands by their being advertised by Central Orgs
in magazines other than Scientology Magazines. Advertising of these in
Continental Scientology Magazines should be looked to frequently.
The Continental Magazine must work in very close co-operation with the
Enrolment Department. Its basic target is the general public and moving
them into HAS Courses in the Field as well as the Org. Its content should
mainly consist of Level 0 & I material.
FIELD AUDITOR CONSULTANT
If Field Auditors graduate HAS's and Class I's, a certain number will enrol
in the HQS Course, returning to the Field and send more students to the
Academy. After getting results in the Field, they will then return to the
Academy for the HPA/HCA Course. Thus quality of training is also of
interest to the Enrolment Department.
The post of Field Auditor Consultant is created and may be filled by the
old Group Secretary where this post had been filled.
The Field Auditor Consultant will assist all HQS, or above, certificate
holders in establishing and maintaining HAS and Class I Courses-this
includes helping them with promotion and the handling of their courses,
assisting in arranging for HGC assists and ARC Break Assessments when they
or their Groups get in trouble, filling their orders for HAS Certificates
and Level I classifications, and getting them in to take their examinations
for classification.
Where the Letter Reg pulls in students on Courses, the Field Auditor
Consultant is responsible to see they come in for their examinations.
The Field Auditor Consultant is the terminal in his area for HAS and Class
I Courses. His effectiveness is measured by the number of HAS Certificates
and Class I's issued and the number of Classified Auditors in his area.
To recapitulate, if dissemination is very broad and good to the general
public there will be good HAS Course enrolments. If HAS Course results are
good and students are informed, there will be Academy enrolments. If the
Enrolment Department is not responsible for this route, then enrolment in
the Academy will decline regardless of the amount of effort put out by the
Enrolment Department.
You must see that the Org is almost wholly dependent on a large and
successful field operation. Concentrate first on building up your existing
Field Auditors and providing them service.
Your HGC will be kept full of Assists and ARC Break Assessments from the
Field, and they will be lining up at the doors of the Academy.
|LRH:gl.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Saint Hill |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Central Orgs|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|HCO Secs | | |
|Assn Secs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 MARCH 1964 | |
| |DIRECTOR OF ENROLMENT | |
| |THE LETTER REGISTRAR | |
| |ADMINISTRATION | |
| |(HCO Sec: Hat Check on Assn Sec, Dir | |
| |Enrolment, Ltr Reg, Reg) | |
One of the principal routes to solvency (see earlier Policy Letters,
November 15, 1960, et al), is mail volume.
If you are not receiving mail and telephone calls in volume your unit will
be low. Mail volume is a measure of success. I can look at a "mail count"
and tell, by comparing it to earlier periods, whether an Org is going up or
down. It's a very good barometer, a reliable crystal ball, a teller of
fortunes.
Mail volume is important, quite aside from what the envelopes contain. As
soon as 16 quality vs quantity" arguments start, it shows somebody is being
uninformed. The datum "mail volume" is just mail volume, and trying to drag
in other factors simply shows that somebody didn't get the point in the
first place. It's too simple a point: current mail volume indicates current
and future business volume. It's a pure datum. It's a gross index you can
rely on without having to know anything else. It's an executive slide rule
- Executive: "What's the week's mail count?" Ans: " 1400 pieces out, 75
pieces in". Exec: "We're a bit below last week. I guess I'd better promote
something." See? The Executive didn't have to find out "what percentage of
the letters were business? How many applied for anything? Did the letter
registrar dot all her i's?" It's just a good meaty rough datum that says
how things are.
If a person were as alive as he gave and received communication then an Org
could be considered as alive as it gave and received pieces of mail. It's
that simple.
So you watch mail volume in and out if you want to know how you're going to
be doing a bit into the future. Knowing that we can gear up promotion to
cope before we get hit with the income slump.
A mail volume slump is always followed in a few weeks (usually six) by an
income slump. So it's a valuable danger signal.
Mail volume rise always presages an income rise in the next few weeks.
So that's the total use of and extent of "mail volume". It does not have
anything to do with what the letters are about or who is getting or
receiving them. Even circulars count, out or in. Even requests for
donations for the Eskimo seal fund count. Out or in. It's simply volume.
And it's an index which, when compared to an earlier period, estimates
future rise or fall of income.
The mail clerk does the counting in and out and chalks it up for the head
of the Org or its enrolment or income section or all three. Then they can
PLAN and ACT before the Org goes down for the third time or they get caught
in a boom.
Mail volume is a good datum because it gives about a six weeks warning. A
mail count slump in mid-May gives you an income slump about July 1.
PROMOTION
Now what the mail says in or out is under the head of Promotion.
Promotion covers "quality versus quantity" and other such questions.
What is said in outgoing letters and what may be said in incoming all
depends upon Promotion.
If the head of an Org or its enrolment executives are very sharp on
Promotion, mail volume will increase steadily. If they are not, then volume
gets one sided-mostly
outflow, but oddly enough, though the ratio shifts to outflow, mail volume
and income will stabilize at a certain level and not increase much.
You can tell if Good Promotion is being done by examining this outflow-
inflow ratio of mail.
Poor Promotion gives you a ratio of maybe 98% outflow and 2% inflow, i.e.
98 pieces of mail (of all kinds) mailed and 2 pieces of mail (of all kinds)
received.
Fair Promotion would perhaps consist of 90% outflow and 10% inflow, meaning
that for 90 pieces of mail (of all kinds) mailed by the Org, 10 pieces of
mail (of all kinds) were received.
Fantastically wonderful Promotion would consist of 50% outflow, 50% inflow.
A miracle would be 10% outflow and 90% inflow.
No exact index or chart of this has ever been made. But the above is an
educated guestimate. The figures are given to make the following point:
The better the Promotion, the higher the inflow rises in proportion to the
outflow.
The lesson has been learned in Scientology Orgs, and proven many times in
exact studies, that regardless of Promotion quality in Scientology, a high
volume of outflow is vital to return any inflow. So regardless of the
Promotion, high volume of outflow must be maintained. There is no arguing
with this datum. If you want activity and income you must have a high
volume of outflow. And the point of what is said does not enter that datum
at all at all.
So, given volume, one now begins to consider what is being said in that
volume and one gets Promotion. And all Promotion does is change the outflow-
inflow ratio and prevent a fixed outflow-inflow ratio.
It is obvious that an Org can only outflow just so much. Finance available,
personnel, effort, all limit how much outflow there can be. So to increase
outflow one must use PROMOTION to increase inflow in order to increase
outflow. Only in that way can one escape a fixed income. An Org that does
not do this, (does not use intelligent Promotion) then gets into a fixed
income which does not increase.
Promotion consists only of what to offer and how to offer it, that will be
responded to. That's the extent of it and even Madison Avenue (U.S.
Advertisers' row) can't better that. Indeed they may not even know it.
Contemporary advertising has gone off into aesthetics and art and often
forgets the product or service entirely.
So Promotion is the art of offering what will be responded to.
Production is the activity of providing a product or service. Promotion
relates to Production in this way: One can produce without promoting
(ordinarily quite disastrous); one can Promote without Producing (which is
very disastrous indeed and is the only thing that gives promotion a bad
name). So these things, Promotion and Production, are not independent of
each other.
One must make Production adequate to Promotion ard must make Promotion
adequate to Production to be SOLVENT or ETHICAL.
If you are producing something and can deliver then that is what you must
promote.
Here is an exercise in Promotion-Production. One goes over to Production
Unit A (Academy) and asks "What are you sure you can do for somebody in or
by training?" One carefully lists the answers, verifies them by talking to
the students on whom it is being produced and then checks off the most sure-
fire answers. One is now certain that this effect or these effects can be
produced at the Academy. Returning to one's office one looks over this data
and selects out what would probably be the most attractive items (will be
responded to) of production to the public. One then sits down and writes a
very glowing factual article about it, making a big point of availability
of it and a big point of their writing the Letter Registrar about it for
more data. Then one gets out a big mailing about it or headlines it in the
Continental Magazine and insists on a hurry up release of it. That's
several thousand mailing pieces out all in a bunch, guaranteed to get a
response to the letter registrar.
One then uses the same data to call together a public sort of meeting and
gets local invitation cards out on it. And makes sure somebody addresses
the meeting and that a registrar is there.
One gets out another mailing bit on the same subject but with a different
write up and sends it to all the PE attendees one has record of-and makes
sure they write the letter registrar. (Or phone the Registrar.) That's
another batch for the mail count.
One plays just those points found as above hard for 2 or 3 months. This
makes them well known and something of a fad that such and such effect or
result is produced in the Academy. That gives people time to find out about
it and centres their attention. Up goes Academy enrolments.
Then after 2 or 3 months of plugging the above, one goes over to the HGC
and repeats the same exercise. Making that Production learned about by the
Ltr Reg a fad in its turn.
Meanwhile one keeps up with one's mail and originates via Central Files on
a personal letter basis on routine actions.
ONE DOESN'T DROP ALL PAST PROMOTION (outflow) just to do this outlined
promotion.
Then one goes on a book campaign and plays that ragged for 2 or 3 months as
per the above exercise. What books do people read? Why?
Get circulars out on it. Sell books. Write letters about books.
And keep up routine letter writing and answering.
Then find something wonderful Scientology can do from field auditors,
something simple. Get everybody hot on doing it in the field via circulars
and articles. Get them to write the letter registrar about it.
Do these things one at a time, play them out and all the while keep it very
popular to write the letter registrar about it.
And you'll break the back of fixed income. Your outflow-inflow ratio will
improve. Your volume will rise. Production will be in keeping with
Promotion and Promotion with Production. And you won't have near the strain
about it.
If I were letter registraring, I would never just grind out letters. I
would not drop heavy origination. But I'd find things to offer people they
would write me about and spend 50% of my time answering their high volume
inflow.
30% of my time I'd spend on routine origination. The remaining 20% I'd
spend on gazing at the ceiling for future promotion or going around
examining production for items of interest.
The bottle-neck of income is the fixed ratio of outflow-inflow, the
inability to afford more outflow personnel and any and all unrealities
between Promotion and Production. If these factors cannot be handled by the
head of an Org, by its Director of Enrolment, income will remain fixed and
probably low. If these data are understood and intelligently used, given
good management, then income will rise and the org will flourish.
And at any staff meeting the wins of the person responsible for raising
outflow-inflow ratio should get a big hand.
|LRH:gl.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Sthil |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LET'FER OF 11 MARCH 1964 | |
| |DEPARTMENTAL CHANGES | |
| |AUDITORS DIVISION | |
The Enrolment Division is transferred herewith from HCO (Saint Hill) Ltd,
to HCO (WW) Ltd, and is renamed AUDITORS DIVISION.
The head of the Auditors Division is the Director of Auditors.
No change in the function of the former Enrolment Division or its personnel
is made except that the Franchise Secretary is added to the Auditors
Division and comes under the Director of Auditors and the Course
Administrator and Registrar remain with HCO (Saint Hill) Ltd.
The purpose of the Auditors Division is to make all auditors well trained
and successful.
Enrolment in Academies, proper certification, enrolment at Saint Hill are
all functions of the Auditors Division.
CF and Address comes under the Auditors Division-
Saint Hill News comes under the Auditors Division.
Keeping the Saint Hill Course fully enrolled is the responsibility of the
Auditors Division.
T'hrough HCOs in every area, a field auditor is appointed as the Auditors
Division representative or Leading Field Auditors. This would be of
assistance to the Auditors Division and to HCO Area Secs.
The aim of this transfer is to put all auditors in the world under one
general heading and so get them trained and successful and to regulate
practice.
HCO (WW) Ltd has as its purpose External Comm Lines and auditors are
certainly those, so is CF and Address.
The Auditors Division and the Director of Auditors is under the
Organization Supervisor of HCO (WW) Ltd.
The activities of Franchise should be co-ordinated with those of the
Auditors Division (see Policy Letter of this date re Franchise Programme).
No other changes in this Division or activity are made.
|LRH:gl.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|BPI |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|CenOCon |Saint Hill Manor, 64st Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 MARCH 1964 | |
| |AUDITORS DIVISION | |
| |NEW HCO WW ORGANIZATION | |
| |(HCO Area Sec: Please implement at once) | |
The Auditors Division of H.C.O. (W.W.) Ltd., has just been formed.
It is in the charge of the Director of Auditors at Saint Hill.
Purpose of The Auditors Division: To make all the auditors in the world
well-trained, properly accredited, successful and ethical.
All certified auditors, HAS, HQS, HCA/HPA, etc., come under the Auditors
Division.
A Leading Field Auditor is to be nominated by the HCO Area Secretary of
every area. He or she will be appointed then by the Director of Auditors.
In the case of several large cities covered by an HCO Area, a Leading Field
Auditor may be appointed for each one, with a Leading Field Auditor for the
entire area. The title for a Leading Field Auditor is the Leading Field
Auditor of the Eastern U.S. (where several have been appointed for cities)
and the Leading Field Auditor of Melbourne, where only one city is
involved. The titles compare to HCO Areas and Scientology geographical
divisions as will be released from time to time. The criteria of nomination
should be "a successful auditor of good classification, preferably Saint
Hill, who is not in conflict with HCO or the Central Org."
A Leading Field Auditor is expected to remain in good communication with
Saint Hill and will receive his instructions through the HCO Area
Secretary.
His or her final appointment will be by letter from Saint Hill.
The Leading Field Auditor should hold and take charge of all field auditors
meetings.
The Leading Field Auditor may appoint a deputy and a secretary for meetings
and other functions.
THE AUDITOR
SAINT HILL JOURNAL
A new magazine is being issued at Saint Hill to be called The Auditor, the
Saint Hill Journal of the Auditors Division.
A correspondent for The Auditor must be appointed in each Central
Organization by the HCO Area Sec. This correspondent should keep the Editor
of The Auditor informed of all Academy enrollees and graduates and data
concerning them, changes of staff members in the organization, local news,
reports on Congresses and various meetings and plans. Photos when available
should be forwarded.
The Leading Field Auditor should appoint a field correspondent giving news
about centres and various field functions, furnishing names of auditors and
their activities.
Wherever possible a correspondent should send not only a person's name but
also his or her address.
The heart of a good story for The Auditor is lots of names and what they
are doing.
THE AUDITORS DIVISION
The Auditors Division is taking over all franchise, centre and field
auditor coordination, mailings and service.
Certification will soon become handled wholly by the Auditors Division of
HCO WW and organizations and auditors will only need to send in the names
of enrollees and graduates. The certificate will be prepared by and mailed
from Saint Hill upon the request of and evidence from the HCO Area Sec.
This will not come into full effect for several months. Meanwhile existing
arrangements continue.
MEMBERSHIPS
Arrangements are being made to streamline memberships. All existing
memberships will be honoured. Local Central Organizations will also
continue to have memberships in addition to the Auditors Division.
This Organization implements several of the basic functions of HCO on an
International basis, in full cooperation with area HCOS, which it also
coordinates.
|LRH:dr.rd Copyright � 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL|L. RON HUBBARD |
|RIGHTS RESERVED | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|interested |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Sthil Staff | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1964 | |
| |POLICIES: | |
| |DISSEMINATION AND PROGRAMMES | |
Note: Most of the following policies are old, some only change emphasis
slightly. This Policy Letter is released to help organizations cope pending
the full review of policies now in progress. The policies written here are
not likely to change.
The following policies regarding dissemination and services by Central
Organizations and City Offices are effective at once or as stated.
LETTER REGISTRAR CORRESPONDENCE
THE LETTER REGISTRAR IS TO CORRESPOND ONLY WITH THOSE PEOPLE WHO ARE
INTERESTED IN OR COULD POSSIBLY APPLY FOR TRAINING AND PROCESSING.
Persons who obviously would be unable to come for training or processing
should not be corresponded with by the Letter Registrar.
Persons not eligible for training at the levels offered should not be
corresponded with (mainly applies to Saint Hill or the special promotion of
a higher Academy Course).
Persons obviously unable to afford training or processing should not be
corresponded with by the Letter Registrar.
THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST NEVER INDULGE IN REPEATING "FORM" LETTERS.
There is no point in repeating the same sales message over and over. Such a
repeating message goes in the Continental Magazine (and the Letter
Registrar makes sure it does get into the magazine and out soon).
THE LETTER REGISTRAR ANSWERS THE QUESTIONS ASKED, DIRECTLY, PRECISELY AND
OMITS NONE.
The largest error on a line and the surest way to cut it is to fail to
answer all the person's questions.
THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST ENQUIRE OF CORRESPONDENTS WHEN THEY ARE COMING
IN.
To only acknowledge that a person wants to come for training or processing
seems disinterested. The Letter Registrar wants to know when and how and
for how much or how long.
THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST NEVER PROMISE MORE RESULTS THAN THE ACADEMY OR
HGC IS SURE IT CAN DELIVER.
If in doubt as to what the HGC or Academy thinks it can deliver, the Letter
Registrar should consult with the D of P and D of T frequently.
The Letter Registrar is selling the reality of the D of P and D of T not
the Letter Registrars.
THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST NEVER PROMISE TO HEAL ANYTHING.
One can state there is hope, but nobody knows what elements will enter to
prevent the accomplishment (family, accidents, etc.).
Further, the medicos love such letters.
THE LETTER REGISTRAR MUST NEVER ENCOURAGE KNOWN INSTITUTIONALIZED CASES TO
SEEK SERVICE FROM AN ORG.
The randornity an insane person or the family can kick up in an Org is
worth ten times the fee paid-and the fee is often returned.
Electric shock and lobotomy cases must not be encouraged to have org
service.
Also such cases mustn't be wholly discouraged as they sometimes commit
suicide when their hopes are dashed too hard. Direct them somewhere else
for help-but never to a medico or psychiatrist. Tell them a quiet sojourn
in the desert or something would be good for them. Something like that.
Rest is the best "cure" anyway.
THE LETTER REGISTRAR IS NOT THE PERSON WHO ANSWERS THE ORG MAIL.
Letters to the magazine, to the D of P, to staff auditors, to the Extension
Course, etc., are the business of those units, not the business of the
Letter Registrar. The emphasis in Letter Registrar is on REGISTRAR.
The Letter Registrar gets prospects into comm and gets them in. See the
first policy above.
Rigid adherence to the above policies and industrious use of Central Files
(always prowling in it for prospects) can quadruple the org's income.
MAGAZINES
The policies once extant concerning Major and Minor Issues of the
Continental Magazine must be resumed at once. These are:
EVERY OTHER MONTH A MINOR CONTINENTAL MAGAZINE ISSUE MUST BE MAILED TO
EVERY PERSON IN THE ADDRESS FILES.
This means every person.
A Minor Issue may consist of as little as 4 pages (one sheet folded once)
or as much as 8 pages (2 sheets folded once).
It may have no cover other than the paper it is printed on.
It may not be enveloped but is addressed on the back.
THE EDITORIAL POLICY OF A MINOR ISSUE IS "GET PEOPLE BACK INTO
comm."
It offers books, particularly new ones, some Org news, and invites
Membership.
A MAJOR ISSUE OF THE CONTINENTAL MAGAZINE MUST BE MAILED OUT EVERY OTHER
MONTH TO ALL ACTIVE PERSONS IN THE FILES.
Active means members and active files.
A Major Issue consists of 8 or more pages. It has a separate cover. It can
be (but is not necessarily) enveloped. It contains some interesting
technical data and results and the various list of items ordinarily
advertised in every issue (Books, Memberships. Academy, HGC, Ext. Course,
PE, etc.).
THE EDITORIAL POLICY OF A MAJOR ISSUE IS "KEEP PEOPLE GETTING TRAINED AND
PROCESSED."
A Major Issue plan must be submitted to Adcomm before being made up,
particularly the ad write ups.
An Adcomm may not reduce ads but may alter text of ads.
The Assn/Org Sec may override Adcomm magazine suggestions.
The Adcomm may not dictate reducing prices or advise "don't be so direct,
soften up the ads, the public objects as "soft-sell" in a mag reduces
income faster than
any other element and has nearly collapsed some orgs. Policy effective in
all countries. The mag says "Come in. Get Processed." It doesn't say
"Processing is awfully nice, you know."
THE ASSN/ORG SEC MAY DIRECT MAGAZINE PROMOTION POLICY WHERE NOT IN CONFLICT
WITH THESE POLICIES.
To hold Production Unit Heads and the Assn/Org Sec responsible for income
and yet not let them guide promotion is poor policy.
Make-up and editorship remains in HCO.
A MAGAZINE MAY NOT PUBLISH TECHNICAL DISSERTATIONS, TECHNIQUES OR
SUGGESTIONS OR MATERIALS NOT WRITTEN BY MYSELF OR TAKEN FROM MY LECTURES.
The collapse of Elizabeth, New Jersey and Wichita has been traced to
dispersal of attention in technical matters. When they started publishing
everybody's technical ideas nobody could find out what Dianetics was and it
ceased to be practised.
There are enough words of technical materials at Level 0 in my lecture
tapes, books and articles. You won't run out.
MAGAZINES AND ARTICLES MUST BE CAREFULLY EDITED AND PROOF-READ.
We have caused more ARC breaks and lost more people through typographical
errors, poor transcription and strange words not defined, than from any
other causes. We know, now that we have the technology of study.
PROOFS MUST BE MADE OF ALL PLATES AND TYPE SETTINGS AND MUST BE FURTHER
INSPECTED BEFORE AN ORDER TO PRINT IS GIVEN.
It is not enough to proof the original make-up and then let the printer run
it off by photo-litho or letter press. Bits pasted onto photo-litho make up
fall off, etc., and letterpress can be grim.
Have the printer take proofs of the copy submitted to and set up by him and
proof-read them again before ordering the printing finally. It's easier to
destroy a plate or a page lay out and re-shoot it or reset it than a whole
edition! But don't rewrite the mag because you are proofing.
PRINTED MATERIALS MUST BE COMPREHENSIBLE.
No strange words or upscale processes may be released in magazines as they
ARC Break people. They don't know what the words mean and also get
restimulated.
The results of higher levels may be mentioned. But no technical data should
be published on how they are done. Example: You can say "Get Cleared" and
say what a clear is, but may not use any tech data of how it is done by an
auditor. Example: You can publish a graph or a cheering comment by a pc but
not what was run. Example: You can publish a letter about HQS courses but
must delete from it any mention of technical matters or interpretations.
Example: You can publish an auditor's letter about running a successful PE
but not how he ran it.
CENTRAL FILES AND ADDRESS
THE PURPOSE OF CENTRAL FILES IS TO COLLECT AND HOLD ALL NAMES, ADDRESSES,
PERTINENT DATA ABOUT AND CORRESPONDENCE TO ANYONE FROM ANYONE WHO HAS EVER
BOUGHT ANYTHING FROM THE ORGANIZATION.
THE ADDRESS FILES CONTAIN, READY FOR USE IN MAILINGS, ALL THE NAMES IN
CENTRAL FILES AND READY REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ABOUT THESEPERSONS.
ADDRESS IS THE NAME-STATUS INDEX OF CENTRAL FILES.
The following policy changes some policies about retiring folders after 3
years.
TIME HAS NO RELATIONSHIP TO WHAT IS FILED IN CENTRAL FILES OR ADDRESS.
As of now, all files names must be restored to CF & Address. The only
division is "active" and "inactive".
The simple test for "active" is do they ever answer?
The exceptions to the above are people who demand their names be removed
and obvious "bird dog" names (people who are hostile such as a medico who
wants our literature to eventually upset us).
Another exception to the above is the Saint Hill CF which contains only
active auditors and Scientologists who buy books from Saint Hill or may
come to Saint Hill. The test here is not if they have bought anything from
Saint Hill but that they have obviously bought from organizations and may
buy books from or come to be trained at Saint Hill. Franchise auditors are
of course also in CF at Saint Hill.
LIST OF NAMES OF PERSONS WHO HAVE NOT BOUGHT ANYTHING FROM THE ORG MAY NOT
BE PLACED IN CENTRAL FILES.
Field auditors sometimes send in lists of names. These are not put in CF.
THE PERSONS ON ANY LIST OF NAMES SUBMITTED MUST BE SENT AN INTELLIGENT
INFORMATION PACKAGE AT ONCE.
No further action or record need be undertaken.
An Information Package should contain lists of books. If the person is
interested he or she will order a book and only then will appear as a
matter of course in CF and Address.
Such lists of names are merely typed on slips (dupli stickers). No Address
plates are ever made from such lists.
NO INFORMATION PACKAGE MAY CONTAIN OR LEAD THE PERSON TOWARD CONFUSING
WORDS OR TERMS.
This means one must be careful of what books and literature are offered in
an Information Packet. However, by test, Dianetic books ARC Broke very few
and most of such early books are adequately explanatory of their terms.
The only ways you will lose a person sent an Information Packet are:
1. Send literature containing words they won't understand.
2. Announce services they don't understand.
3. Make it seem hard to have any Scientology.
4. Try to sell them things they're not ready to buy.
COST OF SERVICE
You must realize, despite propaganda about our expensiveness, that our
services break into two parts.
a) Cheap, broad services for everyone.
b) Personal services at a much higher (but cheaper than any other
field) price.
Don't get confused and try to make (a) expensive or (b) cheap.
Whenever 1 get a plea from some staff to "cut our prices" 1 now realize
they haven't got (a) and (b) separate and they're confused and try to
identify all service with all service.
Make our cheap services (PE, HAS, Co-audit, brief assists) very, very, very
cheap. Give them away, in fact. This is broad, general Scientology. You
have to spend money to give them away. The book auditor, the Extension
Course, the dollar book, the magazine, these are all part of these cheap
services.
Most orgs err in never really spending money on cheap services. They get
all tied up with income needs and sell only expensive services and never
get a whirlwind of interest going.
Cheap service costs the org money. You have to hire staff just to
administer it. You have to have people to care for it. You answer letters
from book auditors (but the Letter Reg doesn't) and PE people and greet out-
of-Towners with a hostess.
You don't turn such traffic off because it doesn't buy. You form a place
for it to come to like a public lounge. You give it tape plays. You whip it
up to a roar. And you don't let it into your production departments or
lines because it bothers these and upsets them.
For instance, you never give away an Academy Course. You always charge
heavily for it. But you give public tape plays that train the "multitude".
ALL PERSONAL SERVICES RENDERED TO THE INDIVIDUAL RESULTING IN A GOOD
PROCESS RESULT OR A WORTHWHILE CERTIFICATE MUST BE CHARGED FOR HEAVILY.
COURSES
The in between on this above was the HQS Course. Hence the following
training policies are adopted as of January 1, 1965.
ALL HUBBARD QUALIFIED SCIENTOLOGY COURSES MUST COST THE SAME AS HUBBARD
CERTIFIED AUDITOR COURSES.
The policy of gradient course costs is abandoned as unsuccessful.
THE COST OF A CERTIFICATE COURSE MAY NOT BE LESS THAN ONE MONTH'S AVERAGE
PAY FOR THE AREA IN WHICH IT IS GIVEN AND MUST BE IN CASH.
By average pay is meant the average upper lower class or lower middle class
pay scale. (Example guesses: U.K. about E50. U.S. about $500. Australia
about E75. South Africa about L80.)
HIGHER LEVEL COURSES CAN BE CHARGED FOR AT HIGHER RATES (HCS AND HSS).
Have more courses of shorter duration with less in them.
The policy is-
DON'T TEACH CERTIFICATE COURSES OF MORE THAN ONE MONTH'S DURATION IN
CENTRAL ORGANIZATIONS.
DON'T HOLD STUDENTS BEYOND ONE MONTH.
This requires more certificates and classifications to be used.
Example: Have an HQS Course lasting one month. Next year have the student
back for his HCA. Next year get him in for his HPA, etc.
Make the student study at home "to get his classification so he can enter
the next course" or "get some processing before next enrollment" if the
student seems shaky. Don't hold the student on course because he's shaky.
Give him his certificate and note what he has to do before the next one.
Hold back classification if not sure.
PRESENT CERTIFICATES AT COURSE COMPLETION.
CERTIFICATES DO NOT DEPEND ON EXAMINATION.
ONLY CLASSIFICATION CAN REQUIRE EXAMINATION.
HAS
The exception in courses is HAS which is a public course and cheap.
DO NOT TEACH PROCESSING IN HAS COURSES.
Teach only study, good definition materials, the philosophy of life, etc.
HAS CO-AUDIT
THE PUBLIC CO-AUDIT MAY ONLY DO SUPERVISED ITSA.
No Clay Table, definitions or any fancy processes of any kind may be done
in the Co-audit. Only R-1-C.
Co-audits will thrive if they're cheap and attendees only listen. Don't try
for any results. If cases don't progress suggest HGC auditing at regular
rates "since you're a special type of case".
HQS
TEACH AN HQS STUDENT TO DO ASSISTS, 8C, HAVINGNESS AND TRIO WELL.
Whatever else they're taught, make sure they do the above well.
These were the howling successes of the late '50s. Polling all active
auditors showed they had their best results and realities on these only.
They're easy to teach. They work well.
Use the whole training programme for HQS but make them do these 4 things
well as auditors and make them do them when they get out and process pcs.
And they'll mostly win. Try more and they'll do them too badly and mostly
lose.
HCA
TEACH THE BALANCE OF REPETITIVE PROCESSES, THE AUDITING CYCLE AND METERS AT
HCA LEVEL.
HPA
TEACH CLAY TABLE HEALING IN HPA COURSES.
HCS
TEACH CLAY TABLE CLEARING IN HCS COURSES.
HSS
Until 1968 GPMs will be taught only at Saint Hill.
CLASS REVISION
This gives the following table of certificates and classes.
PE-Level 0-actually begins the HAS Course.
HAS-Level O-Philosophy, study, no auditing but co-audit sign ups use Itsa.
Consists of about 60 lessons, mainly about Life and What Scientology is and
how to study "Leaming how to Learn", vocabulary of Scientology.
HQS-Class I-Comm Course, Upper Indoc, Assists, 8C, Havingness, Trio.
HCA-Class 11-Repetitive processes, metering.
HPA-Class 111-Assessments, Clay Table Healing.
HCS-Class IV-Clay Table Clearing.
HAA-Class V-Not used just now.
HSS-Class VI-GPMs-Taught only at Saint Hill until 1968.
HGA-Class VII-not yet being offered but mainly OT type processes already
developed.
This changes classification levels slightly at the bottom but only because
it didn't work out well the way it was laid out. This must not interfere
with the classification of existing Academy students because of this
policy.
PROMISES
DELIVER WHAT WE HAVE PROMISED.
We must do what we promise we will do even when it was a staff member
error. The best way to avoid embarrassment is not to promise what you won't
eventually deliver.
Academy students promised on enrollment what they'll receive must receive
it.
The above policy changes were made necessary by the policy that we must
have shorter courses more often and by the following policy, now possible
because of technical break throughs.
A COURSE MUST CULMINATE IN TEACHING A DEFINITE SKILL OR SKILLS.
When you plan a course, plan to have the student able to perform a definite
action well when he completes it. Don't have fuzzy generalized ideas of a
course such as "teach him to be an auditor", "Make him a Scientologist" or
"Make him a Class IV". Whatever you advertise as a generality, the D of T
and instructors must, in their own minds think of making a student into an
auditor that can do certain definite things, such as "run an assist, do 8C,
do trio, run havingness". Then all training culminates in a skill and so
can have a definite ending for both the student and instructor.
The other knowledge that makes an auditor and a Scientologist is of course
strung out over these courses.
HGCs
HGCs MAY OFFER ONLY WHAT THEIR STAFF AUDITORS CAN DELIVER.
If the staff auditors are trained to certain processes the HGC can offer
them. If the staff auditors are not trained to certain processes, they
can't be offered.
PART TIME STAFF
Clarifying the position of "consulting auditors":
NO HGC MAY "OCCASIONALLY" EMPLOY AUDITORS.
This means exactly that an HGC auditor is a staff auditor all the time,
week after week, or he isn't ever used. The confusion on this is the
definition of "part time".
A "part-time" auditor is one who works part of the working week every week
for the organization and always the same part of the working week.
AN AUDITOR WHO HAS AN OUTSIDE AUDITING PRACTICE MAY NOT BE AN HGC AUDITOR
OR STAFF MEMBER.
STAFF MEMBERS MAY NOT AUDIT OUTSIDE PCS OR RECEIVE MONEY FOR AUDITING
STUDENTS OR PCS OUTSIDE THE ORG AND MUST BE BROUGHT IMMEDIATELY BEFORE
COMMITTEES OF EVIDENCE IF FOUND TO BE DOING SO.
For a staff member to do outside auditing for pay is very serious and can
lead at once to an org's collapse (and has done so).
CONSULTING AUDITORS
For an organization to hire an auditor "when a pc is available" is a grave
source of trouble. The org is not able to train such staff or hold a
standard and acts only as a procurer of pcs for field auditors. The public
stays away from such HGCs in droves by actual test. The practice is called
"Hiring Consulting auditors". It is forbidden.
It stems from a misguided effort to hold up units. It does hold them up for
a while and then collapses the org.
It is unfair to the field auditor since he is just kept hanging on in some
cases.
When this Policy barring consulting auditors was first issued, it was not
meant to include "part time" staff. Part time staff is usually composed of
non-practising Scientologists who audit week-end or evening pcs for the org
and are on units every week, rain or shine. I am sorry if any ARC Breaks
were caused.
ASSIGNING AUDITING TIMES
THE REGISTRAR MAY NOT ASSIGN TIMES FOR AUDITING.
The most insidious practice the Registrar can drift into (next to not
signing up anyone) is selling times of audit.
The Registrar has no business in that department.
The Registrar sells quantities of auditing and refuses to promise when.
This, the Registrar must say, is a technical matter and up to the D of P.
THE DIRECTOR OF PROCESSING MUST NOT ASSIGN AUDITING AT LESS
HOURSTHAN12Y2PER WEEK.
Exception: Where a special programme of 5 hour assists is being sold, the
policy becomes "except not less than 5 hours per week for assists".
It is unfair to the pc to do the psycho-analytic nonsense of an hour or two
a week as it doesn't even catch up with his PTPs and so wastes all his
auditing.
Further an org can go broke doing this. Its staff auditors are so strung
out in their assignments that they don't turn in a week's worth of work yet
draw full units. It's a sure road to low units and collapse to go psycho-
analyst on us and let the public buy an hour or two a week. Crazy in fact.
I've seen it happen with fantastic upsets. The idea gets around: the public
hasn't "got the time" for 25 hour intensives. It's just hearsay. In actual
fact if the D of P says, "Look here, you won't get any good out of an hour
a week. Just handling your current problems will eat up your benefits. Take
a week off and get 25 hours" 80% of them will. The rest, the D of P says
"All right, it's 21/2 hours a night for 5 nights, (or 121/2hours over the
week-end)". And they will do one or the other.
AN HGC PC IS ENTITLED TO A CERTIFIED AUDITOR.
The above is long standing policy.
AN HGC STAFF AUDITOR MAY AUDIT ONLY PROCESSES WITH WHICH HE IS SURE HE CAN
GET RESULTS.
The above policy is a new stress on an old idea. The moral is, run staff
training courses to get staff auditors up to running higher levels.
ONE WEEK'S PROCESS (25 HOURS) SHOULD COST AN AVERAGE MONTH'S PAY (AS IN
TRAINING).
But processing of a special nature at higher levels can be charged at
higher rates.
No policies or programmes not specifically changed by the above are
changed. All other policies remain in force.
|LRH.jw.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Franchise |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Sthil | | |
|Students | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 DECEMBER 1964 | |
| |USE OF DIANETICS, SCIENTOLOGY, APPLIED | |
| |PHILOSOPHY | |
In order to protect the good names of "Dianetics", "Scientology" and
"Applied Philosophy" the following policies are continued or become
effective immediately.
1. All lectures, books, publications, films, models and diagrams on the
above subjects are copyrighted by L. Ron Hubbard.
2. Permission to use these words is given to all bona fide holders of
certificates issued by an organization accredited by L. Ron Hubbard,
subject to the following conditions:
1) The names, data, materials and processes are only to be used in
connection with and in relation to the Level and Class for which the
certificate has been issued.
2) Technical information, by which is meant the "how" and "why" of our
activities, must not be released by lecture, writing, demonstration or by
any other means except by books or tapes published by L. Ron Hubbard, or
an organization approved by L. Ron Hubbard, or on a properly organized
Course by a person certificated to teach that Course, or in a properly
arranged auditing session where a "process" may be applied within the
Class and Level of the auditor.
Note: The reason for the foregoing is that when data gets relayed other
than from the original source, i.e., book, bulletin, lecture, etc., an
alterisness occurs, be it ever so small, which can be disastrous.
3. (a) The names "Dianetics", "Scientology", "Applied Philosophy" may
only be used in a Company or activity name under licence from L. Ron
Hubbard.
3) Such licence can be withdrawn at any time.
4) The licence is not transferable except with written permission
of L. Ron Hubbard or a person authorized by him to grant such
permission.
5) Licences will only be issued to individual Franchise Holders.
6) Licences will not be issued where the title includes a place
name which indicates an area larger than the immediate vicinity
of the Headquarters of the Franchise Holder.
4. Anyone practicing Scientology under any name other than his own must
get permission of the Franchise Secretary.
5. The use of data and/or materials under another name or using the data
and/or materials in conjunction with any other Philosophy is forbidden.
6. The use of data and/or materials other than for the betterment of an
individual, group or mankind is forbidden.
7. Certificates and, therefore, permission to practice, etc., may be
withdrawn at any time by L. Ron Hubbard or any person authorized by him
to do so, if there is any infringement of the above or, if, in his
opinion, it is necessary, for any reason.
8. It is not intended to stop any bona fide Scientologist, properly
certificated, from practicing or using Scientology data or material; on
the contrary, it is necessary to protect you from mis-use of them by
others.
|LRH:jw.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 FEBRUARY 1965 | |
| |DELIVER | |
Now that we can deliver, the first thought of every staff member in every
Org from Saint Hill through the main orgs down to the smallest Franchise
Office should be to deliver Scientology. training and processing to every
person responding to their promotion. Books and all other items should be
delivered effectively and rapidly to buyers. Certificates should be
delivered to all who earn them. Classification should be delivered quickly
to those who can pass.
The action of Promotion is to offer as many as can be reached something
each of those reached will want and buy.
After Promotion obtains response, one must deliver. That means good case
gains to preclears and students, good reality and useful knowledge and
skill to every student.
Delivery, if not done swiftly and cheerfully and effectively, balls Lip the
lines, retards growth and keeps everyone marking time.
The first job of the books personnel is to deliver books ordered. There is
no other action to take. Just deliver. Keep the invoice line simple by
simply invoicing everything ordered and note whether paid or not. In
shipping books or such items not paid for, request the sum owing while
holding the first invoice and when it comes let invoicing make a new
invoice showing payment and let shipping relate it to the old. Refund
overpayments regardless of what the customer said unless it's a donation.
Keep book shipping simple. Deliver books. Be sure books are on hand and
deliver them. That's all one does in Books.
When someone buys training, sign the person up and deliver the training and
a good case gain too.
When someone buys processing, give them the processing called for at the
pc's level whether you advertise you will or not and deliver a case gain
and a completed level.
Deliver. When promotion has promoted a response, don't get chatty with the
response. Just tell the person what it is, how much it costs, how easy it
is and when he should get it; or to come in and get it, and deliver.
Promote, organize and deliver.
We can now deliver technically.
You don't have to "make Scientology work". You don't have "to alter it so
it will work". You don't have to dream it up. All you've got to do is be
skilled in doing exactly what's taught and you'll deliver handsomely. You
can deliver it, so deliver it.
On a pc who has never been processed, do Level 0. Give him or her an HCO
Board of Review certificate as a pc for that level when it is complete,
when a pc has Level 0 Grade certificate, do 1. Etc. Boot them up as fast as
you can. Do only what the Levels are. Issue a certificate when they're all
flat on the TA for that grade.
On people who have been scattered through one or another of the levels,
finish up
anything missed in the lowest level, then the next level, then the next,
etc. When a pc has completed IV finally, be sure your staff can do VI on
him.
To get an org or individual to deliver effectively, remove the distractions
from the delivery channel, remove the barriers to delivery, detect and get
rid of the non compliance to orders to deliver. And deliver pure
Scientology, effectively.
Get a move on. Learn what's to be delivered and deliver it.
Same with a course. Deliver it and certify you have. That's all.
You're selling wins. Deliver them.
The whole human race is about to start going up. They'll move to the degree
you deliver and no faster. So let's get the show on the road.
Nobody now has to do anything arduous. Just find people, make them want and
pay for delivery and then deliver.
That's all.
Let's go.
|LRH:jw.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 APRIL AD 15 | |
| |HCO DIVISION (1) | |
| |ORG DIVISION (3) | |
| |LEGAL AND PROMOTION | |
Policy: Legal activities, outside lawyers' or attorneys' suits, may not be
under the Organization Secretary ever but must be under HCO.
Reasons: Persons connected to Finance value money too highly, being in
charge of it and sometimes involve the org in needless suits.
Corporate structure is part of the office of LRH and new orgs and other
orgs and requires legal primary connections. Therefore it is extra expense
to have two legal departments.
Legal control is part of the functions of Justice which belongs to HCO.
Policy: Promotion expenditure must never be under the control of the
Organization Division. It belongs solely to HCO.
Reasons: London in 1958, Johannesburg in 1964, to name two, went nearly
broke when their economy curtailed magazine mailings and promotion.
The magazine costs and extent of mailing must never be controlled by anyone
connected with Finance as they seek to save on it when they, quite
properly, seek to reduce expenses on other things in the org.
|LRH:wmc.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|HAT HCO Exec| | |
|See | | |
|HAT HCO | | |
|Dissem Sec | | |
|HAT Dir Pubs| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL AD 15 | |
| |Issue IV | |
| |HCO DISSEM SEC HA TS | |
| |BOOKINCOME | |
I have occasionally said that "book sales bring in the org income".
It just may be that the sentence has not been completely understood.
It does not mean "the money obtained from selling books will support the
organization".
It does mean that if the following cycle is not in proper sequence, the org
will go broke.
1. Books on Scientology placed in the hands of individuals in the
public interest them in Scientology;
2. Their interest in Scientology causes them to want more
Scientology.
3. Such individuals contact a Scientology organization;
4. If that organization handles the expressed want intelligently,
the book buyer in 1 comes in for service;
5. If the book buyer in 1 is given good service, he or she wishes
to disserninate Scientology;
6. If the original book buyer can obtain books on Scientology
suitable for their friends, the individual buys more books;
7. If these new possessors of books want service, they contact the
Scientology organization; and
8. If 2 to 7 is made to occur then the cycle is repeated with other
people.
9. The original book buyer in 1 continues to get more service.
Now in step 4 above, wherein the original book buyer buys and is given good
service, i.e. processing or training, the organization makes all of its
stable income.
This is the original and basic cycle which brought an organization into
being and financed it.
The cycle is augmented only by (a) how the original book buyer gets his
book and (b) how he is offered further service.
These two things (how he gets the book and how he is offered further
service) are the WHOLE of PROMOTION ACTIVITIES.
Promotion is never aimed at anything else regardless of how it is done.
The ideas used in promotion must
a) get books into the hands of people in the public and
b) offer such persons service
c) offer such persons already sold lower services higher services.
There is nothing more to it.
The basic approaches that get books into people's hands are
A. Obtaining long mailing lists of people who have bought similar books
(health, mind, philosophy, mysticism, science fiction, self betterment, How
to do it books), and sending them attractive fliers inviting them to buy
Scientology books and arousing a want in them for the book.
B. Advertising books in magazines and other carriers of ads (even radio
and TV) that make people want to buy Scientology books.
C. Personally contacting people, arousing their interest in Scientology
and getting them to buy and read a book and also sending them in for
service.
There are two additional methods, modifying C which have worked but are
sometimes less workable than C but which cannot be neglected,
D. Personally contacting people, arousing their interest in Scientology
and sending them in for service.
This last is done without selling a book. However, it will be found that
most personal contacts require some form of a book, even a small pamphlet.
E. Getting people into congresses and PEs and other public events
directly and selling them service.
The last two if only that is done, tends to get an uninformed and easily
confused "public" into an org and rather tends to make the org into a
clinic; not making Scientologists, the org soon runs low on personnel,
bends toward a psychiatric authoritarian approach and the "zing" is gone
out of the "field".
Therefore C and D should be tried but also an effort should be made to
place books in their hands which they buy.
All this presupposes the existence of books and their availability.
Another pre-selection point is the offer of doingness type books. Do it
yourself. "Any two people can . . . . . ." or "you can . . . . . ." "do
what's in this book and get better". If the book also contains more theory
than there is doingness for, a lot of people will want service too. This is
the best combination. It gives us, too, the Book Auditor, a vital necessity
in our ranks. This able, independent person becomes our best auditor when
trained after a period of unschooled practice on his own.
When low supplies are carried or only early day publications are sold, the
ability to deliver books suffers. The impact of fast-filled orders is lost
and there is far less response.
Books have to be
1. offered with heavy impact;
2. have to be delivered fast fast fast to give delivery impact; and
3. contain material to fit the person's level so that want-
Scientology is aroused.
A book is a test of reach. So we at once knock out those who can't reach at
all and thus spare ourselves their troubles until we are big enough to run
proper institutions and clinics for them. All the money in the world would
not be worth the stall we would get from such an unwieldy "help me-e-e"
mob.
Scientology planning is built to make the able more able, leaving the
unable strictly alone for the while. If we do this, we grow. If we, like
some foolish persons do, tie around our necks the unable, the helpless, the
backward, we won't be able to move high enough fast enough to then afford
to help the helpless.
Given total stability, one can pick up heavy rocks. Don't try when halfway
over a flimsy footbridge! We would "save the helpless" at the cost of
Scientology itself and that's not smart.
The plan is to establish Scientology to make the able more able, secure the
conquered terrain and then help the helpless.
You see, if we lost Scientology, the hopeless would never be helped so that
isn't very clever.
Like a Class Zero auditor trying to process a psycho we'd spin in unless we
made tl~ds one dissemination condition.
Get them to buy a book.
Two first reaches, then, are required of the individual in the public
1. Reach for a book
2. Reach with a little bit of money for a book.
Thus we have automatically selected the less disabled.
Now if we require three more reaches
3. Reach for service; and
4. Bring self in to the org;
5. Reach with money we have now further selected out people and we
have what able people there are around.
Given this as a group, we can then stabilize our position at a higher
level, and we can reach a hand to those who can't reach at all,
This state has not been attained yet. It will come in a few years.
Hence, all these things are meant when I say "books bring in the org
income".
The cash they bring in from book sales is just about enough to sell more
books. It is trivial.
The cash such persons spend then in the org on service is enough to finance
our forward thrust.
Because they are able already our training and processing now shoots up
their income potential and they actually can make a lot more than they
spend in the org.
On this income the org eventually can attain organizational stability,
buildings and all that.
But more important by good service we raise the ability of the already able
people.
And with that we have lifted ourselves up as a group to the ability to help
even the helpless. We'll be able to afford it.
We retard or fail to advance then to the degree that we
a) Seek to service the helpless
b) Fail to sell books
c) Don't fumish good service.
Those are the 3 FATAL errors we can make.
Avoid them, promote and sell books to an ever-widening sphere, give
excellent service, increase the org's stability and we'll make it like a
walk in the park.
That's what I mean when I say "book sales bring in the org income".
More than the org income. The sale of books, all other steps being in
place, will bring us a Scientology world.
|LRH:wmc.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 APRIL AD 15 | |
| |Issue III | |
| |ALL DIVISIONS | |
| |HANDLING THE PUBLIC INDIVIDUAL | |
We have learned the hard way that an individual from the public must never
be asked to DECIDE or CHOOSE.
Examining experiences we have had, I finally saw there was a hidden datum
we had not been aware of in our orgs and particularly in handling the
public. I finally dug it up and here it is:
TO DECIDE ONE HAS TO UNDERSTAND.
Examining our big org chart you can see quite plainly that Understanding is
higher than the Point of public entrance into processing.
Example: Mr. J is offered Particle A. He can accept it just because it is
offered. He does not have to even perceive it or talk about it or recognize
any condition. He needs to see only two things-(a) That it is being offered
by somebody or something (source), and (b) that Particle A exists. All you
have to do is show him where to obtain it and that it exists. This is
acceptance without decision. Therefore he can have it.
Example: Mr. J is offered Particle A or Particle B. Now we have an entirely
different situation. Mr. J must compare Particle A and Particle B in order
to see which is best. Therefore he must see where each comes from (source),
that each exists, establish the condition of each particle, communicate
with and about them, perceive them, relate them to each other (become
oriented), understand them, be enlightened and finally decide (establish
own purpose). If he can do this Mr. J can choose which he should have, A or
B. If Mr. J can't do all these things, Mr. J is overwhelmed, gets confused
and takes neither. One has asked Mr. J to jump up a lot of levels. Actually
the ordinary Mr. J, when raw meat and even not so raw, would have to have a
Grade IX Certificate to obtain a Grade I Certificate. And that of course is
impossible.
The door, then, is barred utterly for the majority of people into any
department or function or org, let alone the promotion and accounts
functions.
The moral is very plain. Never ask anyone in the public or field to Decide
or Choose.
Erase from our org patter "Which do you want, Mr. J?" Don't ask which
course, or what pin or what book or which auditor or what door or what time
he or she wants to start anything or which door or which road or which
membership.
Cultivate totally on a staff a didactic but pleasant approach. "Your
intensive starts -." "This is your next book -." "Your next course should
be taken on -." "Go to the third door." "I see you're a pc. You go up to
the second floor
Erase even the banal "What do you wish?" or "What can I do for you?" as
even that throws confusion into it.
Example: Miss N has heard of processing. She wants some. She never did
decide to want some. She just wants some. Now to ask her to decide anything
about it blunts that purpose. ft is a thin purpose. It quivers. Don't ask
her does she want a book or want training or want a pin or want anything
else. Say only "Ah. You want processing.
That is a good thing to want. Be here on Monday and bring funds." That's
all. For heaven's sakes don't sell her processing or books or alternate
schedules or ask her if she can pay or anything. That want is frail at
best. Don't crush it! If she says timidly, "I only have - funds," say,
"Good. Bring them, you can owe the rest. Be here on Monday."
In short MAKE Miss N RIGHT for WANTING, thus intensifying the want. Make
her RIGHT when she talks about money. Then, being right, she can come in
Monday. Simple. Chances are, even if she works, she'll still come in.
When she comes in she says, "I'm Miss N. I'm here for my processing."
Reception MUST say, "Ah. You're Miss N. Good. There's the Accounts window.
Sign up there." The Accounts says, "Here's the slip. Sign here. Take the
slip to Room -." Reception says, "This way Miss N." Estimations says, "Let
me have your Accounts receipt. Good. That's fine. Have you been processed
before? No? Well, you soon will be. This way please. Your auditor is
waiting." The Auditor says, "Over here, please." Adjusts the pc's chair,
etc, and sits down and says, "Start of Session." At its end he says, "Be in
this room at -" for Miss N's next. And so on. When she gets her Grade
Certificate she's told, "That means you're a Grade 1 preclear. Get the book
- down in reception. It will tell you all about Grade ll." Miss N
throughout is never anything but 8c'd. The general promotion told her what
to want by saying she could have it. She expresses the want. The org people
say, "That's a good thing to want. You can have it." And give it to her.
That's all.
Just as you'd never ask a pc which command he wanted, you never ask the
public individual to decide.
You can teach them anything, particularly the truth. But never ask them to
decide.
By processing up through the grades this person will soon begin to see and
be there and understand and decide. And she'll surely decide she's a
Scientologist as it's true all the way!
This is new Admin tech.
You will see us knocking out now all requests to choose in all promotion
and in all routing of the public in'an org. If we do so we will succeed
beautifully.
THE FUNDAMENTAL
There is an even deeper fundamental at work here. It is quite startling.
You cannot get a flow without agreement. Examine your ARC triangle and
you'll see why.
This is why an org won't J7ow traffic when Policy is out or not formed.
That's why any policy, agreed upon, is better than points of individual
decision on flow lines.
It's not that people can't decide in orgs. They can. But when a staff
member makes an individual decision not laid out by policy, the flow stops.
Thus all flow and traffic lines including people and money and despatches
will flow smoothly and rapidly only so long as the decisions that can be
made are also part of policy and are simple decisions.
THE RAPIDITY OF PARTICLE FLOW ALONE DETERMINES POWER.
Thus an org's strength and its sphere of influence and domain are all
regulated by the speed of flow, both inside and outside an org!
And an org particle inside or outside an org (promotion, books, people,
money) flows as fast as it's free of independent, unagreed-upon decision
points.
Example: A flow line can go to A or B. Unless policy says "If it's above 80
it goes to A. If it's below 80 it goes to B," then that particle becomes
the subject of a decision that is not covered by policy and the J7ow stops.
You can have a lot of choices on a Comm line or traffic line but none may
be random choices made by an individual at that moment. The flow will stop,
not because the decision is wrong but because the next point on the flow
doesn't know what it really is and so can't handle it except slowly or by
stopping it at least to think it over.
An org full of individual decision points not covered by group
understanding is no org at all and will fail. It is a bunch of individuals
working at cross purposes-each person okay, but the combined strength of
the "org" is only that of one person in a state of confusion!
When the public is also being asked to decide about coming into an org full
of individual decision points you get a total collapse.
The new Org Board overcomes all this. It has the choices laid out by policy
and org form and formula. So it can grow, will be easy to work in and will
remain a happy place unless somebody puts in some new decision points not
on the chart. The result will be stopped flows, no traffic, no money, no
org.
Never put in an "Individual random decision point" on a chart! That's the
moral.
Then all staff can look over and see easily on what's decided where.
A multiple decision point can work providing only that all the decisions to
be made are already known to all. Take a Communicator. She has to make many
"decisions" that are known in advance. Which basket does what dispatch go
into? That's an easy multiple "decision" providing the Org Board is easy to
read and staff understands it and is doing the jobs for which they are
posted. The line stops when the posts cross or aren't being handled, or at
an "individual decision point" not then easily knowable to the staff.
This was the main problem in working out the 1965 Org Board. For the first
time even my own post was being clarified by the need for knowable
decision. Every post on the Board is like that. And it was all worked out.
It could not have been worked out at all unless 1 had found some of the
most fundamental formulas of this Universe. The type of pattern used kept
one org going for 80 trillion years, believe it or not. And to that was
added some very basic laws that had been overlooked by that outfit and
which caused its eventual decay. It couldn't correct itself!
We aren't actually radically changed by the Org Board as all our own
customs are functional on it also.
But it will flow and prosper as long as the decisions to be made are known
already. Example: A bill disputed decision = deposit sum in Reserved
Payment Account and get the bill straight then pay right amount. Example:
Policy says Blue Students. They seem to be aquamarine coloured not blue.
Report it to the Inspection and Reports Dept with all data. Inspection and
Reports inspects and reports to the Office of LRH and policy is adjusted
everywhere. Now we can handle aquamarine coloured students-or see that the
Office of Estimations is forbidden to wear sun-glasses while estimating!
And while the policy is under adjustment we stick by known policy until
adjusted.
Frankly, the 1965 Org Board pattern, as posted, gives all the routing hats
and
therefore the "decisions" are already visible. If a flow stacks up or a
basket fills, or trouble occurs, we have an overload or an absence or an
injected "individual decision point".
Far from robbing anyone of self determinism, the 1965 board is welcomed by
sighs of relief. Even I was glad to get my own work onto it. The whole room
went bright when I cognited "Gee, this is what everyone is trying to do to
me; make me an individual decision point!"
One puts one's baskets and one's "hands" into the lines and acts on the
lines. One doesn't put his decisions on the lines as the lines then hit
him! A postulate or a decision is too close to a thetan's identity! It
confuses him and makes him feel hit personally by the Communications when
he has to newly decide on each one. If the decision is already there, A or
B, he can then route with his "hands", not with himself If he is always
newly and randomly deciding he gets carried eventually on down the comm
line himself and goes off post! A thetan can handle a vast volume of action
so long as he doesn't have to make a strange or fresh decision in each act.
We can tell in orgs who is making fresh individual decisions as that person
has to bring each of his own dispatches in personally. (We call it,
"bringing a body".) He routes himself too! Only a Communication runner who
is involved only with who and where can do this safely as her decisions are
known beforehand. Thus she can move on lines with impunity. Note that she
only stops when she has to figure out who has now gone where and why she
was not informed! Otherwise a Communications runner could go through fire
and war with impunity without a pause so long as the who and where are
known. Thus an investigation's personnel cannot also be a communications
personnel Without going half mad! But an investigation's personnel with her
set of "who to look for and where" can move swiftly too! They (the
communications personnel and the investigations personnel) have entirely
different previously known decisions to make. Both are who, wheres. But the
comm who, where is the comm station of a known person. And the
investigation who, where is composed of types of whos and reported wheres.
The purposes are different. The comm personnel sees to whom and where and
delivers. The investigation personnel sees what and finds out whom and
where and reports. Other staff must know what decisions these two will
make. Other staff sees a jam of traffic and will feel comfortable if a
Communicator predictably sends an expeditor to help clear the jam. Also,
seeing a confused area, other staff will feel all right about it if an
investigator pops up and finds out what and whom and reports it accurately
for a predictable decision. Thus a staff trained in the pattern of
decisions that will be taken by the various departments only complains when
somebody green puts somebody else's traffic on their lines or leaps in
investigating the maintenance men when it's a bulldog a pc brought to
session that's howling. Things get predictable. One sees a pile of traffic
growing, one knows an expeditor will show up. One sees a student blowing,
one knows an investigator will show up. One can live in a predictable
environment. One gets nervy only in the presence of unpredictable
decisions. Want to know why wog courts make people nervy? Who can predict a
wog court decision? Who can even predict the sentence man to man for the
same crime? It's not knowing that makes men stupid. Part of knowing is "In
a given situation what should be decided?"
Only a new knowledge of universal laws has made it possible to make such an
org pattern, for its decisions are then basic in every person and the
universe in which we live. We need only avoid bank dramatizations to own
the lot.
|LRH:jw.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Sthil Execs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Franchise | | |
|insert | | |
|separately | | |
|in Auditor 8| | |
|as | | |
|a printed | | |
|Pol Ltr | | |
|BPI | | |
|May be | | |
|mailed to | | |
|Scn Mading | | |
|Lists | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 APRIL 1965 | |
| |ALL SCIENTOLOGY | |
| |PRICES LOWERED BECAUSE OF NEW | |
| |ORGANIZATION STREAMLINE | |
| |COST OF TRAINING, PROCESSING | |
| |AND BOOKS LOWERED BY NEW | |
| |DISCOVERIES | |
|Cancels HCO Policy Letters:- |
|19 Oct 1964 |Pricing Formulas |
|30 Oct AD14 |Mailing List for Franchise |
| |Holders |
|31 Oct 1964 |Issue II: Current Policies, Orgs |
| |& Franchise |
|3 Dec 1964 |Pricing Meetings Final Policy |
|23 Dec 1964 |Field and Public Programming |
|15 Mar 1965 |Issue II: Only Accts Talks Money |
|22 Mar 1965 |Saint Hill Services, Prices and |
| |Discounts |
Scientologists may now have a Membership Free.
And all prices and sign up procedures revert to 1964 levels and conditions.
We are retaining all that was good of the programme such as obtaining funds
and heavily advertising books. We are only cutting out discount puzzles and
raised prices.
I have answered your request that we do so by streamlining orgs and I have
returned you to the 1964 arrangements that you did like and wanted. We can
do this because of costing lowered by our new organizational pattern.
All International Memberships recently purchased will be extended 6 months
free.
The Professional Auditors' Bulletins (the PABS) will no longer be shortened
and will be restored to their old format and are to be sent to all
International Members regularly. They will contain the tremendous backlog
of invaluable data of HCO Bulletins of 1964. HCOBs printed in it will come
on up to present time and will continue to be issued as PABs as before.
The higher prices and discount plan of early 1965 are rendered unnecessary
because of technical and organizational advances.
LOWER LEVELS
The technical advances which came from the level above clear when I
contacted it, opened not only the top, but the bottom of the levels and I
found many new ~4 sub-zero" levels and developed many of the processes that
go with them. This lets us undercut the toughest cases we've ever seen in
the fastest possible TIME.
DISSEMINATION FORMULA
Also, I have discovered and developed the long awaited dissemination
formula which makes it a walk in the park to easily present Scientology to
even the roughest objector, much less decent people.
Its drills just need to be written up in Bulletin form and they will be
part of the PABs in due course. You will get the PABs with your
International Membership.
FIELD STAFF MEMBER
With the Field Staff Member programme and lots of book auditors we don't
want a complicated price programme to stand in anyone's way now.
FIELD AUDITOR PRICES
All Field Auditors and Centres are now being required to return to the 1964
price level of their Continental Organization and may not charge more or
less than those prices.
Such auditing is not supervised from Saint Hill. Only HGC and Academy
auditing and training is supervised by me.
To charge a fee an auditor must be Classified up to the level being run for
fee.
ORG PATTERN
The new org pattern makes for a somewhat less costly org per person trained
or processed so the prices can be dropped back.
Also volume will be rising.
NEW BOOKS
I am holding up new books here until orgs are better able to care for very
heavy traffic flows. The new books will increase the volume again.
Before we start pouring new public in we want to clean up all our old
clearing contracts and our existing field auditors and Scientologists. This
should take about a year. After all, they have first call on org services
and we'd better not start such a heavy flood of business that the old timer
will be crowded out before his case and training are up.
PLANNING
I've been working to remove any obstacles in the way of the training or
processing of any old time Scientologist.
If we can get all our present people well up while we still have breathing
space, their help will be invaluable as we spread out.
Therefore, consider the 1965 discount programme run out and erased. We
don't need it and you found it hard to understand.
Things are as they were in 1964-same prices, same services, same courses-
sarne people, but the orgs with a new streamlined pattern based on
technology taken from the high levels above clear.
I'm glad to be able to give you this break.
And I'm going to need every last Scientologist in the world as highly
trained and processed as possible.
And so I have swept aside all the blocks I could. We must we can get the
show on the road in time.
So let's get the show on the road!
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
[Policy Letters referred to on previous page may be found in Volume 3,
pages 95-127.]
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL AD 15 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |ORGANIZATIONAL | |
| |PRICE ENGRAM | |
It's an awful good thing I found the engram in organizations before we
released the new pattern of orgs and began to expand.
Had I not found it we would have expanded to insolvency!
A few suppressive persons with their "everybody" and "they" have here and
there over the years set up a price ridge between orgs and public.
"You charge too much!" "Money" "Prices too high!" combined with "everybody
thinks" and other generalities have made executives believe that the public
won't pay.
Not detecting the true reason for this attack, the executive swallowed it
whole. The true reason is a suppressive reason-if we don't charge we will
vanish.
A guilt complex (I won't use a Scientology term on anything so low) arose
about money.
Accommodatingly around the world org Scientologists tended to cease to
exist financially. All to please Jo-jo the famous loop of Capetown or Too-
Too the famous paranoid of Sydney or Gut-growl the renowned psychotic of
Washington or Oh-no the wildly celebrated pervert of Los Angeles or
Sinangulp the loudest mouth in Johannesburg.
These ARC Break specialists howled so loud their minority was overlooked.
They wanted us gone. We helped people. A dastardly act.
To prove it, Sinangulp tried to give away Johannesburg's buildings! And
stole HASI's equipment and tapes and recorders!
Staffs resenting these attacks, resisted. But gradually succumbed.
Covertly prices were lowered.
Very covertly.
While still reporting and advertising high prices some orgs were charging
very small prices.
It's a case of how crazy can one get.
It's one thing to advertise the discounted price. It's quite another to
only advertise the high price while secretly selling at a ridiculously low
price.
The tendency then against which we must guard is covert lowering of prices
once set.
The prices given me last year for use in computing a discount programme
were in some orgs higher than the actual price taken by the org.
Therefore, when we went on the early 1965 programme, the lie about former
prices made it appear to the public in some areas that we had raised prices
from 400% to 1000%! Hence, no business and the Jan-Feb slump.
It's good this happened while we were still small in orgs. For had we
expanded without discovering this the tendency of secretly lowering prices
would have wrecked us. The bigger we got the broker we would have been and
the poorer the staff.
I now know why staffs got higher than average units on proportionate pay
when I managed an org personally. I just didn't cut-rate things. And the
public paid happily.
The lesson we have learned and which we must never lose sight of is that
secret price cuts by separate orgs and discounts can undermine all
financial planning and lay in an engram that can destroy all expansion.
Hardly one price actually collected in the world was the authorized price
or the advertised price. And when the false data was used for planning the
public was confronted with a HUGE increase even in the discounted price,
which was based on reports that made the discounted price equal to the
advertised 1964 price. But that reported 1964 price was not the price
received for service.
I personally am of the opinion that even top executives in orgs did not
know what their staffs were charging by the org.
What it amounts to is that a big false report by orgs lay behind the 1965
Jan-Feb slump. They did not report their actual low prices, only their
advertised prices.
Therefore we can draw up some policies on prices.
1. The advertised and reported price of anything sold by an org
must be the actual price received by the org for that item.
2. There may be no hidden discounts, trick reductions, whims or
favours given in pricing.
3. Merchandising by advertising that prices are going up soon is
forbidden.
4. Anyone covertly reducing prices is guilty of suppressing an org
which is a high crime.
5. Any price passed upon at Saint Hill by myself may not be changed
for anything by anyone else in any org.
And finally:
6. Efforts to reduce prices below a set scale will be considered
suppressive acts.
-----------------
I can easily handle a situation when I have all the data. It was easy to re-
shuffle programmes to get us again into an income range where orgs and
staffs will prosper and which pleases the public. But it was a lot of worry
until I got the real story.
We have learned some valuable lessons by the Jan-Feb 1965 slump.
And we were saved by the bell. We didn't have a public book pouring in
people and we didn't set up the orgs to boom. Had these two things been
done, without my establishing a programme which started the rabbits out of
the brush and into view, we would have been wiped out by a boom.
Now we can plan with a better reality and set up the org and release some
popular books and boom.
The only other datum on this also teaches us a lesson. Earlier in 1964 a
query to all orgs about their prices elicited a good response. I several
times asked for those despatches to be collected in a folder and given to
me and it was not done. In the press of things, I didn't notice I was
getting a non-compliance here and so never saw them until last week.
However those price reports too were not correct. And I did have other data
given me later in the year of 1964 on prices and National Councils did
inspect the raises without comment.
There's no mystery left about this-the price data given by most orgs for
planning were not the prices actually paid by the public-and orgs sold
things for far less in most cases than what they said they did. And the '64
discount complexity was greater than the '65. The engram was that prices
were covertly reduced and the new prices of 1965 were thus many times the
old.
Don't listen to suppressives. Turn them in to HCO. And hold the prices set.
And tell me the truth.
|LRH:ml.eh.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 MAY 1965 | |
| |REISSUED 4 JULY 1970 | |
| |CLASSIFICATION, GRADATION AND | |
| |AWARENESS CHART | |
You will find a chart enclosed in the Auditor Issue 8. It covers many
things.
There are about 52 levels of awareness from Unexistence up to the state of
CLEAR.
By "Level of Awareness" is meant that of which a being is aware.
A being who is at a level on this scale is aware only of that level and the
others below it.
To get a case gain such a person must become aware of the level next above
him. And so on up in orderly sequence, level by level.
If you skip a person on one level several levels up, he or she will
experience only an unreality and will not react. This is expressed as "no-
case-gain". On the E-Meter it registers as "No Tone Arm Action" meaning
there is no meter registry of change on the meter control lever (tone arm).
A person audited a bit below or at his level of awareness gets "Tone Arm
Action", Case Gain and has cognitions (new concepts of life).
A principal contribution of Scientology is the technology necessary to
change people so that they progress into higher states of ability when
processed on the exact processes required by an auditor qualified by
training to apply the processes expertly.
It is not only general ability that increases, but IQ, renewed livingness
and the skill and ability to better self and conditions.
The state of homo sapiens runs from around -4 down to the bottom. Normal is
probably much lower.
As you study the chart you will see it is a road map upward.
On the left we see the Class of the Auditor necessary,to take the person up
as well as the Grade the preclear reaches.
In the next column we see his certificate name, obtained through his
training at an Academy and, later, Saint Hill.
Then we see a very general description of the processes used on that grade.
The next column shows what pcs a classified auditor can audit. He can audit
anyone at his Class numeral or below. He cannot audit pes higher because of
course he has not been trained to do so and is likely to have upset pcs.
The final column shows where the certificate and class is obtained.
THE BRIDGE
This is the famous bridge mentioned at the end of Dianetics the Modern
Science of Mental Health.
It is now complete and is functioning. The being enters it from somewhere
in the minus regions as a Beginning Scientologist and moves on up. At about
Grade 11 he has definitely reached Homo Novis. He becomes a RELEASE
somewhere between II and V. And he becomes CLEAR at the top of VI. The
state of Operating Thetan is attained above VI and is a Grade VII.
For Man to have this at all is quite remarkable. He never had it before
since we find him improving but still, on the average well below -4.
By following this chart one can make RELEASE and then CLEAR.
Up to Grade V one of course has help. But above that technical limitations
bar completely the idea of CO-auditing. Some auditors will attempt it,
themselves very far from there case-wise, and some have tried to show
untrained pcs how to "solo audit" with a meter. The common result is that
the pes eventually collapse in a total overwhelm as they are not trained to
handle such forces and so it is a cruel thing to do.
The preclear moves safely on the proper bridge and somewhere along the line
must be trained in the classifications that match his Grade. Then (and only
then) can he make it all the way.
One can be audited quite a ways. Then he had better get trained from zero
on Lip.
You see here some new certificates. These were made necessary by the gap
which existed between the higher toned public person (-5) and the beginning
of the span. We had to have a longer approach to the bridge. And so we put
a certificate ladder there.
Beginning Scientologist is given for a PE and so on up as the chart shows.
The Class material has not been changed. If anyone has a Class Zero lie is
still a Class Zero but we will give him a new certificate to replace his
old one. And so on. There is no change in Grades and Certificates from
Class 11 up. Class V has been blank for years. Thus there is a proper
certificate there, the HUBBARD VALIDATED AUDITOR. It says this auditor has
been through a review of all his lower skills plus new ones and can jump
off now for Solo and CLEAR.
Previously we not only did not reach into the average homo sapien's
awareness but we also had no means of touching cases much below -4.
You are probably intrigued by Class VII. These Power Processes are what the
CLEAR (or Auditor almost there) audits on low level pcs. Auditors below
that case level can of course run them a bit but the processes shortly cave
him in. These processes are only available at Saint Hill as they have just
recently been perfected and an auditor to do them without danger to himself
or the pc has to have iiitertied at Saint Hill as a Saint Hill HGC staff
auditor, not the same as a Class VI Saint Hiller.
The thing to do is start in your local Academy at zero on the chart and
move on up.
Today that is faster and less expensive than you would think.
There are two courses to one class. First one does the Certificate Course
(Theory) and gets his certificate. This takes the average student about two
weeks. Then one takes the Classification Course (Practical) for that class
and gets his Provisional Classification. Every auditor must be classified
now. This again takes the average student about two weeks. All the courses
from Class 0 up to IV are arranged that way.
The material has been streamlined. Class V, obtained at Saint Hill, is
longer (and remains the same price as always) as it reviews all the classes
and retrains where necessary and awards permanent classification for all
the lower certificates as well as Class V.
Some auditing occurs in the classification course and group auditing occurs
daily.
An unclassed auditor cannot charge a fee for auditing a grade he is not
classed for and if he is turned in to HCO because of it the pc can regain
all the fee from him. We must make it a safe bridge. Our entire Ethics
system is formed just to make it a safe passage for the pc and to hold the
bridge together so it can be crossed by Man.
Auditors routinely make Releases with Academy courses today.
Auditors graduated from the Saint Hill course can then take the final steps
to make themselves clear and Saint Hill Interns are trained to make
Releases of the lowest cases.
Training fees are uniform in the US now at $100 for each course. In all
commonwealth countries the cost is f,28 a course sterling (convert to local
currency). There is one course for Certificate, followed by another for
Classification.
Field auditors can charge anything they like for HAS and Beginning
Scientologist courses. And Hubbard Book Auditors can become HQS through
extension courses. Your org may possibly give the lowest colirse free and
charge very little for the HAS.
My job is to give you the materials to make Releases and the skill to make
Clear. I have done and will do everything I can to help anyone attain these
hitherto unreachable heights of life and ability.
The bridge is not only in, it is functioning every hour right now. Book
early. The traffic is heavy already. And auditors are the scarcest and most
valued beings on this planet.
|LRH:nt.aap |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965, 1970 by L. Ron | |
|Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|Division 6 | | |
|HATS | | |
|HCO HATS | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1965 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |Division 2 | |
| |Division 6 | |
| |AREAS OF OPERATION | |
It will clarify most points of confusion between Division 6 (Distribution)
and Division 2 (Dissemination) if one keeps in mind just these two data:
DIVISION 6 HANDLES THE PEOPLE WHO HAVE NEVER BOUGHT ANYTHING FROM AN ORG.
DIVISION 2 HANDLES PEOPLE WHO HAVE BOUGHT SOMETHING FROM AN ORG.
You will see at once then that Central Files is not the property of
Division 6. For the rule of what goes into CF is "has bought something from
an org".
Mailing lists of persons who have not bought anything belong to and are
used by Division 6. Division 6 cuts 3 duplistickers of each address
received, sends 3 Info packets and forgets it. The person may then appear
in CF.
The statistic of Division 6 most given attention, then, is the increase of
names in CF (not in Address).
One sees then that Ltr Reg does not belong in Division 6 as the Ltr Reg
writes only to CF people.
Mags don't belong in Division 6 because mags go to people in CF.
Info packets do belong in Division 6, book selling, etc, etc, aiiythii7g
with green public connected with it.
This seems to say then that the BS course (or old PE) was Division 6 and so
it is. But it is conducted for 6 by the Tech Division in an org. But all
the lower non-level courses (BS, HAS, HQS) are taught in the field under
Division 6.
Extension Course is sold by 6, taught by the Tech Div.
Division 6 has press relations, public advertising, field staff members,
franchise, etc, etc, all of which is the reach to the broad public.
Scientology will grow if Division 6 reaches the broad public. Scientology
ceases to grow where an org cannibalizes off CF only and has no Division 6.
Info packets, new mail lists, book sales, ads even for the BS Course and
even personnel are all Division 6.
Get it?
If Division 6 were allowed to cannibalize off CF there'd be no growth, so
it can't have CF. It builds CF for the org.
New unreached bodies = Division 6.
People who have no real org business = Division 6. The broad public and
unreached areas are reached and owned by Division 6. Without it we never
grow.
|LRH:ml.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright @ 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|NonRemimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Dissem Sec | | |
|Hat | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 AUGUST 1965 | |
| |DISSEM SEC HAT | |
The following Policy Letters are essential to the hat of Dissemination
Secretary. They must be known and followed by Dissem Sees. Within one week
of the receipt of this Policy Letter, each Dissem See in every org or any
person acting in the capacity of a Dissem See in an organization, must be
checked out on the following Pol Ltrs. Evidence of having been so checked
out must be attested by the Examiner and sent to the Department of
Inspections and Reports WW, Saint Hill.
|1.|22 April |Booklets, Handouts, Mailing Pieces |
| |65: | |
|2.|22 July 65:|Dissemination Materials to Saint Hill|
|3.|16 July 65:|Continental Magazines to Model after |
| | |Certainty |
|4.|7 July 65: |Photos, News and Statistics for Mags |
| | |and Auditor |
|5.|28 July 65:|Handling of Photographs |
|6.|16 April |Handling the Public Individual |
| |65: | |
|7.|6 April 65:|Letter Reg Hat |
HCO Exec Sees must also be checked out on above and have evidence submitted
as above that they have done so.
Note: On 1, 2 and 3 Policy Letters above, there have been frequent non-
compliances. Note that Admin Ltr of 19 April 65 is cancelled or superseded
by later policy.
Dissems are not supplying the materials asked for in 7 July 65 Pol Ltr
above. Complying with that policy will greatly help publicize your
activities in your own areas as well as help world wide dissemination. By
not sending lots of materials to the Auditor so they can be selected for
use, you cut back your dissemination in your own area.
Note that in 3 above, as "L. Ron Hubbard" is the editor and founder of
Certainty, the same goes for your mag.
|LRH:ml.rd |David Ziff |
|Copyright @ 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |by and for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JULY 1968 | |
| |GROSS INCOME SENIOR DATUM | |
THE SIZE NOT THE QUALITY OF AN ORG'S MAILING LIST AND THE NUMBER OF
MAILINGS AND LETTERS TO IT DETERMINES THE GROSS INCOME OF AN ORG. IF THIS
IS NOT KNOWN AS A SENIOR DATUM TO EXEC SECS AND KEPT IN BY THEM THEIR
CONDITION IS TREASON.
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright �1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 AUGUST 1968 | |
| |(Originally a Sec ED) | |
| |LEGAL AND DISSEMINATION | |
Never stop dissemination to iron out legal! Never Never Never. The $250,000
LA foundation folded because it did just that under Admiral Scoles and J.
B. Farber.
|LRH:js.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright @ 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|All |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Franchise | | |
|and Orgs | | |
|Division 6 | | |
|Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 AUGUST 1968 | |
| |DISSEMINATION | |
A PC RARELY DISSEMINATES. ONLY AN AUDITOR DISSEMINATES.
We know this from experience.
Thus an Org which makes more pcs than auditors will tend to collapse.
Also an Org which makes only pcs will collapse.
So always make an equal number of auditors and pcs or more auditors than
pcs.
This will ensure dissemination to the field as the auditor will understand
what he
is disseminating and will therefore be successful.
|LRH:ei.rd |Public Aide |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for | |
| |L. RON HUBBARD | |
| |Commodore |
|Ltd |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|HCO Offices|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1959 | |
| |HCO BOOK ACCOUNT | |
On receipt of this Policy Letter, HCO Secretaries everywhere are to make
arrangements to open a new account in the HCO Account called the "HCO Book
Account". In this account must be placed all monies obtained from the sale
of books and tapes.
This will enable us to see at a glance what sums are available for the
printing of new books. Hitherto this money has apparently often been
swallowed up in running expenses.
From time to time surpluses will be used for printing new books and other
promotional projects, both local and worldwide.
The Account should have the same signatories as the regular HCO Account.
|PH: brb. rd |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Communicator WW |
| | |
| | |
[This P/L was also reissued from Washington as HCO B 9 September 1959.]
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 9 SEPTEMBER 1959 | |
| |CBMT ACCOUNT | |
It has been stated in the past that all Sterling area HCO offices would pay
London and any other bills on the Central Organizational's CBMT account, in
return for receiving all book stocks of the Central Organization. However,
Jack Parkhouse has suggested a more equitable solution to this situation
and his suggestion has been passed by Executive Director.
All HCO Sterling Area offices will now submit a report to each Central
Organization of the total stocks which it received from the Central
Organization and the pound value of such stocks based upon the prices which
were charged by London to the Central Organization.
The Central Organization shall then do an accounting of how much was owed
on by the CBMT account to London and to other firms up until the time HCO
took over the book stocks.
The two amounts obtained from doing the above shall then be subtracted one
from the other. HCO shall be responsible for paying to London that portion
which represents the amount of the book stock it received and the Central
Organization shall be responsible for paying the remaining amount.
Have this done as soon as possible and submit an accounting of this to the
Treasurer, WW.
In the meantime, the Central Organization and HCO shall send weekly
payments on amounts owed to London to HCO, WW. We would like to clear these
debts up as rapidly as possible.
|MSH:iet.rd |MARY SUE HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Treasurer WW |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JANUARY 1964 | |
| |CONTINENTAL AND AREA HCO FINANCE POLICIES | |
All HCO Area and other offices excepting only HCO WW and HCO Sthil should
be on the following salary and expense arrangements.
HCO Area and Continental personnel are paid from the Salary SLtms of the
Org to which attached.
All HCO Area and Continental expenses are paid from the Disbursement SLim
of the Org to which attached.
There is no HCO Local 5% paid to Local HCO by the Org to which attached.
HCO Area and Continental have no separate accounts system of their own. All
their accounts are handled by the Org to which attached.
Book Sales money and Special Events (such as Congress fees) are held and
banked under the direction of the senior HCO official of the area to ensure
that the Central Org does not use this money for operating expenses but for
book, tape and f"ilm replacement and bills. The mailing costs, personnel
handling Such items and a quarters charge, as well as Congress costs, etc,
may be deducted from book receipts by the Central Organization. Such
receipts, books, tapes, film and special events must liot be used for
Central Org operating expenses as this would drastically reduce
dissemination.
Membership monies are also separately banked.
The Salary Sum of Central Orgs has been increased to 55% to compensate
paying HCO staff.
All magazine costs and mailings are paid for by the Central Organization.
An additional 5% of the receipts of an organization is contemplated as
payable to HCO (WW) Ltd, for administrative expenses now that HCO (WW) Ltd,
is a separate corporation. Heretofore I have financed HCO WW's costs out of
my 10% and own income. This 10% is desperately needed to help defray
research costs and although still submitted as Administration Expenses will
be used in research. I am engaged in the compilation, recording and
preparation of the whole of Scientology, the most expensive step.
Heretofore I have bome research costs out of income intended for me
personally. I no longer choose to do so as the most expensive research step
is just ahead of us-writing it all up and publishing it, a step which is
the most expensive of all.
Therefore, financial reorganization is in order if we ever are to have all
the data of Scientology in an organized codified and published state.
|LRH:gl.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|NonRemimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 NOVEMBER 1964 | |
| |HCO BOOK ACCOUNT | |
The handling of this account is of considerable interest in view of new
membership and book ad policies.
As all corporations are now HASI, Inc of DC except in the U.S. where they
are churches, all HCO Book Accounts are of course under the same corporate
name as the main organization. Thus even a church organization holds the
HCO account in its own name.
For example: the Melbourne HCO Book Account would be called at the bank
HASI, INC HCO DIV ACCOUNT.
For a Church, this would be FCDC HCO DIV ACCOUNT. "Div" of course stands
for DIVISION.
The signatories of the account should be the HCO Area See and one other
officer, not the Assn/Org Sec, and each cheque should bear two signatures
to be valid. Three persons, the HCO Area See, and two others may be named
of which any two out of the three signatures can be valid.
The account also carries as a signature my own name, that of Mary Sue
Hubbard as Secretary and of Marilyn Routsong as Treasurer, any one of these
three signatures being valid to withdraw.
The account is handled by the regular Accounts Unit of the organization,
not by a separate system in HCO.
Invoicing to the HCO Account is, however, done on a separate Invoice
machine in the Accounts Unit. On this machine no other than HCO funds are
invoiced. All membership receipts for Associate (5 shillings or $I),
International and Lifetime Memberships are invoiced only on this machine.
All book, tape, meter and insignia sales are invoiced on this machine. All
Congress and tape play receipts are invoiced on this machine.
There is also a separate disbursement voucher machine and all disbursements
from the HCO Div Acct are disbursed only with a voucher from the
disbursement machine. Even when a cheque on the account is written a
disbursement voucher is also written. If the voucher has on it a printed
"HCO Division of HASI, Inc. With Our Compliments" no transmission letter is
needed with the cheque as the data of what is being paid is on the voucher.
Thus Accounts does not need an additional letter to go with a cheque.
An office which is too small to afford two invoice machines can do as well
with a Sales Book for Income and a Disbursement Book for disbursements,
such as they have in Department Stores, providing the books give adequate
carbons and are used consecutively (one book completed before another is
started). These books can also be printed and have carbon pages. One copy
remains in the book and when finished that book becomes part of accounts
records.
You must be very careful in invoicing and properly depositing membership
funds particularly as many states and countries have regulations concerning
such records of membership.
No books may be invoiced to the Central Org or City Office general accounts
for any reason. All book sales are invoiced only to the HCO Div Acct.
In some orgs, reception does all invoicing. When this is done, the same
procedure applies, and the same invoice machines or books are used, but the
disbursement machine or book is kept by the Accounts Unit.
No wages of any kind may be paid from the book account.
The only postage which may be paid from the account is book or magazine
postage. No correspondence postage may be paid from the account.
No rent may be paid from the account.
No loans may be made from the account.
Book and tape purchases may be made from the account.
Magazine printing and postage bills may be paid from the account, but no
extravagant increases in printing quality or volume may be paid from it,
nor may brochures or mailings announcing service be paid from it. Further,
magazine bills for magazines which do not have half their advertising space
taken up with book and membership ads may not be paid from the account.
The organization pays any salaries or space rental connected with books or
tape handling. Congress hall space may, however, be paid from the account.
The above arrangement is equitable to the organization in that it receives
without further cost to it all its training and processing ads in magazines
and the full benefit of the increased business.
Advertising fees may be paid from the HCO Div Acct but only for book ads.
No general advertising of the org may be paid for from the account. No
personnel ads or PE ads may be paid from the account or be included in ad
coverage contracts. No advisory fees may be paid to advertising firms from
the account.
In handling this account, great care must be taken to buy enough book stock
so as to have stock available to mail in response to ads. Air freight of
books is very dear from Saint Hill or Washington to Commonwealth countries
and books must be ordered in time to arrive surface and pass through local
customs.
No office should ever seek to enter books or meters into its country free
of charge on grounds of "educational" or "religious" materials, as there is
no surer way to stop receipt of books. Some book departments are mad on the
subject of "getting it in for free" and will doodle about for months,
wasting ten times the price of the duty in lost book sales. The department
seldom tells the Org/Assn Sec or the HCO Sec why the books aren't being let
in. Customs is fast so long as you pay duty.
Local reprintings of books are now forbidden. New Zealand only is excepted
from this but New Zealand may now not export books to other offices.
The HCO Div Acct should be opened at once and should be the only HCO
Account operating in Central Orgs or City Offices.
|LRH:jw.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Rernimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 MAY AD 15 | |
| |HCO BOOK ACCOUNT POLICY | |
| |RECEIPT AND USE OF MEMBERSHIP MONIES | |
1. All membership monies shall be paid in to the HCO in the Area Office and
deposited only and at once in the HCO Book Account, and shall serve,
amongst other things, to defray magazine printing, handling and postage
costs of the National magazine. All Memberships must be paid for in cash,
(there are only Free Memberships, or Memberships paid for by cash) made out
directly to HCO Book Account. Memberships shall be deposited only in the
Main Book Account of the Area Office. The Continental Office may call on
sums proportionate to the number of magazines (their cost of printing,
handling and postage) mailed in the area of the HCO Area Office, but book
ads saying books are available at the Area Office and the ads of the Area
Office must be carried in the magazine. All sums additional to magazine
cost in both the Area and Continental Office shall be used only to purchase
more books, and tapes and to defray expenses of high quality facilities for
tape playing and the expenses of Congresses. All Membership monies received
by an Area Office, not called upon to defray magazine printing and postage
may be retained in the Area Book Account.
CONGRESS FEES
2. All Congress fees shall be received into the Area Book Account of the
area where held.
No Congress fees, membership fees, or book monies received may be used for
the payment of units, rent (except for Congress Halls) or organization
expenses.
USE OF CONGRESS, MEMBERSHIP AND BOOK MONIES
3. Congress, membership and book fees may be used for advertising
Scientology books in magazines, but not for newspaper or magazine
advertising of PEs, auditing or services.
FURTHER USE OF CONGRESS, MEMBERSHIP AND BOOK MONIES
4. Any further use or disposition of Congress fees, membership fees or book
receipts shall be at the sole permission, personally signed, of the
Executive Director.
HCO BOOK ACCOUNT SIGNATORIES
5. The HCO Continental See and HCO Area Sec or where the HCO Continental
Sec is also an Area Sec, by the HCO Continental Sec and the HCO
Communicator jointly, or the single signatures of LRH and MSH are requisite
on any Book Account cheque for it to be valid and all bank mandates for
that account must so state and must include the signatures of LRH and MSH
and Marilynn Routsong.
BOOK PRICES
6. Book, tape and meter prices are not uniform, Continental Zone to
Continental Zone. US and UK prices are on a parity of one pound equals
three dollars for easy computation and to make up for exchange delays and
fees.
Other Continental Zone book prices are computed on the cost of books
generally in the area plus handling and shipping charges.
These prices are published from time to time in "The Auditor".
BOOK TEN PERCENTS
7. Washington and Saint Hill pay 10% of their gross book sales to the
Research Fund Account of HCO WW, but only on books actually published and
printing paid for by each area. If Washington publishes a book it pays 10%
of the gross retail sales price as sold. If Saint Hill publishes a book it
pays 10% of the gross retail sales price as sold. If Washington, for
example, pays Saint Hill for a shipment of books and sells them from
Washington, then Washington does not pay any 10% and vice versa. Although
it is not policy at this time for other offices to reprint books, if one
ever does get permission, it will also pay 10% to the Research Fund of HCO
WW.
RESEARCH TEN PERCENTS OF GROSS INCOME
8. Central Orgs, City Offices and Franchise Holders contribute 10% of their
gross weekly income to various expenses and usages at Saint Hill or to L.
Ron Hubbard as Director of Research. But this 10% shall not include
payments received for books by anyone.
HCO AREA SEC BONUS
9. The HCO Area Sec is granted a bonus of 2 percent of the gross receipts
of the local Book Account.
ASSN SEC/ORG SEC BONUS
10. The Association/Organization Secretary is granted 2 percent of the
gross receipts of the HCO Book Account but may not be a signatory to that
account.
HCO CONTINENTAL SEC BONUS
11. The HCO Continental Secretary is paid 1/2 of one percent of each Book
Account in the Area, whether or not acting as an HCO Area Sec as well.
CONTINENTAL DIRECTOR BONUS
12. The Continental Director is paid 1/2 of one percent of the gross
receipts of each Book Account in his continent, when acting as an Assn/Org
Sec or when not.
MONTHLY PAYMENT OF BONUS
13. All such bonuses are payable monthly only, computed on the first of the
month.
NO ADVANCES OR LOANS FROM HCO BOOK ACCOUNT
14. No person may be paid such a bonus in advance nor may any loan be made
to any person from any HCO Book Account.
HCO BOOK ACCOUNT BONUS SUSPENSION
15. When a Book Account tends to become insolvent by reason of owing more
than it receives, bonuses are suspended until the condition alters but in
no event less than 60 days.
REGULATIONS CONCERNING HCO BOOK ACCOUNT
16. Book, Congress, Tape and Membership Income may not be used or loaned
for any salary sum, expense sum, building fund or past bills of the
organization as a whole, but past book and tape bills are an exception.
HCO CHECK BOOK TO SAINT HILL
17. All HCO Area Officers are to send a check book for the HCO Book Acct to
Saint Hill, and to keep St Hill apprised of the balance in the account
monthly, and also to inform St Hill of any large amounts written against
the account locally.
THEBOOM
The whole forward thrust of any boom depends upon:
1. Getting books to orgs.
2. Heavily, even extravagantly, advertising books and filling the
orders.
3. Courses in and running per Gradation Chart.
4. Running an excellent Academy.
5. Running an excellent HGC.
Getting books to orgs depends on me, on Saint Hill and upon orgs making
sure they're ordered and paid for. If we take care to do just those things
we'll see (1) above hugely successful.
It will cost the Assn/Org Sec and HCO Sec money personally not to plaster
the place with book ads. They are given no bonus on a net. Only a gross.
They get paid a bonus from the book account based on volume not its profit.
The Department Heads and Staff get their bonus indirectly by an org driving
in a heavy volume through ads and books and the alertness of the Org/Assn
Sec and the HCO Sec. Continental also has a vested interest in books
flowing and is paid for it. Thus this point is cared for.
Advertising actions are arranged for in the above. Nobody expects magazines
to cost any more than they have previously. Magazine cost and postage is
dropped from org expenses.
Note also that under this plan the most neglected action in producing
income in any area, BOOK ADVERTISEMENT, the No. 1 magic formula of
dissemination, is pushed into being by restricting the expenditure of
memberships and other HCO Book Account monies until, to get rid of the
surplus, book advertisements nationally and locally on a large scale would
have to be placed constantly. With quantities of book ads, income from
students and pcs as well as books will flood in. It always has. This is the
basic formula of the coming boom. Because they cost the org money it could
spend and "needed" elsewhere, the number of national magazines printed was
curtailed and book ads were dropped out and that has been the chief cause
of any financial difficulty in any org.
As local offices and franchise centres become truly active, they will cease
to drain off the old timers from the Central Org and stir up more local
business of which the Central Org gets its part in courses and pcs.
This all looks pretty favourable to me. 1 hope it does to you.
|LRH:wmc.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 OCTOBER 1966 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |ADDITION TO HCO DIV ACCOUNT POLICY | |
| |(Amplifies HCO Policy Letter of I I May | |
| |1965) | |
The HCO Div Account (Old Book Account) has very rigid policy on how its
money can be spent. The reason for this is that money must be safeguarded
to provide for adequate promotion and sale of books. BOOK SALES have always
been your FIRST LINE OF DISSEMINATION and will always be so.
Improper use of this money has resulted in depletion of the HCO Div Account
in some orgs leaving insufficient funds to order adequate book stocks,
print and mail the magazine and provide for other vital book promotion.
Book promotion and book sales are an absolute must for the continued health
of any org. The most important and successful dissemination line is book
sales and about three months later the buyers come in for service. To cut
this line by reducing book sales will seriously damage the org income three
months later.
NEW POLICY
Because poor book sales could result in a collapse of the org and
misappropriation of the HCO Div Account can make it impossible to buy and
promote books, violation of HCO Div Account policy now becomes a HIGH
CRIME.
HCO Div Accounts are now to be monitored by WW. Each Org Exec Sec is to see
that an exact accounting of the HCO Div Account expenditures and deposits
with full information on who, what for, how much and when monies are paid
into and out of the account are sent monthly to the ES Comm Treasury WW.
Failure to comply with this order and other orders regarding bank mandates,
sending of cheque books, etc., will result in immediate Ethics action being
called for by ES Comm Treasury WW.
POLICY ON USE OF THE HCO DIV ACCOUNT
Following is an exact list of items that the HCO Div Account may be used
for. No others are allowed:-
1. Books ordered from Saint Hill or DC (other orgs when and if
allowed to print).
2. Meters and material for resale only ordered from Saint Hill or
DC.
3. Authorized book printing, meter and material manufacture.
4. Books, meters and material packing, shipping costs.
5. Printing or ordering of books, meters and book flyers, and book
promotion material.
6. Assist in defraying the costs of the printing and mailing of
continental magazines. (This does not mean that the HCO Div
Account is obligated to pay any amounts for such.)
7. Ads and promotion for books in newspapers and magazines.
8. Mailing list purchase and rental for book promotion purposes
only.
9. Special book promotion projects other than the above. (Not
usual, but possible if approved for project status by WW.)
10. Direct Congress expenses for items used specifically and only
for a Congress. Examples: hall rental, sound equipment rental,
program printing, advertising, ES Comm WW speaker fees to WW,
hall decoration, visual aids, tape and film charges.
11. Printing membership cards, applications for memberships, and
membership promotion expenses for the sale or renewal of
memberships.
12. Tapes for org use.
Examples of illegal uses of HCO Div Account monies in the past are: Staff
member fares from Saint Hill, ES Comm Qual WW expenses and fares, Release
pins and course certificates and flowers for staff members having babies.
To be paid into the HCO Div Account are: -
1. All receipts for books, meters and material sales, (called Gross
Book Sales).
2. All membership fee receipts.
3. All Congress receipts.
|LRH:lb-r.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 DECEMBER 1965 | |
| |HCO INCOME | |
| |MEMBERSHIPS - CONGRESSES - TAPE PLAYS | |
Money received for Memberships, tape plays and Congresses goes into HCO
Dissemination, Division 2, income and is deposited into the HCO Book
Account.
The use of these funds is outlined in HCO Policy Letter of May 11, 1965,
"HCO Book Account Policy, Receipt and use of Membership Monies".
This income is not part of the gross Divisional statistic and is graphed on
a separate graph.
|LRH:ep.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright @ 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|Limited |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1968 | |
| |BOOKS | |
ALL STOCK NOW BELONG SH AS BEFORE ALL INCOME PUBS ORG SHOULD BE BANKED BY
PUBS ORG AS SH ORGANIZATION BUT SEPARATE ACCOUNTS SH PAYS FOR AUDITOR AND
PROMOTION AND SUBSIDIZES FUTURE BOOKSTOCKS PUBS SHOULD BE SOLVENT ON ITS
OWN BUT LACK OF FUNDS SHOULD NOT MAKE PROMOTION, METERS OR BOOKSTOCKS
BEHIND HAND AS THESE FORM THE FUTURE INCOME OF SAINT HILL. SH CONTINUES TO
PAY FOR ITS BOOKS AND PRINTING.
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder | |
| | | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1968 | |
| |(Corrects HCO Policy Letter 23 May 68 | |
| |paragraphs 10 and 11 only) | |
| |HCO BOOK ACCOUNT | |
HCO Book Account Pol Ltr restored.
No book meter etc monies subject to allocation of percentile and must be
kept separate as is foremost dissem line. Books must be subsidized by
adding reserve monies to HCO book from time to time.
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder | |
| | | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |1812 19th Street, N.W., Washington D.C. | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 MAY 1957 | |
| |R U S H | |
| |DISSEMINATION | |
LOOK!
In times of radiation, people fall back to Survival on the first dynamic.
Why? In times which threaten third dynamic obliteration people feel they
won't be able to talk to -their friends after the big thump. So they don't
cultivate many.
All right.
Here and now the dissemination policy of Scientology becomes
YOU CAN SURVIVE WITH SCIENTOLOGY
And by you, we don't mean third -we mean first dynamic.
Radiation third dynamic is out. Politics are out.
We've skidded every time we've hit the third! Today people are pitching on
the first and we better pitch on that level or we won't be around either.
That's the way it is.
I know, when you want to make a total effect nothing short of a big bang
will do. Our success is made out of little bangs-effects people can have.
They can't confront that bomb. They can barely confront their own mind when
we make them do so.
Tell them people can learn better with Scientology. Tell them a man's dead
when he can't learn anymore. Tell them Scientology can revive his ability
to learn.
OUR TOTAL SUCCESS IS BUILT BY PLOWING DEEPER THE GROOVES WE ALREADY HAVE.
Remember that our deepest groove was plowed-D M S M H with "You aren't
responsible for anything. It's all in your mind".
Our newer grooves say the same.
We have people, book ads, books. Plow the grooves deeper. We haven't any
further use for a new groove.
You can Survive with Scientology.
Radiation material goes only this far.
Our Total Interest in Radiation is as follows:
Radiation injures health. We can proof a person against bad health.
And that's it.
Our main show is that Scientology is the first science on Earth that could
salvage a human being. Let's play it straight to the guy himself.
That's the way it is.
No. 1 Project.
Validation of all Certificates ever issued. All Auditors trained since 1950
are invited in for free special coaching and a validation stamp on their
certificates saying "Validated for Advanced Processes 1957 HCO Board of
Review". And no preclear should permit CCH to be run on him without seeing
this stamp on the Auditor's certificate.
We're at the milepost we strained toward since 1950. We haven't even told
people! We can produce clears! All right, tell people. Plow the grooves of
Scientology deeper, don't Q and A with an hysterical world. We are the ones
who have the news.
FINAL WORD
On my return to Washington I made a test of the radiation in the Central
Organization with a Fisher Geiger Counter.
THE RADIATION COUNT IS THE SAME AS IT WAS IN 1932.
In other words there has been no change in atmospheric radiation in 25
years.
I well know the count in 1932 since I was then a student in this city at
GWU studying Atomic and Molecular phenomena in Physics.
There is a flash in the ionosphere when a bomb goes off and that flash does
tend to restimulate the body.
But there ain't no radiation.
Who's lying?
Or do we assume the total-effect-on-you-no-effect-on-me boys are having
their fun.
L. RON HUBBARD
THE REACTION TO RADIATION IS THUS ENTIRELY, COMPLETELY AND WHOLLY MENTAL!
DIANEZENE DEPENDS FOR ITS REACTION UPON WHOLE TRACK RADIATION INCIDENTS, X-
RAY AND SUNBURN IN THE CURRENT LIFE. BY TAKING AWAY THE ENGRAM WHICH CAN
REACT TO THE WORRY ABOUT RADIATION, WORRY ABOUT RADIATION IS THEN MADE NON-
PAINFUL.
IF YOU ADD ALL THIS UP YOU WILL CLEARLY SEE THAT SCARE TALK ABOUT RADIATION
IS THE SOURCE OF RADIATION SICKNESS IN OUR PRESENT WORLD. THE ATOM BOMB IS
TOO POWERFUL A WEAPON TO BE USED FOR CONTROL OF HUMAN BEINGS AND IS
THEREFORE NOT A WEAPON.
IF WE UNDERSTAND THIS THOROUGHLY WE WILL SEE THAT WE ONLY IMPEDE OURSELVES
WITH SCARING EACH OTHER WITH IT AND KEEP THE PUBLIC AWAY FROM OUR DOOR BY
SEEKING TO USE THE ATOM BOMB AS A METHOD TO CONTROL THEM. OUR BEST METHOD
OF CONTROL IS SCIENTOLOGY. THIS I THINK WE HAD BETTER SELL FOR A CHANGE.
|LRH:cden |LRH |
|Copyright � 1957 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 MAY 1957 | |
| |(Reissued 8 May 1959) | |
| |POLICY ON SIGNATURES IN PUBLICATIONS | |
On data called to attention by Jack Parkhouse, the following is the policy
laid down.
Articles by myself are signed as a by-line under title and another written
signature at end.
Articles taken from tapes are signed "From a lecture by L. Ron Hubbard
(bold face), edited by (editor's name light face)."
Books written by staff are signed "By staff from materials of L. Ron
Hubbard" with the names of writers in light face under "By Staff from
materials of L. Ron Hubbard. "
Articles somewhat independent of materials directly from lectures and texts
are signed by the writer at the article's end only in same face as type in
which article is set.
Mastheads carry the name of the Editor of any publication.
These policies apply to Ability, Certainty, PABS, books and pamphlets.
When articles are written for outside publications the writer should always
mention a specific text and its author, the price and from whence the text
can be obtained.
|LRH:aap.js.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1957, 1959 by L. Ron | |
|Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1 | |
| |HCO PROJECT ENGINEER: | |
| |"HAVE YOU LIVED BEFORE?" | |
| |Effective date: 17 November 1958 | |
| |Duration of project: Three years | |
Purpose:
To ensure the maximum sales, distribution and dissemination of "Have You
Lived Before?".
Procedure:
Finished materials will be handed over from HCO Project Engineer No. 1 to
HCO Project Engineer No. 2. At this point HCO Sales Project Engineer takes
over and makes sure that HCO completes the layout for photolitho, cover and
copyrights of the actual book for "shooting" at the printers. HCO Sales
Project Engineer No. 2 makes sure that finance issues the cheques demanded
by the printer in order to print and in case this is refused makes sure the
cheques are presented to LRH for signature. Gets adverts okayed by LRH
while book is being printed. Makes sure that the ads will appear
simultaneously with the readiness of the book.
Puts ads in the "Daily Sketch", "Daily Express", "News of the World" and
all psychic newspapers. Magazine ads are placed in "Prediction", etc. as
early as possible. (Their deadline will be the hardest to meet to get them
out by the time the book is out or as near to the book time as possible.)
Contacts firms that broadly distribute books so that they will put the book
in the book-stalls.
Makes sure that any book buyers who buy books from the HASI are contacted
via "Certainty" in a special issue devoted entirely to this book.
Makes sure that a printed leaflet, very fancy, is made up which can be
thrown about to bookstores, book distributors, book buyers, can be left in
the film show, on the HASI reception desk-are made and then continue to be
available, repeat, then continue to be available.
Make sure that the book is delivered and mailed for all orders received and
after the book is sold out or is selling out rapidly that a new order for
copies is placed at once with the printers. (It is a matter of interest
that nothing kills the sale of a book faster than being permitted to go out
of print before all possible copies have been sold since this causes a
delay and a waiting which kills off all enthusiasm.)
In case there is difficulty in obtaining finance from HASI for a reprint or
for replacing ads which are already pulling, HCO Sales Project Engineer
must have the cheques prepared and must himself send them to LRH for
signature substantiating his need for them by giving the book sales figures
and the stock on hand.
The procedure of advertising and selling and placing new book orders is
repeated over and over until there is finally no demand whatsoever for the
book, at which time this project is ended.
Currently with this above the Sales Project Engineer must make sure that
meetings and lectures are made available to people coming to the HASI to
find out more about past lives. He must be sure that personnel exists to
give such talks and hold such meetings. He must be careful to ensure that
every phone call received by the HASI concerning past lives is routed at
once to a specific terminal the Project Engineer
has coached to handle such calls and that the calls do not go up in the air
or go nowhere or fail to be answered well.
It could be imagined that the Project Engineer is the person who receives
these phone calls or who gives the lectures or who even mails the books,
but this is not the case. The Project Engineer only makes sure that these
details are being handled and checks on it as many times a week as he feels
it necessary to bolster his own confidence and nobody else's that the
project is being handled and is continuing.
Things to prevent:
Prevent a failure of layout adequate to the task.
Prevent difficulties from occurring in placing book manufacturing contract.
Prevent the book from being stalled for lack of funds.
Prevent the book from going out of print.
Prevent the ads from being unrepeated, keep them placed as long as they are
drawing and in the publications doing the most selling.
Finally prevent this project from being eclipsed by inattention or "more
pressing ones" or "inadequate funds".
Attitude of Project:
These stable data must be inserted into all conversations, lectures and
reviews and particularly in newspaper reports interested.
1. That the HASI is a staid calm authoritarian Scientology Institute.
2. That Scientology is a broad subject that interests itself in
anything and everything that concerns man's social progress.
3. That studies such as this are Dianetic crazes and belong to
Dianetics which Scientology has now begun to study.
4. That past lives and the whole subject is however dangerous out of
the hands of experts and only such experts as Scientologists should
be permitted to study them and common Dianetic practitioners should
not be permitted to handle them.
5. That hypnotism is not necessary and is indeed quite bad.
6. That this is the longest series of cases ever undertaken for study
ai-nongst some people and all past data on this subject was the
product of a few cases of questionable repute.
7. That we don't believe this, we are only studying it and the evidence
is available to anybody in the HASI files.
The above data must be instilled and drilled into every HASI staff member
who is handling the public on past lives.
Outside auditors:
Project Engineer also handles all queries, arguments, upsets on the part of
field auditor connected with this project.
The above is the extent of this project. It is an HCO project in making the
HASI survive and get a high unit in spite of all opposition and further,
any difficulties encountered or diplomacies needed in addition to those of
the HCO Project Engineer No. I should be referred to the HCO Secretary or
her assistant for special projects.
|LRH: cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1 | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 APRIL 1959 | |
| |NEW BOOK | |
Inform all Assoc Secs and Dirs of PrR that a new book is being printed.
This is "Have You Lived Before this Life?" and is the text of forty-some
engrams as run in the 5th London ACC.
The book is a hard cover edition about the size of Dianetics 55. Its
additional text is by myself.
Naturally, no non-Scientologist could read this book without curling up in
a ball, and it should be very popular. In actuality it is quite exciting.
There are enough plots in it for half a hundred novels.
Basically its value is technical, showing how engrams are found and how
they look from the Auditor's chair.
Aside from the History of Man, this is the only Dianetics or Scientology
text on past lives.
The book should first be advertised in our magazines to sell to
Scientologists. It should then be generally advertised in papers to kick up
a row.
"All About Radiation", for instance, now has the U.K. alert to Radiation.
It sold thousands of copies. "Have You Lived Before this Life?" will really
alert people to past lives and should sell as well or better, since people
who can't confront H-bombs can confront some portion of their past.
Most Central Organizations recently sent HASI London a fairly large cheque
for book credits. The whole sum of this money will be sent back in "Have
You Lived Before this Life?" copies.
The price of the book will be about twenty-four British shillings, making
it one pound after discount to members. The Dollar area price will be $3.65
or $3.00 after discount to members. The earlier 10/- edition was an
intended paper-back which will not now be issued. Early orders should be
infon-ned of this.
Now don't say you have it. Advertise it in our magazines as coming. Build
it up. Even accept orders. But don't say you have it until it is in your
hands. Then advertise as in hand and orders being filled at once.
It is now at the printers and should be done by May 30. We will ship the
whole consignment to each Central Organization at once we receive it from
the printers. Central Organizations get 50% discount from list. However, we
have to invoice properly to pass customs and do so at cost.
This book will get a lot of preclears.
|LRH: mp.cden |Best, |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |L. RON HUBBARD | |
| | | |
| | |
|Inform all |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Assoc Secs.|37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 APRIL 1959 | |
| |BOOKS, COST OF | |
The principle comm particles of Scientology Organization are books.
Obviously, books cost money.
When books are sold their money must be safeguarded so that replacement
books can be bought.
Book monies cannot be part of Prop Income. A book is bought by a Central
Organization at 50% of the list price, sold to members at 80%. If this 80%
is halved for prop pay and added to salary sum, it costs the Org 10% of
list just to handle the book! This means a 10% loss every time a book is
sold! Therefore books cannot become part of the salary or expense sum. They
must remain as they are, the income from them kept ready to buy new stocks
when old stocks are exhausted.
The price of all books should be computed on the basis that when 20% is
deducted from the price for members, a round sum remains which is not less
than 4 times the exact printing cost. No book may be listed at less than 5
times the cost of one volume. Only then can the sale of books be
remunerative enough to buy new stocks.
As policy, no book may be printed without my permission. Most books will be
printed in London or the U.S.
These books will be sold to Central Orgs by HCO Ltd for a distributor
figure of 50% of the list price.
The books will be shipped as soon as ready.
The continental magazine should forecast only any book (or tape) until it
is actually in hand, then announce it as arrived and on sale. No book
should be neglected. Send copies gratis to local papers for review always
each time a new book appears, or whenever an old book has been neglected in
this way. Announce ill the magazine. Advertise on the Bulletin Board. Push
books at Congresses.
From 10 to 25 people read every book sold, according to advertising people.
This then is high level dissemination.
Send out the continental magazine every month or two, one issue to the
whole list you have, not just to members. And advertise Books, Books,
Books.
About once a year send a full list of books on hand on a sheet order form
to everyone. This says "Which of these books don't you have?" People order
them by the ton from the form by marking X and sending a cheque.
Book business is cash business from a Central Org to the field. Credit on
books can be a bad headache in several ways.
Send out your magazine to the whole mailing list frequently. Heavily
advertise books first, services second. And set the money you get aside.
I am about to do several new books. A new book can sell two to three
thousand copies in your area in a few weeks if you handle it right. Books
are the sparks you need to light the fire. Let's handle them so they make
us (as above) not break us.
|LRH:mp.aap.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 MAY 1959 | |
| |ADVERTISEMENT FOR FIELD IN | |
| |CERTAINTY, ABILITY, ETC. - MINOR ISSUES | |
FEEL LUCKY?
WIN AN EXTENSION COURSE
Complete the following sentence in 25 words or less and if you win you will
at once receive an Extension Course fully free and without further
obligation:
I LIKE SCIENTOLOGY BECAUSE _________________________
Send to Extension Course Director, Academy of Scientology, 37 Fitzroy
Street, London W. 1.
Contest ends in thirty days. All decisions of the judges will be final and
no entries will be returned. No entries received late will be considered.
Confidential
The following is not enclosed in advertisement but is sent to Extension
Course Director as a CONFIDENTIAL INSTRUCTION by HCO Area Secretary:
Award an Extension Course to every person who enters this contest. They're
all winners. Make sure that entries received after 30 days from date of
mailing are not given awards.
|LRH:gh.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JUNE 1959 | |
| |"HAVE YOU LIVED BEFORE THIS LIFE" | |
The first issue of "Have You Lived Before This Life" will be ready shortly
from the Publisher. Shipments will be sent off immediately to all HASI
organizations.
This book is anticipated a best seller. In order to reap maximum benefit
from sales a broad advertising project should be put into operation by each
individual organization and a good build up achieved by the time the book
actually arrives.
Approximate arrival date will be:
|Australia |middle to end of |
| |August |
|N.Z. | |
|South Africa |beginning to middle of|
| |August. |
|U.S. | |
|LRH:gh.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|All Fran |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Auditors |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|HCO | | |
|Secretaries| | |
| | | |
|Assoc | | |
|Secretaries| | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 28 APRIL 1960 | |
| |BOOKS ARE DISSEMINATION | |
One of the oldest Organizational Health Charts states "...given books in
distribution, the remainder of these facts are true...".
No matter what you do with an organization, no matter how much writing of
letters you do, the dissemination success of a group will not accomplish
any security unless books are distributed.
Seeing to it that the newly interested person is provided with the proper
reading materials is a far more important step than most HCO Secs and PE
directors have realized, but these are not the worst offenders. The field
auditor, attempting to run a group and keep afloat, fails most often, when
he does fail, in the Book Department.
Making sure that interested people get books is making sure that they will
continue their interest.
Assuring then they will read and understand the books, it is necessary to
get them into an extension course.
If you think you can interest a person in Scientology and yet avoid your
responsibility in getting him or her to read books on the subject, you are
wasting a tremendous amount of effort.
Do you know why the first book DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH was written? Word of mouth on Dianetics was going forward so rapidly
that my letter volume, even before the first book, was startling. Each one
of these people expected me, either to write them a long letter and tell
them what it was all about, or to be given a chance to come and see me so
that I could tell them personally what it was all about. In other words, my
time was going to be consumed, not in further research, but in writing
letters and talking to people. My answer to this was to write DIANETICS:
THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH which rapidly informed the newly
interested person what this new science was all about.
I will make you a wager. I think you are wasting most of your time
answering questions which are answered in books. I think you are are
talking yourself hoarse to friends, and other people, and groups,
explaining over and over and over things that are already taken up in
books. I think your time is being devoured by attempts to reach through the
natural conversational barriers of people.
You are not giving, I am sure, the newly interested person an opportunity
to go and sit down quietly by himself, without any social strain, and study
a book on the subject. Only in this way will he come to a decision about
the subject which is his own independent decision having inspected the
materials. This has to be done quietly and it is best done through the
pages of a book.
Without any reservations, I can tell you that DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE
OF MENTAL HEALTH, based as it is upon mental image pictures and energy
masses, those things which are most real to people, is the best forward
vanguard in our possession. It was written at a time when I was very
interested in bridging the gap between an uninformed public and an informed
public, and contains in it most of the arguments necessary to quiet the
suspicions of the newly interested person and contains as well most of the
answers to that person's questions.
DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH contains today a perfectly
workable therapy. But more importantly it contains a bridge between the
uninformed and the informed public on the subject of Scientology.
If you are not furiously pushing DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH and if you are not insisting that each newly interested person read
it as something new, startling and strange in the world, you will be
wasting most of your dissemination efforts.
Oddly enough, this book, to this day, sells more copies around the world
than the average best seller in any given year. Where it has been pushed,
Scientology is booming. Where it has not been pushed, Scientology is limp.
Just inspect the number of simple, startling items in DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. Here you find the Dynamics, here you find several
of the earliest Axioms, here you even find the rudimentary ARC tone scale.
You find as well a thoroughly accurate description of clears and the
reactive mind.
Do you realize that the world does not yet know anything about the reactive
mind? Here is the total answer to Freud's subconscious. Here is the
resolution of most of the problems of psychotherapy.
You know so many things that are new and wonderful and strange that you
forget that Bill and Joe and Mary have never heard of any part of them.
They are not interested in past lives. They are interested in what makes
them do strange and peculiar things. They have heard vaguely about the
tenets of psychology. They do not know that these have all been answered in
DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.
When people are asking you questions about Dianetics and Scientology, no
matter how obtuse or abstruse the questions are, your best answer to these
questions was my earliest answer and that was, "Read DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH and that will answer your question".
In the last HCO Bulletin I gave you presession processes. This makes a
complete cycle. With presession processes we can take a new person and by
running the course of help, control, communication and interest, put him in
a frame of mind to want to know more about the subject.
In this Bulletin I am trying to tell you what to do about the person once
you have brought him up to this point. It is all right for you to go on and
audit him but I assure you he will never get anywhere until he has read
DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. All the questions and
counter arguments and upsets which are boiling through his mind now are
answered in that book, bringing him up to a point where he wants auditing,
where he successfully goes through PE. Give him auditing, let him co-audit,
do anything you want with him, but insist, insist, insist that he reads
DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.
You would be completely amazed at the ideas some people have of Scientology
even after they have gone through a PE course and have read Problems of
Work or some other manual pushed off on them simply because it is cheap.
Problems of Work is all right and should be distributed but it is not
informative on the subject of the human mind.
Let's get down to basics here and see what we have really done. We have
made a break-through. The moment of the break-through is recorded at public
level with DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. If people do not
read this book, they just will not have broken through.
Any "sales tricks" you employ after you have succeeded by use of help,
control, communication and interest in arousing that interest, to get them
now to inform themselves of the moment of break-through, will be well
expended by you, otherwise these people will be talking through a fog and
will experience a sensation of having been brought up to some high plateau
without having climbed a cliff. It is factual that you can bring a person
all the way to clear and have on your hands a mentally illiterate person. I
know, because 1 have done just that. All the clears 1 made twelve to
thirteen years ago evaporated into the society. 1 did them a great deal of
good. Some of them are now occupying high positions, but none of them have
ever associated me and my work in Dianetics and Scientology with what
happened to them. They are, for the most part, convinced that what 1 did
was some fabulously magical thing which was done for them only, and for
them especially, something like a spiritual revival, but nothing to be
understood. These people never did gain that understanding because 1 never
explained to them what was happening. It was only after DIANETICS: THE
MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH was written and distributed that we began
to get somewhere in the world. People we processed might have been led to
worry more about their own cases than those 1 processed, but at the same
time their worrying was at least intelligent. 1 can still clear people with
the technologies of twelve and thirteen years ago and, indeed, have been
carefully reintroducing you to these technologies. Now the time has come
for us to realize that there are very close to two and a half billion
people on this planet who are mentally illiterate. They do not know what
makes them tick. They have no concept whatsoever of the basis of human
reaction. They are intolerant. They are at war with one another. They
follow strange leaders and wind up in strange places. They have no hope
that anything will ever dig them out. Only a minute percentage of these
people have ever been introduced to DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH.
Do not believe for a moment that just because 1 wrote a book on the subject
cases became harder. As a matter of fact they became more co-operative. We
are making a great many clears today. Hardly a week passes on my
correspondence lines without clears being reported. But look at the mental
illiteracy even of some auditors. Do you know that people report me clears
and call them releases. These people have never studied the definition and
capabilities of clear in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.
They bring pre-clears up to this standard, find there is a considerable
distance to go and start striking for theta-clear before they say anybody
is clear. You yourself may have made a clear and classified the clear as a
release just because you were not totally familiar with the conditions of
clear. 1 still think the best statement of a clear occurred in DIANETICS:
THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. 1 have had no reason to revise that
statement. Pushed at, however, by many Scientologists, I have tried to find
way stops between clear, as defined in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH, and OT. There are quite a few. I almost laughed in
somebody's face the other day when he said to me that a notable person on
one central organization's staff was being audited by him and that he had
gotten her up to a state of release "with a free needle on anything you
asked her", and added that he would soon have her clear if he kept working
at it. Concerning the same person, visitors at that central organization
for some time have been saying, "She has a sort of feeling about her as
though she might be clear". The truth of the matter is she has been clear
for several months but her auditor is straining so hard, seeing as he does
how far human capability can be made to reach, that it has never occurred
to him that he has passed clear some time back. Any PC that has a
relatively free needle has probably been cleared by the standards laid down
in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.
Now that we can interest people, let's take the next inevitable step. Let's
push this book. Let's crowd it into people's hands and demand that they buy
it. Let's
develop the trick, when they ask us complicated questions, of stating that
they should read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.
After all, we have a brand new science in the world. DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH is a brand new book that describes it at public
level and it is a good thing if you want to get people into a house to get
them to come in the front door. The front door we have is DIANETICS: THE
MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. 1, personally, do not believe the book
could ever be written again, since it was written at a time when I was well
aware of the public arguments concerning the mind. For the indifferently
literate person it forms the necessary bridge from knowing nothing to
knowing something. It is an exciting book. Push it. Get your people to read
it. Now let's get going.
If you cause cards to be printed concerning the whereabouts of PE Courses,
always add to them:
"To know more about this subject read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH, available at (give the place). The greatest scientific
development in this century has happened."
To all Central Orgs. Push this book with every possible display and
mention. Where you find people have not bought it in your Central Files,
you'll find interest has been lagging. Play down all other PE books,
display DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH as the book they
must now buy. Tell them so during the breaks. "DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH answers your questions."
Unlimited stocks are available at HCO WW and even more are already printed
and being bound now in New Zealand for N.Z., Australian and South African
shipment. Order all Southern Hemisphere stock of DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH through HCO WW.
We've lost the people in a maze of many titles. Take down all your many
book displays. Concentrate on one, DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH.
I am asking Australia for instance to have a huge wooden book, DIANETICS:
THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, erected on their marquee and
spotlighted.
We can absorb the world's confusion on one stable datum. Let's do it.
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright �1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1962 | |
| |RE-ISSUE OF MATERIALS | |
It is forbidden to re-issue Scientology technical data in bulletins and
policy letters by a Central Org or office over some other signature than
mine.
Culling bits out of a tape and issuing over the signature of the D of T or
some such, as has been done in Australia, is not only an alter-is, it is
also terribly confusing and opens the door to 1950 where countless
"authorities" sprang up after lecture and "developed" a "new technology". I
took responsibility of origin of my materials at that time to prevent
further chaos and spinning pcs. I have never relaxed that responsibility
and we have done well.
If you excerpt tapes or notes, do so over my name, not somebody else's.
Materials for dissemination to the public can be of course rewritten and
published so long as no confusion as to origin is generated.
Issues of materials of mine under other names without credit is the most
destructive action that can be undertaken as it splinters the whole of
Scientology.
|LRH:gl.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1962 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|General |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Magazine | | |
|Editors | | |
|Dissem Secs| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 AUGUST 1964 | |
| |POLICY ON TECHNICAL INFORMATION | |
No technical information or reports may be printed or released except from
Saint Hill or approved first by Saint Hill.
Reason: Failures of the Wichita and Elizabeth centres are traced to this
action of random technology.
|LRH:jw.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |
|BPI |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|MA |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|HCO Secs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 AUGUST 1963 | |
| |URGENT | |
| |PUBLIC PROJECT ONE | |
All Scientologists with or without certificates and particularly those who
are in continuous contact with the public are urgently requested to advise
me concerning data from Scientology they have found particularly acceptable
to the general public.
I have been waiting a long time until research was wrapped up to O.T. to
put heavy power on public dissemination.
Scientology is now partitioned into five levels, as follows:
FIRST LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY ONE
Useable data about living and life, applicable without training, presented
in Continental Magazines and booklets. This is for anyone. It contains
assists as its auditing level. You have much of this already around. It is
a complete unit in itself. "Be Right with Scientology."
SECOND LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY TWO
Academy HPA/HCA accomplishment level. Scientology for use in spiritual
healing. This is a healing strata, using the wealth of past processes which
produced results on various illnesses. 1 am shortly sending out
questionnaires to get all Healing process results as a research project.
The auditing level is Reach and Withdraw and Repetitive Processes. The
target is human illness. We have never entered this field but as we are not
thanked for staying out of it, we might as well dominate it. It is a good
procurement area.
THIRD LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY THREE
Clearing and O.T. preparatory levels including advanced auditing above
HPA/HCA Level. The work on this was more or less suspended when it became
obvious that O.T. had to be attained. Includes key out clearing and other
sub O.T. states. However, much technology exists on it. This is the level
of the better human being.
FOURTH LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY FOUR
Processes to O.T., Saint Hill Special Briefing Course 1963 type technology
and targets.
FIFTH LEVEL: SCIENTOLOGY FIVE
Scientology applied at a high echelon to social, political and scientific
problems. This requires the earlier levels and a high state of training on
theoretical and wide application levels and the personal state of O.T.
The subject of this Policy Letter is Scientology One.
You know far more about acceptability of data at public levels than 1 do.
Please then help me re-assemble this data.
Address your communication directly to me. Label it at the top:
SCIENTOLOGY ONE.
Then give me a complete and legible (since I'LL be reading it) account of
what Scientology data you have found of alert interest to the general
public, friends, acquaintances, just people, professional people, etc.,
etc.
Tell me where the data came from (what publications or lectures) if
possible.
Tell me how you have presented this data.
Tell me what data you found was not acceptable to the casual public.
Give me all the data you use, alter-ised or not.
Give me any suggestions you may have for compiling Scientology One data
into acceptable form.
Take the matter up with your group or friends to find out what they find
acceptable-unacceptable, interesting-uninteresting in Scientology.
The object here is to obtain data for and compile very basic texts for
public use and for basic texts for people presenting Scientology to the
public.
Scientology One is itself divided into Theory (data about life, the mind,
beingness and the universe), Practical (Drills one can do to raise one's
ability to handle others and situations), and Auditing (Assists, ways to
get relaxed, ways to cheer up, ways to handle situations, etc., in the
everyday business of living, ways to process people without knowing much
about processing, ways to get people to pass exams, do their work, get
along).
Please, I need your dissertation on this. Don't think somebody else will do
it.
We are answering the questions:
What should compose Scientology One? What Theory do we present that is
highly acceptable? What Practical Drills should we include? What Auditing
should we recommend that we think anybody can do?
My HCO Secretary in any area will assist you in sending what's wanted.
Don't tell her the data, tell me, for I'm the one that has to compile it.
My HCO Communicator will send it through direct on my lines.
It is needed. It will be read. It will be used.
|LRH:dr.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1963 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Saint Hill |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Students | | |
|NOT MA | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 AUGUST AD 13 | |
| |CHANGE OF ORGANIZATION TARGETS | |
| |PROJECT 80 | |
| |A PREVIEW | |
I have now consolidated and fully proven a break through on basic auditing
which changes organization targets and means a great deal to Organization
and Association Secretaries, HCO Secretaries, Technical Directors,
Directors of Processing and Training, PE Directors, Registrars, Letter
Registrars, Staff Auditors and Instructors, and the state of the Academy,
HGC and Staff Co-Audit.
This technical advance makes many other things possible. We will designate
their broad application to Central Org planning and dissemination, PROJECT
80.
Essentially what has happened is that I have found the minimum essentials
of why auditing works, and have selected out the important parts for
concentration. These parts are: (1) (In Scientology One and Two) THE ITSA
LINE; (2) (In Scientology Two) TONE ARM ACTION; (3) (In Scientology Two)
DIRECTING THE PC'S ATTENTION TO THOSE THINGS WHICH BAR HIM FROM RELEASE AND
CLEAR; and (4) (In Scientology Three and Four) DIRECTING THE PC'S ATTENTION
TO AND HANDLING THOSE THINGS WHICH BAR HIM FROM O.T.
This looks almost too simple. But it makes for an enormous difference in
results and dissemination. Why? Because of the ease by which auditing
results can be attained. Because SIMPLICITY makes for far reaching ease of
Communication.
NEW SCIENTOLOGY BASIC DEFINITIONS
1. Scientology 1: WHAT IS AN AUDITOR?
An auditor is one who listens. Auditor means listener.
2. Scientology I: WHAT IS A PRECLEAR?
One who is discovering things about himself and who is becoming
clearer.
3. Scientology 1: WHAT IS A CASE GAIN?
Any case betterment according to the pc.
4. Scientology 1: WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY?
The common people's science of life and betterment.
5. Scientology 1: HOW IS SCIENTOLOGY DIFFERENT?
In Scientology the preclear is always right. Scientology holds
that people know best about themselves.
6. Scientology 1: WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY AGAINST?
Scientology is against brutality and euthanasia in medical brain
damaging, and against abuse and slavery and punishment in any
form.
7. Scientology I: WHAT DOES SCIENTOLOGY STAND FOR?
Freedom from mystery. Freedom from fear.
8. Scientology I: WHAT IS A BOOK AUDITOR?
Someone who has studied books on Scientology and listens to
other people to make them better.
9. Scientology 1: WHAT IS A CO-AUDIT?
A team of any two people who are helping each other reach a
better life with Scientology processing.
10. Scientology 1: WHAT IS AN AUDITING SESSION?
A precise period of time during which the auditor listens to the
preclear's ideas about himself.
11. Scientology ll: WHAT IS PROFESSIONAL AUDITING?
Sessions given by a trained auditor who is governed by ethical
codes and technical skill, who directs the pc's attention to
areas which when examined by the preclear will cause a release
of sufficient charge to cause Tone Arm Action, thus reaching the
eventual state of clear.
12. Scientology I: WHAT IS A RELEASE?
One who knows he can continue to improve by auditing and that he
will not now become worse in life.
13. Scientology ll: WHAT IS A CLEAR?
One who has straightened up this lifetime.
(Note: These definitions and others like them should be published and
posted and lectured about continually until familiar to everyone.)
You will find that if you concentrate on these aspects of Scientology and
auditing, your dissemination will improve. Where you exceed this simplicity
inside the organization's technical departments and activities you will
probably have more losses than gains in all auditing done except that by
Saint Hill graduates. This includes auditing supervised by Saint Hill
graduates- meaning that where even this supervised auditing exceeds the
above definitions you will have more loses than wins. In fact it takes
Saint Hill graduates to groove even this auditing level in, so don't
despise it.
As an organization your future depends on SERVICE. Where service attempts
to exceed the above definitions you will have financial and technical loses
and Dev-T.
This does not mean Saint Hill grads should not co-audit at the level of
Class IV. It does mean that where you insist others exceed the above
technical levels you will have a mess.
Itsa Line in and TA moving and anyone will eventually go O.T. so you're not
barring people out. Indeed, you're only then MAKING IT POSSIBLE FOR THEM TO
GO O.T.
R 1 C is your work horse for co-audits, W Unit, outside co-audit teams,
etc. R2C is your professional level version, up to clear. Your service
includes ARC Break Assessments and all Scientology 1 and Scientology 11
skills and data.
This means fast Academy training, good permanent HGC results, good public
dissemination and few headaches.
This does NOT mean that those qualified and classed to run III and IV
material in an Org cannot do so. It means only that an Org specializes in
positive wins at I and II.
We have now exceeded processing results of former years with just the Itsa
Line and TA motion, in spite of the simplicity of the material.
We have also exceeded by technical advance, public reality. Therefore we
have, in the various classes of data, Scientology within Scientology.
A firm Scientology One in the public lines and PE, a good Scientology Two
in the Academy and HGC, and you're in. Scientology THREE and FOUR are
firmly based in the accomplishment first of Scientology ONE and TWO. And
Scientology Five is based
firmly on Scientology Four. So one level is based wholly upon the earlier
level and particularly agree in A, R and C with that level. The A, R and C
of Scientology One match the public, the co-audits and the lower levels of
the Academy. When that A, R and C has been attained, then the being is
ready for Scientology Two and can gradually increase his A, R and C to
match it. And so on.
If those of us whose A, R and C already match Scientology Three and Four
(and this includes a lot of HPA/HCAs and old timers), continue to run orgs
only at that A, R and C level we will certainly lift the brgs away from the
A, R and C potential of new public and even Scientology Two people.
Creating ivory towers, we then cut our public line. You would be amazed how
far above the public technical grasp even THIS IS LIFE is! Yet it, at the
moment, is our best Scientology One book. Actually it's at the level of
Scientology Two. We have just learned this by testing some Saint Hill
students!!!
Thus, when we exceed the above data for Scientology One and Two and fail to
keep supporting work and data at those levels, we cut ourselves off from
the vast majority of the public and even some Scieiitologists and find
ourselves standing quite alone in the civilization. Our potential, with
what we know, is a majority of all populations solidly with us. We have not
accomplished that because (1) We didn't have our subject in orderly
divisions (2) We were still concentrating on problems of upper level
technical now solved and (3) We had already cut our bridge to the general
public and average practitioner by technically exceeding his A, R and C
potential.
Therefore, as I think you will agree, we must publicly disseminate at the
level of Scientology One only; get outside public co-audit processing teams
(not groups) doing only Scientology One processing on which they can win.
Specialize in org (HGC and Academy) technical on Scientology ONE and TWO
only. And use Scientology Three, Four and Five to run the show and pick up
those whose A, R and C is graduating up to them.
I hope you see this as sound policy. I know already that technical wins are
in store for orgs using only the above data.
The keynote of an org is not money. It is SERVICE. If service is given at
the level of the A, R and C demanding it, money floods in.
SERVICE means technical results. My heaviest interest is in high technical
results and I know that what I am outlining for you here will give you
higher technical gain per student and pc than any amount of higher level
data inadequately rendered. Therefore I am not downgrading but upgrading
technical with this simplicity, as you will discover.
I have to write up Scientology One and Scientology Two articles and texts.
But you already have the technical side of them or will have in a few days
of this Policy Letter.
It will take some doing to groove all this in. If you do, there are your
new buildings and mobs of people and bursting bank accounts and influence.
So this is it organizationally. We're readying up for the public kick off.
We'll all have to work hard to accomplish it. But we can do it-providing we
do not exceed the basics above and providing we give SERVICE at the A, R
and C level of those demanding it.
|LRH:dr.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1963 by L. Ron | |
|Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Sthil |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 APRIL 1964 | |
| |BALANCING INCOME-OUTGO | |
| |PAPER, POSTAGE AND PRINTING | |
The tremendous dent that paper and postage can make in the funds of an
organization is seldom appreciated.
They are mainly invisible losses. They appear to be small. But nowhere is
penny saving more rewarding.
An unleashed mimeo machine, where anyone can mimeo anything, can cost a
thousand dollars a month. The paper, rather dear to begin with, mounts up
to astonishing heights over short periods of time.
It is much cheaper to put it in the magazine. However "financial
emergency", lack of Planning, like any other emergency causes promotional
necessity. It takes too long to get it into the magazine and one resorts to
mimeo.
Mimeograph has uses. But it has to be a guarded use. This is so much a fact
that the "okay to mimeo" should be a function of an Association or
Organization Secretary-it's that much a threat to finance.
Paper economy in stationery and related supplies is also important. One
only need see a stationer's bill to know why. It adds up so fast. Here's a
bill for five hundred dollars. What's been bought? Paper clips, envelopes,
a stapler, no single large sum. Where did the supplies go? They're in
somebody's overstocked desk, not to be used for years. I once saw all the
desks in an Org cleaned out of unused (and not to be used) supplies and the
aggregate filled a huge closet! About three thousand dollars, it was
estimated. And new supplies being ordered daily!
Envelope supplies can be wasted by inexpert machine operation or an
inefficient machine. If you have envelope wastage on machines, use only
address tapes and paste them on the envelopes. Hand feed is often a better
answer than machine feed on these big machines where envelopes are
concerned.
POSTAGE
A periodic review of postage uses is very worth while in savings.
Rates by which magazines or news sheets can be mailed should be taken heavy
advantage of. Sending a magazine first class is idiocy and blasts the
promotion budget.
You will sometimes find several mailed items could have been combined with
considerable savings. A weekly mailing for all of a certain type of item
saves envelopes and postage.
PRINTING
Astonishing savings in printing bills can often be effected by as simple a
thing as changing the magazine or mailing piece to a more standard size.
Scientology Orgs routinely go on a binge of "It must be high class
printing" and then they find, sadly, that it didn't bring in any more
income. People buy Scientology not printing. The stress should be on
content, not format, and then the format should be made as good as possible
within available funds.
Remember that the biggest dissemination activity in the world, religion, is
notorious for bad printing. Yet they own fantastic property areas in the
world.
Excellent printing is afforded by most huge firms and publishing companies.
We can't rival them yet, so why try?
It's text that counts. What you say, backed up by what you can do. Then
when we have the income for it, we'll begin on very fancy printing.
Printing bills account for huge outgo percentages. Cut them back by using
cheaper paper sizes and other devices. It's well worth taking up.
|LRH:dr.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright �1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 OCTOBER 1964 | |
| |ARTISTIC PRESENTATION | |
For some time in some quarters in Scientology we have had a problem with
regard to presentation.
Magazines are sometimes badly proofed, books are often shabbily done, tapes
are played to the public on Woolworth recorders, etc. In some quarters we
do very well, but in many we don't.
I have been looking this over for some time and have just realized what it
is all about.
We live in a machine world. The whole yap of TV and newspapers is directed
toward reducing effort. The primary goal of the civilization in which we
live, it seems, is to reduce all personal effort to zero.
The less effort a being can confront, the more effect of effort he becomes.
If you reduce a man's effort output to zero you will also collapse his bank
on him.
The modern trend of "don't do" accompanies the modern trend of an increased
percentage of the insane in the society.
The crazier a person is, the less he accomplishes or does.
So we live in a world which is oriented to drive men mad.
But, more pertinent to us, we suffer from the continuous bait-"do it the
easy way." "Do it in the way that will demand the least effort."
We see this in manufacturing particularly- the easiest way is the cheapest
way is the most profitable way.
So we get into a "do it the easy way."
Well, that may apply to making spoons for profit, but it does not apply to
presentation.
The whole world of the arts is directly opposed to the philosophy of the
business man or manufacturer.
Art seeks to create an effect. An effect is not always created the easy
way. Indeed, the better effects are quite difficult to achieve.
One can fall into creating easy effects to such a degree that one fails
completely.
For instance, a dozen cakes are in competition at a county fair. The one
that wins is not the easiest cake to make. True, the cook that made the
winner may have some easy ways to short cut cake baking. But the winning
cook actually takes that extra bit of care to make it all just right.
It isn't magic or luck that makes the professional. It's hard won know-how
carefully applied.
A true professional may do things pretty easily from all appearances, but
he is actually taking care with each little bit that it is just right.
The winner has it instinctively. The loser rarely even grasps the concept
of "do it right".
Artistic presentation always succeeds to the degree that it is done well.
How easily it is done is entirely secondary.
To the world of presentation, of putting up mock ups, the only guide is
take the care necessary to do a good job.
To the world of the business man, the manufacturer, the primary guide is
"how can we do it, easily".
These two philosophies clash.
We are taught daily in advertisements, by union leaders, by socialists that
DO IT WITH THE SMALLEST EFFORT is the greatest goal in life. Do the least
work for the most pay. Buy the automatic machine that chews up the most
clothes in the least time. Use the roofing paper that goes on quickest and
keeps out the least rain. Vote for Jim X who will make all the world eat
without working. Do nothing yourself. Shove it off on the Mix Up Accounting
Company-or the man at the next desk.
That all this leads to total dependence on gadgets, total enslavement to
mounting economic puzzles, even to total enslavement to a Commissar
Krushtoad in the next generation is neglected utterly. That less than two
centuries ago we lived quite well and built more strongly and were a lot
saner without all these ads, tools and commissars is never mentioned.
Man is solving himself to extinction. And all on the slogan "Don't exert
youself".
It's gotten so bad that people are shrugging off all responsibility for the
state, for their friends, for anything and everything. "Nothing has
anything to do with anybody" is the epitaph that nobody will take the
trouble to write on the tombstone of this civilization.
Now this is no rant against automation or gadgets or self-sterilizing cat
petters.
Use all the gadgets you can lay your hands on-if they really do work in
your hands and don't absorb all your time in earning their price or
repairing their faults.
No, my thought here is only this-keep your action level above your gadget
level.
Keep ahead of automation. Keep ahead of do-it-for-you. Don't disenfranchise
yourself by giving all your work away-to a machine, to a fellow worker.
If you've got equipment do one of two things (a) Use it to increase your
production of effects or (b) Get rid of it.
But first and foremost realize that in presenting something, in trying to
put up mock ups, that the best way isn't always the easy way. The best way
is only the more effective way.
Work out first what effect you are trying to produce. Then when you've got
that all taped, only then consider the easiest way to do it. And never
consider the easier way at all if it is less effective.
Art takes that extra bit, that extra care, that bit more push for it to be
effective art.
There is no totally easy way to produce a desirable effect.
And the day you drop some of your ideas of the effect you want to produce
is the day you get a little older, a little weaker, a little less sane.
So don't buy the easy way. Buy only the effective way. If some of its
points can then be made easy, good. If not, do it the hard way.
And only if you realize this can you escape the gargantuan trap of a
society with the mass goal of "Nothing should ever be done by anything but
a machine or somebody else".
|LRH:jw.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Assn/Org |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Secs | | |
|HCO Secs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY 1965 | |
| |AD AND BOOK POLICIES | |
TEXT OF ADS
If you examine most ads you will be appalled by the amount of sales talk
and lack of information.
As an example, mock up wanting to have lunch at a top level restaurant. Now
look up the ads in your local paper and the chances are you won't find
enough data to patronize any one of the places who spent money on those
ads. When do they serve? How much do they charge? What kind of food? Etc.
Etc. Etc. Heavy sales talks but no data.
As another example: mock up being a car customer. Now look up car ads.
Heavy sales talk, little information. Reading the ads you would not really
know what car would suit you. Fuel consumption? Top and cruising m.p.h.?
Weight? H.P.? Type of transmission? Turning radius? Etc. Etc. Etc. "The
dashing young man buys a Klunk!" does not tell you what kind of a car it
is.
Madison Avenue trends are to more sales talk and art and less data. Of
course you have to buy more advertising because the ads placed sell so few
of the product, which is all hay to the Madison Avenue advertising
agencies.
You can waste an awful lot of money buying ads that don't contain enough
data to sell anything.
An ad must be factual and explicit.
1 . What is it? 2. How valuable is it? 3. What does it do? 4. How easy is
it to do it? 5. How costly is it? 6. How do you acquire it? 7. Where do you
get it from?
These are the vital parts of an economically sound ad. It is costly to omit
them.
AD MEDIA
Placing ads in the wrong media can be very costly as the money is wasted.
Placing costly ads in media with too small a circulation is wasteful.
Single ads, not followed up, are seldom of value. Three consecutive
placements one third the size is better than one huge ad. "What 1 tell you
three times is true," is the maxim.
In Scientology, ads placed in intellectual publications are mostly
worthless. Saturday Review of Literature, for example. Punch.
Fringe publications (like old Fate) have pulled well. Science Fiction mags
pull very well. Any mag with a lot of Health Articles will pull well. And
anything the AMA or BMA gets lots of articles into is very good.
AD AND BOOK POLICIES
1. No ad may be placed for publication without LRH review and written
okay (LRI] Design and Planning Hat).
2. No ad may be placed for which cash payment is not available (no
advertising on future hopes).
3. No long term ad contract may be placed which cannot be cancelled on
a 60 day notice.
4. Only books may be advertised. Processing, training and services may
not be advertised.
5. Only books of which supplies are or will be available in quantity
within 60 days may be advertised.
6. The words "Scientology", "Applied Philosophy", the name "L. Ron
Hubbard", either in the book title or ad text, must appear in each
ad as well as the name and address of the org selling the book.
7. HCO or some other unit of the org may not appear in the ad. Only the
main Org in the area in full-i.e. Hubbard Association of
Scientologists International or the Founding Church of Scientology,
etc-as the seller of the book.
8. No invitation to visit the org or see a Scientologist may be placed
in any ad.
9. The names of org personnel or Scientologists may not be included in
the text or address of any ad nor may any post title be included,
only organization names may be used.
10. Every ad must carry, as part of its address to write to, a
designation showing what media prompted the order-i.e. Hubbard
Association of Scientologists International, Dept F (for Fate
Magazine) + address of org.
11. The price of the book advertised must (a) be a round figure easily
mailed in cash in an envelope without money order; (b) post free,
and (c) charge free.
12. Every order received must be filled.
13. Income invoice lines must be closely guarded against cash losses.
14. Exact stock records of books must be kept.
15. No book may be sold for less than it costs the org to buy it, handle
it and pay all postage on it, and no profit margin may be less than
121/2% of this to guard against losses in book selling.
16. The costing formula for pricing a book by the publishing agency (not
the seller) is as follows: Printing cost x 5 + 2 x Surface post to
furthest org. This is the standard publisher costing formula and
allows for discounts up to 50% for large distributors, overhead and
royalties. To sell for less than this is to cause loss and prevent
distribution. This also allows enough money for the distributor and
the publisher both to advertise. This is a minimum price formula.
17. Unauthorized books may not be advertised from org funds or sold
under the name of an org.
18. Books may not be locally published without written authorization and
it is unlikely that this will be given unless there is no way for
the org to export funds for book purchase.
19. All books must be carefully proofed, and where errors are found
after publication, errata slips must be enclosed in each copy.
20. Where books cannot be delivered within six months or at all, any
money received for them must be refunded in cash or by cheque.
21. Where there is an unreasonable delay in filling orders on an item,
all persons who have ordered that itern must be informed.
22. All books mailed to book orderers must contain: (a) a self-addressed
postcard to the org, on the back of which the person may indicate
his desires for training, processing or further data and to which is
attached, by perforated card, a statement of the org services, and
(b) a book brochure.
23. The names and addresses of all persons ordering books from ads must
be carefully kept and used in accordance with existing policies and
practices.
24. Complaints concerning non-arrival of ordered books must be handled
promptly and any books lost in transit from an org to customers must
be promptly replaced.
|LRH:jw.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright �1965 by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|General |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|Sthil Execs| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 MARCH 1965 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |HAT MATERIAL | |
| |DIVISION I (HCO) | |
| |TECHNICAL AND POLICY DISTRIBUTION | |
The HCO Secretary (WW, Continental or Area) passes on and makes available
for issue all
1. Staff Releases.
2. Releases to HGC.
3. Releases to Academies.
4. Franchise releases.
5. Major magazine releases.
6. Minor magazine releases.
7. Org letters.
8. Brochures.
9. Ads.
10. Instructors' answers.
11. Public lectures.
Bulletins and policy letters and articles may be
A. Culled from files.
B. Obtained newly written from LRH.
C. Copied from LRH tapes and rewritten.
D. Summarized from A, B and C without injecting new materials, policies
or technology.
All Bulletins, policy letters and articles from A, B, C and D must bear the
LRH by-line.
No other material is permitted on lines I to I I above than straight
Scientology. No interpretations are permitted.
All materials released, used or sold must be straight Scientology as given
in the writings or lectures of LRH.
Under the Copyright hat, all HCO Secretaries must make certain that all
materials published are properly copyrighted in the name of LRH. No org
copyrights are permitted.
Books may not be advertised for sale or the advertisement paid for from the
HCO Book fund except LRH books. To advertise and sell any other book
requires HCO Sec WW clearance in writing for that one time.
No technical articles or letters by another person than LRH are permitted
in Scientology publications. Only data written by others on application,
use or results of Scientology may appear and any tech data if non-standard
must be deleted from the article or letter.
Lectures by others on application, use and results only are permitted in
public lectures of any kind including Congresses.
Use of Scientology technical or policy data in testimony is forbidden. Only
application and results may be testified to. Only low level works may be
read as part of any testimony and no Scientology words may be used in such
instances.
All staff members looking for data to release, use or print must look to
their HCO Secretary. If the HCO Secretary is in doubt, he or she should
consult the next higher HCO Secretary.
No effort should be made by HCO to censor opinion or comment on policy or
technology, the whole effort is to be directed to the dissemination and use
of correct Scientology technical and policy materials only. As there exists
a correct technology and policy structure, alteration of it becomes a
retarding factor in organizational solidarity and expansion. The prime
cause of alter-is in tech and policy is ignorance of it or stupidity.
POLICIES GOVERNING RELEASE
1. DISSEMINATE SCIENTOLOGY
That is the governing policy of all the rest.
2. DATA SHOULD BE CHANNELED TO THE RIGHT SOURCES.
If promotion is to one-legged men, don't send them materials about
eyesight.
The dissemination materials are designed for the more able members of
society who seek 'self-betterment. Don't channel them toward psychiatric
cases or strata they would not have an effect upon.
Example: A person in charge of an org or HGC is psychoanalytically oriented
and seeks only "patients" as preclears and handles them as such. The org
declines because this is a wrong target since promotion was aimed at quite
different people.
Example: An office is successful handling workers and longshoremen but new
direction of that office seeks to pull in only idle intellectuals who would
never act in any case, and the office declines. In either case, the source
of success was not spotted and when direction of reach altered everything
declined. The old public that was being reached was offended and the new
public was useless. The above two examples are actual.
3. THE WORKABLE AND PROVEN MATERIALS OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY ONLY
MAY BE RELEASED.
This at once excludes all squirrel or off-line materials by others.
Experience has shown that no significant or lasting developments have
arisen off-line in 15 years following a whole track of very murderous
technology other than Dianetics and Scientology.
This truth emerged in the first 3 years after 1949. Every effort was made
to encourage other development. The LRH research hat was put on LRH solidly
by others.
Every group and organization devoted to off-line materials that came into
being- E-Therapy, Howes, others others others-all wound up discredited and
rejected by everyone even their early promoters and adherents. Thus by the
test of time and of continued use only, show that if an org adventures on
off-line materials it will decline markedly or cease to exist. All groups
that have departed or "dreamed it up themselves" have perished. Even
psychology, psychoanalysis and psychiatry are dying, supported now mainly
by governments, detested by the public. So this is not propaganda, this is
a Survival fact; groups that use squirrel material fail.
4. ALL EFFORTS TO DISCREDIT THE PERSONS OF ANY LEADING OR REPUTABLE
SCIENTOLOGISTS MUST BE SAFEGUARDED [AGAINST] IN ALL RELEASES, ESPECIALLY
LRH.
This means more than it seems to say.
The near-collapse of one org was traced back to a whispering campaign by
its principals against LRH and MSH. All of "the data" was false. By
newspaper standards it should have been listened to avidly. Instead, the
public deserted the org and it nearly collapsed and the person who did it
was eventually driven out of Scientology by fellow Scientologists although
no discipline was ordered and the matter ignored.
The public buys only "our brand" despite newspaper publicity, government
actions, whispering campaigns and rumour. This again is from actual
experience. Orgs that apologize for its tech or people or LRH suffer a
declining public.
It is a pure survival fact that failure to protect the names and repute of
Scientology leading personalities and LRH collapses an org. The only proof
is that those orgs that haven't aren't here any more and those orgs that
strenuously have are thriving.
Protecting names 'and repute may also sometimes involve selection of
correct materials. Example: Despite explicit orders to the contrary, mainly
Level V materials were released at the Australian Enquiry. The org suffered
heavily and not wholly from the government. The foolishness of it came home
to most well-trained Scientologists.
Sending Level VI works to Level 0 people is easy to see and intercept. But
an instructor teaching Level IV to Level 11 students is not always found
until somebody blows. This comes under protecting names and repute as well
as properly targeted tech because the recipients can't understand it and so
may think it's silly.
Releasing unfavourable photographs, badly recorded tapes or films all come
under this policy.
5. THE PUBLIC MUST BE PROTECTED AGAINST ABUSERS OF TECH-NOLOGY OR
POLICY.
Persons who try to use Scientology lines to get loans or funds for
fraudulent purposes must always be exposed by HCO Secretaries by public
postings when proven and Committees of Evidence when doubt exists.
A complaining pc does not come under this heading but more likely under the
policy of correct technology or who to accept for processing, unless less
auditing was given than paid for or no auditing at all was given, at which
time it comes under this policy.
Anyone using a Scientology mailing list for purposes other than the
greatest good for the greatest number of dynamics should be heavily
censured and brought to book.
The Scientology public and any mailing lists are the exclusive property of
HCO. It does not matter how the mailing list was gathered or if we ever saw
it before. If someone used Scientology to collect names, that's a
Scientology mailing list. It's ours and comes under this policy.
6. DELIVER SCIENTOLOGY WORKS, TRAINING, PROCESSING AND RESULTS.
Although actual training and processing is under Division 11, whether or
not it was or will be delivered (past and future but not current) is up to
HCO.
By making the right materials available for publishing and use in training
and processing, HCO expects them to be employed.
If they are not employed, then the matter falls back on HCO to act.
The reason I had to continue research and writing myself as a lonely action
was because nobody else developed anything despite my expectations and
despite the money they spent. The reason I had to enforce use was because
other technology crept in and failed, causing org emergencies. HCO then
furthers my own hat, assumed for research in July 1950, and for control of
things, to be sure tech wasn't altered or misapplied in 1952 and after. So
long as those two things have been watched and kept in effect we have
prospered. Where they haven't been watched carefully and where no control
existed to get them in effect everything died as our history clearly shows.
Even when I strayed on research, we still did better than with the
strayings of others. The public knows rightly that I correct any errors as
soon as I discover them and that errors grew less as research went on.
Therefore HCO issues the best material it has for the right targets and
notes carefully any lack of results because of misapplication and retains
the authority and control necessary to correct bad delivery under its
Justice hat as well as its certificate and awards hat.
The formula is "Issue the correct data properly, correct use when delivery
is poor or non-existent."
Early HCOs had some trouble in executing tl-lis policy because (a) they
were operating on a technology that was advancing and therefore always
changing. Now and then HCOs are held up by (b) my not being able to write
up and issue or issue the needed materials because of comm line jams. The
best solution for (a) is to issue what has been working and the best
solution for (b) is to excerpt tapes or what you have and issue. However
(a) has now vanished because of completed technology and (b) is becoming no
problem to the degree I can get it written up and issued.
7. INSTRUCTION AND ADMIN POLICY ARE ALMOST AS IMPORTANT AS TECH.
Completely aside from developing Scientology tech itself it took 14 years
to develop the technology of instruction (how to communicate the data and
make auditors). It took 15 years to fully develop the technology of our
administration.
Admin publicly is looked down on, like 19th century psychology, because it
was not developed. Teaching and business admin alike have been quite low
paid or in disrepute in the civilization. They were not Sciences. For
instance business admin students in a University are renowned for
falsifying exams more than students of other
subjects. That's because there was no subject there anyway.
Why we had to know how to teach is self evident.
In Scientology, to keep our orgs going and live through bad times we have
had to develop a whole new subject-Admin. We had to have its laws, the
economic factors that regulate business and all the rest.
We are pretty good. People with "formal training" in subjects used in our
orgs are seldom as good as Scientologists who just studied with us as part
of their job.
The main thing to know, like in studying our tech, in our teaching and
admin there are two subjects there to be studied and used. Our teaching is
Scientology type teaching. Our admin is Scientology admin. Both are
regulated by Scientology policy. Orgs prosper when they know and use them
and fumble and get poor when they don't.
Holding teaching and admin policy and releases in is best handled by
insistence they exist and are ours and are not what the person thinks they
are-borrowings from the schools or business world. The business world
already borrows from us. The biggest management association in the world
since 1958 or so has been duplicating (as well as it could) everything we
do in business admin and planning. Of course, having no HCO, they squirrel
and it's hard to see how they twist our stuff so far around. But it is our
material. Even their "Congresses" have the same number of days and lectures
and have programmes printed on our exact format.
When we have our teaching materials (not just "study") all written up you
will see the universities use them. We already have some universities
trying.
As we write our Admin up in books, business will use it all the more. But
the point is, we lead in this field, others follow. We only develop and use
Scientology Admin to help us as we go toward freedom. But we still use it
and only it. Because it's more modern and it's what we need.
The thing to guard against in releasing teaching and Admin policy letters
is the change factor. Teaching and Admin evolved with our formative years.
Thus patterns and policies, like our tech, grew better. Growing better,
some of it became obsolete.
When re-releasing an old policy letter, always blue pencil out everything
gone old and contradicted by later policy letters. You can still salvage a
lot that stiff applies-a surprising amount. But try to cut out the
contradictions with our moderff policy where they exist. After all, we were
children when we first tackled teaching and Admin. As we grew, we became
wiser. But even our Admin childhood has wisdom in it and in some places
even more fire and interest.
Don't release contradictory hats where you can help it. Modernize them with
a blue pencil whether you retype them or remimeo them or not.
That way none get a chance to invalidate a really great achievement-
teaching that works despite aberration and Admin that works amongst Men.
8. ISSUE TECH AND POLICY AS BROADLY AS POSSIBLE WITHIN ECONOMIC LIMITS.
It costs money to issue anything. The way to sustain issue is get it paid
for one way or another. Total subsidy of all tech and policy issue can stop
its being issued for it is no longer economical to issue it.
Thus to disseminate over any long period, the data must somehow be paid for
or dissemination ceases. Actually you can't give away Scientology really.
Money, credit or favours will flow back. But often only after many years.
And meanwhile people eat.
Unless you pay attention to the economics of dissemination you will cut the
dissemination line even if only temporarily.
If you have data, don't try to throw it all away by frantic unpaid for
dissemination. Use some of the data as a leader (to announce with) and sell
the rest of it.
This applies to magazines, books, training and processing, all of them.
People don't respect data they read in magazines anyway. For some reason
they respect books. The public believes books and hoards them and throws
magazines away. Even paperbacks suffer. A book has to have a hard cover to
gain respect.
Thus a magazine article on tech ideally should point up a book to buy. Tons
of
bulletins are less well received than one booll
The point is, don't invest a lot of money on the quality and thickness of
magazines or other temporary media. Put the data between hard covers and
sell it as a book.
Don't give a lot of free courses or free admittances to Academies or
courses or free intensives in HGCs and call it dissemination. It isn't.
Beyond a small amount it cuts your ability to disseminate. The cost of the
give-away does not come back in and you can't finance more outflow because
you gave it all away.
This can even happen to an HCO in its publishing to the org, mimeos and new
books. It gives away all its materials to the org and suddenly finds the
org "can't pay for more mimeo paper" or a new mimeo machine. The way to
handle is not to charge for bulletins and policy letters directly but to
insist the org profit by the tech and admin by promoting harder for the
org.
My policy on this has always been to promote more business than the org can
handle and then let it solve the jams thus brought about. Orgs I founded
have never failed to handle such problems providing one demanded they did.
The only problem an org can't handle is "no dough"; the only weak point of
orgs, traditionally, has been promotion. They are sometimes even afraid to
promote for fear they'll get too big (something wrong with the top exec's
comm lines is the usual cause). I have seen an old time psychiatrically
oriented D of P book pcs 6 months in advance rather than hire more than 6
auditors and a queasy D of T seek to shut everyone out of an Academy
"because they would not be socially acceptable".
Such persons in the wrong positions will rail against promotion-because it
makes pcs and students crowd in too hard. So you get plans "to train more
only when we have instructors" or "few pcs until the next Academy class
graduates so we have auditors".
Instructors, auditors, that's Division 2's problem. HCO ignores it.
So part of paying for dissemination and ads is promoting to drive in more
business than the org can handle and making it make more money than it can
waste. An org always manages to handle the business and it always wastes
lots of money.
So in issuing materials, remember to promote them too. Then there's always
enough money flowing back to pay for more printing, more bulletins and
policy letters, more books and tapes.
If you don't become strenuous on this point of policy you will cease to
disseminate. And I have always waived aside all objections to honest,
appealing, clear-cut, heavy promotion as treasonable suggestions. Let
somebody "doing the mag" complain about the "hard sell" in it (insistence
people buy) and I always find myself somebody else and do the mag and go on
promoting.
Therefore people who (a) want us to give it all away and thus end our
ability to pay for more and who (b) shudder at the possible inflow, I
always carefully note down in my little black book for transfer. And an HCO
Sec anywhere would do well to advise higher authority in all cases where
efforts to reduce our ability to pay for our dissemination get in our way.
Whereas this possibly may seem unreasonable, it works. And every time I've
not followed it ruthlessly, as a policy, we've come a cropper.
9. OFFER ANYTHING YOU OFFER AT A HIGH APPEAL LEVEL AT HIGH VELOCITY AND
HEAVY IMPACT.
If you know it works and is the way, you will have no trouble with this
policy.
If you don't, you will have trouble.
The answer to this policy is to have a good subjective and objective
reality on Scientology. Then you couldn't keep yourself from following it.
|LRH:jw.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|NonRemimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL 1965 | |
| |PLANNING AND DESIGN | |
| |BOOK PROMOTION DESIGN | |
The following sequence of events are rough notes of the exact design to be
followed in book sales in the future:
There are 7 types of Scn books:-
1. Public books matching lower levels for mass, popular and book store
sales.
2. Technical books making auditors.
3. Reading texts (PE) one reads to the public meeting; (not extempore
speaking).
4. Drill texts which give drills, (include those that a Beginning
Scientologist can do on PE).
5. Instructional books making Instruction how to.
6. Organizational books making organizational know how and hats.
7. Civilization type books on how to organize and handle a civilization.
1. Public Book has a card in it for Free Memb and Free Ext Cse. Promises
HBA, says HBA can be a field staff member and teach Beginning Sen
courses in his part time.
2. Extension course are special training books by correspondence (the old
50 course booklets!). Done quite easily but give good basics.
3. He gets his HBA and different texts he can read to the public (type 3
and 4 books).
4. He can select persons and aside from commissions also get bonuses of
intensives and courses for himself.
5. Beginning Scn people are also made in Org PEs by type 3 and 4 texts.
6. They mainly buy auditing.
7. One or two of each class buy a book, start for HBA.
8. This is the tailor made inflow line for orgs.
I can see a little fellow buy or receive a book, read how he can get a
certificate and then become in his part time a field staff member. How he
can teach some principles via type 3 books but mainly by reading texts to
them and sending them in to get audited or to get them to co-audit on a
simple comm course (old PE-HAS). The little fellow will believe utterly the
actual truth-we are out to change the world and we need Wm personally on
staff in the field. And he'll work at it hard.
And there goes the evolution.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard | |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|NonRemimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1965 | |
| |DISSEM ADS | |
| |SOME ALLOWED ADS | |
| |BOOK ADS | |
Here is a book that does what you don't expect a book to do. It tells you H
0 W. It tells you the basis of things, and the most basic of things is life
itself. This then is a book about Life.
THE PROBLEMS
OF WORK
By L. Ron Hubbard
Just get it, read it, try it, and you'll never be the same again.
Send - to:
DO IT TODAY
DIANETICS:
The Evolution of
a Science
By L. Ron Hubbard
Your first book on the applied Philosophy which shows you the road to a
better life with fewer problems.
Just Get it, Read it, and Use it.
Price:
Write today to:
DIANETICS:
The Original Thesis
By L. Ron Hubbard
Dianetics is the only science of the mind built upon axioms. Workability
rather than idealism has been consulted.
This is the road to a better life with fewer problems.
Just Get it, Read it, and Try it, and you'll never be the same. Price.
Write today to: PE AD
Two newspaper colums wide
Block Bold
Block Bold
All two lines
|LRH:wmc.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
[pic]
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Saint Hill |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Executives | | |
|Saint Hill | | |
|Students | | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 30 AUGUST AD 15 | |
| |ART | |
For some fifteen years I have been studying, amongst other branches of
philosophy, the subject of ART.
The reason for this is: Art is the least codified of human endeavors and
the most misunderstood. What is Art? is one of the least answered of human
questions.
Art abounds with authorities. It was chosen because "that field containing
the most authorities contains the least codified knowledge." The obvious
invitation is to answer the question and codify the subject. This has now
been done.
The subject was originally brought up in a conversation with Donald H.
Rogers at 42 Aberdeen Road, Elizabeth, New Jersey, in 1950.
As this zone of human activity seemed to stand outside the field of
Dianetics and Scientology, I thereafter worked with it on a casual basis.
Having published 15,000,000 words between 1929 and 1941, 1 was not
unacquainted with the arts. Since 1950 1 have worked with other arts than
that of literature in order to make an advance on the general subject of
ART.
I have made a breakthrough at last in this matter. And I find it is
applicable to what we are doing and therefore also has practical value.
To make it a matter of record rather than a filed sheaf of notes, I am
publishing these findings as an HCO B. I also feel they will be of some
assistance in forwarding Scientology.
As in the case of all "pure research" (by which is meant study without
thought of possible application) there is a sudden pay-off in these answers
including the better dissemination of Scientology and the rehabilitation of
the artist.
My incidental studies in the fields of photography and music materially
assisted these discoveries.
Approaching the state of Clear has also assisted in comprehending this
rather vast subject of ART. It is adventurous to state one has solved such
a sweeping subject but here at least are the fundamentals and basics.
The following are rough notes but are in fact the basis of that branch of
activity we call ART.
THE FUNDAMENTALS OF ART
BASIC DEFINITION
ART is a word which summarizes THE QUALITY OF COMMUNICATION.
It therefore follows the laws of communication.
Too much originality throws the audience into unfamiliarity and therefore
disagreement, as communication contains duplication and "originality" is
the foe of duplication.
TECHNIQUE should not rise above the level of workability for the purpose of
communication.
PERFECTION cannot be attained at the expense of communication.
Seeking perfection is a wrong target in art. One should primarily seek
communication with it and then perfect it as far as reasonable. One
attempts communication within the framework of applicable skill. If
perfection greater than that which can be attained for communication is
sought, oAe will not communicate.
Example: A camera that shoots perfectly but is not mobile enough to get
pictures. One must settle for the highest level of technical perfection
obtainable below the ability to obtain the picture.
The order of importance in art is:
1. The resultant communication, 2. The technical rendition.
2. is always subordinate to 1. 2 may be as high as possible but never
so high as to injure 1.
The communication is the primary target. The technical quality of it is the
secondary consideration. A person pushes 2 as high as possible within the
reality of 1.
A being can take a lot of trouble with 2 to achieve I but there is a point
where attempting 2 prevents 1.
If the ardures of 2 prevent 1, then modify 2, don't modify 1.
Perfection is defined as the quality obtainable which still pen-nits the
delivery of the communication.
Too much time on 2 of course prevents 1.
It is usually necessary to lower a standard from absolute perfection to
achieve communication. The test of the artist is how little it is lowered
not how high it is pushed.
A professional in the arts is one who obtains communication with the art
form at the minimum sacrifice of technical quality. There is always some
sacrifice of quality to communicate at all.
The reduction of mass or time or impedimenta or facilities toward the
ability to render a result is the exact measurement of how much technical
perfection can be attempted. The rule is if one is being too
perfectionistic to actually achieve a communication, reduce the mass, time
impedimenta or facilities sufficiently low to accomplish the communication
but maintain the technique and perfection as high as is reconcilable with
the result to be achieved and within one's power to act.
No communication is no art. To not do the communication for lack of
technical perfection is the primary error. It is also an error not to push
up the technical aspects of the result as high as possible.
One measures the degree of perfection to be achieved by the degree of
communication that will be accomplished.
This is seen even in a workman and tools. The workman who cannot accomplish
anything but must have tools is an artistic failure.
"Art for art's sake" is a complete paradox as a remark. "Art for the sake
of communication" and "Attempted perfection without communicating" are the
plus and minus of it all.
One can of course communicate to oneself, if one wishes to be both cause
and effect.
One studies art only if one wishes to communicate and the search for
artistic perfection is the result of past failures to communicate.
Self improvement is based entirely on earlier lack of communicating.
Living itself can be an art.
The search for freedom is either the retreat from past failures to
communicate or the effort to attain new communication. To that degree then
the search for freedom is a sick or well impulse,
Searching for and discovering one's past failures to communicate an art
form or idea about it will therefore inevitably rehabilitate the artist.
However, due to the nature of the Reactive Mind, full rehabilitation is
achieved only through releasing and clearing.
How much art is enough art? The amount necessary to produce an
approximation of the desired effect on its receiver or beholder, within the
reality of the possibility of doing so.
A concept of the beholder and some understanding of his or her acceptance
level is necessary to the formulation of a successful art form or
presentation. This includes an approximation of what is familiar to him and
is associated with the desired effect.
All Art depends for its success upon the former experience and associations
of the beholder. There is no pure general form since it must assume a
sweeping generality of former experiences in the beholder.
Artists all, to a greater or lesser degree, need comprehension of the minds
and viewpoints of others in order to have their work accepted; since the
acceptability of a communication depends upon the mental composition of the
receiver. Scientology then is a must for any artist if he would succeed
without heartbreak.
In any art form or activity one must conceive of the beholder (if only
himself). To fail to do so is to invite disappointment and eventual
dissatisfaction with one's own creations.
An artist who disagrees thoroughly with the "taste" of his potential
audience cannot of course communicate with that audience easily. His
disagreement is actually not based on the audience but on former
inabilities to communicate with such audiences or rejections by a vaguely
similar audience.
The lack of desire to communicate with an art form may stem from an
entirely different inability than the one supposed to exist.
Professionals often get into such disputes on how to present the art form
that the entirety becomes a technology, not an art, and, lacking progress
and newness of acceptance, dies. This is probably the genus of all decline
or vanishment of art forms. The idea of contemporary communication is lost.
All old forms become beset by technical musts and must nots and so cease to
communicate. The art is the form that communicates not the technology of
how, the last contributing to the ease of creating the effect and
preservation of the steps used in doing it. A form's reach, blunted,
becomes involved with the perfection alone, and ceases to be an art form in
its proper definition.
A communication can be blunted by suppressing its art form: Example, bad
tape reproduction, scratched film, releasing bits not authorized. This then
is the primary suppression.
On the other hand, failing continuously to permit a non-destructive
communication on the grounds of its lack of art is also suppressive.
Between these two extremes there is communication and the task is to attain
the highest art form possible that can be maintained in the act of
communicating. To do otherwise is inartistic and objectionable.
These, therefore, are the fundamentals of ART.
|LRH:ml.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Limited |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|SH & WW | | |
|Only | | |
|Comp | | |
|Section | | |
|Dept 21 WW | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 JANUARY 1966 | |
| |(Reissued as HCO Pol Ltr of 8 August 1966) | |
| |COMPILATIONS SECTION, DEPARTMENT 21, | |
| |OFFICE OF LRH | |
(A Conference held at Saint Hill by
LRH on 19 January 1966)
The original composition of the WW Division was the realization that for
lack of a central operating or governing body in operation all of these
various orgs were more or less adrift. They couldn't in actual fact
function without particularly good co-ordination from a central org. So the
WW Division was formed.
Now it was first thought that your operating area was the Dissem Advisory
Section and then I suddenly woke up and realized that the original purpose-
why you were formed in the first place-had been totally violated. You were
formed in the first place with just exactly this purpose and no other
purpose: to help LRH get out the magazine materials and the promotion
materials that he gets out for Scientologythat's the total purpose. Now
when you were put over into Dissem you were put back onto administration so
if you were on administration in Dissem what good was that? But you left
them and in actual fact the HCO Exec Sec WW without somebody to tell Dissem
Division how to sell books, how to find a printer to print the magazine (in
which we are not interested), how to copy tapes, how to write registration
letters, how to get in their letter lines, how to get up statistics. In
other words, that Dissem Advisory Section had absolutely nothing but what
you're supposed to do. But nothing. They can find somebody to do that. But
as long as you stayed over there I would be in the same situation that I
was in. I'm going to tell you the situation I've been in, and it's quite a
serious situation. I'm responsible for getting out a certain amount of
promotional materials. I'm responsible mostly for the design of magazines
and I definitely am responsible for writing a great deal of material and
getting it published. Right now I'm 30 days behind in writing a new book.
Now why am I? Well, we look it over and we find out that what I'm writing-
at the present moment I'm writing a great deal of administrative material-
writing a lot of policies, I'm handling an audit summary out here. I'm
doing a lot of things but I'm being pulled off lines because formerly I
didn't have enough help, myself. I had to wear this hat all by myself and
it got behind and I'm trying to catch up with it now and it's over
everybody's dead bodies. Now let me be very explicit.
If I have to go on a via, on a promotional piece, or the art work thereof
then I immediately have no assistance on it. Do you see why? Because I'm
going through a terminal that is not concerned with that except
administratively. So it's really through an administrative terminal. Well,
the second it does that then you get everything going on on a via and this
work that is done in Compilation and so forth is quite rapid and is quite
spontaneous. Anybody who is working in that section will go completely
adrift because his stuff is being turned down and I never see it, and he
doesn't know what he's working on and I never get a chance to talk to him.
And he never gets a chance to talk to me. Now you're deprived, if you're
not working closely with me, deprived of my intelligence service, oddly
enough. Because promotion is matched against intelligence and I'm on that
intelligence line hot and heavy and I know what they're howling and what
they're screaming and what they're cheering about and so forth before
anybody else finds it out. I even know what's going on in Tibet. I do
conduct quite an intelligence service. I'm the only one in Scientology who
does. Nobody helps
me with that hat, because what it requires is experienced evaluation and
you don't buy that.
So 1 can tell you what we got ahead of and where and then I have certain
problems that have never completely been solved in Dissemination. And one
of those problems is style of the Art presentation and I think 1 got it
licked. So that we've got it licked to this degree, that there is a
beginning we can make and if we make this beginning let's find out if
that's OK. And then let's steer it from there. Steer it by reaction. And
then we'll gradually be able to guide this thing in some place. Alright, so
it takes in actual fact a lot of teamwork to get out dissemination
materials. But nevertheless, it also takes concentration and a fixed idea
of what you are doing, instead of it's all up in the blue. And I'm of the
opinion that a fellow should do more or less what he finds it rather easy
to do and if it's a strain to do PE booklets or something like that, don't
go on doing PE booklets; squawk.
Now this Unit is too few. It is too few by several. Now by that I mean
this. If this Unit isn't backed up clerically, it can't handle the number
of lines going through it. Now you've got certain lines and there are 4
main lines. There's the AUDITOR, there's CERTAINTY, there's the PABS, and
the book flyers and brochure type of thing. Now these are 4 main lines.
They may break down to 5 lines. Now in actual fact we probably need
something like this. We probably need some kind of a make-up schedule of
when what is due and what we've got to have and when we've got to have it
and then we ought to just beat the devil out of this. We should have a make-
up schedule for the next year and do it in a month. That's gone, so we've
got all the CERTAINTIES for the next year, but we'll hold them back and we
won't ship them. And then at any moment that we get a shift on the
intelligence lines of some kind or another we can throw out one of those
and replace it or we can tear a column out of it and put in the stuff
that's really got to meet it. Now as soon as we can do that why we're all
set, because then we've got this work stacked up, we know what's going to
come out when, we know what these issues are going to be, we can go about
in an orderly fashion and getting together the materials and just putting
them together. Then we will work out, in spite of the original trouble we
had on it, we will work out this blueprint system by which they set out
their shooting boards. That's got some technical bugs in it and we'll get
the technical bugs out of it and away we go. Now our goal is that every
month one of these organizations on the continental level will mail a
magazine which we have put together and which we're sure of. I was appalled
last year in doing a survey to find out that none of their promotion was
actually effective and it was no wonder they had fallen on their faces. It
was only CERTAINTY that was being that and we were getting that out. We've
got a certain amount of work we've got to do and a certain amount of stuff
we've got to throw together before we can begin to throw a much wider
sphere of action. Let's take one thing at a time. Let's get these magazines
all straightened up so they're from here to Halifax. Let's get a year's
worth of magazines stacked up. Let's fix them up so we can make shooting
boards out of them. We won't make shooting boards yet. Then we'll set it on
an assembly line whereby we get Department 2 I's copy facilities and so
forth to finish the copies and mail them off on schedule (and we're getting
a schedule) when they're supposed to do it. Then at any time we can
interrupt that schedule if we have to. And we can change something and let
it go out that way. If we can get these magazines out of the road for the
next year we can then begin to breathe. And it's not too hard to do this.
It requires one hell of a lot of articles from me, but requires an awful
lot of put-together, a lot of editing, and a lot of original material.
They've got to go into these things.
We've already got the Motif for CERTAINTY for the next year. I'm going to
write a whole course for Scientologists and writing that course I'm going
to get in just little articles, the highly generalized things that are
intended for one and all and these are brand new, fresh articles. At the
end of the year we'll have a little course and we'll put it in a book. It
will make another paper-back.
Don't ever get the idea that you know what will be popular. Only get the
idea that you can make every effort to make a right guess what would be
popular and then be totally prepared to be knocked over tincup. Because I
didn't think "A NEW SLANT
ON LIFE" would sell 10 copies. All its articles have already appeared in
CERTAINTY magazine and ABILITY and it's been rehashed since hell froze
over. It's a complete rehash and yet it's selling and selling and selling
like mad. So alright. And after that we can worry about our other
perimeter.
MOVIE DISSEMINATION
Now if you've ever been around movies, it takes writing. You got to write
against script. You want to go nuts. Start shooting f-ilms with no script.
Complete, stark staring. You can actually expose miles and miles and miles
of film if you have no idea of what the hell you're trying to shoot. And
that's the surest way to make an expensive movie. So we're going to make
cheap movies and make every piece of the film count and work them out at
the other end and it'll all be fine. But what's this got to do with you?
Well, it's got a lot to do with you because you're not going to sit on a
magazine line in there. Now 1 get a lot of sudden rush jobs of one kind or
another and they come in and they interrupt me so that they're going to
interrupt your work too. But they aren't of any great importance and if we
recognize what our main work is why we would be alright.
MAGAZINE MOTIFS
Now if we can just sit down and get a year's worth of this stuff out-1 can
get the articles out and we can cook up what this is going to be and what
that should be and we can look at some former issues and so forth, we ought
to make some assignments on the thing. Like what promotional ideas should
we have in the AUDITOR now until the February issue of 1967 and what should
we be hitting on each one of these issues and we find our peaks follow the
issue of the AUDITOR. So it's utter folly not to get the thing out.
What 1 want to have happen is get a list of Motifs and take it after the
next one that we've got already laid out and take a list of AUDITORS from
there on up to February, on a monthly basis. Now I've got to roll up my
sleeves and myself get out a project of exactly what subjects I'm going to
cover for the national magazines. And that requires a series of little
articles and so on, but 1 can write up pretty well what those are, so I'll
furnish that list. The PABs dictate themselves because they consist of
Bulletins, but there haven't been many Bulletins issued lately so we may go
into PAB reselection. Well, there's no reason why we can't get out PAB
issues which will give us PAB booklets from past PABS.
The lists of the levels are all compiled, they don't even have to be
searched up and 1 just had them done because that's going to form the basis
of the main next text book I write. So why don't you go ahead and get a
list of those things and get your PABs stretched out and what you're
covering. It's alright with me if it takes 4 or 5 months to cover one of
those levels, see, perfectly fme. And if you do it right, why then we can
eventually wind up by combining 5 PABS, using the same shooting plate and
get a PAB booklet and that gives us a 5/- book or something to sell.
Now we've got book flyers. And the book flyer is all very interesting and
probably we need quite a few of them. We've done some. Now let's see what
they do. Now let's see if they do produce the sale of books. So we'll put
that on an investigation basis for which you want statistics. What book
flyers do well. And let's explore this book flyer business and let's
examine Dissem files and so forth to find literature on it of other
people's book flyers merchandising, and 1 think it had better be a
merchandising project primarily. And 1 think that's what's missing on the
book flyer business. So if you can get a merchandising programme, then we
can get the flyers into action.
Now 1 don't know what work you've got in progress but let me give you this
as an order that I want put down in lines. DON'T YOU TAKE AN ORDER FROM ANY
OTHER EXECUTIVE IN THIS ORGANIZATION. Don't take an order from anybody.
There are many reasons for this. There are people flying around with lots
of ideas and lots of demands and that sort of thing and you're not the
Compilations Unit for the organization. So this is another project I want
you to engage on. I want you to go through what files you had of
compilation and send back to each and any person whoever issued it to you
to be compiled, this, and say this Unit is no longer compiling for the
organization, please complete it yourself, and submit to your issue
authority. You understand that everyone of those that comes to you is an
order from some other executive and that's what's got you jammed and
bottled up. 1 put my finger right on it. That's why you can't operate. Now
this is the business you're in.
Now it so happens that there are literally infinite numbers of technical
tapes down here in the tape section and there are tremendous numbers of
transcriptions. And you ought to get a boy that sits there and puts them
into articles and what you're doing is accumulating a backlog for some
never-never time that we know nothing about, not yet; and you just get
somebody going on digging articles out of tapes. The guy has got to be able
to type. He's got to be able to write. We won't consider this hat filled at
this time but we'll consider that that is a necessary hat in his unit. We
need that post. Edited Tape Transcripts are available-those that have been
corrected-and any corrected tape transcript is available but you don't have
in that the correction of tape transcripts. But now the correction of tape
transcripts is part of your section. And that would include, of course,
transcribing tapes. But this is not the other project 1 just gave you. This
is making articles out of tapes.
So we won't try beyond that to put together much of an org board because
you should have a lino-type type typist. You've got an Artist. You should
have a linotype typist and a linotype typist is best used by simply taking
copy and giving it to them and telling them what magazine it's going to be
for and what point you want it in. You ought to have a schedule. This goes
in the AUDITOR so this is going to appear 8 point in the AUDITOR and she
copies it on a column this wide, cuts it off at that long and corrects it
and hands it over. She shouldn't be paste-up. I'm a great believer in the
fact that if a man is going to be responsible for a magazine he ought to
paste it up. By the time you've said how you want it, 20/30 times and so
forth, you could have done it 10 times. So what you consider these things
are is artistic units. Each one is an artistic unit-a unit in itself.
MAGAZINE POLICY
If certain things have to appear in national magazines, you're still guided
by policies-what appears in CERTAINTY magazine? 1 think there's six or
eight kinds of ad or mentions of ad that occur in it. Then there's certain
policy that relates to it and so forth. Accumulate a book of everything
that has been written on each one of the publications that you can dig up
from any place and put it in a folder and put it in a file. And then you
better work the Xerox machine to death after you compile all this-somebody
wants a hat because he's doing the magazine-well, you better turn around
and give it to somebody on the subject of the Xerox. Get 2 copies so you
give me a spare. And don't go keep handing out the information. Collect
this for the first time, the basic information that went with each one of
these magazines. For instance, there is terrific information that has never
been passed along with the AUDITOR. Big bunches of it. Sometimes you find
it merely despatches. Now if you can get it organized along that line, your
clerical assistance, your typing and so forth I'm not much concerned about-
that's your baby. You haven't got much space to put it and that's where
you're bound down.
So anyway, administratively, where purchase orders and that sort of thing
are concerned, Reg has the right to sign a purchase order for your section
because he's the co-ordinator of the Department. Now he hasn't in actual
fact any right to order this section to do so and so, so and so and so and
so, he's merely a co-ordinator. I don't wish to derogate that in any shape
or form-I'm not talking about Reg, but the post of co-ordinator. And your
primary purpose is taking that load off of me so that we can get a line
out. Because I've got a jammed line and I'm telling you fellows if somebody
doesn't give me a hand in unjamming this line it's going to stay jammed for
a long, long while. And every week that this line remains jammed with
writing, dissemination, propaganda line, every week that it remains jammed
probably costs Scientology a fortune. There's no question of cost here. 1
figured out one time what my overhead was to the Organizations or to myself
in the field of writing and this is only from the revenue received from the
material-the exact item that was written-this was some time ago-it was
21/21/o. It didn't matter what 1 bought, 1 could buy rare books in
Icelandic which were totally embossed with solid gold and it would still
only go to 21/2%, because the more source material I got, the more
assistance 1 got, why the more valuable the work was. The harder 1 worked
on it the more valuable the work was.
Therefore, 1 don't want you to go spending money left, right and centre on
a bunch of things that don't go any place particular. Do this on principle,
but I'm also telling you that 1 wouldn't let anybody put the brakes on you
too hard on something that is essential. If you need a bunch of Greek
drawings of some kind or another to carry out this motif and so forth and
you don't go buy them, why I'm going to be cross. We're not operating on a
"Have not" basis because we're not any longer operating with the org.
1
When we get our work done it's got to be effective. We're not interested in
how effective we wish it was, it's got to be, and we've also got the whole
programme here and it's at this point where we kick off. We've got to set a
style and develop a pattern and co-ordinate all the various arts in
Scientology. We got the definition of art and I'm very sure that is the
definition, so all it is is a quality of communication.
Now we've got a message. The message we've got's pretty easy. And we've got
to evolve some kind of a style to carry this message. See what I'm talking
about? And we want it so fixed that 20 years from now why some artist does
a painting and gets absolutely thrown right out of the exhibit-they just
throw him right out through the door because it doesn't have any
Scientology motivation in it.
TRENDS
This is a talk about trend. I'm telling you that you can take a trend. You
can push it forward. You can popularize something and you can make it good
but you very often are quite surprised as to what will and the fellows who
often know best about what will go, OK things that lay fabulous eggs and
you can always be wrong about this, you understand. 1 was always fascinated
to write a story that was unpopular that 1 thought was marvellous and I'd
write a story which was just wildly popular-oh, it was bought all over the
place-1 didn't think it was much good. It wasn't my judgment that was
wrong. 1 was sitting at the business end of it. 1 was sitting at my end of
it, and I had my views modified by my taste which effort always educated
and being a pro 1 was head and shoulders in criteria above what people out
in the street would think in the same field. They were alright in their
fields but this was my field. 1 very often missed and overshot-wrote too
well-did something too well-did something far above acceptance level,
except 1 know what the acceptance level is and the only way you measure the
acceptance level is what they accepted and there's no other way to measure
the acceptance level. It's not whether it's nice, bad or anything else. If
you're going to communicate, you are going to communicate, and you won't
communicate with somebody unless he has an acceptance level. But there are
certain patterns to the mind that we know and certain things we can
establish, and it's these things we've got to work out and if we merely
agree that we should work in this direction then we should arrive. We know
we're trying to work in some kind of direction. For instance, 1 had a
little bit of a breakthrough the other night when 1 was talking. Everybody
associates philosophy with Greece and in the university all your educated
men were overwhelmed by Socrates and Plato et al; these were names they
were supposed to cross themselves four times before they could get into the
classroom. Well, good. Let's overwhelm them with the same symbols only
let's fix it up. Let's fix it up.
REPRINTED BOOKS, ETC
Reprinted books definitely belong to Dissem Division, Saint Hill. WW
doesn't have any reprints. You can tell them so. You're getting rid of
hats. Maybe that's a piece of it. You better tell the new Dissem Sec. Try
not to bypass. Make an honest effort not to bypass. You want freedom for
emergencies or for somebody? But you tell them that's theirs.
Things that were originated properly on Sec Eds, just complete them
properly. Stuff that's coming up from all those quarters, you get rid of
it.
REFERENCE MATERIAL
You can go to Museums for anything else you want to. Lay off Egyptian. Lay
off Chaldean, Babylonian, Persian, Chinese, Japanese, Buddhistic, because
they don't all work. As far as I'm concerned those fields are now trite.
Trite in the extreme. Tbat's my feeling about them. Mind, the Rosicrucians,
I think, are using Chaldean or something-I've not exactly identified-it may
be they haven't either. We can do better than that.
And Greek-I was just hitting a field in Greek and we might be right or
wrong, but I think this is a field where it is absolutely boundless, the
amount of material and every Art School starts in in that direction and so
forth. You don't lack the materials. I just thought of the Discus thrower.
Done with one of these dolls, that an artist uses. Take a mannequin.
Streamline him, put him into the position of the Discus thrower. You can
take the front of the Parthenon, simplify the pillars-no end-and put in an
entirely modernistic freize. Made out of mannequins-anything, it doesn't
matter, but I suddenly saw that there's a bountiful field of material.
When you are doing something like this, you want to look for an ocean of
material. Well, what it evolves to is that with this arrangement you are
free to go up and do it. And as for materials and equipment which we need
to accomplish a result, just take it from me with one issue of one magazine
I paid for every camera that had been bought before or has been bought
since about ten times over. Those cameras weren't even used on the project.
I'm just talking about the relative value of the material and the product.
You can only do that if your product remains good-your product is not
necessarily good-to hell with that word, but it means effective, but we're
not too much interested in that. That's of no importance. It would be of
great importance if we had 8 miles of film without any picture, d'you see?
You got a good start on writing style now. My writing style seems to be
very beautiful but what my writing style is can be summarized: it is
friendly and it makes nothing out of pomposity; maybe it could be further
described, but that's good enough at the moment.
|LRH:ml.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1966 | |
| |DOCTOR TITLE ABOLISHED | |
In protest against the abuses and murders carried out under the title of
"doctor" I abandon herewith all my rights and legitimate use of this title
as the name has been disgraced.
I was a Ph.D., Sequoia's University and therefore a perfectly valid doctor
under the laws of the State of California.
My beloved grandfather was a doctor and was known as such throughout his
life.
Through the ages the term "doctor" has meant "a learned man" but in modern
times has been stained by its preemption by medical doctors and
psychiatrists and I do not care to be associated in any way with faithless
men or ignorant butchers or murderers.
The title of "Mister", implying "Master" I also abandon.
I wish to be known solely by my name "Ron" or Hubbard, an honourable name
in the fields of philosophy and exploration.
Any and all D.Scns may apply for and receive a new certificate and the
title "Dean of Scientology".
I wish to call to attention that any certificate ever issued by me is valid
first by my signature and second by the laws of the country in which its
corporation is founded.
The originator of a subject traditionally has the right to qualify persons
in that subject and this is the chief source of any title of learning.
I could with ease defend any use of the term doctor in any nation but the
name has come into question by association.
This is the second time I have requested not to be so named. The first was
in the late 50s in Washington DC. But people have continued the practice
against my wishes and I have not lately been active in coff ecting them.
No secretary, press spokesman or LRH Communicator may hereafter refer to me
as "Doctor" or sign my name as such.
I have been a "captain" of sailing vessels, a "captain" of corvettes, a
"sergeant" of marmes in my extreme youth, a "commander" and many other
captions. And as a Scientologist knows, one has had other names.
"L. Ron Hubbard" is a proud enough title. Or humble enough. I wish it to so
remain.
The wide world calls me plain "Ron". That is more than good enough for me,
signifying as it does the friendship and confidence of the many. They are
my friends.
|LLRH:ml.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron | |
|Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Org Exec Sec |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|WW | | |
|ES Comm Tech | | |
|WW | | |
|ES Comm Qual | | |
|WW | | |
|Org Exec Sec | | |
|Hat | | |
|Tech Sec Hat | | |
|Qual Sec Hat | | |
|Org Sec Hat | | |
|Dir Reg Hat | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 APRIL 1966 | |
| |DIANETIC AUDITOR'S COURSE | |
| |The Org Exec Sec WW has the | |
| |authority to arrange and order | |
| |and issue check sheets for | |
| |Dianetic Auditing Training. | |
For any arranging or establishment of a Dianetic Course as per HCOB 3 April
1966 "Student Auditing Dianetic Auditing" the following must be observed:
1. The course must be not less than one month.
2. It must not be extended endlessly for the student.
3. It is not the same as grade courses in that it does not contain grade
material or even the gradation chart but contains Dianetic data.
4. It must remain precisely within the limits set by HCOB 3 April 1966
so far as its auditing is concerned.
5. It may not be sold as a course for less than S 500 in the US or 112 5
sterling in the UK or other continental areas.
6. Scholarship up to 50% may be issued.
7. Only cash may be accepted and no credit allowed.
8. Healing laws must be given heed by not selling such auditing or
promising to heal by reason of Dianetic auditing.
9. The course may be advertised as, paraphrase, the way up to a capable
human being is the realm of Dianetics-Scientology reaches from a
capable human being upward. Success in Scientology is assured by a
thorough grounding in Man's most advanced school of psychology (or
the mind)-Dianetics. Dianetics was the ultimate development of the
mind of human beings. Scientology is the road from there to total
Freedom. This is a study and practice course which is a prelude to
becoming a Scientology auditor and brings one a complete
understanding of the mind so that one is then prepared to understand
the spirit in Scientology, etc.
10. Academies and especially Saint Hill may teach and practice HCOB 3
April 1966 as part of Level 0 providing it is studied along with the
other materials and forms the practical of Level 0.
At this writing there is no pattern of how to include this material and one
must be developed by experience. But it is pointed out that Academies have
never failed to do well so long as a one-piece Dianetic type course was
available.
It could be that experience, cautiously won, will show that the public will
buy the Dianetic course in droves.
It could be we should drop the Dianetic word from Dianetic techniques as
refined in HCOB 3 April 1966, as they are really pretty awfully advanced
from where we were in 1950 and call it the Basic Auditor's Course or the
Basic Academy of Scientology Course and call the technique Basic
Scientology. If so, texts will have to be edited and Scientology
substituted everywhere for Dianetics.
These problems are left to the Org Exec Sec WW as they will gradually
evolve into a new success.
|LRH:lb-r.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Distributio|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|n Hats | | |
|Sec Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JULY 1966 | |
| |LEGAL ASPECTS OF SUCCESS MATERIAL | |
| |PUBLICATIONS | |
In order to be safe-guarded in the question of copyrights and other legal
aspects with regard to the publication of any success material, all letters
leaving the Department of Success which contain a request for success
stories, case gains, wins in life and wins obtained by the application of
Scientology data in life or work, must be accompanied by a mimeographed or
photolithoed form with the following wording:
TO THE DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS (Name of Org)
Church of Scientology of California
(Address of Org)
I HEREBY GIVE MY PERMISSION TO PUBLISH MY LETTER OR FORM IN WHOLE OR IN
PART OR TO SUMMARIZE ITS CONTENTS IN ANY OF THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE CHURCH
OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA.
|NAME |SIGNATURE |
|ADDRESS |DATE |
Should success material derived from incoming letters be used, where a
permission to publish has not been obtained or it is no longer feasible to
obtain such, then it is forbidden to publish the full name of the writer.
Instead the initials of the name and the place may be used.
Under publication is meant: any written communication which reaches the
public in promotional material such as Book Flyers, Brochures, Info Packs,
Information Letters, Executive Letters, HCO Policy Letters, articles
appearing in the press, advertisements appearing in the press and in any
one of the Scientology magazines.
|LRH: lb-r.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard | |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Applies to | | |
|LRH Keeper | | |
|of the | | |
|Seals & | | |
|Signatures | | |
|WW | | |
|ES Comm Dist| | |
|WW | | |
|Org Exec | | |
|Secs | | |
|Dist Secs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 AUGUST 1966 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |INFORMATION PACKETS | |
There is a cardinal rule which has to do with any Distribution or
Dissemination mailing piece which is:- NEVER INFORM SOMEONE OF THE ROAD TO
FREEDOM WITHOUT ALSO INFORMING HIM OF HOW AND WHERE TO GET IT. Therefore,
it is essential that the following points be closely adhered to when
mocking up Info Packets--
1. An Info Packet must sell and make people reach.
2. An Info Packet should be pretty and eyecatching, so that when it is
received the person receiving it is so interested in it that he will
read the full contents of the packet.
3. An Info Packet must be "punchy" in text and in its ads, i.e., it
should really communicate to the person it is being sent to and be
on his reality level.
4. An Info Packet must sell a book. This is important, as this is how
you get new names in your C/F. It is important that the book that
you choose to advertise will hit the reality level of the type of
people you are mailing to. For example, a good book to sell to a
mailing list of pro-nuclear disarmament supporters would be ALL
ABOUT RADIATION.
5. An Info Packet is not just one pamphlet all by itself. It is a
packet containing several pieces. These could be a short punchy
article designed to increase the person's interest and cause him to
reach more, a book flyer, and a book order form. If it were a local
mailing, you could even enclose an invitation card for the PE. So,
therefore, you have an article which causes him to reach more, a
book flyer which tells him what he is to reach for, and a book order
form which shows him where and how to progress in Scientology.
6. Your format for your three Info Packets for mailing lists must not
be the same, as there is no sure fire way to appeal to all persons
of that mailing list, and whereas the first Info Packet may not
cause the person to reach further the second or third may cause him
to reach further.
When Info Packets are sent to WW for approval they must be accompanied by a
despatch telling what type of mailing list they are going to be sent to and
each Info Packet must be clearly labelled as to which mailing (Ist, 2nd and
3rd) they are for.
|LRH:lb-r.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron | |
|Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 NOVEMBER 1966 | |
| |POSTAL ECONOMY | |
| |(Cancels Urgent Directive ED 62 WW and 95 SH| |
| |Postal Reduction) | |
ADDRESSOGRAPH
There is to be not more than one plate per person in Addressograph with the
exception of selected lists as delineated by policy. If a person's address
is unknown, his plate should be removed from active addressograph files
until a correct address is obtained, and his CF folder must be marked
"Address Unknown".
As CF is in another division than Addressograph, an alphabetical card file
of all the plates in Addressograph is to be made for cross reference
purposes in the Addressograph Section.
Mailing pieces addressed to staff and students may not be put in the mail,
but must be put into the appropriate basket.
MAIL CLERKS
There may be no jam on the mail line. When mail is so heavy in an org that
opening mail jams with getting mail out, the post must be split and mail
opening done by another person than the one doing mail out. If getting bulk
mail out jams these other two posts, then a third person must be assigned
to bulk mail clerk, even if temporarily. All mail must move.
POSTAGE
Each week the Mafl Out Clerk takes a prepared checksheet to the various
divisional secretaries for an estimate of their postage needs for the
following week. This, totalled, is submitted with a requisition for a
postage check calculated to last for a week. Any money left in the machine
is subtracted from the amount put on the requisition. In the event the
estimate is under and the franking machine runs out before a new check
arrives, an emergency check may be requested, but if so, a Board of
Investigation must be called to look into the reason for the increased
postage.
WW or Continental Divisions or any org sending inter org mail may not send
Dev-T, return unnecessary items or despatches or reports that will increase
postage, and in general, should work toward conserving postage whenever
possible without impairing efficiency.
Any division, in writing letters, is to use Airletters whenever possible,
for overseas mail. Typists are to be supplied with adequate erasers and
typing errors are to be erased and neatly corrected, instead of airletters
being scrapped because they contain errors.
Any inserts to go out with letters must be printed on economical
lightweight paper in order to keep the postage to a minimum.
Clearing and OT Courses must use lightweight paper where it is necessary to
send materials, and Airletters whenever feasible.
In Div 6, instead of using a legal form for obtaining Permission to Print,
a rubber stamp is to be obtained with the pertinent wording for this, and
it is to be stamped on an Airletter whenever the form is needed to be sent
overseas.
All EDs, Policy Letters, Bulletins and other printed pieces to be sent to
orgs must go by Second Class Air Mail.
BOARD OF INVESTIGATION
A bi-annual Board of Investigation is to be called to investigate waste in
the org and to find ways and means of reducing expenses and improving
efficiency-.
PROMOTIONAL AND MAILING PIECES
TO FINANCIAL PLANNING MUST CONTAIN CSW
CSW by definition means Completed Staff Work. Completed Staff Work for
promotional and other mailing pieces would then include exact cost in terms
of paper, envelopes and postage and printing costs for the entire mailing
as well as any other costs that might be involved including stocks in hand
if necessary. Any promotional or other type of mailing piece from any
division must contain full CSW including the above costs, when put on line
to Financial Planning.
The Ideas and Compilations Section in Dept 21, in designing mailing pieces
and promotional material, including the magazines, must include in their
work designing for lightweight paper that is not so expensive that it
undoes any savings in postage, and they must take into account as a part of
their CSW, the cost of postage. The loss of mass in the weight of the paper
can be made up for in the design. For instance, the Advance Reg Packets
were nicely designed, but much too heavy. If they had been designed for
lightweight paper, the artist may have conceived a totally different
designing in order to get across the same communication. It is the artist's
problem in considering his medium. But his medium must be considered. And
this medium must be lightweight and inexpensive. The CSW submitted for each
magazine to Financial Planning must contain details on paper cost and
postage cost of the finished (proposed) mailing.
Any division, in order to get the data for the CSW on postage and other
costs may obtain the information from the proper posts whose business it is
to know this needed data. Please note that the above is seeking information
and would not have to go through a command line to obtain it.
|LRH:jp.rd |Compiled by a Board of |
|Copyright � 1966 |Investigation |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Signed|Ray Thacker |
| |: | |
| | |Anton James |
| | |John Lawrence |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |Founder |
|Sthil only |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1966 | |
| |IDEAS AND COMPILATIONS BRANCH WW | |
(Amends HCO Policy Letter of 8 August 1966
"Compilations Section, Department 21,
Office of LRH", and HCO Policy Letter of
18 July 1966, "Office of LRH, LRH Personal
Office Organization")
The Ideas and Compilations Branch WW, Division 7, Dept 21 is transferred to
the Office of the HCO Exec Sec WW, Division 7, Dept 20 under the
supervision and direct orders of the Divisional Organiser Dissem WW. Any
and all communications to Ideas and Compilations Branch WW must go via
Division Organiser Dissem for approval before being passed on or returned.
All final copy and proofs of magazines, books, etc are to be sent to the
Founder when possible for his approval to print.
|LRH:jp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright (c) 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|BPI |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 JANUARY 1968 | |
| |(Reissued from LRH SECED 56 INT June 14, | |
| |1965) | |
| |POLITICS, FREEDOM FROM | |
1. I hereby declare Scientology to be non-political and non-ideo
logical.
2. Politics and ideology may be no part of any decision to train or
process individuals, and any such interrogation shall cease to be a
part of any application for training, processing or membership.
3. This does not change any policy relating to suppressive persons. It
does delete any words in any form which seek to bring about a
statement of political allegiance or antagonism.
4. It must be kept in mind and brought forward emphatically that
Scientology does not work in the absence of official control and no
matter who sought to use its principles, has uniformly failed in the
hands of non-Scientologists and organizations not controlled by the
Central Organizations of Scientology or myself.
5. The reason for this declaration is the consistent disaster visited
upon her 44 allies" by the United States government and the efforts
of that government since 1955, stepped up since 1963, to seize
Scientology in the United States rather than forbid or stop it and
the role played by the United States in inspiring the Victorian State
attacks in Australia. Scientology technology is no longer offered to
the United States government in any effort to assist her in political
ends. Our participation extends only to our willingness to process
U.S. officials as individuals unconnected with their political aims,
if as individuals they are not debarred by other existing policies
relating to treating the insane or our Ethics system.
6. All statements attacking any political entity or ideology are hereby
withdrawn and cancelled in any lectures or literature.
7. Scientologists may be members of any political group on this planet
without restraint only so long as these individuals or that group do
not attempt to seize Scientology for their own warlike ends and so
make it unworkable or distasteful by invidious connection.
8. Scientology is for a free people and is itself on this date declared
free of any political connection or allegiance of any kind whatever.
|LRH:jp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard | |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|BPI |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 MAY 1968 | |
| |Issue III | |
| |TRANSLATIONS | |
I have solved the principle of translation of books, which is as follows.
The Scientology words themselves are not translated. The definition of the
Scientology word is put in the foreign language but the word itself, like
engram, is not translated.
In translating, the Scientology word is put in italics (the first time it
is used in the text) and the definition in the foreign language follows it
in parenthesis. A glossary of terms is then put in the back of the book
giving the Scientology words in alphabetical order with their definitions,
as already defined the first time they appeared in the text.
This means that these foreign languages will have a Scientologese
vocabulary of 400 or 500 words that have to be learned by students studying
the books and materials in the foreign languages. They learn them as
completely arbitrary symbols and therefore no misunderstoods can occur
(unless somebody misdefines them).
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
[See also HCO P/L 22 September 1972, The Basic Principles of Translating,
in the 1972 Year Book.]
|Exec |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Councils |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|LRH Comm | | |
|Franchise | | |
|Holders | | |
|Gung-Ho | | |
|Groups | | |
|Dissem Secs| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 DECEMBER 1969 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |ISSUE AUTHORITY FOR TRANSLATIONS | |
| |OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY MATERIALS | |
No bulletin, tape or book may be published in any form in a foreign
language without obtaining Issue Authority.
Issue Authority for such is held by LRH Comm, Pubs Org, to whom all
translations must be sent for approval before printing or mimeoing.
This also applies to quotations and excerpts from Dianetics and Scientology
materials which are made up into handouts and info packs.
Each and every application for Issue Authority for a translation must be
accompanied by an attestation by a Class VI, VII, or VIII Auditor that the
materials contain exact duplication of technology, without addition or
alter-is.
No matter how expert the translator is who did the translation, the
attestation by a trained Scientology auditor must accompany it, or it will
not be granted Issue Authority.
This policy is retroactive, and any bulletins, tapes or books which have
been translated but not granted Issue Authority must be resubmitted for
Issue Authority. When issued they must also be copyrighted and bear the
line "COPYRIGHT� by L. RON HUBBARD". The purpose of this Policy Letter is
to ensure that all foreign language students of Dianetics and Scientology
have the benefits of standard tech.
|LRH:rs.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Full |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Distributio|37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
|n | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 NOVEMBER 1958 | |
| |MAGAZINE POLICY | |
The public is easily confused and must be given stable data and standard
articles from tapes or texts they recognize. And always at their level of
training.
Squirrel data starts trouble with the regular customers, gets excitement
only from the nuts and freaks. These write much, spend nothing. Squirrel
articles, by-lines, opinions reduce dissemination.
The public has proven they buy my material. I worked for 30 years and 20
million published words in 100 publications to earn my right to a by-line.
We therefore do not use my by-line so somebody who has not earned one can
have a free ride. By-lines don't come that easy. Tell them to go get one in
the Sat Evening Post and then come back and you will let them sign an
article.
My by-line on my articles only. Never my by-line in staff writings. Say
"Taken from the writings and lectures of LRH" no other by-line ever.
Mention my name once each issue. Give one good datum at least per issue.
In any news or tid-bits column, never mention a staff member. Staffs lose
more business being cute in their own papers about their own adventures.
The public yawns. Mention only prominent field people and groups and
nothing coy even then.
Be dignified but enthusiastic. The public buys reassuring hope, not
skeptical guesses. Never be reservedly scientific or doubtful-it is a pose
and a corny one reserved for less successful people.
The public wants data old or new. There's tens of millions of words of
unpublished Dianetics and Scientology data they have never seen even if you
have. What is new to them is always old to you.
Print a format that can be read. A bad one is an ARC break. Too fancy a one
disturbs the text.
Always mention Books, memberships, processing, training, records, special
events, E-Meters, insignia, badges and group services in every issue.
Run only little classified type ads for outside people-tiny, short,
interesting like the personals in the newspaper, never bigger. Put these
people in perspective to the Central Org. The only big ads which can appear
in the magazine are for the Central Organization.
The basic purpose of the magazine is to sell books on Dianetics and
Scientology. Base its policy on selling books. Mention, discuss or write
articles about services. But always sell books.
Make every issue count. Write issues people in Promotion and Registration
can use as Minor Issues. Send out a leatherette covered Major Issue with
lots of data once a month. Send a Minor Issue out every time you need a
special booklet. Majors are more timely, less general. Minors are general.
Org Mags are for itse not for hoarding. Fire Minors as far and as many as
you can. They need no covers. Only paper faces. Eight page things. Use
photo-litho. Never, never mimeograph more than 75 copies of anything. Put
it in a magazine form. It's cheaper. Use photo-litho. It's cheap. Make up
on boards in the office. Always have it actually printed outside, never in
the Organization. We don't manufacture well on stuff like magazines or E-
Meters.
All magazines are my communication lines, never an organization's.
Organizations can't talk, the public doesn't listen. If you want to know
how it should sound and look, ask yourself how I'd want it-you will have
the answer that's being bought throughout the world.
|LRH:mp.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1958 | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|I to each |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|staff |WASHINGTON | |
|member All | | |
|Ability | | |
|hats field | | |
|offices HCO| | |
|London | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 OCTOBER 1958 | |
| |Reissued from Washington, D.C. (from HCO Pol| |
| |Ltr | |
| |24 Oct 1958 applying to "Certainty Magazine"| |
| |originating from London) | |
| |ABILITY MAGAZINE | |
Ability Magazine should be issued semi-monthly.
Issues shall be used broadly as mailing pieces and are not to go just to
the membership and be forgotten.
The first Ability of the month shall be an Ability Major issue, the second
issue of the month shall be an Ability Minor issue.
Ability Major: shall consist of informative technical material,
advertisements and programmes.
Ability Minor: shall be dedicated only to programmes such as Extension
Course, such as training, such as processing results.
Ability Major is mainly of interest to the membership and informed
Scientologists.
Ability Minor shall be of interest to the broad public.
|LRH:rs.md.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
[Note: Duplicate policy letters of same date were issued for Certainty,
Ability and Understanding.]
|cc; HCO |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Exec Sec |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
|HCO Area | | |
|Sec | | |
|Certainty | | |
|Editor HCO | | |
|Melbourne | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 JANUARY 1959 | |
| |Issued at Washington | |
| |Supersedes HCO Policy Letter of 23 January | |
| |1959 | |
| |SCIENTOLOGY MAGAZINES | |
Every Scientology Magazine should be mailed surface first class two copies
to each HCO Office, one copy to be posted on a public board and one to be
held in HCO's Magazine files.
|LRH:mp.gh.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[This 26 January 1959 issue extended the earlier 23 January policy by
designating what was to be done with the two copies on receipt, and
specifying first class surface mailing. ]
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 JUNE 1959 | |
| |Hat Write-up | |
| |PAB LIAISON | |
|PURPOSE: |To see that PAB material is supplied London months in |
| |advance. |
|DUTIES: |To edit tape material, transcribed by Tape |
| |Transcription, suitable for PABS. |
| |All PAB material should be taken from the LATEST and |
| |most current tapes of LRH, or from handwritten PABs by |
| |LRH. |
| |All PABs are technical data. |
| |Maintain good communication with PAB Liaison London, or|
| |any other PAB Liaison post; London sends PAB copy to |
| |New Zealand and South Africa, who print their own PABS.|
| |All PABs for the United States are printed from London.|
| |If possible, as an accommodation to PAB Liaison London,|
| |send London the original for printing use, and send 2 |
| |carbons, if possible, for London to send on to New |
| |Zealand and South Africa; otherwise London types their |
| |own copies (from the original which you send) for the |
| |other PAB posts across the sea. |
| |Be sure one copy gets filed in the PAB material file in|
| |HCO. |
| |Before sending PAB copy to London, send to LRH for |
| |approval. |
| |PABs are orderly in advance. Never issue a "hot PAB" |
| |giving very latest data, skipping over materials you |
| |have lined up for PABS, unless directed to do by LRH; |
| |i.e., occasionally LRH will ask that an HCO Bulletin be|
| |released as a PAB. |
| |The PABs go to all the International Members in good |
| |standing. |
|LRH:mp.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 JULY 1959 | |
| |Issue III | |
| |SCIENTOLOGY MAGAZINES | |
Definition: Minor Issue: Anybody can read and be happy he has done so.
Definition: Major Issue: Scientologists can read and get busy about
things.
Priority of Ads in a Scientology Magazine:
Books
Books
Tapes
Processing
HAS Co-Audit, PE
Memberships
Extension Course
Academy
|LRH:gh.vmm.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard| |
| | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 OCTOBER 1959 | |
| |TWO FINE MAGAZINES | |
The recent US Ability No. 105 which gave all the book lists and check
sheets and the SA Understanding Issue 13 which gives the data on courses
are two well thought out and excellently executed magazines.
I thank all those concerned with their creation.
I advise all Central Organizations to use them as models for two future
issues.
|LRH: iet. Cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|bv L Ron Hubbard | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 OCTOBER 1959 | |
| |MAGAZINE ARRANGEMENTS | |
Certainty Major is to be replaced by a PAB Magazine made up, printed and
mailed from HCO WW Monthly to Lifetime, Founding, Participating (until date
of expiration only) and International Membership.
Certainty Minor (Continental Magazine) is to be made up monthly and sent to
print by its editor. The Director of Promotion and Registration decides how
many copies the HASI concerned requires, the Director of Materiel orders
them direct from the printer and the Addressograph Department mails them
regularly each month.
|LRH:js.rd |Dinah Day |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Dissemination Secretary WW |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
|CenO |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1959 | |
| |MAGAZINE MAILINGS | |
CERTAINTY Major is to be replaced by a PAB Magazine made up, printed and
mailed from HCO WW to Lifetime, Founding, Participating (until date of
expiration only) and International members, to arrive on the 5th of each
month.
All offices please ensure that the names and addresses of these members are
printed on gummed rolls of paper or duplistickers and sent airmail to HCO
WW to arrive no later than the following number of weeks before the 5th of
the month:
|New Zealand|- |6 weeks |
|Australia |- |6 weeks |
|S. Africa |- |2 weeks |
|U.S.A. |- |2 weeks |
|U.K. |- |1 week. |
Any rolls arriving later than the date required will be dealt with last,
and will not be dealt with at all if not gummed. The only exception to this
is HASI London, who supply addtessed envelopes 91/2" x 61/2" (9" x 6" is
too small).
CERTAINTY Minor is to be made up monthly for U.K. only and sent to print by
its Editor. The Director of Promotion and Registration decides how many
copies the HASI concerned requires, the Director of Materiel orders them
direct from the printer and the Addressograph Department mails them
regularly to arrive on the 25th of each month.
|LRH:js.rd |Dinah Day |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Leading Steno WW |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
|CenO |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Dissem Sec |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|HCO Sec | | |
|Assoc Sec | | |
|Mag Editor | | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 15 MARCH 1960 | |
| |DISSEMINATING SCIENTOLOGY | |
Disseminating Scientology means: Getting the materials of Dianetics and
Scientology disseminated widely and by efficient presentation.
How many students and preclears we have depends largely upon HOW MANY BOOKS
ARE SOLD, and after that, how efficiently and effectively those students
and preclears are handled by Scientolc)gy personnel-i.e., the Registrars,
Reception, Instructors, Staff Auditors and any other Org personnel in
contact with them.
Most Central Orgs rely heavily upon their magazine to advertise books. Some
magazines push books ahead of all elsp-some only run book lists, some book
lists and occasional book ads. Some Central Orgs have other dissemination
lines also to push their book line.
Regarding a Scientology Magazine, present policy is repeated here:
"The basic purpose of the magazine is to sell books on Dianetics and
Scientology. Base its policies on selling books. Mention, discuss or write
articles about Services. But always sell' books. . . All magazines are my
(LRH) communication lines, never an organisation's. Organisations can't
talk, the public doesn't listen. . . ."
Which is to say, "Always sell books"-this means more than just listing them
in a magazine. Just showing a book list doesn't always sell a large number
of books. When selling any MEST product, the potential buyer has to be told
WHY he should have this product-WHAT will it do for him-what is in the book-
what it's about-why he should read it-etc, etc. Just seeing a book title
listed does not always prompt a person to buy the book.
Books on Dianetics and Scientology are for the most part the only MEST
items we sell; Scientology itself is an intangible thing-the public can't
"see" it, not "feel" it, it has no mass. So our books are about the only
thing we have that is MEST, something which they can hold in their hands-
read - touch- etc.
Also, Books are our Number One entrance point to getting students and pcs
(apart from live communication, but at this time we have more people to get
books distributed than we have people to get students and pcs in by live
communication).
When letters are written to people who have CF folders, these people have
in most cases READ A BOOK.
AN IMPORTANT POINT
Since Scientology magazines are LRH's communication lines to the public,
and since the purpose of the magazine is to sell books, it is just as
important for HCOs (who publish Scientology magazines) to see that Ron's
books get advertised properly, every issue, as it is for an HCO
Communicator to see that LRH dispatches get routed quickly and to the right
terminals-as it is for an HCO Steno to quickly type and issue Ron's Policy
Letters and Bulletins. These are his communication lines.
An HCO Office is the office of LRH. Its purpose is to help him wear his
hats. HCO publishes the Scientology Magazine. HCO sees that his dispatches
and letters get quickly handled and routed-that his bulletins and policy
letters get issued fast and that his BOOKS (his largest comm line) get
delivered to the proper terminals, too.
HCO Offices and Central Orgs, please note: It is just as important
therefore, to see that LRH's Books get disseminated fast and widely as it
is to see that his dispatches are delivered immediately.
People do read Ron's books, so let's get them disseminated as wide as
possible. Use Scientology Magazines-use well-prepared, aesthetic,
presentable flyers-brochures -announcem ents-m ailing lists-book stores-
newspaper ads-local trade journalssalesman magazines. Use all media
available to you to get SCIENTOLOGY BOOKS DISSEMINATED EVERYWHERE.
Then we'll have healthier problems such as, "Where do we get 15 more
instructors and 26 more HGC Auditors!"
|LRH:js.rd |Mildred Galusha |
|Copyright � 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |via Peter Hemery |
| |For |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
|All HCO |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Offices |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JUNE 1960 | |
| |(Reissued from Sthil) | |
| |RUSH MAGAZINE NOTE | |
Please publish as soon as possible HCO Bulletin of June 23, 1960, The
Special Zone Plan (which is being sent to you this week) in Ability,
Certainty, Conimuiiication, Understanding, Reality and Affinity and make
certain the issue arrives in tile hands of all Dianeticists and
Scientologists new or old.
This article contains the Special Zone Plan that may change the whole
future of dissemination.
Do not publish the HCO Bulletin of June 10, 1960, "What We Expect of a
Scientologist", that says we are not practitioners, as HCO Bulletin of June
23, 1960 is an improvement on it.
Hold any issue you have planned and do instead HCO Bulletin June 23, 1960.
This is urgent.
|LRH:js.gh.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 AUGUST 1960 | |
| |Reissued from Sthil | |
| |MAGAZINE ADVERT. POLICY | |
Field auditors and Orgs can no longer be advertised in Central Org
magazines for pay.
Unless the HCO Sec and Org/Assn Sec are pleased with the centre and auditor
they cannot be run at all.
Run classified adverts as you wish but only if you like the people. Run
adverts classified type for people you want to compliment. Otherwise no,
absolutely not.
|LRH:js.gh.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Sthil |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1961 | |
| |PHOTOSTATS | |
All use of the Polyprint Photostat machine should be done by only one
person.
The machine should be kept clean.
The fluid must be emptied out after every use, into the plastic bottles.
Do not remove thin tubes from the plastic bottles. It is air that causes
colour of fluid to darken.
If a fair copy is not obtained, or if figures are dim, or finished
photostat is pink, it is operator error. Study the instruction book. If
it's missing, get a new one.
Check all lamps when leaving room. Do not leave a safelight on by error.
They are hard to see in a lighted room.
Don't splash fluid on yourself, table or floor. It leaves very dark stains.
Do not waste paper. It is very costly.
|LRH:jl.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1961 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[Excerpted from HCO P/L 13 September 1961, General office Orders. A
complete copy appears in Volume 3, page 357.]
|General |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Magazine | | |
|Editors | | |
|Dissem Secs| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 AUGUST 1964 | |
| |TECHNICAL INFO FOR CONTINENTAL MAGS | |
Policy is now that no technical may be written in Continental mags which is
not written by myself or directly transcribed from my tapes and shown to me
before printing.
|LRH:jw.cden.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Sthil Only |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Dissem Div |Saint Hill Manor. East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Only | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 APRIL 1965 | |
| |DISSEM DIV | |
| |ADDITIONAL MAG POLICY | |
Keep out of releases local names of Sthil and orgs.
Use only for names of auditors and groups.
Give no more publicity to Centres of Franchise Holders.
Publicise only auditors and pes who have been trained or processed. Show
how they are changing or how they are changing their environment and
applyillg Scientology.
Increase statistics columns.
Don't go high school or chatty.
Advertise Sthil and Academy Courses and HGCS.
Keep out of it long pieces I don't write.
Concentrate on selling one thing per issue. Don't shotgun.
Each issue to have a motif. Knock out the bargain basement aspect.
With the motif offer something that makes people want to reach for their
local org.
Push also reaching for Saint Hill via the local org.
Never offer anything that makes anyone have to decide anything. Our public
won't decide and can't judge. Just TELL them to.
Offer no tricky or complex prices.
Offer THE book for their friends in half dozen lots. "This is the book for
your
friends. Buy it in half dozen copy lots. Costs only per book,
that's for
six. Buy it from your local org."
Do all the deciding. Concentrate attention in each issue on I thing.
Use their names not org names.
Foster-if it isn't in the Auditor it didn't happen.
Knock out all but LRH by-lines on photos or articles, as the public gets
too dispersed.
Editorial purpose is "To show the world successful Scientology and
Scientologists
and make them want more Scientology."
|LRH:wmc.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 JULY 1965 | |
| |CONTINENTAL MAGAZINES TO MODEL AFTER | |
| |CERTAINTY | |
In order to program and facilitate release of data, promotion and
dissemination and to ensure its correctness, all continental magazines
(Ability, Communication, Understanding, Reality, Affinity) are to use
Certainty as a model, using the releases, articles, and similar ad copy
that is in Certainty in each continental magazine.
Certainty make-up is done right here under the supervision of the Office of
L. Ron Hubbard. It releases what is to be released continentally (and
when). With continental magazines modelling on Certainty then, there will
be a uniformity of data, promotion and dissemination throughout the world.
You may add local news or further promotion for local events, such as
Congresses, tape plays and special events.
When you get a copy of Certainty in print, you may feel this is already
released data; but REMEMBER, it hasn't been printed on your continent yet.
A copy of Certainty will be airmailed to each HCO Dissemination Sec as soon
as it arrives from the printers.
|LRH:ml.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF I SEPTEMBER 1965 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |PUBLICATIONS | |
| |(Preserved policy from former Policy | |
| |Letters which have been cancelled) | |
The National Magazine
International Members receive every other month a Major issue of the
National Magazine. Everyone in the address files receives the Minor issue
in the alternate months.
The Auditor
The Auditor goes to all Founding Members, International Members, Lifetime
Members and Professional Auditors, but the mailing of this magazine is not
to be promised and comprises no part of the pricing programming, Saint Hill
making no promise to continue to issue it to any certain person or anyone.
The Professional Auditor's Bulletin
The Professional Auditor's Bulletin goes to all International Members only
either direct from Saint Hill or as an enclosure in a Major national issue.
Tape Plays
Orgs can hold all the tape plays they want but only for a fee and not in
lieu of taking courses.
Special courses are now forbidden as the materials are fitted to their
levels and the courses for each level should be routine.
Tapes
No tapes may be manufactured, copied or copied for resale by any Central
Organization or City Office. Only Saint Hill may copy tapes. Evidence of
any tapes being copied or copied for resale in a Central Organization or
City Office will suspend their tape discount for one year.
Congress Dates
Congress dates should be set and advertised for a year in advance and
advertised heavily 3 months before they are held.
|LRH:ml.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|ideas and |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Comp Hat WW| | |
| | | |
|Dissem Sec | | |
|Hat | | |
|Dist Sec | | |
|Hat | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 OCTOBER 1966 | |
| |Issue IV | |
| |ADVERTISEMENTS, CONTINENTAL MAGAZINES | |
| |AND AUDITOR | |
All advertisements to appear in the Continental Magazines and the Auditor
must be drawn up, as they apply, by the Dissemination Secretary and
Distribution Secretaries for their respective interests.
This must be done each month and submitted to Ideas and Compilations Branch
of the Office of LRH.
As the statistics of the Dissem Div and Dist Div depend largely upon these
ads, it should be the responsibility of these Secretaries to furnish the
ads.
Ads must be in accordance with long standing policy of what must appear
each issue in magazines.
It is noteworthy that bad ads or none at all in the Continental Magazine or
an absence of a magazine issued is inevitably accompanied by gross income
slumps in orgs.
|LRH:lb-r.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|NonRemimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 DECEMBER 1966 | |
| |DISSEM DIVS | |
| |IMPORTANT | |
| |MAGAZINES PERMITTED | |
| |ALL ORGS | |
Each and every org, but not Franchise Centres, may issue a magazine.
Worldwide is to furnish two sets of copy monthly for such magazines. One
set for the Continental Magazine, one set for a smaller Area Magazine.
Organisations are not bound to use only the WW issue material and may issue
magazines without waiting for it.
However, any Scientology magazine is bound by magazine policy.
Irresponsible texts or ads can cause a withdrawal of permission to issue a
magazine.
MAILING LIST
A Continental Magazine must go to every person in Central Files unless a
person is on non-comm by reason of Ethics Orders or is dead filed.
An Area Magazine should go to every person in the Central Files of an Area
org, unless restrained by an Ethics Order on that person cutting comm,
regardless of the d plication of the Continental Org's mailings.
DEFINITION OF CF
A Central Files folder must exist for every person who has ever BOUGHT
anything from an org.
This means none can be excluded or edited out as old unless mailings are
returned for lack of address and there is no new address.
Address lists must approximate CF for the magazine mailing.
If an org had a 6400 CF list and if it has been "edited" to "current" it
must restore the original list.
Address may have non-purchaser lists of free courses, etc., but this is not
a CF name.
A magazine may be mailed to non-purchaser names but only for a limited
time.
Change of address and "moved and no forwarding address" must be kept up to
date in the Address files.
Address must have some plate system of addressing even if only silk screen
and this must be kept up to date. Further, Address must be able to point to
one set of plates and be able to say, "That's the complete CF list."
LOST LISTS
In DC the old Dianetic mailing list fell from 40,000 to 13,000 by failing
to send something to it bi-annually as the U.S. post office only keeps a
forwarding address six months.
So lists can be "lost" by not using them.
SOLVENCY
The insolvency of orgs in years past was often traced to failures to use
their whole CF for mailings of mags and failures to issue mags on time.
Several orgs have had their financial troubles solved by issuing magazines
quickly.
Magazines are a vital factor in solvency.
Thus Area as well as Continental Orgs should issue magazines. Overlapping
coverage does not matter.
Omission of proper ads or saying one letter of complaint was "the public"
as a reason to omit or soften ads has affected solvency in the past.
DIFFERENT TEXTS
Continental and Area Magazines should not use the same article and ad
texts.
ISSUE AUTHORITY
No permission is required from WW now to issue a magazine or ad text.
But all magazines issued must be mailed to the Dissem Div Organiser WW
which address should be put in the CF address plate list.
Copies should also be sent by fast mail to the Office of LRH WW so quality
may be watched.
COPYRIGHT
The material of any magazine must be copyrighted by the Continental Exec
Div in the name of LRH and all such copyrights obtained should be sent to
WW Legal.
WARNING
Magazines carrying articles by other persons than LRH on technical matters
have proven unacceptable to the public and such articles by policy are
limited to commentaries on success or social activities or experiences.
ADS
Advertisements for money, field auditors and bizarre social activities have
had unhappy results.
Every magazine must carry an ad for every service rendered.
|LRH:jp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright �1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Hat Dept 19|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 APRIL 1969 | |
| |ROUTINE CONGRESS PROMOTION | |
Routine Congress promotion to go out in your Org's monthly Magazine is as
follows:
1. Congress dates for one year in advance in every issue.
2. Date (and if known, location) of next Congress headlined.
3. The issue two months preceding a Congress has a minimum two page
spread or insert showing pictures and giving enthusiastic comments
from the Congress just past and advertising the next one.
4. The issue one month before a Congress has an insert giving full
details of the Congress plus an Advance Registration form.
5. If Congresses are more than three months apart, the Magazine issues
carry progressively larger more informative notices of coming
Congress.
6. All Congress ads heavily stress SOURCE: "L. Ron Hubbard's (Name)
Congress." "Hear Ron's tapes on ......" "At this Congress Ron will
tell you......." etc.
7. All Congress promotional material is to incorporate a Congress theme
symbol.
8. In addition to routine Magazine advertising there is a separate
Congress mailing with an advance registration form mailed to arrive
at least two weeks before the Congress.
9. The week prior to the Congress a team should make phone calls
reminding people of the event.
10. After a Congress all those who attended and contributed to the
success of the event are acknowledged by letter and the next Congress
put there for them.
|LRH:ei.rd |Tom Morgan |
|Copyright � 1969 |Public Exec Sec WW |
|by L. Ron Hubbard |Allan Ferguson |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED |Qual Sec WW |
| |Bruce Glushakow |
| |HCO Area Sec WW |
| |Ad Council WW |
| |Rodger Wright |
| |LRH Comm WW |
| |Jane Kember |
| |The Guardian |
| |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |Founder |
|LRH ED 59 |EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE FROM L. RON HUBBARD |14 DECEMBER |
|INT | |1969 |
| | | |
| |MAGAZINES | |
To the PES
I have a report here that at least one Continental Org only mails its
magazine to its local state and has never heard of Major-Minor issues.
I must assume then that Magazine policy has fallen out.
I KNOW NO SURER WAY FOR AN ORG TO COLLAPSE THAN TO CURTAIL ITS MAGAZINE
ISSUE.
London once, out of "economy" years ago cut its Certainty magazine to 700
from 4,500 copies on the premise it had only 700 "hot files". London went
S22,000 in the red promptly and at once.
There is a long, consistent history of counter-intention on magazine
distribution policy.
Let us once and for all get the keynotes of this policy straight:
1. EVERY ORG PUTS OUT A MAGAZINE.
This means bigger orgs such as Continental put out one to the overall area.
It is usually printed at Continental level. Little orgs at least get out a
mimeo and call it a magazine. It goes to their area of influence.
Saint Hills are covered by "The Auditor" which goes out best from one
central point.
2. MAGAZINES GO OUT MAJOR ISSUE TO MEMBERS EVERY TWO MONTHS, MINOR ISSUE TO
THE WHOLE CF LIST ON THE IN BETWEEN MONTHS.
This means a magazine every month. Major and Minor alternate, one month a
major, next month a minor.
A major is fatter.
In DC every quarter and certainly every 6 months what's left of the old
Dianetic address plates get a minor to keep them alive. Post Offices only
keep change of address 6 months in the US so the list tends to vanish if
not used. When it was neglected it fell from 40,000 to 13,000!
Jbg periodically ignores its full address list and wonders why it has
trouble with stats.
The truth is plain from years of experience: Where orgs don't send out
magazines they go broke. When they cut their lists they get poor. When they
don't use Major-Minor alternate months they lose a lot of their list.
3. MAGS CARRY SIX KINDS OF ADS EVERY ISSUE.
Training, Processing, Memberships, Books, Meters, Tapes.
4. SAY IT IN THE MAGAZINE.
Special events, tape plays, Congresses, Group Processing, Coaudits, special
courses, special offers, special editions are announced in the magazine.
The magazine is for USE. Before it is finalized in make up, every
divisional head must be sure it is saying what he is trying to sell.
A lot of such offers and messages tend to go out in a flurry of special
leaflets, special mailings, etc. While these can be done, a lot of them
could be said better and with less sweat in the magazine.
The magazine is the talking piece of the org. Without it the org is dumb.
5. THE MAGAZINE CARRIES THE ORG ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER.
The addresses of other orgs are included the higher the level of
magazine.
6. THE MAGAZINE IS NOT USED TO ADVERTISE UNOFFICIAL ORGS OR
AUDITORS OR GROUPS.
You don't spend your good money to advertise at high cost others
who don't bring you direct income.
7. MAGAZINES MUST NOT CARRY SQUIRREL TECH.
Standard Tech is your message.
The Tech Sec must okay all tech references in a mag.
8. ENTHETA OR FLAPS ARE NEVER ADVERTISED ON ORG LINES.
High ARC is the keynote of org lines.
A publication like Freedom is a defense action and is for public
consumption. It is not distributed to org mailing lists.
9. A MAGAZINE IS AN INTERNAL "HOUSE ORGAN".
If you will note that, major or minor, an org magazine only goes
to names ill CF you will see that it is destined for people who
have already bought something.
It is the Dissem Sees' method of contacting Scientologists. It is not a
public comm line. However as some of the people in CF are not
Scientologists even though they bought a book or short course, some caution
must be shown in making statements ill the magazine.
The confusion between Dissem and Dist divisions exists only because staff
sometimes looks on a magazine or the CF as a public function whereas it is
internal, enclosing the existing field of people who are already in
Dianetics and Scientology as shown by members, CF, letter reg actions.
CF, its address list are more or less owned by org terrain.
The Public divisions on the other hand confront the broad public, the
unowned terrain.
10. THE HCO ES AND DISSEM SEC COMPILE THE MAGAZINE.
The Dir Pubs is the make up area but sometimes it is not named
which leaves it where the responsibility lies.
11. THE HCO ES AND THE HCO AREA SEC MAIL THE MAGAZINE.
Actually the Dir Comm does the mailing in a large org but
sometimes HCO is a thin area. The responsibility for mailing is
as above. It is common for an "All Hands Evolution" including
even student volunteers to get the mag mailed.
12. IF PUBS ORG DOES NOT SEND "SHOOTING BOARDS" THE ORG MAKES UP ITS
OWN MAG.
Pubs Org used to send shooting boards at least to Continental
orgs. Smaller orgs may not get any.
The failure to receive shooting boards does not relieve an org
from sending out a magazine.
13. THE MAGAZINE IS THERE TO HELP DISSEM DIV 2. IT IS NOT THERE TO
HELP THE PES OR DISTRIBUTION.
If you think of the magazine as a mailing piece that helps the Letter Reg
you will have it pretty close.
This tells you at once that the mag is no real help to the PES as it
doesn't go to anyone he should be in contact with. He can of course use
extra copies of an issue to help his work and should.
The magazine sells the books of the Dissem Div BUT it is there only to sell
more books, meters, tapes to people who have bought books already. So it is
no front line for book sales even though it should and must sell more books
via its ads to people
who have already bought books. It doesn't sell books to raw public since it
doesn't go to raw public.
NEW LOOK
I hope this gives you a new look at magazines.
It helps sell only those people already sold. It can't be counted on in any
way to find new people. But it is vital to get those already on the lines
to avail themselves of org services.
The larger income of the org comes from selling major services to those
already sold smaller services. You never sell an HAS or PE course in a
magazine. You sell a 25 hour intensive or an Academy Course. Only then does
an org get larger sums of ~noney. It can't live on HAS Courses!
The magazine is under the HCO ES because it is "conquered territory".
The magazine is always working on already existing customers so it has to
sell things THEY will buy, not things the raw public would buy. Thus an org
has income.
The PES gets new people to buy things and so gets them into the Central
Files. This way CF expands. But the PES never counts on the magazine to do
anything for him. He must use other channels.
This may be a New Look to some.
In summation, if you don't get the mag out as above you never really sell
the major services of an org which brings in its major income.
And in making up a magazine's ads you offer services people in your CF will
buy.
You have to do a fast CF survey of what they have bought, what percent have
had it, what percent will buy it before you know what to stress.
You have by the survey then what to write an article about and feature an
ad about in your magazine.
If 90% of your CF has had Triple Grades Scientology up to IV you would go
broke offering it as a special service featured in your mag. But if only
10% have had it, on a fast look at CF, you sure better feature it and
publish success stories on it. To that degree, if you really do look at
what's popular and what you can sell, a locally made up mag is superior. If
you have the boards from Pubs you can overpaste the ad or article you want
to change and use the rest.
The Maxim is any mag is better than no mag. A cleverly done mag planned
against service can boost you into affluence fast.
I hope this helps.
Love,
Ron
|LRH:rs.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
[pic]
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
CORRECT COLOUR FLASH GREEN
ON SALMON
|Dissem Secs|HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|for Hat |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Dir Promo | | |
|for Hat | | |
| |DISSEMINATION DIVISION ADVICE LETTER | |
| |OF 1 APRIL 1970 | |
| |MAGAZINE LAYOUT AND PASTEUP | |
Having a good quality, professional looking magazine layout and format is a
vital promotional action for any org. Care should be taken to see that
magazine layout is done well, and that the org magazine is a credit to the
org and Scientology.
If the org printing equipment does not produce a clearly readable,
professional magazine, have it done by a professional printer. You always
lose money with poor presentation so why try to save money that way.
The layout artist needs to know how the magazine is to be printed-he needs
to know what the printer will need from him. Different printing methods
require different kinds of artwork:
a) With some reproduction equipment, light must pass through the
artwork for the negative to be made. This means there can be no
pasting or painting over, nothing which will obstruct the
passage of light through the artwork. This is best done on thin
paper or plastic sheets, and checked on a light table for
clarity. (This applies to anything to be made into "shooting
boards" on the photostat machine and sent to orgs from WW.)
b) With most professional reproduction equipment, light is
reflected off the surface of the artwork to make the negative.
Here pasting and painting over is permitted. The only
requirement is that it looks correct to the eye.
c) Printers may have other requirements (size, margins, etc) so it
is best to comm with the printer before layout is done to
minimize Dev-T (to yourself and the printer). Find out what he
needs.
TYPED COPY
All copy to be pasted down on the magazine artwork must be of good quality.
Use a new ribbon (special carbon ribbon preferably) in an electric
typewriter. Copy should be dark and easily readable.
MATERIALS
The layout artist should have a large table or drawing board and plenty of
light. He should have a T-square to line up copy and see that it is
straight. He will need paper or plastic sheets to lay out on, rubber
cement, pens, pencils, ink, brushes, a small cutting knife, scissors.
For large headings and titles, you can use adhesive lettering. These
letters are printed on plastic sheets and can be transferred to the artwork
by rubbing the sheet with a ball point pen or stylus. These come in a
variety of type styles and sizes.
MAGAZINE PASTEUP
When the layout artist gets the magazine, he should get a complete dummy
(rough mockup), all the typed copy, and any photographs included. The dummy
is made after all the material for the mag is compiled, by the mag editor.
It shows exactly how the finished mag will look-where the copy goes, how
wide the copy is, where the photographs or artwork go, where headings are
to be put and how large they are to be. This dummy goes to the typist, who
can then look at the dummy and see how wide the copy is to be, and the
space allotted for it.
The artist then does all the headings and artwork required, and pastes
these up on the page with the copy and photographs. He uses the T-square to
line up all the copy and see that it is straight on the page. Any marks
made on the artwork (guidelines, etc) that are not to be printed should be
done in blue pencil as this will not photograph. Some printers prefer that
photographs (half-tones) not be attached to the artwork
(line) as negatives for these are made separately. If this is the case,
merely indicate where they are to go on the artwork.
Rubber cement is the best adhesive to use for this type of work as it is
very permanent and very clean. Just apply the rubber cement to both
surfaces, allow to dry slightly, and press together. Excess cement can be
removed, when dry, by rubbing with your finger or with a ball of hardened
rubber cement.
When the artwork is finished, proofread, and any corrections stripped in,
it should be sprayed with some kind of fixative to protect it, and covered
to keep dust off.
DESIGN
Experience in commercial art and design is a great help in magazine layout
and design, but this is not essential. The main criterion is, does it
communicate? Is it eye-catching, pleasant to look at, and clearly readable?
ART is a word which summarizes THE QUALITY OF COMMUNICATION. It therefore
follows the laws of communication. [HCOB 30 Aug'65 Art.] Print a format
that can be read. A bad one is an ARC break. Too fancy a one disburbs the
text. [HCO P/L 24 Nov '58 Magazine Policy. ]
A good presentation is not necessarily an expensive one. It means having
the intention there to communicate and taking care that every detail, every
letter and line, is right, and assists in getting the message across with
the proper impact. Take the care necessary to do a good job.
POLICY CONCERNING MAG LAYOUT
|HCO P/L |8 Oct 1968 |Artistic Presentation |
| |23 Dec 1958|Quality of Presentation |
| |8 Aug 1966 |Compilations Section, Dept 2 1, |
| | |Office of LRH |
| |24 Nov 1958|Magazine Policy |
| |28 July |Handling of Photographs |
| |1965 | |
|HCO B |30 Aug 1965|ART |
DEFINITIONS:
LAYOUT: To plan in detail, arrange, or place all the parts of any material
to be reproduced. Also means the finished plan, arrangement or placement of
these.
PASTEUP: Means to actually paste or stick the different parts of the
artwork down in finished form.
HALF-TONE: Means having shades of grey as in a photograph. Photographs are
printed by photographing them through a screen and reducing them to a
pattern of dots.
LINE: In reproduction, any part of the artwork that has no shades of grey-
just black and white.
|Copyright � 1970 |Jeff Hawkins |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Dir Production Activities Pubs |
| |Org Org |
| |for |
| |Exec Council Pubs |
| |for |
| |Exec Council WW |
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
CORRECT COLOUR FLASH
GREEN ON SALMON
|Dissem Sec |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|SH Hat |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead. Sussex | |
|Dir Prom SH | | |
|Hat | | |
|Issue | | |
|Authority SH| | |
|Hat | | |
|Issue | | |
|Authority WW| | |
|Hat | | |
| |DISSEM ADVICE LETTER OF 1 APRIL 1970 | |
| |PAB MAGAZINES | |
1. PABs (Professional Auditor's Bulletin) cover the library record of
levels, (HCO Bulletin of 30th November 1965 LIBRARY RECORD OF LEVELS). The
bulletins are published consecutively, by date, and per level. Any new
bulletins which may come out for a certain level, are published when the
PAB reaches that date.
Example: PAB 243 publishing bulletins on Level 1 consecutively would not
publish a new 1969 bulletin issued for that level. The new bulletin would
be issued when the PAB reached the year 1969, along with other new
bulletins regardless of the level it is for.
|2. PABs also contain:|Book Ad |
| |E-Meter Ad |
| |Membership Ad |
| |Power Processing Ad |
| |Special Briefing Course Ad |
| |Tape Ad (lectures of LRH) |
| |Order Forms able to be torn out. |
As well as: Cover consisting of good training photo from edge to edge with
the PAB symbol on it in the upper right hand corner, the PAB blurb telling
which level the particular PAB is covering and which issue the PAB is, of
that level, under this description of the cover photo. A Glossary of Terms,
List of org addresses and the masthead on the back.
3. The PAB magazine is very standard. The only variety there is, is
different books being promoted in each issue, different tapes, bulletins of
course as they are published consecutively. All the rest is standard. The
masthead stays exactly the same, except where there may be a change by the
Guardian's Office in the text of the masthead, which is done only on their
authority. The org addresses only change when an org moves its quarters.
The number of the issue changes with each issue, consecutively, the PAB
blurb stays the same except where it says "This is - Issue of PAB covering
the Level - series of . . .". The number of the issue and the number of the
level.
4. FORMAT.. Always standard. Format always stays the same. Just as the
AUDITOR has a standard format from month to month, minor to minor-major to
major, the PAB has a standard format.
PLACEMENT OF CONTENTS OF THE PAB as format: Cover: Training photo which
bleeds off edges, PAB symbol top right hand corner.
Inside Front Cover: Book Ad, PAB blurb, short description of cover photo.
(Also the Public Notice for the UK edition of the PAB.)
Page 1 through to 6: HCO Bulletins consecutively per level.
Page 7 through to 10: E-Meter Ad, Membership Ad, Power Processing Ad, SHSBC
Ad, Tape Ad, tear out order forms.
Page 11 through to 16: Continuation of HCO Bulletins.
Inside Back Cover: GLOSSARY.
Back Cover: Half page for org addresses (Churches of Scientology) other
half page for the masthead. These are vertical, the masthead on the inside
edge, the addresses on the outside edge. Refer to PABs 243 and 244 for
standard format.
5. TEXT: The Ads are written per standard original mag policy by LRH, using
the seven points of an ad and hard sell. The E-Meter ad must have the E-
Meter note in it. The Glossary defines any abbreviations contained in the
bulletins and other technical terms, needing defining, if not done so
already in the bulletins.
6. The PAB Magazine must be done within one Central Office as it is an
international issue and has standard forrnat. The Saint Hill Services
(Power Processing and SHSBC) are promoted in it. This is a Saint Hill
Magazine. And now that there are three Saint Hills, all three addresses are
to be promoted throughout the mag.
7. POLICIES CONCERNING THE PAB:
|HCO P/L 20 Oct |Stickers for PABs Wanted |
|1964 | |
|I Sept 1965 |Publications |
|18 Apr 1965 |All Scientology - Prices lowered Because New |
| |Organization Streamline (section on PAB) |
|20 Sept 1960 |PAB Magazine Supplies |
|15 June 1959 |Hat Write-up PAB Liaison |
8. POLICIES CONCERNING MAGS IN GENERAL APPLICABLE TO THE PAB:
|HCO P/L 8 May |Policy on Signatures in Publications |
|1959 | |
|10 Feb 1965 |Text of Ads |
|17 Mar 1968 |Important - Boom Formula |
|16 Apr 1965 |Handling the Public Individual |
|23 Dec 1958 |Quality of Presentation |
|8 Oct 1964 |Artistic Presentation |
|22 Apr 1965 |Booklets, Handouts, Mailing Pieces |
|31 Dec 1964 |Use of Dianetics, Scientology, Applied |
| |Philosophy |
|7 Apr 1965 |Book Income |
|12 Feb 1969 |Religion |
|29 Oct 1962 |Religion |
|14 Feb 1966 |Doctor Title Abolished |
|28 July 1965 |Handling of Photographs |
|16 Dec 1965 |Copyright USA |
|15 Nov 1958 |Outstanding Copyrights and Marks |
|22 Mar 1965 |Current Promotion and Org Programme |
| |Summary - Membership Rundown - |
| |International Annual Membership |
|27 Apr 1965 |Planning and Design - Book Promotion Design |
9. PHOTOS: As per the Boom Formula policy, book ads always contain the
cover as the cut, that is, a photo of the book with its cover is shown in
the ad along with the text.
Photos can be used with the training and processing ads as well. A good
action photo of training along with the SHSBC ad, or a good photo of an
auditing session (mock-up) along with the Power Processing ad.
The cover photo should be a good action photo highlighting training, could
be someone operating the E-Meter, two people doing TRs (any of them),
listening to tapes, doing practical on a course, doing theory on a course,
it could be of a whole class or of just a few, or one or two people. But it
should highlight training, and be a good action shot. The photo on the
cover tells a lot to the person about to open the mag up.
10. The ads make the person GET trained or processed, get him to buy the
book, and get him to renew his expired membership. Every membership ad
which goes to persons already having a membership should promote to him or
her to get their membership RENEWED, as well as listing the benefits of the
International Membership.
Keeping the PAB STANDARD and following the above policy will make a good
PAB magazine which will bring in income to the Saint Hills.
|Copyright � 1970 |Proposed by Tina Hawkins |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Production Secretary Pubs Org for|
| |Exec Council Pubs Org |
| |for Exec Council WW |
| | |
|Stha & |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|WW only |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|All | | |
|Executives | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MARCH 1966 | |
| |PROMOTION OF SAINT HILL | |
| |AUDITOR ISSUE FREQUENCY | |
The way I got Saint Hill off the launching pad in '64 when its statistic
ended its down cycle and started up was:
ISSUING SPECIAL ISSUES OF THE AUDITOR HEAVILY IN EARLY SPRING AND FALL.
This must not be overlooked as it was the turning point.
Also the early format and idea of the Auditor as outlined in despatches of
early '64 must not be overlooked. It was a magazine that carried lots of
photos, stressed field auditors, vital statistics and was full of non-org
names-names- names.
When in December of '63 1 "crystal balled" a '64 slump, I designed "The
Auditor". It did not get mailed until April. This was a trifle late in
mailing but caught the summer and gave us real volume.
In the early autumn I got out more Auditors.
In 1965 we more or less followed the same plan and "A Student Comes to
Saint Hill" shot the statistics high.
In '66 we got out a magazine issue, 90,000 at the end of Feb, another at
the end of March. And will get out a real heavy issue to total list at end
of August or early Sept to get our winter business.
So this is the key to the basic promotion of Saint Hill.
Those Auditors must be excellent in early Spring and early autumn and must
go out to the whole list. They are essentially special issues. (See "A
Student Comes to Saint Hill" and "The East Grinstead Story" and Auditor
14.) They have a brilliant promotion idea in them.
Auditors of a lighter weight-and more varied vein can be issued through the
rest of the year but the important ones are early spring and early autumn.
Then one must back it up with excellent top drawer service delivery. The
formation and spectacular early results (Power Processing) of the Saint
Hill HGC played a heavy part in our beginning boom in '65.
And finally, remember that the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course is the
main dish at Saint Hill. It was the founding of this course in May 1961
which was the first increased statistic of Saint Hill. Also, when we ceased
to stress this course in 1965 we had a prompt slump for a short while.
So Saint Hill's prosperity depends on the Saint Hill Special Briefing
Course and issuing Auditors of great interest and vitality in early spring
and early autumn to the whole list and giving wonderful service consisting
of spectacular technical results in training and processing.
The Field Staff Member programme, and many other promotions and technical
actions have their place and are very important but the above are the
cornerstones of prosperity at Saint Hill.
Only one other point-I find year after year that one has to plan and
assemble a big important Auditor at least 4 months in advance of its issue
date. So the spring ones have to be started in December and the material
has to be all there in December. And the autumn issue material has to be
assembled in May for any deadline to be met. This promotion could fail if
not begun in time.
|LRH:ml.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright� 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 OCTOBER 1967 | |
| |AUDITOR MAGAZINE SUCCESS | |
The way the editor of the Auditor, in a period of high stats, ran her
office and staff-
"Mat Sec WW Ed of the Aud.
Dear David,
Report on Success of The Auditor
1. All staff know their duties and wear their hats properly.
2. Work-line material goes directly to person handling it, who
knows what to do with it.
3. Deadlines are known so material and work gets completed on time.
4. 1 leave my staff alone to get on with their work.
S. Formulas are applied on a weekly basis.
5. There is a spirit of team work generated.
6. 1 keep my staff informed on what is happening.
7. There is a free flow of ARC.
8. Policy is very important and referred to when we get a problem.
9. My staff don't Dev-T me.
10. All of us are prepared to do anything to get the job done which
is our only interest.
Love,
Judy"
|LRH:jp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1967 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Promotion |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hats | | |
|Auditor | | |
|Correspondent| | |
|Hat | | |
|Dissem Sec | | |
|Hat | | |
|HCO Exec Sec | | |
|Hat | | |
|Auditor | | |
|journal Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 NOVEMBER 1968 | |
| |AUDITOR CORRESPONDENTS | |
| |(STANDARD AUDITOR JOURNAL POLICY) | |
The hat of the Auditor Correspondent is definite and precise. It is covered
in policy, specifically, by HCO Poficy Letter of 7 July, 1965 (revised 9
July, 1967) "Photos, News and Statistics For Mags and Auditor" and HCO
Policy Letter of 28 July, "Handling of Photographs"; and, generally, by
standard Scientology promotion policy. It is amplified herein.
The purpose of the Auditor Correspondent is "TO HELP RON PROMOTE
SCIENTOLOGY BY PROVIDING AMPLE MATERIALS FOR USE IN THE AUDITOR SO THAT THE
AUDITOR CAN SHOW THE WORLD SUCCESSFUL SCIENTOLOGY AND SCIENTOLOGISTS AND
MAKE THEM WANT MORE SCIENTOLOGY."
The principal, vital type of materials required are as follows: feature
news stories, feature news shots (.photos), vital statistics and lists of
names.
FEATURE NEWS STORY
The definition given in the Webster's New Collegiate Dictionary for
"feature" is "a distinctive article, story or special department in a
newspaper or magazine; something offered to the public or advertised as
particularly attractive; a prominent part or characteristic". News means "a
report of recent events". Story means "an account of incidents or events; a
news article".
A feature news story shows how a Scientologist is changing his environment
and applying Scientology-it shows success with Scientology. Ideally, it is
accompanied by a photograph showing the fellow doing it.
A feature news article is not generalized comments about someone or a
biography; neither is it identical to a success letter. A feature news
story is written for the readers of The Auditor, containing time, place,
form and event which may also have biographical details to increase
reality.
Here is an example of an Auditor news story.
"SCIENTOLOGIST WINS GOLF CHAMPIONSHIP
"Joe Goodfellow, the young South African professional and recent Grade IV
Release won the South African Open Golf Championship, on I November, 1968
at Cape Town after a sudden death playoff with Peter Wind. This was Joe's
first ever pro tournament victory.
"Both players finished with 72 hole totals of 282. In the exciting playoff
Joe sank a tremendous 40 ft putt on the first green to take the first prize
of E2000.
"Joe's win occurred only a week after he was audited to Grade IV Release in
the Johannesburg Hubbard Guidance Centre. His auditor was Beatrice Sea.
"Joe Goodfellow says, 'My score has improved by 5 strokes since I first
began studying Scientology only two months ago and in that time I have won
over L5000 in prize money.'
"Joe is entered in the important U.S. Masters tournament next month and he
has already interested the famous American golfer, Arnold Palmtree, in the
application of Scientology to golfing."
(A feature news photo, recreating Joe winning the sudden death playoff
could accompany this article.)
Auditor 9 on page 6 has an excellent example of a feature news story,
describing a traffic accident assist in the middle of a London street.
Auditors 24 and 26 are models for such material. Study them.
A news item could also be brief. For example: "SECOND HIT RECORD" "Singer
Jose Blanco, Scientology Clear (no .....) makes another hit record and has
won his second golden Disc Award of 1968 for his song 'My Loving
Understanding'. His first Golden Disc (received for a record selling more
than a million copies) was won for his hit song 'Freedom Is Here To Stay'."
The Auditor mainly deals in individuals and mainly publicizes auditors and
preclears who have been trained or processed. Show how they are changing or
how they are changing their environment and applying Scientology. (You may
send in "org news" for the "org news column". This should also be kept
interesting to the public. But don't specialize in local org names or org
news.)
NAMES, NAMES, NAMES
The Auditor requires names, names, names; names of persons trained, names
of persons processed, lists of persons coming to Saint Hill, lists of
persons completing services with the services named; but particularly lists
of graduates are required. The Auditor specializes in vital statistics, in
names and faces of people, graduates from Academies, etc.; long lists, lots
of lists of names, even in tiny type, as provided by correspondents in
orgs.
VITAL STATISTICS
More names. Births, marriages, engagements, christenings, and occasionally
deaths (but not divorces), come under this heading. Make it known in your
area that if it isn't reported in The Auditor it didn't happen. Make that
known.
FEATURE NEWS SHOTS (PHOTOS)
Feature News shots are covered in detail by HCO Policy Letter of 21
November, 1968 "Photo Policy For Magazines".
Study photopolicy as one of the specialities of The Auditor is "faces" and
you are required to provide usable photos per photopolicy for The Auditor.
You can get someone to take them for you if you can't.
Good quality prints (copies of photos) that communicate are what's wanted.
Make sure the photo communicates but if the quality is too poor for good
communication to occur in its reproduction in The Auditor it can't be used.
Clear, sharp prints that really communicate are more likely to reproduce
well and be effective than underexposed (too dark) or overexposed (too
light, giving a washed-out effect) or out-of-focus photos which don't
communicate anything but the back of someone's head.
A good photograph can sometimes be more real to the public than a 100
words. Photography is an important tool of dissemination. Therefore,
excellent feature shots are very much part of the Standard Auditor format.
SUCCESSLETTERS
Signed success stories have their own place and use in The Auditor. Auditor
Correspondents weekly collect the best success letters from their local
Success Officers and send them to the Auditor Office.
ADDITIONAL TYPES OF MATERIALS
Any material which reinforces the basic purpose of the Auditor
Correspondent is valid. Secondary materials could include poems (very
welcome), cartoons, crossword puzzles, etc. But The Auditor runs on the
primary types of materials described above.
ADMINISTRATION
The production (quantity of useful materials received by the Office of The
Auditor) of each Auditor Correspondent must be graphed weekly at the Office
of The Auditor and in the local org. Any correspondent who isn't active is
quickly handled with standard Ethics on lines or removed and replaced with
someone effective.
It is the responsibility of the HCO Exec Sec of each org to see that the
Auditor Correspondent action is in for that org.
SAINT HILL AUDITOR CORRESPONDENT
By actual experience, the Auditor Correspondent post has been very
difficult to keep manned at Saint Hill, having been entirely handled by the
WW Auditor Office before it moved to Edinburgh.
Accordingly, the following is NECESSARY AS POLICY: The Auditor
Correspondent post must be a full time post (may hold no other hats) at
Saint Hill and its occupant must be checked out on the specific policies
that pertain to the hat (as all Auditor Correspondents should be). Neglect
of this policy may result in a Comm Ev on the HCO Exec Sec SH on the charge
of the crime of allowing SH's prime promotion line to be unmocked.
SUMMARY
Newspapers of the wog press almost exclusively deal in entheta as their
"news" specializes in sexual degradation, disasters, violence, crime,
failure, etc. Scientology news stories are theta news. Only groups with
very low awareness levels put out "bad" news continually. A high tone group
or civilization is interested in "good news" and puts out good news.
The Auditor is the report line of the most important news in this universe:
the news Scientology is winning, the daily truth of Man's progress through
Scientology to magnitudes greater than stars.
Don't cut this line by failing to send in usable lists, feature news
stories, feature news shots, vital stats and other useful materials. I'm
sure you won't.
|LRH:ei.rd |Compiled by CS6 Staff |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Approved by |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Gen. |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|SH | | |
|ww | | |
|Auditor | | |
|Journal | | |
|Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 NOVEMBER 1968 | |
| |SAINT HILL INCOME PEAKS | |
| |REINFORCEMENT OF AUDITOR PROMOTION | |
| |(Reissue of LRH ED 249 SH, of 28 December, | |
| |1966) | |
As income peaks follow an issue of an Auditor by about one month, the
Auditor must therefore be mailed monthly as follows:
A) An Auditor Minor is to be sent out to the entire list we have
every two months and so timed that it is mailed on Jan 1, Mar 1,
May 1, July 1, Sept 1, Nov 1. This is a thinner, more
elementary, Auditor.
Twice each year the Minor Issue must contain a magazine
supplement of from 16 to 24 pages of photos illustrating some
phase of Saint Hill or Scientology actions, properly scripted
and photographed. This is to go on Sept I and Mar 1.
B) An Auditor Major Issue is to be issued on Feb 1, April 1, June
1, Aug 1, Oct 1, Dec 1. It is the vital statistics motif of the
original Auditor, containing proper ads and specializing in the
names and faces of people, graduates from SH and Academies,
etc.; long lists, lots of lists of names, even in tiny type, as
provided by correspondents in orgs and by SH. This issue is a
fat Auditor and goes to the SH list only which also receives the
Minor Issue.
Special editorial staff and provisions must exist for this magazine, not a
mish-mash with other publication matters.
Failure to make these deadlines and follow policy of issue shall be
considered an Ethics matter.
Bonuses exist for The Auditor staff for every issue mailed exactly on or
within a week before the deadline for it.
The HCO Exec Sec WW is to see that this staff exists and that it has
correspondents in all orgs to send in names and pictures.
|LRH:rw.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Gen. |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|SH | | |
|ww | | |
|Auditor | | |
|Journal | | |
|Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 NOVEMBER 1968 | |
| |THE ORIGINAL AUDITOR JOURNAL POLICY | |
A correspondent for The Auditor must be appointed in each Central
Organization. This correspondent should keep the Editor of The Auditor
informed of all Academy enrollees and graduates and data concerning them,
local news, reports on Congresses and various meetings and plans. Photos
when available should be forwarded.
Wherever possible a correspondent should send not only a person's name but
also his or her address.
The heart of a good story of The Auditor is lots of names and what they are
doing.
DUMMIES
Dummies are never the size of the finished product. A dummy is merely a lay-
out with the required page foldings so copy can be planned. If you omit
this stage, you can't plan an issue. It is sometimes very small. One often
makes dummies out of stationery paper.
POLICY ON NAMES
You can vary your type size in The Auditor. Lots of rosters such as
"Academy Students Washington" should be in very small type with endless
numbers of names. Policy is, if you get yourself a list of names, print
every name, small type, on and on.
VITAL STATISTICS
I want The Auditor to do vital statistics on this motto "If it isn't
reported in The Auditor it didn't happen." Births, marriages, etc. So make
a section for Vital Statistics. The response will be good if it's known you
want it so.
Vital Statistics or The Auditor Announces or some such heading should be
followed by a lot of announcements, marriages, births, all in small type,
then at the bottom in big script "If it isn't announced in The Auditor it
didn't happen." Then smaller type, "Send it in and make it a fact."
TECHNICAL ARTICLES
Go wary on technical articles by people. These absolutely sank Elizabeth
and Wichita. The publications there got to be squirrel heaven. Stress
articles and letters about doingness. "Went to Sydney and gave a PE." Scrub-
"the way to give a PE is." Aside from technical inaccuracy, these ideas
from auditors about how to audit will only bring grief. Just blue pencil
the technical "tips" out of your letters and print the rest. It's part of
controlling the line. Really, Wichita shattered only on this one point:
printing the obsessive create of the squirrels which destroyed the idea
there was a right way to do it. We can't afford to or we wreck our
discipline and thence our results. And there goes Scientology.
So it's everybody's name, activities and pictures and only my technical
articles. Make it a rigid rule.
CLASSIFIED ADS
Then also sell classified ads but no professional cards or centre ads.
Example of ok classified, "House for rent for some Scientologist on our
farm." Examples of not ok to publish classified: "Pdnuk Scientology Centre,
1312 9th Street" or "Benjamin J. Spooner will audit you to glory 810 10th
Street, Spodane." Student notice boards are our idea of classified. The
telephone directory is not. Charge so much per three lines, for example
$1.50 or 10/-. Head your classified "Personal Notices." Put "Professional
and Centre ads not printed. Only personal arrangements, requirements and
advices, items for sale or rent, etc. are accepted."
BY-LINES
Articles by me have by-fines under the title and at the end of the article,
usually my written signature.
The public buys my articles.
SALESMANSHIP
The salesmanship of The Auditor, by policy, is not to sell the materials to
auditors solely as the only interested ones. Speak to them as though they
have others to speak to, always.
SUMMARY
A planned, repeated format such as things given above will standardize and
popularize the magazine.
Hat checking on agreed upon policy and administration grooves in needed
material so we don't get bumpy admin and new bits all the time. It's all
set up for maximum simplicity, minimal variation.
|LRH:rw.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Gen. |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|SH | | |
|ww | | |
|Auditor | | |
|journal | | |
|Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 NOVEMBER 1968 | |
| |THE STANDARD AUDITOR JOURNAL | |
Definition of the Auditor: The Journal of Scientology. Journal means: "a
daily newspaper; a periodical dealing esp. with matters of current
interest". (Webster's Seventh New Collegiate Dictionary)
The following becomes Auditor Journal policy: Any issue of the Auditor
publicly commended by the Founder is an example of standard Auditor
promotion and must be studied by subsequent Editors and referred to as a
model.
Auditors No. 22, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 34 and 41, are such Auditors. Auditors
22, 24, 26 and 28 are models for major issues and Auditor 25, 27 (including
the supplement "A Student Goes Through Saint Hill"), 34 (including the
supplement "The Saint Hill Story"), and Auditor 41 are models for minor
issues. The earlier two supplements, Auditor Supplement No. 1, "A Student
Comes To Saint Hill" and Supplement No. 2, "The East Grinstead Story" are
also models of standard supplements.
These Auditors give the standardized repeating Auditor format. Each
resulted in upsurged statistics for Scientology. Standard promotion
invariably works.
There is nothing in Auditor policy that forbids issuing the Auditor more
frequently or expanding its number of pages. But any increased frequency of
issue or expanded number of pages, may not result in a break with the
standard format. It's standard right down to paper quality and width of the
margins.
Just as there is Standard Tech there is a standard Auditor, part of the
subject known as Standard Promotion, a branch of Standard Admin.
SAMPLE AUDITOR, MAJOR
The following is an example of a standard Auditor, major issue.
Page 1: LRH article, major news item such as International amnesty or SH
Field Staff Member Awards. Photo of LRH.
Page 2: Continuation of articles from page one. General news or information
release of interest or article on service. Large Power Processing ad, book
ad.
Page 3: Next most important page after page 1. Afot used to continue
columns from pages I or 2. Can have LRH article or major feature(s) of
great general interest reinforcing theme of issue. Large SHSBC ad.
Page 4 and 5: Banner head across both pages: NEWS FROM AROUND THE WORLD,
containing lists of names of releases and graduates (particularly Academy
grads) and feature news stories showing successes with Scientology by
individual application with feature news photographs.
Page 6: Contains Org news column, Franchise news column, SH news column,
more lists of names, list of Congress dates, large book ad, membership ad.
Page 7: Vital Statistics column, Classified ads, Success Letters (Focus on
Success), Letters to the Editor, Saint Hill Release Tally, Poet's Corner,
LRH Standing Orders (Communications to Ron), E-Meter ad, ad for records.
Page 8: Clear list in upper left hand corner (Now There Are .......
Clears), lists of SH releases, SHSBC graduates, persons coming to the
SHSBC, tape ad, Clearing Course ad, list of orgs (bottom quarter of page)
and Auditor masthead in right hand bottom corner.
Photos are used throughout as appropriate.
Once a year the routing sheet which appeared on the back of Auditor 10,
"What To Do In Scientology", devised by Mary Sue Hubbard, and updated and
reissued on the back page of Auditor 22, is reissued on the top half of the
back page.
EXAMPLE OF A CLASSIC MINOR
Page 1: Headline article by LRH, appropriate large striking photo.
Page 2: Article pushing training route through Academies. List of all SHSBC
grads. Membership ad. Book ad.
Page 3: Brilliant feature on SHSBC grads, illustrated with photos. SHSBC
ad.
Page 4.- Clear list, Clearing Course ad, SH Release Tally, vital stats, E-
Meter ad, tape ad, Power Processing ad. List of orgs and masthead.
Once a year there is a Christmas issue.
POLICY ON ADS IN THE AUDITOR
The following ads are the minimal types of ads that can appear each issue
in the Auditor: SHSBC, Power, books, books, books, Clearing Course, E-
Meter, membership, tapes. From time to time a Solo Course ad should appear,
also ad for records. Ads for staff are not part of the standard Auditor
format.
Ads must be hardsell per policy.
MORE THAN ONE SAINT HILL
Except for special issues such as Auditor 41, don't issue the exact same
Auditor for SH (UK) and ASHO putting both their addresses in the same ads
and attempt to strike a happy medium between the image of the two. In
trying to serve two "masters" at once you will get a dulled promotion.
The more standard action is to do, instead, one basic issue, same number,
same theme, same layout and LRH articles, etc. but have a separate SH (UK)
and ASHO edition in that each would have ads with their own addresses and
show its own image in any promotional photographs of the premises. You do
the same Auditor but edit it for another SH and then send shooting boards
of ASHO's edition to the US for printing.
Thus the magazine which traditionally was the showpiece of Saint Hill,
remains loyal to the original org and doesn't lose its image, yet the
magazine expands by editions to serve other orgs of similar rank.
Only those items that make the Auditor identify SH as its origin org would
be edited where necessary: image items such as front page photo of the org
(put in front page photo of ASHO), release tally, prices and addresses-of
ads, service articles, and local news column. It's the same issue, same
suit of clothes, only tailored to different orgs.
Where an Auditor has been successful it has avoided complexities and
additives and stuck to the basic simplicities of policy. An Auditor is
basically simple to handle. Where an Auditor has failed in other hands it
has failed on the following points:
1. No theme or issue not organized with theme.
2. Dummy of issue too complicated and cluttered, causing distraction of
attention and dispersal.
3. No main LRH article.
4. Contains tech articles by others.
5. No ads or lack of one or more required ads or ads not in proper form
per HCO Policy Letter of 10 Feb, 1965, Ad and Book Policies.
6. Not emphasizing SHSBC and Power ads.
7. Insufficient book advertisement.
8. Advertising speed of training not thoroughness of training.
9. Getting in a rut on ad copy. For example, using "Get such and such
now" on three different ad heads on the same page.
10. Giving all services equal importance in ads, filling an entire page
with ads (9 in all) of uniform size and headlines with no
photographs or other copy on the page!
11. Not stressing the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course.
12. Losing sight of LRH as source.
13. Out-tech and out admin in issue, or editorial opinion, or blatant
untruths.
14. Issue out of PT-not pushing the right promotion at the right time.
15. Not emphasizing training.
16. Using poor quality or off-image photos of LRH.
17. Soft sell, vague headlines or headlines too small which underplay
the promotion.
18. Printing on such lousy paper that important photographs don't
reproduce well or are spoiled.
19. Placing front page photos of LRH or MSH so that crease of the fold
falls across the face (Points 16. and 17. ruined Auditor issue 20).
20. Photos too small or lousy quality.
21. Not enough copy leaving huge blanks or requiring every line become
headline size to fill up the space.
22. Violation of byline policy.
23. Not issuing an Auditor at all or allowing it to get months behind
schedule (catastrophic to SH income).
24. Forgetting about supplem6nts or not following standard supplement
format.
25. Dispensing with standard format items or alterising them.
26. Going modern and softsell, not following Auditor policy.
27. Not following direct LRH instructions on an issue.
28. Not doing it as Ron would do it.
CHECKSHEET
A checksheet consisting of theory and practical sections including clay
table demos and all relevant promotion policy letters must exist. Editors
and Asst. Editors must complete the checksheet and pass exam in Qual to be
considered qualified for post but may hold posts as temporary for one month
in which period the checksheet must have been completed and exam passed
with, at least, an 85% mark.
The following policy letters must be starrated on the checksheet and their
application to doing the Auditor 100% understood.
BASIC AUDITOR POLICY LETTERS
|1.|7 July, 1965,|Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor |
| | |(Revised 9 July, 1967) |
|2.|17 April, |Additional Mag Policy |
| |1965, | |
|3.|17 March, |Promotion of Saint Hill/Auditor Issue Frequency |
| |1966, | |
|4.|25 Nov, 1968,|Saint Hill Income Peaks/Reinforcement of Auditor |
| | |Promotion |
|5.|26 Nov, 1968,|The Original Auditor Journal Policy |
|6.|27 Nov, 1968,|The Standard Auditor Journal |
|7.|29 Nov, 1968,|Standard Actions, Office of the Auditor Journal |
|8.|15 Oct, 1967,|Auditor Magazine Success |
|9.|21 Nov, 1968,|Photopolicy For Magazines |
|10|24 Nov, 1968,|Auditor Correspondents |
|. | | |
PHOTOGRAPHIC POLICY LETTERS
|1.|28 July, |Handling of Photographs |
| |1965, | |
|2.|31 October, |Photographers, of Interest to |
| |1968, | |
OTHER ESSENTIAL KNOW-HOW POLICY LETTERS
|1.|10 Feb, 1965,|Ad and Book Policies |
|2.|23 Sept, |Policies: Dissemination and Programmes (Section |
| |1964, |entitled Magazines, Page 2 and 3) |
OTHER BASIC THEORY POLICY LETTERS
|1.|17 Nov, 1965,|The Basic Principles of Promotion |
|2.|16 April, AD |Handling the Public Individual |
| |15, | |
|3.|21 Jan, 1965,|Vital Data on Promotion |
| |Revised 5 | |
| |April 1965, | |
|4.|16 Sept, |Foundation |
| |Issue 11, | |
| |1965, | |
|5.|8 Oct, 1964, |Artistic Presentation |
HCO BULLETINS
|1.|30 Aug, AD 15,|Art |
|2.|19 Aug, 1967, |The Supreme Test |
In addition to the above, the checksheet must contain the following other
requirements.
1. Study all Auditors from number I to present time, particularly those
listed as commended by the Founder.
2. Do dummies for majors 22, 24, 26 and minors 25, 27, 34 and 41. Then go
to file and compare your dummies to original dummies.
3. Do dummies for the sample Auditors given in this policy letter.
4. Mock up other on-policy dummies.
5. Demonstrate in clay the editorial purpose of the Auditor.
6. Write feature news stories and draw feature news shots for them.
7. Write up on-policy ads for each required ad, at least 3 of each.
8. Define the following words: printing, leading, type, type style, times
roman, gils sans, head, masthead, sub-head, point, letterpress,
photolitho, blocks, plates, communication promotion, engraving, offset
litho, set to fill, linotypist, engraver, proof, page, sheet,
proofreader, galley proof, page proof, layout, dummy, shooting board,
repropull, byline, margin, theme, supplement, photo-montage, minor,
major.
9. Show relationship of width of column, size of type and amount of leading
to readability.
10. Mock up a cluttered, shotgun clummy (for a minor).
11. Do flow lines of Auditor office in clay.
12. Demonstrate in clay how comm formula applies to the Auditor; also
demonstrate in clay how the ARC Triangle applies to promotion.
13. Demonstrate in clay relationship of L. Ron Hubbard to the Auditor.
14. Demonstrate in clay who the Auditor goes to, major and minor issue.
15. What type styles and sizes are used in Auditors 26 and 34?
16. Do a complete written analysis listing every type style and type size
used in each issue (26 and 34).
17. Do a dummy run of handling an Auditor in its entirety from setting its
theme to completion.
18. Study of other relevant policy letters. (List on checksheet.)
19. Any other needful items, either theory or practical. CHECKLIST
20. A checklist which is checked off action by action as an issue is done
and which is filed when completed, with the dummy, original material and
a copy of the printed issue, must exist.
|LRH:ei.rd |Compiled by CS6 Staff |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Approved by |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Gen. |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|SH | | |
|ww | | |
|Auditor | | |
|journal | | |
|Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 NOVEMBER 1968 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |STANDARD ACTIONS, OFFICE OF THE AUDITOR | |
| |JOURNAL | |
| |THE OFFICE OF THE AUDITOR | |
The Office of the Auditor has a minimum of 4 to 5 staff.
Editor: Runs the office. Directs the Auditor in all its aspects, plans
issues, and is responsible for producing on-policy Auditors on time.
Asst. Editor: Assists the Editor, acts for the Editor in latter's absence.
Next most senior person in the office after the Editor.
Auditor News Officer: The executive who handles and supervises all
correspondents for the Editor, responsible to see that the Editors are
supplied with more than enough on-policy materials for issues.
Auditor Typist: Types all copy neatly and double spaced for the printer,
does filing and general clerk work.
TARGETBOARD
There is a large target board in the office subdivided into the following
vertical columns THEME/DUMMY/COPY/GALLEY PROOFS/PAGE PROOFS/PRINTED/
MAILED. There are at least 6 horizontal columns. A card with the number of
issue of the Auditor, its deadline (date it's due to be mailed out) and the
theme of the issue on it is posted under the theme column. Auditors are
planned at least 6 issues in advance, so one would have several cards in
the theme column representing future Auditors.
Then when the dummy is done the card is moved into the "dummy" column to
show that the dummy stage is completed and so on until the card sits in the
"mailed" column indicating the issue has been mailed out from Saint Hill.
The date the card arrives in the "mailed" column should fall on or within 7
days of the date deadline on the card.
The above target board also gives us the cycle of action of the Auditor
when it is typeset and printed letter press at the printers.
By the target board are placed any commendations the current Editor has
received and any particular items of interest. Photos of the Founder as
have appeared in the Auditor are displayed in the office near the target
board.
The Auditor office must have a separate space of its own which it keeps in
good order. As it promotes and deals in good news the Auditor staff
maintain excellent personal images and the Editor sets an aura of high tone
efficiency.
STANDARD OPERATING ACTIONS
THETHEME
1. One plans an Auditor months in advance. Themes for Auditors should
be planned at least 6 issues in advance. That way one. is at cause
over the tide of events but can stay alert and change a theme to
suit new circumstances as required. (By theme is meant a recurring
pattern, the unifying factor of the issue, the basic push, "sell",
goal or communications of the issue.)
2. Put the theme on a card with issue number and deadline and place
under THEME on the target board. Get a folder made for the issue and
let it collect material.
DUMMIES
3. Within ample time, get all the material collected for the issue and
do a dummy. On the dummy you mark down what goes where-it's the
"blueprint" or diagram of the issue. Dummy also shows approximate
size of headlines. This is where you plan the issue.
4. Training route is always stressed hardest of all. Thoroughness of
training is a keynote of promotion. One promotes the orgs as
duplicating standard technology exactly. The SHSBC is the prime
Saint Hill service.
5. L. Ron Hubbard is very much part of the Auditor format as the source
of Scientology, a very standard action in Scientology promotion.
Articles by the Founder are either sent directly by him for an issue
or are newly edited into written English from his tape
transcriptions. Articles by the Founder are a standard part of the
Auditor format.
6. When doing the dummy pay attention to where the folds of the Auditor
will fall so as to avoid allowing a crease to fall across the face
of a photo of an important personage on the front page or of LRH or
MSH anywhere in the issue. Just use good judgement on this matter.
7. Once the theme of an issue has been established don't lose it in
your layout or headlines. Loss can result in soft sell. Soft sell
can occur if one is not quite sure what one is doing or is dispersed
in any way, which results in weak material which is soft sell.
8. Intelligent planning and correct evaluation of importances are
mainstays of an effective editor.
9. Keep a dummy simple and don't be afraid to try lots of different
ways of doing it in order to get it right. The fastest way isn't
necessarily the right way. The dummy is planned per the theme and
available or potentially available material.
10. In planning a dummy (involving the sequence of significances and
utilization of the spaces of the pages) one has to grasp the
fundamental that an Auditor is an exercise in the control of a
reader's interest and attention toward achieving the editorial
purpose of the Auditor ("To show the world successful Scientology
and Scientologists and make them want more Scientology"). The
reader's attention is controlled through the interplay of
significances (importances) on the physical layout of the dummy plus
size of the headlines. (Note page one begins a cycle of action,
pages 2-7 continue it, and the bottom of page 8 ends it. There are
other cycles of actions within pages I to 8; and of course there is
the larger cycle of action involving the purpose of the Auditor.)
Study previous Auditors closely, particularly the ones commended by
the Founder, and notice how the layout and sizes of the headlines
direct the reader's attention. A trained Auditor understands what
control of attention is about. An artist understands it as the
"attraction" of attention. These principles of layout are relevant
to any promotion. The physical layout and type size assist the
communications of importances so that while a pleasing balance is
achieved the view is directed to importances in the order you wish
it. Mock up some large sign and you'll get the idea. The positive
direction of attention has a lot to do with hardsell. It's smooth.
It's very simple.
11. A Major issue shows the image of Scientology (it's 100% successful,
puts standard Scientology technology there, shows where Scientology
is going, what Scientology is doing, what Scientologists are doing,
how Scientology and Scientologists are expanding. (See definition of
"Major" in HCO Pol Letter of September 23, 1964, "POLICIES:
DISSEMINATION AND PROGRAMMES" and HCO Pol of 25 November, 1968,
"SAINT HILL INCOME PEAKS".)
12. A Minor issue reaches the broad Scientology population of the world,
as compared to a Major which addresses the trained Auditors and more
advanced Scientologists of the world. A Minor more than a Major
tends to have more emphasis on lower levels, on pushing a person
through their local org to Saint Hill. It is very much more simple
in construction and approach. It also, like a Major, holds high the
banner of standard tech wherever it goes. All supremely important
news is put in a Minor or a special Minor issue is sent out. (See
definition of "Minor" in HCO Pol Letter of September 23, 1964,
"POLICIES: DISSEMINATION AND PROGRAMMES" and HCO Pol of 25 November,
1968, "SAINT HILL INCOME PEAKS/Reinforcement of Auditor Promotion".)
13. ANY PHOTOGRAPHS USED OF L. RON HUBBARD MUST BE CORRECT IMAGE. NO
PHOTOS OF L. RON HUBBARD MAY BE PUBLISHED OF HIM WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN
APPROVED BY L. RON HUBBARD OR AN AUTHORIZED AIDE.
COPY
14. Copy means the significances of the issue, what's in words.
15. Once the dummy is completed the material is now prepared in its
final version per the dummy. Any editing of success letters, writing
up of feature news stories, captions for photos, editing of tape
transcription, etc., are now done.
16. When writing copy, always address one person because only
individuals read the Auditor. Never refer to the org as "we". Resist
attempts by staff to promote themselves. Apply HCO Policy Letter of
17 April, 1965, "ADDITIONAL MAG POLICY".
17. Articles on organization services can appear in an issue of the
Auditor. These are clearly and interestingly written and show the
role that service plays on the Bridge. (These are not tech articles,
but actually a genre of advertisement. See examples of such in
commended issues.)
18. Auditors are described by the Founder as "serene" and "dignified"
and also hard sell. Communication is very direct and no tricks of
any kind are made. Do not accept any comments from any sources to
change to a more "modern" layout or format-this only results in soft
sell and disaster.
19. When writing data, watch for specifics. A story can appear dull if
all the interesting specifics are not included. This also applies to
ads-specifics on the steps of writing an ad can really add life into
the ad. One has to have a great reality on who or what one is
writing about. Do a CSW whenever required. Confront your material.
20. Always read and reread copy several times before sending to the
printer. One must have a critical viewpoint when doing this and is
purely looking for anything off policy or non-standard, conflicting,
incomplete or incorrect. The right things will remain because they
are right and you have looked. Get your own Div 5 function in on
your own work.
21. Out tech can occur not only in material submitted but in photos, so
a tech or qual hat must always be worn when compiling an issue.
Examples of out tech photos-clay table demos with no labels, auditor
using hair spray cans in a session, complete with a plastic lid,
poor TR's, etc.
22. Use of headlines and size of type face used can make or break a page
layout. Use of the same size and same type face can be monotonous.
Differentiation of type faces and size (size being more important
than style) with good judgement can really highlight important
sections and create the desired effect.
23. The headline of an article should vividly reflect the article itself
and is very important. A poor headline can result in dispersal of
the reader's attention.
24. When an article is reasonably long, it is sometimes a good idea to
break it up with sub-headings which describe each section in turn.
The fundamental here is again the smooth control of the reader's
attention.
25. Ron is source. Stress Ron as source always. No one else is source.
As per policy, no tech is written by anyone else. Only services,
applications, use or results may be compiled or written. Success
letters and materials sent in must be carefully edited.
26. Make sure the Auditor communicates well, that any Scientology words
that need to be defined in Minors or even Majors are defined. Just
follow the policy of 23 September 1964 on Dissemination and
Programmes, pages 2 and 3. PRINTED MATERIALS MUST BE COMPREHENSIBLE.
27. Quality of photos. A print usually has to look really good and clear
to reproduce well. The attitude is always communication first,
technique second. You aren't running photo contests. But if the
technique is too poor for good communication to occur and when it's
reproduced, it can't be used. Insist mainly on feature photos which
show action with reality.
28. Always write a photo caption with the photo in front of you. Look at
the photo. What is it? And you have your answer-that's your caption.
29. The way that one approaches the Auditor is that it's Ron's comm line
and not an org's. Ron's comm line always. As one perfects an issue,
one is putting the right particles on Ron's comm line.
30. After the copy has been written, it is typed up very neatly and
double spaced for the printer-make it pro looking. Then start in
from page I and do the typography for the issue by marking the type
styles and sizes on the typed copy, including headlines, that is
going to the printer.
30. (a) Doing typography consists of selecting type sizes and styles for
headlines and text. The type size of the text depends upon the dummy
and text; you have so much space to fill with so much text. If you
aren't sure what type size the text should be to fill the space for
it you can write on the copy "set to fill", which means the
linotypist will select the correct typesize and amount of leading to
evenly f"lll the space. (Given "so much copy" two factors determine
how many words will fit a given space: type size and leading [the
amount of space between lines of type].)
The photos, the typed copy and the dummy all go in a folder marked "Auditor
no. such and such" with your address. The dummy goes in front, then the
copy, then the photographs are properly packaged.
GALLEY PROOFS
31. Galley proofs are the next step.
31. (a) Always insist on galley proofs and page proofs of an issue. A
galley proof is the material for an issue which has been typeset but
not yet placed into pages-it comes in long strips. First rule up the
page size of the issue on large pieces of white board (card or
paperboard) each page correctly numbered. One normally has two pages
on one piece of board corresponding to a single sheet of the dummy.
Then take your dummy and cut up the galleys into their correct order
per the dummy and place the material (galleys) in their correct
position on the paperboard pages. But don't paste anything down
until you have correctly placed all the copy in the issue. Don't be
afraid to change the placement of photos or articles at this stage.
Move the copy around until you find the right placement on the
pages. When every page looks right, then do the paste down. NOTE: IF
YOU HAVE ALREADY DONE A PROPER DUMMY AND ACCURATELY ESTIMATED YOUR
MATERIAL YOUR FINAL PAGE LAYOUT WILL EXACTLY CORRESPOND TO YOUR
DUMMY LAYOUT. That's good planning. But the rule is: don't paste it
down until you have seen all is well.
32. While the galleys are being put into pages, the other copies of the
galleys are proofed and any misduplications by the printers are
indicated on the proofreader's copies.
33. The Auditor, now in the form of pages, the exact size of the issue,
along with the proofed galleys, are returned to the printer.
PAGEPROOFS
34. The next step is to receive page proofs back from the printers. Page
proofs are the printed impressions of the pages as they will appear
in the printed copies. This is your final check to see that the
printer has duplicated the material, photographs and layout exactly
and incorporated the corrections you sent him on the galley proofs.
In actual practice, one can keep sending back "page proofs" to the
printer to be corrected until he duplicates the issue as supplied.
When satisfied that the printer has duplicated the issue it's okay
for him to actually print it.
SUPPLEMENTS
35. Planning a supplement. This should be started immediately after the
last one was completed. It takes considerable planning and
preparation before anything is even vaguely commenced on it. Decide
on what the supplement is going to be about and then go about
collecting all and any data on the subject and much much more than
you will ever use. Then set about and write a photoscript. A
photoscript is a print by print description of the sequence of
actions of the issue, the story line which is to be photographed.
The photos are the story. (See the LRH photoscript done for "A
Student Goes Through Saint Hill".) When the photoscript is right,
then plan the dummy and continue the issue from there.
36. A Supplement usually contains one or more photo montages, but this
is not mandatory. A photo montage is a compilation of several photos
which have been cut out and pasted down onto a sheet. A photo
montage is placed where one wants to represent photographically a
lot of ideas and actions. The placing of the photos in relation to
each other must be done with proper consideration. If you f"lnd you
are missing a certain piece, almost like a puzzle, order the exact
photo from the photographer.
37. The spaces planned for photos are numbered on the dummy in
consecutive order from page 1. The backs of the photographic mounts
are then numbered identically in pencil so the printer can match up
which photos go where. (If the photos aren't mounted put each one in
an envelope and number each envelope accordingly.
. Make sure you follow HCO Policy Letter of 28 July, 1965 "Handling of
Photographs".) This procedure is followed with Auditors or
supplements. You don't paste the photos in on the dummy.
LIAISON WITH SAINT HILL
38. The Editor should use the SH Correspondent to liaise with the Dir
Comm SH re the ordering of envelopes and stuffing of each issue (the
Editor just makes sure it's done). The Dir Comm SH should advise the
Auditor Correspondent SH once a month of the total SH mailing list
so that the correct number of Auditors is printed.
IMPORTANCE OF THE AUDITOR
39. The importance of the Auditor derives from the following:
a) It is the international journal of Scientology.
b) It's SH's biggest promotion line.
c) SH's public image depends upon it.
d) On-policy issues have been found to be a main factor in SH
affluences.
THE EDITOR
40. The Editor of the Auditor must perceive what is happening in the
expansion of Scientology and must be able to reinforce that
expansion fast. The Auditor pushes expansion. The Editor must have
his thumb on the pulse beat of Scientology. When L. Ron Hubbard
wants to reach broadly on comm lines, he often uses the Auditor. It
is the international journal of Scientology and could be described
as the intercontinental promotional missile. It must be straight and
true and communicate with great reality and directness. Its lines
are, after all, Ron's comm lines and this should never be forgotten.
41. The Editor must keep his intelligence and prediction factor high. He
must therefore insist on getting copies for his office of HCOB'S,
HCO Policy Letters, International Ethics Orders, WW Eds and
International EDs as they are issued from WW. Proper promotion
requires good information lines. The Editor mustn't be isolated on
the periphery or get out of touch.
42. One has to keep really up on current Scientology events and changes
and be on the ball on this. Sometimes a change may affect an issue.
It's better to have an issue a few days late, if necessary, and
right than early and wrong. So don't be afraid to hold up a printing
or change an issue or part thereof, if it's command intention. Just
do what Ron would do. In fact, whenever in doubt over some point in
the Auditor, always ask yourself "What would Ron do?" and then find
the policy the answer is on. It's always there.
43. The Editor of the Auditor is a live being who can confront the 3rd,
4th dynamics and make things go right, plus a total certainty on the
soaring workability of standard promotion and all the technical
services of Scientology, and their results.
a) Good luck.
|LRH: rw.rd |Compiled by |
|Copyright � 1968 |CS6 Staff |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Auditor |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|journal | | |
|Hats | | |
|HCO Hats | | |
|Promotion | | |
|Hats | | |
|LRH Comm | | |
|Hat | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 AUGUST 1970 | |
| |THE AUDITOR | |
| |Org Magazines and Comm Lines | |
In HCO Policy Letter of November 24, 1958 "Magazine Policy" it is stated
that:
"All magazines are my communication lines, never an organization's.
Organizations don't talk, the public doesn't listen. If you want to know
how it should sound and look ask yourself how I'd want it-you will have the
answer that's being bought throughout the world."
This basic statement was re-interpreted in HCO Policy Letter of 29
November, 1968 Issue 11 "Standard Actions, Office of the Auditor Journal"
page 4, paragraph 29, as follows:
"The way that one approaches the Auditor is that it's Ron's comm line and
not an org's. Ron's comm line always. As one perfects an issue, one is
putting the right particles on Ron's comm line."
As the latter statement is liable to misinterpretation to the effect that a
magazine has little or nothing to do with an org's comm lines, or that
Ron's comm lines must be segregated from org comm lines, the following
statement is made to clarify the matter. It replaces para 29 of HCO P/L 29
November, 1968 Issue II.
Magazines, LRH and Org Comm Lines
Clarification:
In that an organization has as one of its major purposes to deliver Ron's
technology to individuals in its community in accordance with his intention
to clear the planet and with other intentions expressed by him, any theta
communication line used by the org to forward the major purpose of clearing
the planet is a communication line of Ron's either directly or by
extension.
A magazine which forwards Ron's purposes and policies, whether the magazine
is originated wholly and solely, partly, or not at all, by Ron himself is a
comm line of his, provided in the last two cases, his name and image are
prominent in text photos and ads.
An org producing such a magazine has the comm line of the magazine as its
comm line, maintained and run for Ron, from the org to its publics as a
relay point in one of Ron's communication lines-which is via orgs in
general to the publics of the planet.
There is no restriction or limit imposed arbitrarily by policy on the
degree to which an org may successfully strengthen or forward Ron's comm
lines, as the successful way to do so is to do what he says.
The degree of exactness with which Ron's communications are duplicated and
forwarded by relay points and receipt points determines the success and
power of those relay and receipt points.
HCO Policy Letter of November 24, 1958 "Magazine Policy" stands.
If you ask yourself how would Ron want it, how does he say he wants it, and
do that in Auditor, Continental and Area magazines, you will be on and
forwarding Ron's comm lines, as you should be.
|LRH:KU:rr.aap |LRH Pers Comm |
|Copyright� 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Dissem Secs|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|Franchise | | |
|Auditor | | |
|Corresponde| | |
|nts | | |
|FSMs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JULY 1965 | |
| |(Reissued on 9 July 1967) | |
| |PHOTOS, NEWS AND STATISTICS | |
FOR MAGS AND AUDITOR
We need lots of Feature News Shots for our Magazines and for The Auditor,
and also Feature News stories.
A feature news photograph is by definition a posed manipulated picture that
tells a story. It is not just a record of an event. It may be, but it is
also a made event.
Example: Student A reading with delight a letter, which the caption states,
tells her she has 29 preclears lined up when she gets back from Saint Hill.
That is a Feature News Shot. One had to get the idea, go find a student who
had some preclears waiting, get hold of the photographer and get the shot
properly done.
The absolute minimum of group shots, where the group each faces the camera
like a high school graduating class, should be used. When you shoot a
group, show it in ACTION, doing something.
Directed, planned or redone news is more interesting for our purpose, than
groups facing the camera in "Napoleons". So we mainly do Feature.
We want pictures of Releases after they are made. We want before and after
pictures of spectacular results. We want Joe Smuts, Standard Oil Executive,
shown hard at work on his HQS course, or using Scientology in his job. We
want photos of successful Scientologists and people using Scientology, done
in the Feature News Photo Style. We need these for many Scientology
Publications and for future planning.
Also send in stories and news items of successful Scientologists or stories
and news items of successes with Scientology. Be on the look out for such,
and send them in. Try to get a Feature News Shot hi-lighting the story, if
vou can.
Also send in statistics (vital statistics or personal success statistics-
not org staff statistics). Lots and lots of statistics. Indoctrinate your
local members to send you their statistics as they arise, and then route
them on to Editor of The Auditor at Saint Hill.
Plan and get feature news shots, news items and statistics. Route or send
them to:
Editor of The Auditor WW,
Saint Hill Manor,
East Grinstead,
Sussex, England.
|LRH:ml.jp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright �1965, 1967 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|All Dissem |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hats | | |
|All Dist | | |
|Hats | | |
|All | | |
|Communicati| | |
|ons Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 JULY 196~ | |
| |HANDLING OF PHOTOGRAPHS | |
Photographs when sent through the communication line either by mail or
through the Comm Centre must always be routed either in boxes for such or
between two sturdy pieces of cardboard which will not bend.
NEVER put a paper clip on any photograph, either to keep several together
or to attach dispatches to. JUST NEVER PUT A PAPER CLIP ON ANY PHOTOGRAPH
FOR WHATEVER REASON!
The reason for such protection of photographs is simple. If any photograph
has the least bend or break in it, it cannot be used for photolithograph
reproduction in magazines or printed matter as the bend or break causes a
white streak to appear in the reproduction which cannot be corrected or
used.
|LRH:ml.rd Copyright � 1965 |L. RON HUBBARD |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1968 | |
| |(Reissued from Flag Order 1534, same date) | |
| |PHOTOGRAPHERS, OF INTEREST TO | |
There are only 2 points which make a photographer a professional. Hardly
any "Pro" knows this.
1. TO BE 100% FAMILIAR WITH YOUR CAMERAS, ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES
AND NOT BE INTROVERTED INTO THE OPERATION OF THEM.
By 100% means you could locate any switch, attachment, change films,
operate and attach accessories in total blackness. This degree of
familiarity needs to be worked on., You need to practise, practise,
practise with a camera using date expired film, all the actions concerning
loading, unloading and shooting film in any circumstance. You cannot hope
to take a good picture if you are worried about which clicker to click.
This cuts your reach. You must be able to look, see there is a picture to
be taken, and take it-SNAP! If it takes you as little time as 2 minutes to
set up your camera, then you've had it, your picture will be lost.
You must be familiar with your equipment to take a photo NOW. The way to
get this familiar is to DRILL DRILL DRILL until you totally extrovert from
the camera. Then you can see pictures to take.
2. A PICTURE MUST COMMUNICATE.
Forget the idea that a picture is a record-it's not-it's a communication.
You don't stand in one spot and take photo after photo-you get yourself in
various positions and take shots; eventually you'll find the position/angle
which communicates best and that will be your best picture.
A photographer looks for something to shoot-something that says something
and then shoots it in such a way (the best way) as to portray that the
scene does say something.
You don't just take nebulous pictures of Sea, Sky, People, etc. Make your
pictures talk.
These 2 points go hand in hand-you could happen upon a perfect scene, get
yourself in the right position to shoot it and then forget which button to
press. By the time you work it out you've lost your picture.
Similarly, you can shoot a perfect scene, perfect range, colour, depth,
etc., but it doesn't say anything-it's dead. A picture must say something
without captions of any kind. It must communicate.
You want to become a professional photographer? - These are the only rules
you need to know.
Good luck.
|LRH:ei.rd |Irene Dunleavy |
|Copyright � 1968 |CS 7 |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1968 | |
| |Issue 11 | |
| |PHOTO-POLICY FOR MAGAZINES | |
(Of great interest to any photographer.
Note: The term "Auditor" in the text refers to
"The Auditor", the International Journal of Scientology.)
A great deal of interest is shown in our Auditor photos. Therefore, the
interest must not be permitted to go stale.
How to go stale on photos: Use RECORD shots only. Record shots are head-on
dull group pictures, or single faces with no spark. Using standard events
over and over, always shot from the same angle, always similarly lighted.
The absolute minimum of group shots should be 4sed where the group each
faces the camera like a high school graduating class.
Using the same dramatis personae continually is poor.
What we want is Feature News shots. By definition, a feature news shot
means a posed, manipulated picture that tells a story. This is also called
a "genre" in the old pictorial school. It is not just a record of an event.
It may be but it is also a made event.
These, then, are two different types of pictures-the Record shot and the
Feature News Shot. We have to do some of the former, as it's all we'll get.
We must then make up for it by mainly deriving the latter.
A Feature News Shot requires imagination and direction.
Example: Student A reading with delight a letter which the caption states
tells her she has 29 preclears lined up when she gets back from Saint Hill.
That is a Feature News Shot. One had to get the idea, go find a student who
had some preclears waiting, get hold of the photographer and get the shot
properly done.
Example of a record shot: no imagination; somebody with a camera shoots
George Brown being handed his classification.
Record shots are really harder to do as one has to be on the ground at the
time of event. This is all right for fires and train wrecks but we don't
have them often.
To get a volume of pictures requires a lot of dream up, based, it is true,
on what really is going on, but planned and reformed to make better
presentation.
If you will notice in a local weekly newspaper, the staff photographers
fill up a lot of pages with group shots and record shots. Cast of "Ophelia"
on stage at High School, showing a lot of lined up people facing the camera
or a basketball team all lined up facing the camera, etc. Then one of these
photographers does two little girls threading a needle painfully at a
sewing class and lands front page.
You can turn a record shot into a news feature shot by having the
basketball team actually simulate playing or the cast do the scene. Or have
the team "get word Malborn challenges them to play", or have a cast member
who twisted her ankle yesterday twist her ankle again for you in front of
the cast in a "scene at rehearsal".
Directed, planned or redone news is more interesting for our purposes than
groups facing the camera in "Napoleons". So we mainly do Feature.
Strikingly lighted portraits and feature and landscapes should be what we
do in The Auditor.
Posed groups doing "Napoleons" are all but taboo, and only used because we
can't get anything else from Auckland. But even then, I would be more
likely to do a photomontage of them or with cut-out faces scattered through
an article on Auckland. A photomontage would be the Auckland new quarters
with faces pasted around it in some rhythmic pattern in the modern mode.
Don't put pictures on things with paper clips. The picture ripples and
won't copy or photo-litho.
Polaroids can't be blown down with the print as they're only 31/2" x 41/4"
in the first place. And ranking them in neat blocks of pictures went out in
1910.
While it's less work to do it this way, magazine appearance depends upon
industrious formulation of artistic patterns. Following the easiest way
doesn't produce a good magazine.
And that's Photo-policy for magazines.
|LRH:ei.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright (c) 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER AD8 | |
| |Issue III | |
| |OUTSTANDING COPYRIGHTS AND MARKS | |
No book issued on Dianetics and Scientology by any other author than myself
has received my permission to copyright in any name but L. Ron Hubbard. If
any book or pamphlet has been so copyrighted or any design trademarked it
is illegal. The holder must be persuaded to assign or made to assign or
sued until assignment is made. We never close such a case and never falter
in expending money to accomplish this.
A simple request is ordinarily enough.
To leave one copyright outstanding anywhere is unthinkable.
All copyrights are made to L. Ron Hubbard, then after "my demise" it says
in the franchise, to L. Ron Hubbard, Founder. But all copyrights, marks and
rights, by blanket assignment are the property of and will remain the
property of HCO Ltd. the main office. Although the copyright is to L. Ron
Hubbard it becomes by that the property of HCO with no further
administrative action by reason of existing contracts and franchises.
|LRH:rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 195 8 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|All HCO |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Personnel |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
|All HCO | | |
|Secretaries| | |
|: | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JANUARY 1959 | |
| |Issued at Washington | |
| |(This is to correct and replace HCO Policy | |
| |Letter | |
| |of January 15, 1959) | |
| | | |
When in doubt about copyrighting it, copyright it. Copyright and Trademark
anything and everything.
|LRH:mp.aap.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[Text of 15 January 1959 read simply, "When in doubt, copyright 'mark and
file'."]
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|NonRemimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Applies SH &| | |
|FCDC | | |
|Dis Div Hats| | |
| | | |
|Dissem Div | | |
|Hats | | |
|Dept Insp & | | |
|Repts Hats | | |
|Dept Comm | | |
|Hats | | |
|Info other | | |
|Orgs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 DECEMBER 1965 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |COPYRIGHT: U.S.A. | |
In order to protect our copyright property in books, periodicals and
printed matter that are sold or distributed generally, interim copyrights
should be obtained by the continental organization (FCDC) within six months
of the date of United Kingdom publication.
As this interim copyright lasts for only five years, a completely American
edition must be done of those published works for which it is intended to
secure a 28 year-term. To comply with the present law all materials used,
even the very stencil must be done in America and manufactured in America
and the American org address used.
Before applying for renewal of copyright, The~ Copyright Officer, D.C.
should obtain and send a list of interim copyright due to expire in the
next six months to Copyright Officer, WW who would ascertain from LRH Issue
Authority, WW those for which a 28 year term renewal application should be
made.
As under the present law, only a maximum number of 1500 copies of works
published abroad and given a 5-year interim copyright can be legally
imported into the USA during those 5 years, The Dissemination Secretary
should be alerted to this provision of the American law and ensure that an
American edition of good sellers is ready to hand before the Customs
prohibit further importation.
Addresso WW should have a plate made and addressed as follows:
"Copyright Officer, For Registration of U.S. copyright, Founding Church of
Scientology, 1812, 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. United States," so
that he receives an extra copy of all general mailing, mailings to members,
and of books as they are published.
As the registration of copyright is expensive (6 dollars per item), only
books, periodical publications and such policy letters and bulletins that
are widely disseminated and of intrinsic value, i.e. those not already
covered by previous policy letters or bulletins, should be registered.
|LRH:emp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright �1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|CO Pacific |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Station | | |
|SO Div Il's| | |
| | | |
|Supercargos| | |
| | | |
|SO Div VI's| | |
| | | |
|Orgs for | | |
|info | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 OCTOBER 1969 | |
| |Issue 11 | |
| |REGISTRATION OF SO INSIGNIA | |
The star and leaves insignia of the SO has been registered in the U.S.
Patent Office - Registration No. 877,948, on Sept 30, 1969.
Our patent attorney in Washington, DC has stated:
"As you know, now that this trademark has been registered in the U.S.
Patent Office you are legally entitled to and should use an expression such
as (R) in conjunction with this trademark wherever the same is used."
The Registration Certificate bears the following notice:
"This Registration will be cancelled by the Commissioner of Patents at the
end of six years following the date of registration, unless within one year
next preceding the expiration of such six years, the registrant file in the
Patent Office an affidavit showing the said mark is still in use or showing
that its nonuse is due to special circumstances which excuse such nonuse
and is not due to any intention to abandon the mark. A fee of $10.00 for
each class must accompany the affidavit."
Supercargo of the senior SO unit in the U.S. is charged with the duty of
ensuring compliance with both the above statements.
|LRH:rs.ldm.ei.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|1 each |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|staff |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
|member | | |
|field | | |
|offices | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1958 | |
| |(Issued at Washington) | |
| |(Replaces HCO Policy Letter of I June 1957) | |
| |WHO CAN ORDER PRINTING | |
The following persons can originate copy for printing:
Association Secretary or Organization Secretary
Treasurer
Registrar
Central Files In Charge
Director of Training
Director of Processing
Director of Administration
All material to be printed and its price must be okayed by the Director of
Administration before order is placed.
|LRH:gn.rs.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1958 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[HCO P/L 1 June 1957, same title, was similar to above except that it
included the PE Foundation Director, and not the Director of
Administration. A complete copy is in Volume 7, page 628.]
|1 ea staff |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|member |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
|field | | |
|offices for| | |
|info | | |
|Washington | | |
| |HASI POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1958 | |
| |USE OF MIMEO RESTRICTED | |
Only 75 copies of any given item may be run off on mimeo machines.
Any item to be run further than this number must be well done on Photo-
litho or photo offset.
All general releases of data go out in Certainty and in no other printed
way.
|LRH:rs.eden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1958 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Executive Director |
| |HASI |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 FEBRUARY 1959 | |
| |BOOK ADMINISTRATOR | |
| |(previous printing hat) | |
DEPARTMENT HEAD: HCO CONTINENTAL SECRETARY
Purpose:
To handle the printing of promotional and disseminating materials for the
Organization. To secure good prices and fast service on printed matters.
Duties:
To be a terminal for finished copy that is ready to go to the printers.
To check finished copy for approvals and make sure a proper amount is being
ordered.
To get copy to printers, either by calling them for pick up or taking it to
them or mailing it to them.
To get an estimated date of completion, and to notify the originating
department when it can be expected back.
To get proofs if required.
To follow the directions of handling material on arrival from printers,
1. Initial delivery slip when received satisfactorily and attach to
approval and send to Disbursements.
2. Send 2 copies of material to Legal (for copyrights).
3. Send I copy to Public Relations.
4. Send I copy to Assoc Sec.
5. Send 10 copies to HCO.
6. If book for bookstores send copy to- Reviews list.
7. If new books, or one that has been out of print for some time,
advertise in Ability /Certainty.
To keep a record of what is at printers at all times.
To make certain that all material is copyrighted.
To keep printing plates in good order.
To handle re-printing along the same routine as for printing new materials,
supplying printer with plates where necessary.
To check book advertisements in Ability/Certainty magazine.
To follow up on all books and printed matters,
|LRH:mp.gh.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|HCO Cont |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Dirs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|HCO Secs | | |
|Org Secs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 MAY 1964 | |
| |RIGHTS TO PRINT OR RE-PRINT | |
| |SCIENTOLOGY BOOKS AND MATERIALS | |
As from this date, all established works on Scientology and Dianetics will
only be printed and supplied by Book Dept, of Scientology Library and
Research Ltd., at Saint Hill, and no permission will be given to any
Scientology Organization to print such works locally.
Further, no new works on Scientology or Dianetics may be printed and
published except by Scientology Publications Ltd., at Saint Hill.
|LRH:dr.rd |Issued |HCO Technical Materiel |
|Copyright � 1964 |by: | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |Secretary WW |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|HCO Exec |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Sec | | |
|Dissem Sec | | |
|Dir Pubs | | |
|Printer | | |
|Liaison | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 DECEMBER 1969 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |GUIDE TO THE FUNCTION OF PRINTER LIAISON | |
(Sources: Basic LRH Policy, MSH directives on printer liaison admin and
procedure, MSH verbal info given to me, my experience in four countries
of the world and data from Leon Steinberg and Herbie Parkhouse.)
The function of the Printer Liaison found in Dissem Div, Dept 5, on the
modern org board needs some explanation. When an org uses an outside
printing firm to print a magazine, flyer, etc, the following data
concerning the function of printer liaison should be known and used.
Excellent printer liaisoning as contrasted to poor printer liaisoning, can
save an org a lot of money and, at the same time, enhance org PRO by
ensuring an adequate printing quality is achieved within funds allocated.
In one area printing bills were cut by half with improvement of quality
through the introduction of standard printer liaison procedures. Given the
same budget a good PL can get better quality and increased quantity through
cheaper prices per particle than a careless PL.
All of the above can contribute to an org's solvency and future prosperity.
NOTE: This data is applicable mainly where an org does not have its own
printing facilities for a given job and uses a commercial printing firm.
THE BASIC SYSTEM
Standard Scientology P Liaison procedure is based upon the 3 quotes (or
more) system.
A quote is singly a price estimate only but, considered more broadly, it is
a complete estimate (CSW) by a printer on the service he can render. It
includes:
1. An exact total cost (including any tax)
2. How long it will take to begin and complete delivery
3. Examples of printer's previous work (this gives estimate of
quality).
One gets a quote as above from at least 3 printers and compares them within
one's predicted budget, production deadline and quality expectation. The
perfect quote will be a printer who combines the lowest price with
professional, clean quality with a satisfactory speed of particle flow.
Certain printers, because of the types of machines and labour available
(mechanical and experiential specialization) may be found to do some types
of jobs faster and more cheaply than others. Anyone holding the printer
liaison hat (or function from above) should become familiar with the basic
printing tech so as to recognize and isolate which printers are most suited
or technically specialized for various types of work required. One can
learn by asking the printers to explain and
being interested in what each can do and why.
A good P Liaison by comparing prices and being inquisitive, can actually
reduce printing prices through increasing demand for his work and
introducing competitiveness (without 3rd partying) amongst printers.
It has worked to say, for example, "Printer X can do the job for $100. You
can do it for $I 10. How come you are higher? Can you reduce your price?
I'm sure we will be having a lot more work coming up. We expect to expand,
you know, at an even more rapid rate."
The keynote of P Liaison's activities in handling printers or their
representatives is ARC, professional attitude and positiveness. A good P
Liaison, as he is handling the public can be an effective PRO point for his
org.
The P Liaison uses the following senior stable datum: "A Scientologist who
fails to use Scientology technology and its administrative and Ethics
procedures on the world around him will continue to be too enturbulated to
do his job."
An excellent P Liaison once handled a suppressive manager of a company who
was cheating the org with sabotaged service and false promises by writing
his boss with the full facts. The boss immediately realized the manager had
been doing the entire company in with false reports and bad service, saw he
was a psychotic and instantly fired him.
A successful Ethics action for poor service has been to drop the firm for a
while indicating with good ARC why he is being dropped and who goofed.
Given another chance at a later date, a printer has made amends with
exceptionally low bids.
THE CYCLE
1. It's quite essential the P Liaison gives the printing firm exact
specifications for the job so you and he know exactly what he is
quoting on. Make sure there is an understanding on the type and
weight of paper to be quoted on. The P Liaison should also
understand how the printer would do the job-by what printing methods
and on what machines. Always break the job down into parts-does the
printer intend to farm any part of the work out because he isn't
equipped to do it all himselp. Recognize that folding usually comes
after printing and is not usually an integral part of the printing
procedure. An org can, therefore, save money by hand-folding in an
all-hands folding and mailing party or borrow a folding machine or
whatever. The point is each step of the job should be known or
cleared with the printer during the quote stage so there aren't
unknowns about it and points where unnecessary expenditure can be
curtailed aren't overlooked.
2. The P Liaison doesn't actually place the order. He gets the quotes.
A PO for the job is then presented on standard FP lines with all
relevant CSW.
3. When the exact PO is approved by FP the official order for the job
with an order number is then placed by Disbursement in writing with
the printer.
4. A quote from the printer via the printer's rep to the P Liaison
should be officially in writing. "If it's not written it's not true"
is our policy.
5. After the above is done the P Liaison now ensures rapid compliance
is achieved to his org's order. Presumably an agreed upon estimate
of completion was given with the quote. A printer has usually a lot
of other orders. He doesn't have a time machine or policy on
priority of orders. A P Liaison keeps an active account of his org's
order. He keeps checking on the progress of the job. The maxim is he
bugs the printer to get his job done more than anyone is bugging the
printer for their job so the printer does it just to get you off his
back. That works-and it's done with ARC and
good PRO. You become a real stable terminal to him in his confusion
of which job to do next and when.
6. The cycle continues when the job is checked on delivery for
accuracy, correct quantity and quality. The org gets, at least, what
it's paying for per the approved written quote. If a job isn't
acceptable (not what the org agreed to pay for, for example, it's
below a professional printing standard), it is not accepted but
redone by the printer as required. Why it's unacceptable is
indicated with reality. An honest printer will concur and redo it or
make amends.
7. Finally, the job is used by the org and its users and the printing
bill is paid.
When a printer does a good job, thank him. When he does something special,
commend him.
Honest, hard working printers can stay up all night for you and be an asset
to an expanding org which uses them.
QUALITY
Quality does not necessarily mean "expensive" by a long shot. The basis of
all pro quality printing is the production of accurate, clean and properly
inked work.
When your Promo Dept does the original art work, quality begins with
whether the material is attractively designed, well written, typed neatly
and laid out straight.
Therefore, a basic quality image is achieved through promo's competence and
standard layout and a printer's standard work. NONE OF THESE COST MORE.
ADMIN
A P Liaison logs each job and devises an accurate record to tally the
following data for reference: job, number of copies, firm, price, delivery
record, quality, any comments. This gives a P Liaison a guide to who's who
amongst printers and provides a history for comparing new and old quotes.
The P Liaison also keeps an address book with the names of firms, their
addresses, telephone numbers and the name of each firm's representative.
The above data can also be used by anyone doing manufacturing liaison.
|LRH:DZ:rs.ei.rd |Written by David Ziff |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Flag Org for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|LRH ED 98 |EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE FROM |19 April |
|INT |L. RON HUBBARD |1970 |
|To: HCO ES | | |
|From: Ron | | |
| | | |
| | | |
Subject: MIMEO
As you will hear, you are about to get all local promotion make up in your
org. Pubs will cease to do it.
This brings up MIMEO and/or PHOTOLITHO machines.
About 15 years ago I examined this subject and found that no org could
prosper or even function without a MIMEO machine. This could be interpreted
as one of these small photolitho machines or as a mimeograph.
We have never had any trouble running mimeo sections. When WW started
mailing out already cut stencils for HCOBs and PLs it was just being
accommodating.
It did however tend to reduce the local mimeo sections.
Over several years the final result has been scarcity of materials. This
makes an outness in courses, in staff know how and has obviously cut deeply
into income.
Now that orgs will be doing their own local promotion a MAKE UP SECTION in
Div 2 will take on new importance.
If you have a mimeo or photolitho you can promote quickly. You can reach
people like FSMs easily. You can issue mimeo orders for students and staff.
And most importantly you can make up HCO B and HCO PL deficiencies.
This doesn't mean you never get anything (like a mag or prom piece)
printed. It does mean you can fill in the dead spots promotionally with
mimeo.
If Address is plated and in some kind of shape you can do a lot with
specialized promotion like to all past students or all past pcs, etc. ~f ou
can offer them special things.
Personally I don't think I could run an org without a mimeo or photolitho
machine. Routing forms, bits and pieces of admiii, if lacking can tie the
place in knots.
HCO, if it has a mimeo and an address file can always set wheels in motion
when stats go down.
I have been having a spot of trouble the last half year trying to reach to
some org staffs because the mimeo-bulletin-Ed-PL lines were stumbling
across an absence of a make-up, mimeo section in several orgs.
This points out a larger outness. If you don't have make-up mimeo under
your direct control and in an org you tend to lose out in a number of ways.
A Roneo Stencil Cutter and a Roneo mimeograph machine and file cabinets and
mimeo typewriters are not all that expensive. Other brands and types are
quite good. There are also photolitho systems, the only drawback is that
they require more skill, are more expensive and work turned out on them,
when used for general magazines is not all that good.
Looking back over the years, I can't see how an org could run without a
make-up, mimeo section. Thought I'd just pass it on to you as a tip.
|Love, |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Ron | |
|LRH:dz.rd | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
[pic]
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|HCO Hats |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 MARCH 1971 | |
| |MIMEO SECTION | |
The Mimeo Section has been transferred to HCO Dept 2, Comm Department.
The Mimeo Section is composed of two Units-MIMEO and MIMEO FILES.
It will be found that HCO cannot hat and pack unless it has a Mimeo
Section.
The MIMEOGRAPH OFFICER is in charge of all Mimeo activities. Under him and
answerable to him is MIMEO FILES IN CHARGE, which must be a separate manned
unit.
Full Policy, HCO B and ED files should exist in Mimeo Files. Other mimeo
issue types are also filed in Mimeo.
Routing Forms and other forms are run off in Mimeo itself. Spare or
replacement issues are also run off by the Mimeo Unit. At one time this was
a Mimeo Files action but was found to impede filing.
Where a Continental Liaison Office has two or more orgs in the same city it
may at local option take over all Mimeo activities and files of that City.
Otherwise orgs are responsible for their own Mimeo Section.
The Org Board of an org when Mimeo Files is delegated to a CLO, is marked
"Mimeo Section, Liaison to CLO". In this case also the CLO charges the org
for issues and packs, providing only that it does furnish them and that
"FP" and other actions do not forbid an org hats and materials. HOWEVER
THIS IS ARRANGED IT DOES NOT RELIEVE THE ORG OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR HAVING
COURSE MATERIALS AND HATS TO ISSUE.
Tape ordering to make up Course Materials goes to Dept 16. But if
Publications does not get in tapes to be used on Courses, it is Mimeo Files
that is ultimately Responsible as these are also a COMMUNICATION.
Promotion
Mimeo does NOT belong in Promotion as it gets USED for Promotion which is
NOT a correct use of Mimeo. Only Emergency meetings or offers when no time
exists are ever put on Mimeo as it is unsightly.
A print type typewriter such as an IBM Executive (not their typesetting
unit) and an office type photo offset machine (definitely different than
Mimeo) is the traditional magazine and promotion set up, shoddy mimeoed
magazines are forbidden, both because of awful appearance and excessive
cost. Large magazine issues can sometimes be typeset and printed BUT THIS
IS ONLY DONE WHEN LESS COSTLY THAN ORG COPY PHOTO-LITHOED. A Magazine may
be sent out to be photo-lithoed. It may NEVER be mimeographed.
Mimeo Files
The extent of stencils and cabinets needful for a complete Mimeo Files Unit
if too much for a small org may be done by Liaison to a Continental Liaison
Office.
An org of any size, however, will find that it cannot operate without
access to Mimeo Files.
Mimeo Use
The orders of an org are a usual use of a Mimeo activity.
The duplication of EDs, new P/Ls and HCO Bs is another vital use.
Two Choices
An org must have (a) a Mimeo Section of its own or (b) a positive rapid
liaison with an efficient and complete Mimeo Section in a larger org or a
CLO.
There is no third choice.
The entire form of the org, the work calibre of the staff member, the
readiness of full course materials depend utterly on a Mimeo Section. Many
orgs, deprived of use of files, have almost vanished.
Even an HCO cannot form unless it has the policies relative to its duties
and functions.
Mimeo and Mimeo Files are important.
|LRH:sb.mes.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1971 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|(to all HCO|HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|staff only)|1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. | |
|HCO London | | |
|for dist. | | |
|to sterling| | |
|HCOs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 DECEMBER 1958 | |
| |QUALITY OF PRESENTATION | |
HCO is hereby given the authority and responsibility to ensure high quality
presentation of all tapes, books, mailings, film showings, tape shows,
Congresses, etc.
This is the right to demand high quality, not to do it all. HCO must pass
on all such showings or printings as to equipment and styling. You always
lose money with poor presentation so why try to save money that way.
Motto for all presentations: Get the best. Have it professionally done in
accordance with stiff specifications.
Let's put quality in Scientology presentation!
|LRH:mg.aap.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1958 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Sthil |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|All Orgs | | |
|All Scn | | |
|Staffs | | |
|Dissem Hats| | |
| | | |
|HCO Hats | | |
|Design & | | |
|Planning | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 APRIL 1965 | |
| |URGENT | |
| |Office of LRH | |
| |All Promotion Functions in an Org | |
| |All Mailing Activities in an Org | |
| |BOOKLETS, HANDOUTS, | |
| |MAILING PIECES | |
| |(Effective at once Saint Hill | |
| |Effective June 1, 1965, other Orgs) | |
No mailing may be made without a complete sample of the entire mailing
being okayed by myself at Saint Hill.
No booklet or brochure may be given or handed out without being okayed for
that specific purpose by myself.
No Letter Registrar may mail bits or pieces in letters without their being
specifically okayed for that purpose by myself.
No insert may be placed in Certificate mailings such as a pamphlet or
brochure without my specific okay for that purpose.
Previously Letter Registrars and Dir Prom Reg have chosen out bits and
pamphlets to mail people at their own discretion. This is cancelled. Any
such presentation must first be okayed for that purpose.
That a booklet exists or has been printed is not an okay for its general
use.
Any printed booklet or book must be okay ed before being used for a
specific purpose.
This means that booklets and handouts may not be indiscriminately released.
One may not place them in with certificates or rnailings unless they are
okayed to be used for that purpose.
Booklets, etc may not be handed around at Congresses or in PEs unless they
have been okayed.
SUBMISSION FOR OKAY
The entire packet that is to be mailed or handed out or put in with a
certificate must be packaged up the way it will be assembled and passed to
me via the Office of LRH Saint Hill.
Mark it-Office of LRH Saint Hill-Issue Authority Section.
Do not send a pamphlet and ask if it is okay to release it. State what it
is to be rel ased with or how it is to be released.
All permissions granted are for a specific use of the material. That an
item has
been given a specific permission for a specified use does not grant
permission to use it as anything else. If it is to be used for anything
else, a new permission must be asked.
All permissions granted will be issued as SECEDs and expire, like all
SECEDS, in one year.
MAGAZINES
Every issue of a magazine must be passed upon in Dummy Form. Two dummies
must be submitted. One is kept, the other returned.
A copy of the finished magazine must be sent to the Office of LRH, Issue
Authority Section.
BOOKS
Books which may be advertised and sold must first be passed upon by the
Issue Authority Section.
This includes all books, those by myself and others.
REPRINTING BOOKS
Any book to be reprinted must have an authority from the Issue Authority
Section.
On requesting a reprint authority, sales data on the book during the past
year must be included.
Several new books are to be issued and they may replace some old ones.
Some old books are to be rewritten.
"Unauthorized issue" means that the material does not have an authority for
that purpose and is a misderneanour.
Co-ordination of issue makes it possible to assess values of various
materials and bring greater effectiveness of presentation.
|LRH:wmc.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|HCO Dissem | | |
|Sec | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 JULY 1965 | |
| |Issue Il | |
| |DISSEMINATION MATERIALS TO SAINT HILL | |
As per the Policy Letter of 22 April 1965, before its printing or copy, any
publication, mailing piece or hand-out of any Central Org, City Office or
Franchise Centre, has to be passed by the Office of LRH, Saint Hill-Issue
Authority.
A copy of each actual material then printed or otherwise reproduced is then
sent to the HCO Dissemination Secretary WW Saint Hill. It is accompanied
with a despatch stating what it is being used for and a record or copy of
the LRH authorization for that use.
The only Org that publishes books is Saint Hill. Only Saint Hill cares for
the reprinting of books or the printing of new books.
At times in the past, other Scientology orgs have printed books. If your
org has ever printed a book on Dianetics or Scientology, whether in English
or another language, please send 8 copies (or fewer, if 8 copies aren't
available) of that book(s) to the Archives Officer WW, HCO Dissemination
Division, Saint Hill.
If you know of any books or materials of Dianetics or Scientology which
have been translated into any other language, please secure, similarly,
copies of these and send them to the Archives Officer WW, Saint Hill.
If you know of or come across any unpublished translations, have a copy or
the manuscript sent to the Director of Compilations WW, Saint Hill. Only
Saint Hill will publish translations of Scientology books or materials.
Important: Each individual package or article sent to Archives WW must have
a slip with it (inserted) stating what it is, how many, and who is sending
it. This is written in usual despatch form. This is in addition, of course,
to the mailing address.
An unpublished translation sent to Director of Compilations should have the
address of the translator included.
|LRH:ml.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|1 each |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|staff |3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
|member |(Issued at Washington, DC) | |
|Field | | |
|Offices | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 AUGUST 1958 | |
| | | |
The Washington DC central organization fills book and tape cash orders for
dollar areas only. HASI London fills sterling area orders.
|LRH:rs.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 MARCH 1959 | |
| |BOOK POLICY | |
All areas including New Zealand, South Africa, Melbourne, Los Angeles,
Washington and London should send as soon as possible a list of all books,
Pabs and Tapes in stock to HCO WW.
From this Master Inventory we can begin to allocate books and reprint those
we are lacking.
|LRH:mp.gh.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 APRIL 1959 | |
| |DEFACING BOOKS AND PROPER ADDRESSES ON THEM | |
Books shall not be defaced by ugly rubber stamps.
Price alterations in books and modernized Central Organizations' addresses
should be changed by overpasting old data or address with a neat printed
sticker.
No book should be released with an improper address or price in it or
lacking a Central Organization address.
|LRH:mp.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|UK only |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JUNE 1959 CenO | |
| |SALE AND HANDOUT OF CERTAINTY MINORS | |
1. People coming in to Reception may take Certainty minors as free
handouts.
2. People ordering copies by post in addition to the copy they receive
because they are on our mailing list, and people making quantity
orders (e.g. Field Auditors ordering 50 or 100 for their own use)
must pay 1/6d a copy, less any discount they may have as a member.
|LRH:gh.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright� 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 NOVEMBER 1959 | |
| |RE-ORGANIZATION OF BOOK SUPPLIES | |
The purpose of this new scheme is to simplify the present situation
regarding supply of books to HCO Book Departments from HCO WW and DCI, to
relieve other offices apart from these two of the burden of having to carry
stocks of great diversity, and to make it financially possible for other
offices to re-print or obtain the following 7 items by centralizing "odd"
titles.
All book sales offices should have or obtain the following as their only
stock (any titles not listed and still in stock should be sold in the usual
way, but will not be re-supplied, either by HCO WW or DCI, to your office).
1. Problems of Work
2. Fundamentals of Thought
3. Summary of Scientology
4. Evolution of a Science
5. Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health
6. Science of Survival.
(HCO WW being notified of any re-printing plans and 6 copies forwarded to
them.)
7. Any new book which appears. (These will be produced either by
HCO WW or DCI, quantities allocated and shipped to each office,
and when this initial supply is exhausted the book will only be
available from either of these 2 offices in the manner outlined
later in this Policy Letter.)
If any of these titles have to be obtained from either HCO WW or DCI
(applies mainly to the expensive titles) by any other office they should be
ordered direct in fairly large quantities (to keep shipping costs low) and
not through another office. There is little profit to be made in one office
buying from HCO WW or DCI at 50% and supplying another office at the same
discount. However, it is advised that the main
HCO office on each continent prints all of the above 6 and distributes them
amongst the smaller offices for which it is responsible.
All other titles not listed above will be obtainable only from HCO WW (for
Sterling Areas) or DCI (Dollar Areas).
They will be obtainable by General Public, Booksellers, etc., in either of
the two following ways:
1. By writing direct to HCO WW or DCI enclosing price of item/s
plus postage.
2. By paying the local HCO Office the price of the item/s plus
postage.
In either case the item/s will be shipped direct to the person requiring.
Procedure for ordering will be as follows:
1. (a) Person writes direct to either office and includes the
local currency equivalent of the Sterling and Dollar prices and
postage rates listed below.
2. (a) Person requiring item/s through any other office pays that
office the local equivalent of the prices listed below plus
postage. Any discounts must be calculated at this time, not
later. The person taking the order then advises HCO WW (in
Sterling Areas) or DCI (in Dollar Areas). The information that
should be sent to these two offices is:
1. Name of person ordering.
2. Address of person ordering.
3. Name/s and quantity of item/s required.
Upon receipt of this, HCO WW or DCI then debits your office with the cost
of the item/s less 50% plus postage (in Sterling or Dollars). (Note for HCO
WW and DCI: The invoice doing this should be headed with the name and
address of the office who sent the order, and the name and address of the
person requiring put below the actual calculations on the invoice. The copy
which remains in the Book Section for records should be filed under the
name of the office but in alphabetical order). After invoicing, the
material is sent direct to the person requiring and not to the office which
ordered them. It is up to the office taking the order to ensure that it
takes the correct money as HCO WW or DCI will debit them for the amount
required less 50% plus postage.
Orders from all Sterling Area offices can only be sent to HCO WW and in
Dollar Areas to DCI. In the event of the book being out of stock at one of
these two offices, the office unable to supply will debit the office
ordering (as above) and advise the other central office of the order. This
central office will then send the item/s and debit the office who passed
the order. e.g. Melbourne forwards an order to HCO WW for a book. HCO WW
has no stock, but DCI has. HCO WW debits Melbourne with cost, less 50%,
plus postage, in Sterling and passes the details to DCI. DCI sends the book
to the person and debits HCO WW with cost, less 50%, plus postage, in
Dollars.
If the order is being passed in this way, the invoice should be marked
"Order passed to . . . ." (HCO WW or DCI, whichever the case may be), by
the office which passes it over.
The customer only receives one white copy of the invoice and that is the
one he receives when he actually pays for the item/s at his local office.
At the end of every week, each office (apart from HCO WW and DCI who have a
separate arrangement) will forward a cheque paying for the items ordered,
to the office the item/s were ordered from, unless other arrangements are
in force. The onus is on each office to see that this cheque is forwarded
and any office that is late or neglects these payments will have their
orders dealt with afker all others.
Right now each office should list all their back orders of items listed
below and forward these to either HCO WW or DCI (whichever area they are
in) excel)t "Have You Lived Before?" which is considered a "new" book (see
No. 7 at beginning of Policy Letter).
Any back orders for books which are now not obtainable, i.e. "Creative
Education", "Sex in the Basic Personality", etc., should not be forwarded.
Any payments to you for these should be credited to the account of the
orderer and that person notified.
Initially there may be delays on certain items until both DCI and HCO WW
have comparable stocks, but once this balance is achieved things will go
smoothly.
By the way, air mail rates for books are being worked out and will be
announced at a later date.
|Advanced Procedure and Axioms |12/6 |$2.50 |
|Dianetics 1955 |10/- |$3.00 |
|Scientology 8-80 |51- |$1.25 |
|Scientology 8-8008 |12/6 |$3.50 |
|History of Man |15/- |$3.00 |
|Creation of Human Ability |17/6 |$5.00 |
|PAB Books, 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5 |6/- |$1.25 |
|ACC Manual |5/- |$1.25 |
|Child Dianetics |12/6 |$2.75 |
|Creative Learning |10/- |$3.00 |
|Self Analysis (US edition available | |$2.50 |
|only in America) | | |
|Self Analysis |12/6 |$3.00 |
|Fortress in the Sky |5/- |S .50 |
|All about Radiation |7/6 |$3.25 |
|Key to Tomorrow (Scientology: Its |15/- |$2.50 |
|contribution to Knowledge) | | |
|Clear Procedure-Issue 1 |10/- |$2.00 |
|Control & Mechanics of SCS |5/- |$1.25 |
|HAS Training Manual |5/- |$1.25 |
|ACC Clear Procedure |9/- |$1.25 |
|How to Live Though an Executive |12/6 |$2.00 |
|(Communications Manual) | | |
|Handbook for Preclears |15/- |$2.50 |
|Intentions (Poems by Julian Cooper) |6/- |$2.00 |
|Tone Scale (Black and White) |7/- |$1.00 |
|Tone Scale (Coloured) |10/6 |$1.00 |
|Chart of Attitudes |5/6 |S .50 |
|Chart of Human Evaluation |5/6 |$1.00 |
|Rights of a Field Auditor |5/6 |$1.00 |
|Church Creed |9/- |$1.25 |
|Photo of L. Ron Hubbard (bust) |2/6 |$1.50 |
|The Great Religions |3/6 |S .35 |
|This is Scientology (Science of |5/- |$1.25 |
|Certainty) | | |
|Dianetics: The Original Thesis |12/6 |$2.50 |
|London Clearing Congress Records |8 |$24.00 |
| |gns. | |
(Each office should keep a sample of the above for display and promotion.)
Postage rates as follows:
Items up to and including 6/- (1.25) - 6d or 10c.
Items from 6/- up to and including 17/6 (3.50) - 9d or 15c.
Items above 17/6 - I/- or 20c.
Postage prices for other items (the one above refers mainly to books) are
being calculated and will be issued at a later date.
And please note the following discounts etc.,
London Clearing Congress Album-Life Members only 4 gns. $12.00
no other discounts.
International Members - 10% (see Policy Letter October 26, 1959)
- only on books, etc. over 5/- or $1.25
Life members or Shareholders- 20% on all items. (Records see above).
|LRH:js.cden |Peter Stumbke |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Book Administrator HCO WW for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 MARCH 1960 | |
| |"HAVE YOU LIVED...." SALES | |
Sales of "Have You Lived Before This Life?" of the first edition are
limited to members of the Hubbard Association of Scientologists,
International.
An expurgated edition at a lower price will be made available to the public
if it is ever placed on public sale.
It is called to HASI attention that this is a HASI book.
|LRH:js.mm.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright �1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |President |
| |HASI |
| | |
|HCO Sec |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Info Assoc |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Secs | | |
|Info HCO | | |
|Communicato| | |
|rs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 JULY 1960 | |
| |BOOK ADMINISTRATION | |
Due to the importance of the role of books in dissemination, the following
policies are laid down:
1. The Book Administrator shall be an executive of HCO and HCO Ltd.
a) He or she may not be newly appointed or transferred or dismissed
without approval from HCO WW. If appointed the appointment shall
be provisional until confirmed.
b) Minimum staff requirement graph and IQ are prerequisite after
Jan I st 196 1.
c) Graph and IQ shall be forwarded with request for confirmation.
d) Dismissal may occur only after a confirmation is received from
HCO WW.
2. The Book Administrator shall follow the administration procedures to
be laid down and agreed upon in a future policy level to sharply
standardise administration.
3. The Book Administrator may hire his/her own clerk and dismiss
his/her clerk with consultation with the HCO Secretary in immediate
supervision of the Book Administration.
4. All stocks and quarters relating to books are the full
responsibility of the Book Administrator.
5. All book supplies are the responsibility of the Book Administrator.
6. All income report sheets are to be done by or for the Book
Administrator, and submitted by each following Monday directly to
the highest officer of a Central Organisation via the HCO Secretary.
7. All Advisory Comi-nittee reports on books shall be made out and
submitted by the Book Administrator and every such report shall
show:
a) The five current best sellers.
b) The number of back orders extant.
8. E-Meters, their supply, financing and sale, shall be the whole
responsibility of the Book Administrator.
9. All insignia, badges and such materials shall be the responsibility
of the Book Administrator.
10. All tapes shall be the responsibility of the Book Administrator.
11. That books are or are not being sold in an area, are or are not
being advertised, are or are not being sold to book stores, shall be
the full responsibility of the Book Administrator.
12. In addition to his pay, the Book Administrator shall receive 2%
weekly of the cash mail order sales and sales to book stores, and in
particular all books sold in PE or to PE Courses. This shall include
badges, insignia, meters and tapes.
13. The Book Administrator may communicate directly with the Book
Administrator at HCO WW, or with any other Book Administrator,
without vias or forwardings, and may use telex and cable when
vitally necessary.
a) It is preferred that all communications about books and stocks,
prices and sales are made to HCO WW directly by the Book
Administrator.
b) The Book Administrator should furnish information copies of
despatches to the HCO Secretary and Association Secretary if
required.
The purposes of this Policy letter and these policies are to increase book
dissemination, increase stocks, and to handle books and book matters
without disturbing or overcrowding the lines of the Association Secretaries
and the HCO Secretaries.
The action being taken herein is first to establish firm terminals in all
organisations for book matters, and then to provide easy direct
communication lines to HCO WW. The existence of terminals and lines for
matters relating to books and related materials should increase
dissemination markedly.
Where the book stocks and sales of an organisation are too small to warrant
any book personnel, this hat shall be worn by the HCO Secretary. But where
book traffic warrants a single person, that person shall be appointed Book
Administrator, even though he is also shipping clerk.
|LRH:rf.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Executive Director |
| | |
| | |
|HCO Secs |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Info Assoc |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Secs | | |
|Info HCO | | |
|Communicato| | |
|rs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1961 | |
| |BOOK ADMINISTRATION | |
| |(Cancels HCO Policy Letter of July 28, 1960)| |
| | | |
HCO Policy Letter of July 28, 1960, "Book Administration", is cancelled.
The Book Administrator in a Central Org or HCO Office is an HCO personnel,
and comes under the supervision of the local HCO Secretary or HCO Executive
Secretary.
No percentage of sales of books or other supplies will be paid to the Book
Administrator.
|LRH:js.rd |Issued |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1961 |by: | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |HCO Secretary WW |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JULY 1960 | |
| |Re-issued from Sthil | |
| |LT MEMBERSHIP PRIVILEGES | |
Some confusion may exist with regard to the privileges entailed in a
Lifetime
Membership. The purpose of this Policy Letter is to clarify the situation
after review of this problem in various areas.
It is possible that the details as indicated here will not coincide with
the actual
position in your area, or it may conflict with existing privileges which
have actually been granted hitherto to the Life Members. However, since the
advantages and privileges must be the same in any area of the world it will
be necessary for all Scientology Orgs, in all areas to conform eventually
to the rundown as shown here. Life Members in your area should be informed
of any changes which may affect them as soon as possible.
A Lifetime Member gets 20% discount on Processing, Training and Books. He
does not get a discount on tapes or E-Meters or any other materials which
may be supplied by a Book Department, but on books only. He does not get a
discount on ACC fees, as the ACC is a specialized HCO activity. The
discount on Training is given on any training taken in an Academy,
including the Extension Course.
If a LT Member is also an International Member, he receives a 30% discount
on books instead of 20% (so long as he retains both memberships). The 30%
discount
applies only to books, not Processing or Training.
If an International Member becomes a LT Member, he receives a refund of the
unused portion of his International Membership (unless he wishes to retain
the Int Membership).
Neither an International Member nor a LT Member receives any discount on
Congress entrance fees.
A LT Member gets the HPA/HCA portion of the Extension Course free, but pays
the normal fee for the B.Scn/HCS portion of the Extension Course (less
discount).
The LT Membership does keep a Certificate in force. A professional
Scientologist who is a LT Member does not need to take out an International
Membership in order to keep his certificate valid.
The LT Member receives the area magazine (Certainty, Ability, etc) as he is
on the mailing list (not because he is a LT Member). He does not receive
the PAB magazine. The PAB magazine is sent only to the International
Members. Addresso Departments should therefore not include the LT Members
in the addressed envelopes or stickers which they send to HCO WW for the
PAB mailings.
All discounts are for cash purchases only. This Policy Letter does not
countermand the usual rule that book discounts are not allowed on books
costing 5/or less.
|CenOCon |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 JULY 1960 | |
| |Re-issued from Sthil | |
| |INTERNATIONAL MEMBERSHIP PRIVILEGES | |
The privileges and discounts entailed in an International Membership at
present are as follows:
International Members receive the PAB Magazine monthly, and also the
Continental Magazine (Certainty, Ability, etc) monthly.
International Members receive a discount of 20% on all books, charts and
scales except those priced at 5/- ($1.25) or less. There is no discount on
testing materials.
International Members receive a 20% discount on tapes, and also 20%
discount on E-Meters supplied by HCO WW.
If an International Member also holds a Lifetime Membership, he receives a
30% discount on books, charts and scales instead of 20%. The 30% discount
applies only to books, charts and scales, not to tapes and E-Meters.
International Members do not receive any discount on Congresses.
All discounts are given on cash purchases only.
This Policy is not intended to affect the discounts already in force for
Lifetime Members and Franchise Holders, which remain unchanged.
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 AUGUST 1960 | |
| |BOOK SUPPLIES | |
| |(Cancels previous directives) | |
In order to facilitate the supply of books, and to ensure that people all
over the world can easily obtain them, it is now policy that every
Scientology Org should carry stocks of all Scientology books. It should be
our aim to ensure that a person can go into any reception office, pay his
cash, and walk out with the book of his choice.
At the same time, it is considered advisable that the Orgs should
principally display, advertise and push the sales of only the six leading
titles, and also any newly published books. Small stocks of other titles
may be carried, so that they may be supplied to people who enqtiire for
them. But it is still envisaged that the main sales of books from the
Central Orgs should consist of the six leading titles, which are at
present:
1. Problems of Work
2. Fundamentals of Thought
3. Summary of Scientology
4. Dianetics: The Evolution of a Science
5. Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health
6. Science of Survival
plus at present, the newly published "Have You Lived Before This Life"
(sold only to members, including Associate Members).
The other titles may now be supplied to the Central Orgs by HCO WW Book
Dept (Sterling Area) and D.C. I. in Washington (Dollar Area).
If a book is asked for which is out of stock at the Central Org, it is
correct to accept the person's money and send the order, with remittance,
to HCO WW or D.C.I., as at present; or tell the person to send his order
and remittance direct to HCO WW or 1).C.I.
|LRH:js.rd |Issued |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1960 |by: | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |HCO Secretary WW |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Sthil |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Central |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Orgs | | |
|HCOs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 OCTOBER 1960 | |
| |BOOK DEPARTMENT PROCEDURE | |
The purpose of this Policy Letter is to clarify exact procedure to be
followed by Book Department of HCO WW at Saint Hill in its dealings with
the Book Department of HCO London, and with the other HCOs and Central
Orgs.
The Book Department of HCO WW is regarded simply as a book department-its
sole purpose being to supply books and other materials to individuals,
bookstores and the HCOs throughout the world. It is not directly concerned
with the dissemination of Scientology, and it does not deal with any
correspondence whatsoever apart from that entailed in the supply of books,
etc. It does not answer any queries on Scientology itself or the contents
of books.
In order to implement this policy and at the same time to ensure that such
queries from interested persons do get answered, the following procedure
will be carried out.
1. All orders for books which the HCO office in London cannot fill must
be invoiced to HCO London and the money banked in the HCO Acct.
Thus, HCO London sends down to HCO WW the orders, and also sends the
money for them to HCO WW. This applies equally to books sold for HCO
London by the HASI receptionist. In this way, HASI is left out of
the book line entirely. The Book Department of HCO WW routinely
fills the order, sends the book or books, and debits the amount to
HCO London, every time that a yellow copy of an invoice for books is
received from HCO London. Since HCO London (and the other HCOS) are
now allowed by policy to carry stocks of all books, the necessity
for this should arise less often now.
2. All book correspondence received by Book Department of HCO WW is
kept and filed at HCO WW. No correspondence of any kind is sent to
the Org in London or elsewhere, as it has been in the past.
3. All requests for credit on books, etc, ordered from HCO WW, on
account of having credit with any other HCO or HASI, are refused by
HCO WW. In such cases the person must first get the credit back from
the Org or HCO concerned, or pay HCO WW the correct amount and
obtain the credit later from the Org or HCO concerned. The same
would apply to people who ask for a credit from any other HCO or
Org, on account of having a credit with HCO WW. This will then do
away with any need for complicated queries from HCO WW as to the
state of a person's credit at London or some other Org or HCO, and
vice versa.
4. If letters received by the Book Department of HCO WW do contain
queries on Scientology or the content of books, the Book
Administrator at HCO WW will send to the Department of Promotion and
Registration of the Central Org concerned, a slip, stating that the
person had queries on Scientology, and that it is up to the PrR Dept
to write to the person and find out what the queries were and follow
it up. It is the responsibility of the Book Administrator WW to see
that such a slip is sent every time that such a query is found in a
letter, and to make sure that the person's name and address are
legibly written on the slip. He takes no other action in the matter,
except to include a similar slip with the book order and receipt,
telling the person that his queries can be answered by the
appropriate Central Org, and that he will hear from them in due
course.
5. It should be explained to people in all Magazines (Certainty,
Ability, etc, and PAB) that all queries on Scientology should be
addressed to the Dept of Promotion and Registration of the Central
Org in their area, and that enquiries about the supply of books and
other materials, but not their contents, may be addressed to the
Book Department of HCO WW.
NOTE TO HASI LONDON: Although correspondence will be kept and filed at HCO
WW, Book Administrator WW will continue to send copies of all book invoices
to HASI London for their information and use in dissemination, as before.
|MSH:js.rd |Issued |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1960 |by: | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |HCO Secretary WW |
| | |for |
| | |MARY SUE HUBBARD |
|HCOs |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Central |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Orgs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 OCTOBER 1960 | |
| |PAB MAGAZINE SUPPLIES | |
The PAB Magazine is sent monthly to the International Membership list, and
is part of the service to which the International Members are entitled.
Single copies of the PAB magazine are available from the Book Department of
HCO WW at Saint Hill. The price is 8s. 6d. ($1.25) per copy plus postage.
No arrangements will be made for an annual subscription to the PAB
magazine, and the other HCOs and Central Orgs will not normally carry
stocks of the PAB magazine in their book depts.
Please disseminate this information to enquirers in your area.
|MSH: j s. rd |Issued |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1960 |by: | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |HCO Secretary WW |
| | |for |
| | |MARY SUE HUBBARD |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 AUGUST 1961 | |
| |BOOK SALES | |
All book sales of whatever nature are handled by HCO and none are handled
by any Central Organization.
This Policy Letter, therefore, strictly prohibits the sale of books in
Reception by any Central Organization. All Reception book sales shall be
done by HCO and HCO only.
This changes the Proportionate Income Breakdown Work Sheet to the degree
that all books sold in Reception are now added in with the HCO Area 5%.
If this policy is not in effect in your area, please put it into effect
immediately. No Central Organization is exempt from this ruling.
|LRH:jl.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1961 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|HCO Secs |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Org Secs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 APRIL 1962 | |
| |SUPPLIES OF BOOKS FROM HCO WW | |
As from now, all bulk deliveries of books and materiel to Central
Organizations will be despatched in larger-sized consignments, i.e.,
cartons of 50 or more books, instead of small parcels of half a dozen or
so.
HCO WW has been laboriously making up small parcels of books in order to
save on shipping and Customs dues: as Central Orgs receive a 50% discount
on Books, etc, it should be possible for them to make a profit even if
costs are somewhat higher by the new method.
These larger-sized consignments will be sent by surface-freight, and all
handling, Insurance and freight charges will be collected from the
consignee by the shippers.
Customs declarations will show just what is being paid for the materiel,
and it is hoped that Customs dues will not exceed 21/2%.
|LRH:jw.rd |Issued |HCO Technical Materiel |
|Copyright � 1962 |by: | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |Secretary WW |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 JUNE 1962 | |
| |AUTOGRAPHED FREE BOOKS | |
The system whereby a person could present L50 worth of white
invoice/receipts and obtain a free book autographed by L. Ron Hubbard, is
discontinued herewith.
The notice announcing this service may be omitted from future printings of
invoices.
Requests for books should still be honoured, so long as the invoices
presented bear the printed notice.
|LRH:dr.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1962 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|HCO Secs |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Book |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Administrat| | |
|ors | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 MAY 1963 | |
| |SUPPLIES OF BOOKS TO SCIENTOLOGY | |
| |ORGANIZATIONS | |
As from this date, the following policies will apply concerning the supply
of books and other dissemination materials to Scientology Organizations of
all types.
Any order sent to Book Dept, HCO WW, must be accompanied by cash in payment
for the materials ordered, at Org discounts. In the event that cash does
not accompany the order, a Pro-Forma Invoice will be sent to the Org
concerned, and the order will only be filled when the cash demanded upon
that Pro-Forma Invoice has been received at HCO WW.
Each Central Org should carry a stock of at least 50 (preferably about 200)
of each title published by HCO WW, and City Offices should carry at least
20 (preferably 100) of each title.
Immediate efforts are to be made to build up book-stocks to these figures.
Each Org should maintain a cash reserve with which to buy books etc, from
HCO WW, particularly so as to be able to immediately stock up with
forthcoming new works.
A weekly report is to be made by Book Admin at EVERY Scientology Org
addressed to HCO Technical Materiel Secretary WW, showing the numbers of
each item sold in the previous seven days ending at 2.00 p.m. on Thursdays;
this report must also show the total quantity of each work left in stock;
in other words, this report will constitute an itemized running record of
your total stocks. The weekly report top copy is to be posted to HCO WW on
the Friday of each week, i.e. one day only later than the week to which it
relates. This weekly book report is to be made by the Book Administrator of
EVERY Scientology Org, and the Form of report must be mimeoed exactly as on
the attached specimen. the Org's location to appear at the head of the
Form,
Upon receipt of these weekly book reports, the Book Dept at HCO WW will
send out a Pro-Forma Invoice to each Org, offering replacements of the
materials sold according to the previous week's report: upon receipt of the
cash requested, the materials will be despatched. Postages (or freight
charges) and packing materials will be charged.
Books are a very important dissemination medium, therefore it is imperative
that every effort be made to sell them and to maintain stocks at every Org
in sufficient quantities to meet any demand. Your co-operation is invited
in order to operate this system which can so easily and continuously
replenish your book-stocks.
A quarterly stock-taking report-from an actual count-must still be
furnished to HCO Technical Materiel Secretary WW, the next such report
being due on I st June, 1963, to be posted to HCO WW not later than 4th
June, 1963.
Attached is the specimen copy of the weekly book report, which must be
mimeoed and provided for Book Administrators' use. N.B.: HEAD THE FORM WITH
YOUR ORG'S LOCATION. THIS REPORT MUST BE MIMEOED BLUE ON GOLD, AND SENT
SEPARATELY FROM ALL OTHER REPORTS TO HCO WW. THE LOCAL PRICE OF EACH ITEM
IS TO BE MIMEOED INTO THE FORM'S PRICE COLUMN.
|LRH:gl.cden |Issued by |HCO Technical Materiel |
|Copyright � 1963 | |Sec WW |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Authorized|L. RON HUBBARD |
| |by | |
[Note: An updated version of the Weekly Book Report Form appears on page
209.]
|General |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|Books Sthil| | |
| | | |
|Books DC | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1964 | |
| |DISCOUNTS | |
| |CENTRAL ORGS | |
| |BOOKS | |
| |Effective on Receipt | |
In addition to recent policy letters on pricing and discounts, the
following policies are in effect on Central Orgs:
To obtain a 50% discount on anything the purchase must consist of an order
of quantity.
50% is a Distributors' Discount. By definition, a distributor in the book
business is one who provides books to retail sales outlets. While there is
nothing wrong with a distributor selling a single book to a customer, the
bulk of the books is sold to retail outlets, again in quantity.
There the quantity of books purchasable at a 50% discount must not be less
than 100 of the same item.
If 25 are ordered of one item, a Central Org may have only a Franchise
Discount-City Office discount of 33 113%.
If less than 25 are ordered of any one Item, no discount is given.
SPECIAL HANDLING
Any time a Central Organization order requires special handling from Saint
Hifl or Washington, D.C. full postage and handling charges are made.
Example: An org wants 2 books of a 100 book shipment to be sent airmail.
The cost of the books is covered by the payment for 100 copies. However,
the extra airmail post and the handling of the two copies is at extra cost,
regardless of how the full order is to be handled.
BOOK STORES
Discounts by a distributor such as a Central Org are arranged differently
than other discounts. These are done by the custom of local book stores in
the area.
The regular business discounts ordinarily given by a book store are
granted. These are never more than 40% and then only on huge quantities.
They are more likely to be a standard 33 1/3% or even as little as 25%.
Policy is to use their standard scale of discounts. To do anything else
makes the org seem strange to them and they don't buy.
BIG BOOK DISTRIBUTORS
If a Central Org should receive a request from a big book distributor (by
which is meant a wholesale bookseller to the trade) the Org should not
attempt to handle it themselves but pass it on quickly to Saint Hill or
Washington. Such a firm will expect about 49% on lots of 2,000 copies.
The Central Org should handle the big distributor expertly and swiftly in
the interests of dissemination in its area. But the order should be
referred fast to Saint Hill or Washington as only there would such
quantities be available and it would cost the org money to try to fill the
actual order.
Policy is, seek such orders, get them filled by Saint Hill or Washington as
a direct transaction.
Big book distributors place books in dozens, even hundreds of different
retail book stores so it is to your advantage to cultivate this market.
In "selling the trade" (retail book stores) it is far more effective to do
it through wholesale people who supply them anyway. To place books one by
one in local book stores is not apt to be successful. Landing the interest
and order of a big book wholesaler would be very successful and would place
your books in stores. They have the organization and representatives to do
so.
|LRH.jw.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Books Sthil| | |
| | | |
|Books DC | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 JULY 1965 | |
| |Correction of HCO Policy Letter | |
| |of 21 November 1964 | |
| |DISCOUNTS | |
| |CENTRAL ORGS | |
| |BOOKS | |
| |Effective on Receipt | |
In addition to recent policy letters on pricing and discounts, the
following policies are in effect on Central Orgs:
To obtain a 50% discount on anything the purchase must consist of an order
of quantity.
50% is a Distributors Discount. By definition, a distributor in the book
business is one who provides books to retail sales outlets. While there is
nothing wrong with a distributor selling a single book to a customer, the
bulk of the books is sold to retail outlets, again in quantity.
There, the quantity of books purchasable at a 50% discount must not be less
than 100 of the same item at any one time. To get a 50% discount on E-
Meters, a central org would have to order a minimum of 10 at any one time.
If less than 100 are ordered of one item, a Central Org may have only a
Franchise Discount-City Office discount of 40%. If less than 10 Meters are
ordered, a Central Org may have only a 40% discount.
SPECIAL HANDLING
Any time a Central Organization order requires special handling from Saint
Hill or Washington, DC, full postage and handling charges are made.
Example: An org wants 2 books of a 100 book shipment to be sent airmail.
The cost of the books is covered by the payment for 100 copies. However,
the extra airmail post and the handling of the two copies is at extra cost,
regardless of how the full order is to be handled.
BOOK STORES
Discounts by a distributor such as a Central Org are arranged differently
than other discounts. These are done by the custom of local book stores in
the area.
The regular business discounts ordinarily given by a book store are
granted. These are never more than 40%, and then only on huge quantities.
They are more likely to be a standard 33 1/3% or even as little as 25%.
Policy is to use their standard scale of discounts. To do anything else
makes the org seem strange to them, and they don't buy.
BIG BOOK DISTRIBUTORS
If a Central Org should receive a request from a big book distributor (by
which is meant a wholesale bookseller to the trade), the Org should not
attempt to handle it themselves, but pass it on quickly to Saint Hill or
Washington. Such a firm will expect about 49% on lots of 2,000 copies.
The Central Org should handle the big distributor expertly and swiftly in
the interests of dissemination in its area. But the order should be
referred fast to Saint Hill
or Washington, as only there would such quantities be available, and it
would cost the org money to try to fill the actual order.
Policy is, seek such orders, get them filled by Saint Hill or Washington as
a direct transaction.
Big book distributors place books in dozens, even hundreds of different
retail book stores so it is to your advantage to cultivate this market.
In "selling the trade" (retail book stores), it is far more effective to do
it through wholesale people who supply them anyway. To place books one by
one in local book stores is not apt to be successful. Landing the interest
and order of a big book wholesaler would be very successful and would place
your books in stores. They have the organization and representatives to do
so.
Central orgs may only give 20% discounts to International Members and Life
Members, 30% discounts to both International and Life Members, 40% discount
to Franchise Holders, and 25% to 33 1/3% discount to Bookstores. Saint Hill
or Washington DC will handle BIG book distributors. Central Orgs may not
give special discounts or use their 50% discount to obtain cheaper E-Meters
and books for 64 special" people or friends.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|HCO Dissem | | |
|Sec | | |
|AU | | |
|personnel | | |
|in | | |
|Dept of | | |
|Pbls | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1965 | |
| |(Reissued on 14 September 1967) | |
| |KEEPING STOCKS UP | |
The Dissem Sec receives the weekly No. lb report from the Publications
Stock Officer. Based on the rate of sale and the amount remaining in stock
he orders more books from Saint Hill. This order must be large enough to
keep his stocks constantly up. Also, he must order well enough in advance
so that book stocks are adequate until the newly ordered books arrive.
Saint Hill ships out books within 24 hours, therefore the only comm lag the
Dissem Sec needs to estimate is the "en route" lag.
The lb report is then sent to the HCO Liaison Officer WW for the
Continental area concerned accompanied by a report to show what books have
been ordered.
The HCO Liaison Officer WW for the Continental area has the prerogative to
order books at the org's expense if any org has been negligent enough to
not have 10 or more selling books constantly in stock and has reported no
steps to replenish such stock.
The Material Secretary WW must order printing of books to meet the world
wide demand and keep the stocks up to date. He receives a weekly
Publications Stocks Report from the Stock Officer at Saint Hill of all
books and stocks and the number sold for that week. Then he estimates
selling rate and judges accordingly when and how many to order for
reprinting or new printings if the publication is to be revised in any way.
|LRH:mljp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965, 1967 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|Books Sthil| | |
| | | |
|Books DC | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 OCTOBER 1965 | |
| |(Additions to HCO Policy Letter | |
| |of 19 July 1965) | |
| |DISCOUNTS | |
1. THERE IS NO CREDIT EXTENDED TO ORGS FOR BOOKS, E-METERS OR ANY OTHER
SAINT HILL BOOK STORE ITEMS, INCLUDING TAPES.
Only by special authorization originated by Saint Hill is credit on book
store items ever extended to Orgs (this is very rare). Orgs may not order
on credit, ask for, or expect credit from the Saint Hill Book Store.
2. 50% discount on books costing 6/- or $ 1.25 or less only applies to
orders of 200 or more at any one time. This is true for any item 6/- or S
1.25 or less.
Otherwise the distributor's discount is retained as given.
3. The 40% discount to Orgs or Franchise does not apply on items 6/- or
$ 1.25 or under. Order lots of 200 or more for the 50% discount.
(The above policies are not new but are reaffirmed by this policy letter.)
|LRH:ml.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Sthil only |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor. East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 NOVEMBER 1965 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |AUTOGRAPHED COPIES OF BOOKS BY LRH | |
Traditionally I have autographed copies of any new book I have written.
These were then made available for sale. This now is made part of policy as
follows:
A limited number of copies of any new book by me will be autographed by me
as the author. These are sold in the Saint Hill Book Store either by mail
or hand-no credit of course. As there are only a limited number of
autographed copies available they are sold entirely on a first order or
first come first served basis.
The price of each autographed copy is three times (triple) the ordinary
list price of the book.
Please note that as this policy was omitted with the Book of Case Remedies,
orders or cash will now be accepted at the Saint Hill Book Store for both
77ze Book of Case Remedies and ScientologylA New Slant on Life.
|LRH:ml.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Franchise | | |
|Exec Secs' | | |
|Hats | | |
|Dissem Sec | | |
|Hat | | |
|Dist Sec Hat| | |
| | | |
|Dir of Publ | | |
|Hat | | |
|Dir of | | |
|Clearing Hat| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY 1966 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |PUBLICATION COPIES TO WW | |
Any Central Org, City Office or Franchise Centre on any publication,
mailing piece or hand-out printed or mimeoed by them must airmail a copy to
The Executive Director WW, airmail a copy to The Guardian WW, airmail 2
copies to The HCO Exec Sec WW, one copy to Issue Authority WW, and send 6
copies surface to the Librarian, Office of the Guardian WW, at the same
time that the mailing is done.
The only publishing offices for Scientology books are Saint Hill (chiefly)
and Washington, D.C. (occasionally). However, at times in the past other
offices have printed books. If your office has ever printed a book on
Dianetics or Scientology, whether in English or another language, please
send 8 copies of that book(s) to the LIBRARIAN, Office of The Guardian WW,
SAINT HILL.
If you know of any books of Dianetics and Scientology in another language
than English, or translated into another language than English, we would
greatly appreciate your securing copies of these and sending them to the
LIBRARIAN, Office of The Guardian, SAINT HILL.
|LRH:lb-r.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[See also HCO P/L 2 September 1971, Issue III, PK Archives (office of the
Guardian) WW, in the 1971 Year Book.]
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Div 2s |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Div 6s | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1968 | |
| |IMPORTANT | |
| |BOOK PURCHASE FROM WW | |
Hereafter, ALL ORGS may purchase books on credit from WW as well as for
cash.
All previous discount systems are cancelled.
No order may be for less than 25 of any one book or item.
Cash purchases with cash received at WW obtain a 50% discount.
Credit purchases obtain only a 25% discount.
Any order for less than 25 of one item is for cash with a 10% membership
discount.
This arrangement also applies to FRANCHISE HOLDERS.
If any credit book bill rises to above t 1000 without reduction, the Org
Exec Sec of the Org is removed.
If book supplies in an org drop below good dissem requirements the HCO ES
will be removed.
HCO special book accounts and money handling are cancelled. Books, meters
and insignia come under the same system as training and processing.
All special arrangements, Policy Letters, orders, Eds, arbitraries or
rumours or despatches on the subject of books and meter orders and payments
are cancelled.
All E-Meters and all insignia come under this same policy.
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1968 | |
| | | |
All Scientology Orgs can buy books and other items from Publications WW on
credit with a 25% discount or for cash with a 50% discount.
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Div 2s |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Div 6s | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1968 | |
| |(Revised 10 September 1968) | |
| |IMPOR TA NT | |
| |PURCHASING FROM PUBS ORG WW | |
Hereafter, ALL ORGS may purchase books and standard stock items on credit
from POWW as well as for cash.
All previous discount systems are cancelled.
No order may be for less than 25 of any one book or item except tapes, E-
Meters and films.
Cash purchases with cash received at POWW obtain a 50% Discount.
Credit purchases obtain only a 25% discount.
Any order for less than 25 of one item except tapes, E-Meters and films is
for cash with a 10% membership discount.
This arrangement also applies to FRANCHISE HOLDERS.
Credit for standard stock items is only extended up to f,1000.
If book supplies in an org drop below good dissem requirements the HCO ES
will be removed.
HCO Book Account Pol Ltr restored.
No book, meter, etc monies subject to allocation of percentile and must be
kept separate as is foremost dissem line. Books must be subsidized by
adding reserve monies to HCO book from time to time.
All special arrangements, Policy Letters, orders, Eds, arbitraries or
rumours or despatches on the subject of books and meter orders and payments
are cancelled.
All E-Meters and all insignia come under this same policy.
50% disc on E-Meters may be obtained for a bulk order of 10 E-Meters pre-
paid. Film and tape prices remain as established by POWW.
|LRH:js.ei.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|HCO Exec |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Secs | | |
|Dissem Secs| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1968 | |
| |WEEKLY BOOK STOCK REPORT REQUIRED | |
The current lb Weekly Book Stocks & Sales Report or any updated version
must be sent in weekly to WW. The routing is to the Success In Charge of
the Pubs Org WW, via the CLO and the International Promotion Officer. This
report goes directly to WW. A second copy is sent on channels to the
Continental HCO Exec Sec.
Add "Ordered from" between Date Ordered and Comments.
Failure to send in this report weekly to WW will go to the International
Ethics Officer as a No Report and be followed by any Ethics action
necessary to obtain the report weekly.
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
| |WEEKLY BOOK STOCKS AND SALES REPORT | |
| |HCO (location of org) | |
| | | |
|TO: |DISSEM SEC |(OR, FOR US ORGS) |
| |AOSH DK PUBLICATIONS DEPARTMENT |ASHO PUBLICATIONS DE |
| |SPO A/S |2723 West Temple Street |
| |Toldbodgade 33 |Los Angeles |
| |1253 Copenhagen K, Denmark |California 90026 |
|Report Form No. I B for W/E ________________ at 2.00 pm |
|Reported by _____________________________ Date _______________ |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 OCTOBER 1969 | |
| |PUBLICATIONS DEPTS AND ORGS | |
| |HOW TO STRAIGHTEN OUT | |
AS BOOKS ARE THE FIRST LINE OF PROMOTION IT IS VITAL TO HAVE PUBS DEPTS or
ORGS SOLVENT AND RUNNING.
The formula for straightening out and making solvent any Publications
Department or Org follows.
1. Make sure HCO Book Account Monies are used only to buy books and that
all books and publications receipts go only into them and nowhere else in
all orgs over the world.
In the Pubs Org or Dept or section in an org that sells or handles books:
2. Collect all invoices of books or publications shipped out or Put on
consignment or mailed out or ordered. Neatly file all such papers by
alphabetical names with invoice copies of money already received from them.
3. Compile statements of monies due and address the envelopes and send the
statements out. These must be accurate. What the statement amount was and
when sent should be marked in the file. MAIL THEM so you will have some
money coming in.
4. Collect all business papers ordering or buying books from printers or
distributors into a BUSINESS FILE FIRMS, put in neat file folders with
receipts of monies paid out.
Add up what is owed.
5. Verify with these creditors if this is the correct amount owed.
YOU HAVE NOW TAKEN CARE OF THE TWO MOST VITAL STEPS. THOSE STATEMENTS TO
DEBTORS WHO OWE YOU MONEY MUST GO OUT MONTHLY.
6. Collect together all orders for books and publications ordered by
individuals and firn~s or orgs, put them in chronological date and start
shipping promptly.
7. Any book or publication you can't supply
a) Inform the orderer you are out of it but are getting in a supply
and will ship soonest.
b) Arrange to get a supply.
c) Backlog the unfilled order in a neat file where it is visible
and available.
d) Ship it when you got it.
8. Work out how you are going to procure and supply E-Meters and get it in
action.
9. Work out an order form listing all your books, publications, insignia,
meters so printed that a buyer can write "send me" with just an X on it and
add up and enclose the amount in a return envelope on which he pays postage-
by air if to a distant place.
10. Get out your statements or a magazine to your entire list and in
addition to Org news and offerings stress book ads in it.
11. Get your shipping up in speed to 24 hours shipped after order received.
12. Do an inventory book of all books, publications, insignia and meters so
you have a total correct stock book. Ship thereafter from this stock book.
13. Make the main org pay for the magazine as a means of advertising
training and processing.
14. Every month on schedule get out a magazine, alternating Major to
Members with Minor to whole list. This means a fat major one month and a
minor the next.
15. Verify that Address has all CF names in it. Get it made so if not.
16. Verify that CF has all persons filed in it that ever bought from the
org. Get it made so if not.
17. Other methods of distribution should be looked into or also used BUT
NONE OF THEM KNOCK OUT THE ABOVE STEPS. These have worked for years.
18. Give discounts that are real. You must not give discounts greater than
those which leave you a good profit on turnover.
19. Keep up your business file, statement file and inventory book.
20. Be businesslike about publications.
21. Arrange sensible and routine procurement of books, Publications, E-
Meters and insignia well in advance of need and in real quantities and work
out how to pay for them.
|LRH:Idm.rs.ei.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Div 2s |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Div 6s | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 DECEMBER 1969 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |(Cancels HCO P/L 23 May 1968 | |
| |Revised 10 September 1968, Same Title) | |
| |IMPORTANT | |
| |PURCHASING FROM PUBS ORG | |
Hereafter, ALL ORGS must purchase books and standard stock items from Pubs
Org for cash. No credit will be extended.
All previous discount systems are cancelled.
Any order for more than 25 of any one book or item except tapes, E-Meters
and films, receives a 50% discount, plus postage or freight costs.
Any order for less than 25 of one item except tapes, E-Meters and films
receives a 10% membership discount.
This arrangement also applies to FRANCHISE HOLDERS.
If book supplies in an org drop below good dissem requirements the HCO ES
will be removed, if new stocks are not in transit.
HCO Book Account Pol Ltr restored; PES Account Pol Ltr remains in force.
No book, meter, etc monies are subject to allocation of percentile and must
be kept separate as is foremost dissem line. Books must be subsidized by
adding reserve monies to HCO book from time to time.
All special arrangements, Policy Letters, orders, EDs, arbitraries or
rumours or despatches on the subject of books and meter orders and payments
are cancelled.
All E-Meters and all insignia come under this same policy.
50% disc on E-Meters may be obtained for a bulk order of 10 E-Meters pre-
paid. Film and tape prices remain as established by Pubs Org.
|LRH:js.ei.ldm.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
[See also HCO P/Ls 20 March 1971, Book Discounts and Merchandising Policy,
and 5 April 1971, Issue II, of same title, in the 1971 Year Book.]
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MARCH 1959 | |
| |TAPES AND RECORDS | |
Tapes and records filing, preparation, ordering and editing shall be under
Gladys Wichelow.
Tapes and records will be sold, stored and inventoried by the book section
when they are for sale as items only.
The Tape and Record Library is not the Tape and Record Sales Dept.
|LRH:mp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|To all HCO |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Area Secs |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
|Assoc Secs | | |
|2 copies to| | |
|all Central| | |
|Orgs | | |
|Wash | | |
|Los Angeles| | |
| | | |
|Auckland | | |
|Melb | | |
|jobg | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 MARCH 1959 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |BSCN/HCS COURSE TAPES | |
The tapes for BScn and HCS courses are now as follows:
|5th London ACC Tapes |- |20 hrs. |
|2 1 st US Supplementary |- |8-1/2 hrs. 1-1 |
|Tapes | |hr. |
These are the best quality and are the total data given in these units.
They are being released only to Central Organizations as follows:
1. London
2. Washington
3. Melbourne
4. Johannesburg
5. Auckland.
They must not be copied or loaned or played by others than Instructors.
They are valuable. Further some of the data would hurt field cases if
generally released. Therefore, on the understanding that this data will be
safeguarded they are being forwarded by air as soon as costs received.
They are one for one speed copies, therefore, copy masters. They were
professionally recorded. Only five sets are being made. Therefore the cost
even if it includes air freight, is high. It is f,200 ($562) for a whole
set everything included. This is 16.16.0 ($18.45) per lecture.
To teach a BScn/HCS course these are necessary. We can crack all cases now.
Let's not lose the data. On receipt of the copy masters, you are requested
to make one copy yourself for actual use in your class and place the copy
masters in a vault for further reference.
Your set is being made for shipment now. Please send your cheque to HCO
London.
|LRH:mp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
|Make info |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|available |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
|all | | |
|activities | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 APRIL 1959 | |
| |NEW HPA/HCA TAPES | |
I am making a new up to date HPA/HCA tape series while teaching the current
HPA/BScn Course in London. very ably assisted by Dick and Jan Halpern.
This course is being done with an eye to maximum stability and continued
validity.
It covers all the TRs from 0 to 9, all valid HPA/HCA processes and teaches
as well how to obtain releases and theta clears by modern processing.
Sixteen basic processes are covered fully. The E-Meter is covered fully and
used on this course.
New student texts will match this course.
The main lecture series consists of 25 hrs by covering the elements of
Scientology, axioms, scales, TRs (15 mins for each TR from 0 to 9) all
recorded by a professional company at 71/2 in/sec.
40 tapes 1/2 hour each are also being made by Dick and Jan Halpern in the
actual class work.
All these tapes together are class A, for use in Central Organizations
only, not to be loaned, copied or sold. The cost is not yet established.
The lectures will all be on 3-'/4 inch per second tape copied one for one
speed.
It is advised that you advertise this 2 month course at once with the above
data. This is the first HPA/HCA course I have personally compiled in 5
years and contains all the important intervening data and very fast
clearing.
The tapes will be shipped to you by air freight as soon as they are
completed and copied, but not later than May 30.
|LRH:mp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Distrib. |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|"Central" |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
|HCO Offices | | |
|only | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 MAY 1959 | |
| |HOW TO ESTABLISH PRICE OF BOOKS AND TAPES | |
BOOKS
Establish fully the printing cost. Multiply by five. This is cost of the
book to usual buyers. However, a book price can be further increased so
that when one gets a 20% reduction he pays a whole figure. Example:
Printing cost X = 20 shillings. This is minimum safe retail price. This can
be fixed further so members buy it for 20 shillings after their 20%
discount, i.e. 24s X 20% = 20s.
TAPE PRICING
Add:
1. Cost of tape original
2. Cost of recorder and equipment depreciation (2 yrs per
recorder); includes cost of recorders in copying.
3. Cost of time of engineer (gross weekly)
4. Cost of tape for copy master.
5. Cost of tapes for copies.
6. Rental cost of recording room or rooms.
7. Performer cost. (Min. i I 5.0.0./week)
8. Shipping cost of whole package by air + insurance.
Add 100% of above.
|LRH:mp.pm.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 OCTOBER 1959 | |
| |TAPE AND RECORD PRODUCTION HAT | |
Purpose: To insure excellent quality reproduction of voice in tape and
record production. To make sure that all materials released via tape and
record follow organization policy.
1. Receives master quality tape copy or B master from Tape Master
library tape to go into production (whether as tape or record).
2. Listens to quality of tape.
3. Edits out all snaps, pops, coughs of audience (where possible) and
LRH coughs (where possible). Cuts out any phrases which might in
some way down grade Scientology, Scientologists, or Central
Organizations.
4. Edits lectures to 24'30" for records. (So that overprint does not
show up.)
5. Make production master if for tape distribution, and send edited
copy master to master tape file for filing.
6. Receives orders from DCI shipping for tapes and sends out production
master for copying or does it on org equipment-whichever is being
done at the time. Makes labels for tapes when finished and sends to
shipping to ship.
7. For records-sends the edited lecture to (organization outside
handling same). Receives back an acetate test pressing. If not OK
correct what is wrong either in master tape or if the outside Org is
goofing tell them what to correct. When you receive an acetate test
pressing which is OK send back for test pressing of actual record.
If OK with LRH then send in order for record and quantity. Also send
in mockup of label to go on record.
8. When final test pressing OK'd send to printing name of lecture,
copyright date, lecturer, event, to have labels for record jackets
made. Make sure there are enough record jackets in stock to cover
quantity. If not then order from printing (using usual P.O.
routing).
9. When final records are received they are to be packaged by Book
Admin and shipped by shipping. Delivery receipt and P.O. sent to
accounting. Master tape copy sent back to master tape library for
future use.
10. When finished making copies of tapes send production master back to
master tape library for filing and future use.
11. When a tape and/or record is released make sure that the text is
copyrighted with the exact wording as on tape or record. Not
necessary to send a copy of the tape or record to copyright office,
only one original typed copy.
|LRH:iet.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1959 | |
| |RECORDING OF TAPED LECTURES AT I ST | |
| |MELBOURNE | |
| |ACC AND PRE-ACC CONGRESS | |
This policy applies to any area in which Ron personally conducts an ACC
and/or Congress and delivers lectures for tape recording.
The tapes must be of professional quality and not home recorded.
Please refer also to Tape and Record Production Hat, HCO Policy Letter of
5th October, 1959.
1. Make 2 masters and I copy of all taped lectures for both ACC and
Congress.
2. HCO Melbourne may keep I master and I copy only for each tappd lecture
for both ACC and Congress.
3. One master tape for every lecture recorded on the Ist Melbourne ACC
and Pre-ACC Congress must be airmailed to HCO WW, East Grinstead,
Sussex, immediately after production is completed.
4. HCO Melbourne may not release copies of ACC tapes to HASI, Melbourne,
or anyone else, until OK'd for release by L. Ron Hubbard.
5. No master tape may be used by any personnel or department at any time.
Always use copies.
6. HCO Melbourne, will be charged by HCO WW for the cost of masters and
copies of tapes kept by HCO, Melbourne.
7. HCO Melbourne, may sell copies only of Congress lecture tapes to HASI,
Melbourne, and the Australian field only.
8. 10% of income from all tape sales is, as always, forwarded to HCO WW.
9. HCO WW will pay the entire production costs of recording the Ist
Melbourne ACC and Pre-ACC Congress tape lectures. Forward these
accounts to HCO WW, East Grinstead, Sussex. The prices of these tapes
will be advised as soon as calculated.
|LRH:js.cden |HCO Research Project Supervisor |
|Copyright � 1959 |WW |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 APRIL 1960 | |
| |Reissued from Sthil | |
| |TAPES OF WASHINGTON CONGRESS | |
Franchised Auditors may now buy the tapes of the "State of Man" Congress
held in Washington DC in January 1960. The tapes are available direct from
HCO WW.
Detail and prices as under:-
3-2,400 ft. long play tapes with six hours of lectures from
"The State of Man" Congress of 1960:
Price f,30. 0. Od ($84.00) per set.
Only complete sets are sold.
The titles of the lectures are:
1. Create and Confront
2. Responsibility
3. Overts and Witholds
4. Why people don't like you
5. Marriage
6. Your case.
|LRH:PH.js.gh.rd |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Secretary WW |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 JULY 1960 | |
| |CONGRESS TAPES | |
The general policy on releasing Congress tapes is as follows:
Congress tapes are available exclusively to Central Orgs for 6 weeks from
the date of the Congress.
At the end of this period, Congress tapes will then be available for sale
to Franchise Holders on a world wide basis.
|LRH:js.eden |Issued |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1960 |by: | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |HCO Secretary WW |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Central |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Orgs Tape |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Departments| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JANUARY 1961 | |
| |TAPE LEADER COLOUR CODES | |
In order to standardize the usage of tapes all over the world, the
following colour code for leader tapes is recommended. The code is based on
information received as to what colours of leader tape are available in
various areas.
For Masters or Production Masters:
On "A" side of tape - White or Gold
On "B" side of tape - Red
For Copies:
On "A" side of tape - Green or Blue On "B" side of tape - Red.
Please put into effect as soon as possible. If there is any difficulty in
putting it into effect, inform HCO Secretary WW at Saint Hill.
|LRH:jms.rd |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1961 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Secretary WW |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
|HCOs |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Central |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Orgs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JANUARY 1961 | |
| |TAPE COPYING CHANGED | |
The world centre for tape copying is changed herewith to Washington D.C.,
in the charge of the HCO Dissemination Secretary U.S.
Reason: The electronics equipment in the U.S. is superior and the main
library for tapes is in D.C. U.K. copies have been too poor and tape is too
costly.
Order all tapes from the U.S. Address all comm about tapes to HCO
Dissemination Secretary U.S.
Note: You are about to get all Congresses copies I for I on Hi Fi for
public tape plays in Central Orgs as part of PE activity.
|LRH:js.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1961 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Central |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Orgs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Franchise | | |
|Field | | |
|BPI | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1962 | |
| |CLASS Il TRAINING | |
| |ONLY BY ACADEMIES AND SAINT HILL | |
Because of the upgrading of Class 11 Training and skills, and the length of
time and staff needed to teach such a course, all rights to teach Class 11
Courses are hereby rescinded except for Academies and the Saint Hill
Briefing Course.
No Saint Hill Briefing Course tape lectures are available outside Central
Orgs, and Saint Hill.
Saint Hill graduates may, however, listen to these tapes at a Central Org,
for their own information, by arrangement with the HCO of their area.
|LRH:dr.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1962 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 AUGUST 1962 | |
| |HCO ELECTRONIC CONSULTANT HAT | |
This hat write-up is in use in DC, and can be used as a model hat by other
Orgs.
HCO ELECTRONIC CONSULTANT HAT
Dept Head: HCO Continental Sec
Purpose: To advise and render actual electronic engineering services to HCO
and the Executive Director in matters pertaining to:
Electrical and Electronic Communications;
Tape Recording and Record Production;
Electrical and Electronic Special Devices related to Technical Activities;
E-Meters;
And any other similar services requested by the Executive Director.
This is not a full time post. It is presently filled in DC on a part-time
basis.
Each HCO Continental Office should fill this post -require in ents:
Technical Training as Auditor at least HCA level -Electronic Engineering
background-Sec Check-person must also be approved by the Executive
Director.
The HCO Electronic Consultant shall also arrange for the recording
facilities when the Executive Director is lecturing in the area, with
approval of HCO Continental Sec.
It is the further responsibility of this hat, pertaining to E-Meters, to
receive, read and pass on to HCO Cont reports from area HCOs (such as HCO
NY and HCO LA) concerning E-Meter servicing-making recommendations to HCO
WW therefrom.
|LRH:dr.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1962 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
|Sthil |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|D.C.I. |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Washington | | |
|D.C. | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF I NOVEMBER AD 12 | |
| |TAPES, STUDENT PURCHASE OF | |
It has always been possible on special arrangement for students to buy
tapes of lectures which have been part of their course or Congress
Attendees to buy copies of Congress Lecture Tapes (providing they do not
hold a Congress with them until well after the Org near them has had its
Congress).
At Student request, the tape of November 1, AD 12, Lectures I & 2, as they
may serve a special purpose, are designated as BPI.
Lecture One: The Missed Missed Withold
Lecture Two: The Road to Truth
They can be ordered through HCO WW or HCO DC at regular tape prices less
any valid membership discount.
They must be ordered together as the cost would be the same for one
lecture.
|LRH:dr.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1962 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1963 | |
| |TAPE RELEASE | |
In view of its great value to all, the Tape of the lecture of May 16, 1963,
entitled
"The Time Track", is hereby released for general use and sale.
|LRH:dr.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1963 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[Note: These tapes are available from Publications Department, Advanced
Organization Saint Hill Denmark, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V,
Denmark.]
|Sthil |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 FEBRUARY 1964 | |
| |S.L.R. LTD | |
| |TAPE COPYING | |
In copying tapes, use the following procedure:
1. Master. Use only for making copy master and transcriptionist
tapes.
2. Copy Master. Use only it for copying.
3. Transcription Master. For use of typists doing transcription and
when transcribed may be re-used.
|LRH:dr.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 JUNE 1964 | |
| |CENTRAL ORGANIZATION & CITY OFFICE | |
| |TAPE SERVICE | |
Those organizations which have complied with HCO Pol Ltr of April 21, 1964,
which required 5% of the Disbursement fund applied to old tape bills, and
are paying cash for current tapes, will continue to receive their tape
lectures.
Those organizations and offices which have not complied may not receive
further tapes until satisfactory arrangements have been made with Saint
Hill's Scientology Library and Research.
Only those lectures which apply directly to general auditing and can be
used by an organization will be sent as at this time Level VI materials are
of no direct use to an organization. This reduces the cost of tapes by
reducing the number sent.
No Central Organization or Continental Headquarters may now recopy tapes
and send them to smaller offices. All offices must procure their tapes
directly from Saint Hill. The reason for this is tape quality. Only Saint
Hill -uses one for one speed Ampex professional copying.
Current basic tapes are of great interest to HGCs and Academies,
particularly since up to Grade III Saint Hill materials are now being
written up in full with bulletins and check sheets for Grades 1, 11 and III
for Central organization use. Current basic tapes of the type that is being
shipped are part of this programme.
|LRH:jw.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|General |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|Sthil Dept | | |
|Heads | | |
|& Execs | | |
|The Auditor| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 DECEMBER 1964 | |
| |TAPE PRICES | |
| |(Effective on Feb 1, 1965 and until Jan 1, | |
| |1966) | |
All tapes from Saint Hill will be charged at the rate of 41/2 guineas per
lecture and 9 guineas per reel of two lectures. This is L4.14.6. sterling,
per lecture, E9. 9. 0 sterling, per reel. Or S 14-17 U.S. per lecture and
$28.33 U.S. per reel.
The price is for all lectures.
Two lectures, as named on both sides, must be bought at one time. Any
substitute for the second lecture has a surcharge of 5 guineas.
POSTAGE
This includes Airmail Post Free.
DISCOUNTS
Discounts are Central Organizations and City Offices 40%, Franchise Holders
30%, International Life Members 20%, International Members 10%, Life
Members with membership dated before Nov 15, 1964 20%, Life Members only
after Nov 15, 1964 10%.
QUALITY
These tapes are copied on Ampex professional recorders on Ampex mylar
recording tape, 7 inch reels, individually boxed. Lectures since 1962 are
from Ampex masters recorded with a Neuman (valve) Microphone. Speed is 31/4
inches per second.
SPEED OF DELIVERY
Orders are for the most part filled the same day as received.
REQUIREMENTS
Certain tapes are required to teach courses, without which no certificate
may be given.
POLICIES
All earlier tape policies released, except as modified as above, are in
full force.
|LRH:jw.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright� 1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|General |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Sthil Dept | | |
|Heads and | | |
|Execs The | | |
|Auditor | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 DECEMBER 1964 | |
| |TAPE AVAILABILITY | |
All tape recordings are ordered direct from HCO WW where tape production is
located.
Any tape lecture made prior to January 1, 1964, with very few exceptions,
may be purchased by Franchise and Field Auditors. (The exceptions will be
tapes being currently used in an organization for training.)
Organizations can purchase tapes for their own use made and released since
January 1, 1964. Some of these tapes are also released for general sale and
will be advertised from time to time.
HCO Admin Ltr of April 23, 1964, is cancelled. If, however, any Org is
already operating such a library, let us know and we will try to overcome
any difficulties.
All tapes must be paid for in advance. No copies may be made of tapes
except at Saint Hill.
|LRH:jw.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|HCO Dissem | | |
|Sec Dist | | |
|Sec Mimeo | | |
|Registrars | | |
|Tech Pers | | |
|Qual Pers | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 MAY 1965 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |SALE OF BULLETINS & TAPES FORBIDDEN | |
The sale of HCOBs and HCO Pol Ltrs and Tapes is FORBIDDEN to all orgs.
No org may sell any Field Auditor or Franchise Auditor or the public any
Bulletin or Policy Ltr or tape.
No org may lend or permit to be copied any HCOB, Pol Ltr or tape.
No org may permit notes of tapes to be mimeographed, published or sold.
The only materials which may be released or sold are those authorised by
the Office of LRH at Saint Hill through the HCO Dissemination Secretary
Saint Hill and only by specific written orders from the Office of LRH Saint
Hill.
All materials issued are for use only by orgs in the conduct of their
business and basic activities of training and processing.
|LRH:wmc.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[See also HCO P/L 10 February 1971, Issue II, Sale of Org Materials, in the
1971 Year Book.]
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Action | | |
|St Hill | | |
|only. | | |
|Hats | | |
|All Execs | | |
|Office 21 | | |
|All Execs | | |
|Div 7 | | |
|LRH Personal| | |
|Sec | | |
|LRH Photo | | |
|All Execs | | |
|Dissem Div | | |
|All Tape | | |
|Personnel | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 DECEMBER 1965 | |
| |Exec Division Dept 21 | |
| |HCO Dissem Div | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |TAPE COLOUR FLASH CODE | |
| |Reels are marked, as well as boxes. | |
UNMARKED REELS: New Reels or spools, unused should be checked and Colour
flashed if found to be recorded on, check with LRH personally before
erasure of any unmarked tape found anywhere.
YELLOW TABBED LABEL or yellow-HCO Dissem Master. These are never erased,
may not be played or loaned or used. They are for Archives only.
"Production" is written on the yellow tab label of a production master.
GREEN TABBED LABEL or green tape-Commercial copy, for sale to orgs or field
or student use in Tech and Qual Divisions.
RED TABBED LABEL or Red marked-LRH master for music, cine, original tapes
of books and tapes LRH wants kept. These belong in the Office of LRH. They
are never erased. The designating word "Cine" or "Book" etc is added to the
label with other descriptive matter, LRH uses also some coloured reels. A
Coloured reel (plastic is coloured) is always property of LRH.
BLUE TABBED LABEL or Blue marked-Dietative tapes, may be erased when
transcribed and checked against copy.
Usually letters, orders or notes. THIS IS USED THROUGHOUT THE ORG.
Never mark a reel or box blue unless the tape has been checked by playing
it to see what it really is. Don't ever erase unless you are sure it has
been transcribed. Stenos, always add a note on the box as to the date of
transcribing.
Don't let tapes float about without boxes. Any tape so adrift should be
checked, marked and boxed and left in a box.
Forward all dictative tapes in the right box and in a box.
Be careful in using tape to restore to the right reel. You can wind one
through to an unmarked or wrongly marked reel.
Never use a marked reel for the take up reel. If your empty is marked, find
the original and restore it. Blank (empty) spools are always unmarked.
Tape labels can have a Div and Dept or Section number or name on them. This
is done using the colour code above.
Coloured plastic reels may not be used by anyone but LRH. All others use
clear plastic.
Labels for reels are easy to get. Use~ them.
|LRH:ep.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|HCO Dissem |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Sec |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Dir of Pubs| | |
| | | |
|Tape | | |
|Section | | |
|Hats | | |
|Publs Stock| | |
|Hats | | |
|Dir Disb | | |
|Purchasing | | |
|Officer | | |
|Supply | | |
|Officer | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 OCTOBER 1966 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |BLANK TAPE REELS | |
Reels of blank tape newly purchased when received by the organization and
che ked as to the correctness of the order are all to be routed directly to
the Publications Stock Officer in the Department of Publications for entry
into Stock records.
The Tape Section requiring blank reels of tape for making Masters,
Production Masters, and copies for use on Courses or for public sale must
obtain blank reels upon the presentation to the Publications Stock Officer
of the invoices ordering such or the No Charge Purchase Orders okaying
such.
Reels of tape required for recording live lectures by L. Ron Hubbard are to
be made immediately available when Such lectures are given.
|LRH:MSH:jp.rd |The Guardian WW |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Mary Sue Hubbard |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|HCO ES |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Org ES | | |
|Public ES | | |
|Pubs Org | | |
|Franchise | | |
|FSMs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 APRIL 1970 | |
| |Issue III | |
| |(Cancels HCO P/L 31 Dec 1964 | |
| |"Tape Availability". | |
| |Amends HCO P/L 13 May 1965 | |
| |"Sale of Bulletins and Tapes Forbidden".) | |
| |TAPES | |
LRH tapes are a highly valuable dissemination medium. Franchise Centers,
Groups, FSMs and individuals should be strongly encouraged to buy and play
tapes regularly. Many groups have been started on the basis of a weekly
tape play, and members of such groups have gone on to have training and
processing.
ORGS TO SELL TAPES
ANY OFFICIAL SCIENTOLOGY ORGANIZATION MAY NOW SELL TAPES. Such tapes must
be obtained by the org from the Scientology Publications Organization.
TAPE COPYING
Policy regarding the copying of tapes remains.
NO ORG, FRANCHISE, GROUP OR INDIVIDUAL EXCEPT THE SCIENTOLOGY PUBLICATIONS
ORGANIZATION MAY COPY ANY DIANETICS OR SCIENTOLOGY TAPE.
This is because inferior quality tape reproductions are extremely
detrimental to dissemination and to Scientology.
ORG TAPE PLAYS
All orgs are to themselves conduct a weekly tape play, for which a small
fee is charged, using good quality high fidelity equipment, and ensuring by
effective promotion that it is well attended.
USE TAPES. SELL TAPES.
|LRH:NFS:kjj-n.bp.rd |CS-2 |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Dir Mat of |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|All Cen |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Orgs | | |
|HCO Secs | | |
|Fowler & | | |
|Allen | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JANUARY 1961 | |
| |BRITISH E-METER BREAKAGE | |
It has been found by our electronics repair man in Johannesburg that the
transistors in the British Model E-Meter are cracking or disconnecting on
some cases during shipment after being checked out okay at St Hill.
If British Meters fail in your area on arrival this should be looked into
at once.
Please report to me the costs you have laid out in repairing transistors on
these meters.
|LRH:js.1h.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1961 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1961 | |
| |E-METERS TO BE APPROVED | |
HCO Policy Letter of October 9, 196 1, Academy Training, states that
students in the Academy should only be allowed to use E-Meters which have
been approved by HCO.
This policy should be extended to include also E-Meters which are used in
the Organization throughout, including the HGC. In order to safeguard the
interests of Scientology, it is essential that this policy should be
strictly enforced by the HCO.
No E-Meter should be approved by the HCO unless it is known to be a type
which has been designed and manufactured by L. Ron Hubbard, or by
individuals or groups who have been directly and specifically authorized by
L. Ron Hubbard to manufacture E-Meters of approved design under licence.
All formerly made E-Meters which have not been approved by L. Ron Hubbard
are automatically disallowed by this Policy Letter. No Central Organization
should manufacture E-Meters locally unless by direct arrangement with L.
Ron Hubbard personally, who will first require to examine an actual
prototype of the proposed meter to ensure good quality and excellent
performance.
No authority to manufacture E-Meters or approval of meters may be issued by
any office except HCO WW.
|LRH:iet.eden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1961 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 DECEMBER 1961 | |
| |E-METER SUPPLIES | |
Effective immediately, the following policies apply to the supply and sale
of the British Mark IV E-Meter.
Central Orgs may order supplies of the Mark IV from the Book Department of
HCO WW. The price to Central Orgs is L24.0.0. per meter. THE FULL AMOUNT
MUST BE SENT IN ADVANCE. METERS CANNOT BE SUPPLIED TO THE ORGS ON CREDIT.
This is understandable in view of the large amounts involved.
Effective at once, the retail price of the Mark IV meter is $12 5, or E44.
10.0. International Members receive 20% discount on cash purchases. The
cash price to International Members is, therefore, $100, or E35.12.0.
HCO WW sells E-Meters for cash only. The Central Orgs may sell meters for
cash, or at their discretion may arrange H.P. sales to buyers who are
resident in their areas. The suggested retail price for H.P, sales is S
145, or E52 approximately.
|LRH:imj.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1961 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 FEBRUARY 1962 | |
| |SUPPLY AND SERVICING OF THE MARK IV E-METER | |
We will not permit any E-Meter to be built except the Mark IV and that in
England only.
Each Central Organisation may make use of a sound local electronics-man to
repair and service meters. Any such local repair-man can be supplied with
the necessary repair-parts upon his application to the Technical Materiel
Secretary at HCO WW.
No Circuits for the Mark IV are available: they are usually not needed in
repair work. If, however, any repair becomes necessary for which the
Circuit seems to be required, the meter must be sent to HCO WW.
Meters may, of course, be returned to HCO WW for repair at any time, as
they are far too important in their action to be carelessly repaired, OR
manufactured.
|LRH.-jw.rd |Issued |HCO Technical Materiel |
|Copyright� 1962 |by: | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |Secretary WW |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
|HCO Sees |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Org Secs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 APRIL 1962 | |
| |E-METERS | |
As from this date, the following policies apply to the distribution of E-
Meters.
PRICES AND POST AND PACKING CHARGES TO INDIVIDUALS
(TO BE WIDELY AD VER TISED)
The price of a British Mark IV E-Meter to an individual is E44. 10.0
STERLING (125 Dollars), less 20% if the purchaser is a Franchise holder or
an International member of HASI; such discount reduces the price to
L35.12.0 STERLING (100 Dollars). Postage and Packing will be payable at
these rates, when posted from Saint Hill to addresses in the following
areas:
|In Great Britain |f, 1. 0. 0 |
|In U.S.A. |5 Dollars surface, 15 Dollars |
| |Airmail |
|In Australia and N. |f,2. 0. 0 surface, Z9. 0. 0 |
|Zealand |Airmail (Sterling) |
|In South Africa |El.10. 0 surface, E5. 0. 0 Airmail|
| |(Sterling) |
__________
PRICES TO CENTRAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CITY OFFICES
The price of the Mark IV E-Meter to the Central Organizations or City
Offices will be f,28.10.0 Sterling (80 Dollars), subject to the following
conditions: that a Central Org orders 10 E-Meters or more at one time; that
a City Office orders 4 or more E-Meters at one time; that cash is received
with the order; that E-Meters ordered by the Orgs or City Offices AT ORG
PRICE will be shipped to the Organization or City Office concerned AND NOT
TO INDIVIDUALS; such orders will ordinarily be shipped by Airfreight-
"Carriage forward on buyer"-at the lowest rates obtainable. (Such
Airfreight charges will probably amount to about one third of the Post and
Packing charges quoted for individual orders above.)
Central Organizations and City Offices may order E-Meters for individuals,
to be shipped to the individual at his or her address, but no Org discount
will then apply, and the order must be accompanied by the FULL purchase
price, plus Postage and Packing, less the individual's discount where
appropriate.
|LRH:EW:jw.rd |HCO Technical Materiel Secretary |
|Copyright � 1962 |WW |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
|HCO Secs |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Org Secs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 APRIL 1962 | |
| |SUPPLY OF E-METERS TO CENTRAL ORGS | |
| |(To clarify HCO Policy Letter of 10 April | |
| |1962 on E-Meters) | |
Please note that, in order to qualify for Org discount, Central
Organizations must order a minimum of 10 E-Meters, and City Offices must
order at least 4 E-Meters at one time; i.e., orders for smaller numbers
than those specified will be charged at full rates, less individual
discounts, where claimed.
|LRH:EW:jw.rd |Issued |HCO Technical Materiel |
|Copyright � 1962 |by: |Secretary |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |WW |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
|HCO Secs Org|HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Secs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Training & | | |
|Tech Depts | | |
|MA: to be | | |
|printed in | | |
|all Scn | | |
|Magazines | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JULY 1962 | |
| |THE BRITISH MARK IV E-METER | |
As per earlier directives, it is mandatory that all Professional-course
Students of Scientology must own a British Mark IV E-Meter.
Production of the British Mark IV E-Meter has now largely caught up with
demand, and individual orders for these E-Meters received by HCO Technical
Materiel Secretary WW, at Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex,
England, will henceforth be despatched immediately upon receipt of cash
with order.
The price of the British Mark IV E-Meter is L44.10s.0d. Sterling (125
dollars), less 20% if the purchaser is a Franchise holder or an
International member of HASI; such discount reduces the price to
f,35.12s.0d. Sterling (100 dollars). Postage and Packing will be payable at
these rates when despatched to addresses in the following areas:-
|In Great |il.0s.0d. |
|Britain | |
|In USA |5 dollars Surface, 15 dollars Airmail. |
|In Australia & |E2.0s.0d. Surface, f,9.0s.0d. Airmail |
|NZ |(Sterling) |
|In South Africa|11. 10s.0d. Surface, E5.0s.0d. Airmail |
| |(Sterling) |
____________
N.B. The British Mark IV E-Meter is the ONLY E-Meter which may be used in
HGCs or in Academies of Scientology, and its use is imperative by any
Auditor who wishes to audit really effectively.
|LRH:EW:dr.rd |Issued |HCO Technical Materiel|
|Copyright � 1962 |by: |Sec WW |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | | |
|HCO Secs |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|ORG Secs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|ORG | | |
|SHIPPING | | |
|Depts | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1962 | |
| |SUPPLIES OF E-METERS VIA AND FOR CENTRAL | |
| |ORGS | |
It is intended, as soon as possible after this date, to establish a 'Stock-
pool' of E-Meters at each Continental HCO, and such other HCOs as may be
necessary. HCO London will be an exception to this.
The E-Meters for the Stock-pool will be sealed individually inside their
cartons with steel bands, will be clearly marked "PROPERTY OF HCO WW, TO BE
HELD PENDING INSTRUCTIONS", and must remain unopened until orders for
disposal are received from HCO Technical Materiel Secretary WW. The E-
Meter's Number will also be marked on the carton.
The purpose of this policy is to ensure that an abundant supply of E-Meters
will be available both to individual buyers and to the Central
Organisations on any continent.
In the case of individual buyers, the procedure will be: As soon as cash is
received at HCO WW from an individual in payment for an E-Meter, that
person will receive, by return Post (Airmail) a Receipt for his or her
money plus a yellow copy of an HCO WW Shipping Invoice bearing the Number
of a particular E-Meter; simultaneously, an order, signed by HCO Technical
Materiel Secretary WW, will go to the appropriate Central Org's Shipping
Dept, via the local HCO See, to send an E-Meter- designated by Number-to
the person concerned; the form of carriage (Surface or Airmail) will also
be specified. (The pink copy of the HCO WW Shipping Invoice will be sent to
the local HCO See for each E-Meter at the time of any bulk shipment of E-
Meters from HCO WW; the white copy of the HCO WW Shipping Invoice
pertaining to any E-Meter will be enclosed within the packing-box of that E-
Meter.) It will be the responsibility of the local HCO Secretary to ensure
that no Stock-pool E-Meter is used, sold, despatched, or even unpacked
except upon express instructions from HCO Technical Materiel Secretary WW.
Upon receipt of such instructions, the Shipping Dept concerned will ship
the designated E-Meter to the buyer after inserting a white Shipping
Invoice into the carton WITHOUT TAKING OFF THE METAL BANDS; the pink copy
of the same Shipping Invoice must then be sent to HCO WW, first noting ON
THAT COPY (NOT THE WHITE ONE), THE AMOUNT OF THE POSTAGE.
As each shipment of E-Meters is received from HCO WW, the Central Org will
pay any Customs Dues, Wharfage Charges, etc, and will then Bill HCO WW for
reimbursement of such sums; also, when an E-Meter has been re-shipped out
from a Central Org, the Central Org will then Bill HCO WW for reimbursement
of Postage plus a Handling Charge amounting to 25% of Surface Mail charge;
NB, this handling charge is to be calculated on the Surface Mail charge
even if the package has been sent by Airmail on instructions from HCO
Technical Materiel Secretary WW.
In the case of Central Orgsnown supplies of E-Meters, the procedure will
be:- Cash for a minimum of 10 E-Meters must be sent to HCO WW whereupon an
authorisation will be sent by HCO Tech Mat See WW stating exactly which E-
Meters-by Numbers-may be taken from the Stock-pool. The conditions of sale
of E-Meters at Org Prices, i.e., for City Offices as well as Central Orgs
will continue as per HCO Policy Letter of April 10, 1962; HCO Washington DC
will hold the Stock-pool of E-Meters for USA; HCO Melbourne will hold the
Stock-pool of E-Meters for Australia, and HCO Johannesburg will hold the
Stock-pool for Africa.
Where E-Meters are sold to Central Orgs or City Offices at the Special Org
Price, the charges for Customs and Airfreight will be bome by the Central
Org or City Office concerned, and will be separately Invoiced by HCO WW.
IF ONE OF THESE HCO WW HOLD METERS IS USED BY THE ORG HOLDING IT, HCO WW
WILL BILL THE ORG FOR THE FULL RETAIL SALES PRICE OF THE METER.
|LRH:EW:dr.rd |Issued |HCO Technical Materiel |
|Copyright � 1962 |by: |See WW |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | | |
|HCO Secs |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Org Secs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 NOVEMBER 1962 | |
| |PRICES OF THE BRITISH MARK V E-METER | |
As from this date, the following policies apply to the distribution of the
British Mark V E-Meter.
PRICES AND POST AND PACKING CHARGES TO INDIVIDUALS
(TO BE WIDELY AD VER TISED)
The price of the British Mark V E-Meter to an individual buyer is E50. 0. 0
STERLING (140 DOLLARS), less 20% if the purchaser is an International
member of HASI, or a Franchise holder; such discount reduces the price to
f,40. 0. 0 STERLING (112 DOLLARS). Postage and Packing will be payable at
these rates, when posted from Saint Hill to addresses in the following
areas:
|IN GREAT BRITAIN |ti. 0. 0 |
|IN U.S.A. |5 DOLLARS surface, 15 DOLLARS Airmail|
|IN AUSTRALIA & N. ZEALAND |f,2. 0. 0 surface, f,9. 0. 0 Airmail |
| |(STERLING) |
|IN SOUTH AFRICA |11. 10. 0 surface, E5. 0. 0 Airmail |
| |(STERLING) |
_____________
PRICES TO CENTRAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CITY OFFICES
The price of the Mark V E-Meter to the Central Organizations or City
Offices will be E32. 0. 0 STERLING (90 DOLLARS), subject to the following
conditions: that a Central Org orders 10 E-Meters or more at one time; that
a City Office orders 4 or more E-Meters at one time; that cash is received
with the order; that E-Meters ordered by the Orgs or City Offices AT ORG
PRICE will be shipped to the Organization or City Office concerned AND NOT
TO INDIVIDUALS; such orders will ordinarily be shipped by Airfreight-
"Carriage forward on buyer"-at the lowest rates obtainable. (Such
Airfreight charges will probably amount to about one third of the Post &
Packing charges quoted above for individual orders.)
Central Organizations and City Offices may order Mark V E-Meters for
individuals to be shipped to the individual at his or her address, but no
Org discount will then apply, and the order must be accompanied by the FULL
purchase price, plus Postage and Packing, less the individual's discount
where appropriate.
|LRH:gl.rd |HCO Technical Materiel Secretary |
|Copyright � 1962 |WW |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 NOVEMBER 1965 | |
| |MARK V AND LISTING E-METERS | |
The current Meters that are to be used by Professional Auditors and
Trainees are the Mark V and Listing E-Meter, which has the same circuit and
make up.
These Meters can be ordered from St Hill in bulk at a 50% discount by
organizations.
|LRH:ep.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|General |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JULY 1969 | |
| |CONFESSIONAL AIDS | |
Confessional aids (E-Meters) are sold only to Ministers or to those who are
pursuing studies leading to ordination as Ministers in the Church of
Scientology.
The Confessional Aid assists the Minister in locating and relieving the
spiritual travail of individual parishioners in the Scientology
Confessional. The Confessional Aid does not diagnose or treat human
ailments of body or mind, nor does it affect the structure or any function
of the body; its use is directed as an article of faith of the Church of
Scientology, and was never intended for use outside of the Scientology
Ministry.
|LRH:CP:ei.rd | |C.B.B. Parselle Legal Chief |
|Copyright � 1969 | |WW |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| |for|Jane Kember The Guardian WW |
| |for|L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |Founder |
|Gen Remimeo|HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|BPI | | |
|ORGs | | |
|Franchises | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 MARCH 1970 | |
| |IMPORTANT | |
| |E-METER DISCOUNT POLICY | |
PURCHASING E-METERS FROM PUBS ORG
All previous discount systems are cancelled on E-Meter purchase from Pubs
Org.
E-Meters are charged for as follows:
1. On individual purchases without any membership, full price, no
discount.
2. International Membership holders - 20% discount.
3. Bulk sales (10-49 meters) - 35% discount.
4. Bulk sales (50 or more meters) - 40% discount.
5. All contracted staff - 40% discount.
|LRH:nt.aap.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Ltd. |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 OCTOBER 1959 | |
| |BLAZER BADGES | |
Effective immediately, HASI and HCO Blazer Badges are obtainable by other
offices only from HCO WW. No other office may have these items produced
locally or obtained from anywhere other than HCO WW. Orders with any
private manufacturers should, if at all possible without loss of money, be
cancelled at once. If unable to cancel, sell the badges in the usual way
and re-order from HCO WW.
DISCOUNTS
Exceptions to the ruling regarding discounts not allowed on credit
purchases are as follows:
1. Any HCO or Central Org Office which will continue to receive any
discount allowed on order placed whether this is accompanied
with payment or not.
2. Any official bookseller, library or organization, where "credit
with discount" transactions, without payment at time of
ordering, are a recognised procedure.
|LRH:js.rd |Peter Stumbke |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Book Administrator WW |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Ltd. |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 NOVEMBER 1959 | |
| |HCO AND HASI BLAZER BADGES | |
HCO and HASI Blazer Badges, which are both obtainable from HCO WW, are
priced as follows:
|HCO Badges |- 54/- |each. |
|HASI Badges |- 58/- |each. |
Other Offices are allowed 20% discount on both these items.
Please note that only HASI Badge is for sale to members of the public, etc.
The HCO Badge is for sale only to members of HCO.
At this time, no discounts, other than the one mentioned above, are given
to anyone.
|MSH:js.bp.rd |Peter Stumbke |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Book Administrator, HCO WW |
| |for |
| |MARY SUE HUBBARD |
| |Deputy Executive Director |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Exec Sec |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Qua] | | |
|Personnel | | |
|Certs and | | |
|Awards | | |
|Dissem Dept | | |
|Pubs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 NOVEMBER 1965 | |
| |RELEASE PINS | |
Grade 0 to Grade IV Release awards (in addition to the Grade Certificate)
consist of one pin to each pc for all these lower grades. One does not give
a separate pin for each grade.
The Release is given his Release Pin as an award for Grade 0. He is issued
no further Release pifis as he attains Grades I, II, III and IV.
If he has lost his Release Pin and so states, he may sign a Certificate of
loss in Certs and Awards and may purchase a new Release Pin for the grade
to which he is entitled for 5 shillings sterling or $0.75. The Certificate
of Loss is then sent to Ethics for their files so that this pc can't keep
"losing Release Pins". The Certificate of Loss simply states "I have lost
my Release Pin and attest that I have not given it to another person". And
is signed legibly so that the name can be read. It is of course grounds for
false attestation if the matter ever comes up.
Grades V, Va, and VI have a larger pin given when the pc attains the higher
grades.
This pin similarly is issued for Grade V, Power Release only. Subsequent
Releases (Va and VI) do not obtain another pin.
In case of loss the procedure is the same as for the lower grade pin but
the charge may be higher.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1968 | |
| |HOUSE FLAGS | |
| |The old Sea Org Flag: | |
[pic]
pale blue field with gold Insignia. is hereby changed as the Advanced Base
Org Flag.
[pic]
The new Sea Org Flag to be made up has a white field and gold Insignia
(like the officer's work cap badges):
|LRH:jp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 JULY 1959 | |
| |Issued in Saint Hill | |
| |SENDING CERTIFICATES BY MAIL | |
When sending certificates by mail, always roll them up very carefully and
place inside a rigid tube. The tube should always be longer than the roll
of certificates. Make sure that the certificates are secure in the tube by
passing a string through lengthwise and/or sealing the ends of the tube
with wadding and gumstrip paper.
It has been found that this method is the most successful so long as the
tube is really rigid and of sufficient diameter so that the certificates do
not have to be too tightly rolled.
Send them by first class surface mail, not usually by airmail.
|PH:brb.mc.rd |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Communicator WW |
| | |
| | |
|Book Depts |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 JANUARY 1961 | |
| |SHIPPING OF BOOKS | |
Supplies of books must not be shipped by air or air freight from one Org to
another, or from DCI and HCO WW Book Dept to the Orgs. Shipping by air adds
enormously to the cost.
Those in charge of Book Depts should be careful to review their stocks and
order new supplies in good time to avoid emergencies. Books should always
be sent by surface mail or ship.
|MSH:js.rd |Issued |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1961 |by: | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |HCO Secretary WW |
| |for: |MARY SUE HUBBARD |
| | | |
BOOK ORDERS
The following LRH order is taken from a despatch, date approx 1960:
IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT ALL BOOK ORDERS BE INVOICED RAPIDLY AND THAT THE
APPROPRIATE COLORED INVOICE SLIP BE PASSED AT ONCE BY HAND TO THE BOOK
SHIPPING SECTION. ORDERS ARE FILLED THE SAME DA Y THEY ARE RECEIVED FIVE DA
YS PER WEEK. THEREFORE THERE MUST BE RAPIDITY IN INVOICING AND GETTING THE
SLIPS TO BOOK ADMIN FOR SHIPPING VERY EARLY IN THE DAY.
LRH
|Central |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Orgs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Shipping | | |
|Depts | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 AUGUST 1962 | |
| |SHIPPING RUNDOWN | |
The following general rundown on Storing and Shipping books was written by
Anton James, Book Admin in Washington, D.C. It may be used as a guide in
other Orgs.
1. When books arrive from the printers, they should be packaged in
bundles of 10, 15, or 20 at the most. In case of very thin books
such as E-Meter Essentials, they may be bundled in packages of 30.
(This will assure that these books don't get sent out 'loose'. Boxed
in bundles, even if the box breaks down, the books won't get
damaged. Also, this keeps the box from getting tom up as the books
don't 'shift' in the package.) Also books stay clean.
2. When books have dark covers on one side, light on the other, they
must be separated from one another with tissue, or packed so that
only the light side is against the light side. When bundled in
packages of 10, 20 or so, the bundle must be tight and taped up.
3. For stock, in storing books, they first should be bundled and then
stored FLAT. They must be, in each bundle, with half the bindings on
one side, half on the other. This will make a FLAT bundle, and
square up nicely, so they will stack well. The title, abbreviated,
with the number of copies noted on the ENDS of the package. Example:
Problems of Work, 10 copies would be-POW 10 C.
4. In the stock room all books of one title should be stored together.
All stored flat in one section, by title. A narrow space should
separate each section. Shelves 18" or so apart are about right. No
books should be stacked on end, as this breaks the bindings. For
example: 600 copies of Problems of Work would take up one section,
one bundle on top of the other arranged with 20 copies in a bundle,
one bundle on top of another three deep and four high in about 3Y2
rows. A narrow space separates this bunch from the next section.
5. Storage room should be kept dry as moisture yellows the paper. No
books should be stacked on the floor at any time. The bottom shelf
should be at least 3" oft* the floor.
6. In the case of large volumes such as Science of Survival these
should be wrapped at the printers, 10 copies to a bundle and the
bundles should be re-inforced with tape before shipping. If light
weight wrapping paper has been used in bundling these, they should
be re-wrapped and taped up tight, each bundle, before shipping, if
shipped in tens.
NOTE: A LOOSE BUNDLE IS A WASTE OF TIME. WHEN WRAPPING UP BOOKS, DRAW THE
PAPER TIGHT, AND TAPE IT SUFFICIENTLY SO IT WILL HOLD. IF LOOSE,
TIGHTEN THE BUNDLE WITH TAPE.
7. For shipping books, the bundles are first wrapped together in paper,
if by parcel post, in packages weighing no more than I I pounds. The
package containing say, three bundles of 10 each Problems of Work or
other title, is then padded with newspaper or single thickness
cardboard or other padding-which is taped up tight. The package then
must be wrapped in paper, at least 4 layers if the paper is at all
light. The paper must be pulled tight, just short of tearing, then
taped lengthwise on the bundle. The padding should extend at least
two inches over the end of the books. The outside paper should
extend at least 8" over the ends of the books so that when folded
for tying, it will act as padding itself, and protect the ends of
the parcels.
The string used for tying should go around the bundle, across the width of
the
books, and be pulled tight so that it cuts into the padding just short of
cutting into the books themselves.
One wrapping of string across the center of the books, going around the
package three times and pulled very tight, alone will hold better than one
thickness going across the package in 5 or 6 directions, if loose.
After the string is put on the package so that it will definitely be tight,
across the width of the bundles, in the package, a single strand of string
going across the ends of the package, both ways to keep the ends closed,
completes the package.
NOTE: Customs investigates by opening the ends of the package. If the
string across the ends is only one thickness, and the ends are relatively
open and free of padding, customs people don't damage the books by prying.
They simply rip the end of the package open, then after seeing the ends of
the books, they stuff the paper back in the opening and tape it up. When
there is a lot of paper left extending over the ends of the package when
putting it together, it acts as padding when it is tied down, is easy to
loosen and put back together.
8. Odds and ends, and discarded boxes should not be used to wrap up
books, as an expedient. Books should be wrapped up in tried and
proven ways so that they are sure to arrive in good order.
9. When a good sound carton or box is used to package books, the
bundles of books should be put in the carton or box intact. Books
are not to be used as padding for other books. If something is
needed for wedging in the bundles, newspaper wadded up, or cardboard
wedges should be made.
10. Use only padding which will retain its elasticity or which will not
break down. Wadded newspaper will retain its elasticity as will
single thickness cardboard or other waste paper. Corrugated
cardboard packing material breaks down badly in transit.
NOTE: Tapes shipped wrapped in corrugated cardboard padding and a layer of
wrapping paper arrive after transit across the Atlantic, in worse
shape than when they are sent with no padding at all. The corrugated
cardboard referred to here is that unstressed type used for padding.
The corrugated cardboard that is stressed, as sandwiched between two
layers of paper, does hold up nicely, and is excellent for padding.
11. When shipping books ship freight, use wooden boxes, or heavy
cartons. Use steel strapping, pack the box TIGHT. ANY SHIFTING WILL
WRECK A CARTON. Mark plainly, "use no hooks".
12. In Shipping, use re-inforced tape for cartons going by ship. Re-
inforce the carton with it.
13. In Shipping books, use string to tie things tight! Use tape to keep
flaps down, and re-inforce bundles and packages.
14. Never completely seal up overseas shipping. Leave one end that can
be completely opened. Tie it up, but don't sea] completely with
plastic or anything else, overseas shipping. If the books inside are
bundled properly, there is no need for sealing against moisture.
When sealed packages arrive, they are torn open to be inspected, and
generally at the wrong end.
15. Use plenty of tape and string and paper. It is cheap and if it saves
one book from damage, it pays for itself 5 times, even when you use
a lot of it.
16. A general shipping note is: when books are shipped in small
quantities regularly, no shortage develops, shipping can handle the
flow, the packages don't hang up in customs. Where possible, this
should be done. A large amount of anything tends to hang up in
customs.
|LRH:dr.cden |Issued by |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1962 | |HCO Secretary WW |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Authorized|MARY SUE HUBBARD |
| |by | |
|Sthil |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1961 | |
| |[Excerpt] | |
| |BOXES AND CARDBOARD | |
Do not throw away boxes and cardboard or brown paper.
Turn it all over to Shipping.
Shipping is to use as much used paper and cardboard as possible to reduce
paper bills.
|LRH:jl.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1961 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[Excerpted from HCO P/L 13 September 1961, General office orders]
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
GREEN ON GOLD
|Saint Hill |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Only |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO ADMINISTRATIVE LETTER OF 15 JANUARY 1965| |
| | | |
| |NO CHARGE INVOICES | |
No Invoices for goods marked No Charge (NIC) may be issued without a duly
signed Purchase Order (P.O.).
No Goods may leave Shipping Dept prior to receipt of Invoice (white) from
Invoicing Dept (Front Office) or prior to entry into shipping records.
|MR:jw.rd |Issued |Marilynn Routsong |
|Copyright � 1965 |by: | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |Deputy Executive |
| | |Director |
| | | |
| | | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|HCO Area Sec| | |
| | | |
|HCO Dissem | | |
|Sec | | |
|Dir of Comm | | |
|Dir of Publs| | |
| | | |
|Shipping | | |
|Officer | | |
|Customs | | |
|Clearance | | |
|Clerk | | |
|SH, Jbg, CT,| | |
|Db | | |
|& PE | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 DECEMBER 1965 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |SHIPPING MATERIAL TO SOUTH AFRICA | |
At the moment our Orgs in South Africa are permitted to import only R1600
yearly each. That is approximately Z800 or $2250. Parcels are, therefore,
not released from S. African Customs without a certificate indicating the
value of the contents.
LABELLING PARCELS
All invoices, documents, and parcels containing books should be labelled ED
UCA TIONA L B 0 OKS.
Affix to all parcels a gummed Customs Declaration Form PP69B (Rev'd
70260/58).
Parcels shipped as a group should be labelled 1 of 3, 2 of 3, etc. Invoices
covering the shipment are placed in the No. 1 parcel and the word INVOICE
printed near the number.
INVOICING
All shipments to S. Africa MUST be accompanied by a "Standardised Invoice
for the Export of Goods to the Republic of South Africa" (CE/DA.S.3.01).
These can be obtained from The Solicitors' Law Stationery Ltd, OYES House,
Breams Building, Fetter Lane, London E.C.4.
With each shipment (not each parcel) enclose one of a triplicate set of
this invoice in parcel No. 1 and mail the other to the org receiving the
shipment. It is the responsibility of the Customs Clearance Clerk to see
that the invoices are filled out properly and that we have an adequate
supply of them.
INSULATED ENVELOPES
Insulated envelopes known as "jiffy bags", containing printed material, can
go through Customs without special invoices only if PRINTED MATTER is
stamped on the envelope. This, in fact, applies to all easily openable
envelopes. However, if PRINTED MATTER is not stamped on the envelope, it
will be classified as a parcel, requiring invoices.
DISCOUNTS
All possible discounted costs should be indicated on the special invoice,
in order to keep the Orgs' accumulated import expenses as low as possible.
For the duration of the limited import expenditures, South African Orgs may
have a 50% discount on meters ordered in any quantity.
AIR MAIL
The receipts of Air Mail posting must be immediately sent to the purchaser
(obviously by Air Mail also).
INSURANCE
Meters destined for South Africa will not be insured by the Post Office.
Therefore, they will have to be insured privately.
DURBAN
All parcels containing meters and tapes MUST be marked as follows: NOT
DUTIABLE. ISSUE SER. NO. 2297.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Org Secs | | |
|Dissem Secs| | |
| | | |
|Dir Pubs | | |
|Dir of | | |
|Income | | |
|Shipping | | |
|Officer | | |
|Income | | |
|Invoicing | | |
|Officer | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 FEBRUARY 1966 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |SHIPPING CHARGES | |
For any books or Supplies sold at a 50% discount, the receiver must pay for
any postage or shipping charges.
The receiver is to pay for any special shipping costs, such as air mail, at
any discount.
Taped lectures are shipped airmail at no extra charge as per HCO Policy
Letter 17 Dec 1964 "Tape Prices".
To ensure this, the following procedure must be adhered to:
1. Invoice and order is routed to Shipping Dept.
2. If 50% discount or special shipping is indicated on the invoice,
the Shipping Officer fills out a P.O. indicating total postage
costs, service performed, Invoice No.
3. This is routed to the Org Division on normal P.O. lines.
4. The Income Invoicing Officer fills out a "Debit Invoice" for the
receiver, indicating total postage, service performed, and
Invoice No. of the material ordered.
Receipt of postage payment as noted in step (3) is not a requirement for
shipping material. Orders are filled and shipped swiftly.
|LRH:ml.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 by | |
|L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Applies to |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|SH & DC |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|only | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 FEBRUARY 1966 | |
| |BULK MAIL | |
| |PACKAGES TO WASHINGTON DC | |
1. Parcels of I I pounds or less can be sent and delivered direct
without going through Customs.
2. Parcels of more than I I pounds do go through Customs and need
(a) Entry Papers of some variety; (b) An Invoice; (c) If
declared value is over $250, then "formal" entry papers are
required which means that a Bonded Importing Agent has to be
employed in the U.S. in order to get them out of Customs.
3. Normal comm lag on delivery of Bulk Mailings to the U.S. is
between one and three weeks.
4. If a bulk mailing is sent to the U.S. for re-posting, as in the
case of the AUDITOR at Special times as directed, then the
following points should be allowed for:
a) No U.K. postal notice should be on the envelope used as the U.S.
postal requirements are that only U.S. marks can appear.
b) The return address must be that of the U.S. org doing the re-
mailing. However, the envelope should be marked in such a way
that the U.S. Org call identify Saint Hill as the source of the
material so returned by the post office, if any, and the
returned mail can thus be routed back to Addresso Saint Hill.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Roil Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Dissem Div | | |
|Sec | | |
|All | | |
|Registrars | | |
|CF | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1965 | |
| |Issue VI | |
| |PURPOSES OF THE DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION | |
The Department of Registration is in the Dissemination Division and is
Department 6 of the organization.
This department is headed by the Director of Registration. It consists of 2
sections-the Central Files Section and the Registration Section. The
Registration Section has in it the Letter Registrar, the Advance Scheduling
Registrar and the Body Registrar.
It is also expected that there will be typists and clerks to serve the
above sections.
THE DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION
The prime purpose of the Department of Registration is:
"TO HELP RON HANDLE INDIVIDUALS WHO HAVE BEEN CONTACTED SO THAT THEY CAN BE
FULLY SALVAGED BY ORG SERVICES AND INCREASE THE SIZE OF THE ORGANIZATION."
The orders, rules, regulations, policies and routes relating to this
department were intended to assist it and expedite the carrying out of its
purpose. Therefore no order, rule, regulation, policy or route may be
interpreted to swerve the Department of Registration from its prime
purpose, which is paramount in all its activities. Its policies and routes
exist to carry out its prime purpose and for no other reason
THE LETTER REGISTRAR
The prime purpose of the Letter Registrar is:
"TO HELP LRH GUIDE INDIVIDUALS BY LETTER INTO CORRECT CHANNELS TO OBTAIN
SCIENTOLOGY AND TO INCREASE THE SIZE OF ORGANIZATIONS."
The activity of the Letter Registrar is well covered by policy.
Also, when the Ltr Reg receives a form or letter in which the person says
yes to training or processing (i.e. definite intention) the letter is
routed promptly with the folder to the Advance Scheduling Registrar for
handling. All such hot prospects are so sent. A hot prospect is anyone who
has recently expressed a wish to be processed or trained.
The orders, rules, regulations, policies and routes relating to this
department were intended to assist it and expedite the carrying out of its
purpose. Therefore no order, rule, regulation, policy or route may be
interpreted to swerve the Letter Registrar from its prime purpose, which is
paramount in all its activites. Its policies and routes exist to carry out
its prime purpose and for no other reason.
THE ADVANCE SCHEDULING REGISTRAR
The prime purpose of the Advance Scheduling Registrar is:
"TO HELP LRH SCHEDULE AND SECURE INDIVIDUALS BY MAIL IN ADVANCE FOR
TECHNICAL SERVICES AND ENSURE THE FUTURE PROSPERITY OF THE ORGANIZATION."
The Advance Scheduling Registrar keeps 2 large heavy books. One is for
students; one for preclears. It is laid out one page per week 2 years in
advance. He receives letters from the Letter Registrar that are hot
prospects and schedules the person promptly and informs him asking for any
correction of date.
As individuals are scheduled their names and addresses are entered in the
book for the week they are arriving. This registrar uses also prepared
registration packets which even include sign up forms and give the
opportunity to pay for the service in advance, or at least, make a
reservation payment in advance.
The orders, rules, regulations, policies and routes relating to this
department were intended to assist it and expedite the carrying out of its
purpose. Therefore no order, rule, regulation, policy or route may be
interpreted to swerve the Advance Scheduling Registrar from its prime
purpose, which is paramount in all its activities. Its policies and routes
exist to carry out its prime purpose and for no other reason.
BODY REGISTRAR (SIGN UP REGISTRAR)
The prime purpose of the Body Reg (Body Sign-up Reg) is:
"TO HELP RON SIGN UP INDIVIDUALS FOR TECHNICAL SERVICES WHO COME INTO THE
ORGANIZATION AND SIGN UP INDIVIDUALS AGAIN FOR FURTHER TECHNICAL SERVICES
AND INCREASE THE ACTIVITY AND PRODUCTION OF THE ORG."
The Body Registrar is then a Sign-up Registrar of individuals who come with
their bodies into the org and then signs them up again for further services
when they have completed the services they signed up for. This Registrar
signs up individuals for Technical Services and her concern is to move pcs
and students farther down the road to CLEAR by signing them up for
technical services and then repeatedly signing them up for each next step.
The Sign-up Body Registrar has the right forms and contracts at hand to
sign up with, routes anyone with financial queries to nearby Income
Department, signing up the person before or after.
The orders, rules, regulations, policies and routes relating to this
department were intended to assist it and expedite the carrying out of its
purpose. Therefore no order, rule, regulation, policy or route may be used
to swerve the Body Registrar from its prime purpose of signing up students
and pcs.
CENTRAL FILES SECTION
The prime purpose of the Central Files Section is:
"TO HELP RON COLLECT AND HOLD ALL NAMES, ADDRESSES, PERTINENT DATA ABOUT
AND CORRESPONDENCE TO ANYONE FROM ANYONE WHO HAS EVER BOUGHT ANYTHING FROM
THE ORGANIZATION."
The orders, rules, regulations, policies and routes were intended to assist
it and expedite the carrying out of its purpose. Therefore no order, rule,
regulation, policy or route may deny the personnel of the Section the right
to carry out its prime purpose as above.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY | |
| |1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JANUARY 1957 | |
| |REFERRALS TO FIELD | |
No corporation or staff of the HASI, HDRF, Founding Church of Scientology,
should now refer any person, for whatever reason, to any field auditor
anywhere.
The reason for this is that it is reported the field auditors are losing us
business in that people who contact them go out of communication with us
completely.
It is an unsuccessful practice in all cases to refer preclears, since we do
not ourselves get off the responsibility for them, and yet they may be
messed up one way or the other by field auditors.
This policy does not express any lack of confidence in field auditors, it
is just that long experience tells us it is the wrong thing to do in almost
all cases.
Anybody inquiring for an auditor locally should be told to come to the
Hubbard Guidance Center.
|LRH:df.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 22 FEBRUARY 1957 | |
| |POLICY OF MAIL HANDLING FOR PROSPECTIVE | |
| |PRECLEARS & STUDENTS | |
Definition: A Prospective Preclear or Student is one who indicates in a
letter or by other means that he intends to have processing or training
with or without mention of time.
Such letters or communications should be made note of by any receiving
agency such as HGC or Academy and answered by them but at once the original
is sent to CF Procurement even before action is taken by HGC, Academy.
The responsibility for handling such a letter lies with the receiving
person, independent of any action by CF Procurement, BUT CF Procurement is
the final responsibility for action in all cases.
A carbon copy of any letter to a prospective preclear or student should be
quickly forwarded to CF.
Therefore, all anyone has to know about prospective preclear and student
letters or communications (wires, phone call, verbal) is as follows:
1. Those are the only vital communications on our lines.
2. They handle them to the prospect themselves and at once forward,
with high priority, to CF Procurement.
3. That CF Procurement has the situation's final responsibility-but
that this does not relieve anyone of theirs.
L. RON HUBBARD
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 6 APRIL 1957 | |
| |CENTRAL FILES AND PROCUREMENT | |
The Central Files and Procurement system was developed by Mary Sue Hubbard
who is the most successful person in Scientology at getting people to come
in and take training and processing. She knows what she's doing and her
adhesion to Files and her difficulties about files, and what one had to do
with files, and what one had to do to get procurement letters written,
caused me finally to sit down and figure out files carefully; and I found
they belonged to nobody but the Registrar-and that the Registrar had to
have a department called Central Files and Procurement.
Although this is under Administration and the Registrar is under
Administration, and is a department called Department of Registration,
nevertheless the Technical Director is directly responsible for the number
of students and preclears and memberships that are taken in the
organization. She is held responsible for this but over in her department,
so is the Registrar. We have a dual responsibility here.
Whereas the Registrar is head of her department that department
'nevertheless is under a liaison type supervision from the Technical
Division and is also under the supervision of the Administrator who is only
really interested in its neatness of files and the fact that there's
somebody to file and the fact that the equipment is placed, and so forth.
He's responsible for the personnel.
Now this makes at first glance a rather complicated communication line
system. Here you are with your own department, Registrar, and here we have
a person in charge of Central Ffles and I think that is Mrs Marks. And here
we have the Administrator. The Administrative Division had Mr Northwood
being responsible for the personnel and space, neatness of the files and so
forth, and yet we have a person in charge, which is a sub-department all by
itself called Central Files and procurement. The person in charge of
Central Ffles is entitled to a Central Files and Procurement Clerk and this
clerk position is actually as important as any of the other positions
because this is the person that puts things into the files. The person in
charge is supposed to do that and write letters and also some other things;
but mainly to lay out the files and select the files for handing around to
the staff auditors who will write the letters.
Now let's just go down these responsibilities. We have first the Registrar.
She is directly responsible for handling three types of mail.
|Type |Applicant-that is the most important mail. The applicant |
|1: |letter is an exceedingly precise thing. It says "I am coming |
| |in". It broadly divides into "I am coming in on a certain |
| |date" and "I am coming in". |
|Type |Prospect-this is "I am coming in sometime, maybe" "I wish I |
|2: |could", or "I am answering your mail". We have found over a |
| |period of years that anybody who corresponds with the |
| |organization sooner or later comes in for training or |
| |processing. So this prospect letter is awfully broad isn't |
| |it? |
|Type |Procurement letter-this is one of the most abused and misused|
|3: |terms in this whole letter. A procurement is an originated |
| |letter by the organization-and that's all it is. It isn't an |
| |answer. An answer to it would be "not interested at |
| |all"-which is a prospect letter; "I am coming in", "I'd sure |
| |like to have some training if I could ever afford it, but you|
| |know how things are". These are applicant and prospect |
| |letters and they are not procurement letters. A Procurement |
| |Letter is a letter originated by the organization in order to|
| |interest somebody in training, processing or even |
| |memberships. But specifically training and processing. |
| |(You must know these three types of letters thoroughly). |
Now the number of procurement letters which must be written directly relate
to the number of students and preclears who are enrolled. If you write no
procurement letters you will get practically no students and preclears. If
you write a few, you'll get a few students and preclears. If you write a
great many and go about it accurately,
intelligently and industriously you get floods of preclears and students.
And so this is a terribly important action.
Now how are these letters written? In the past the organization has
burdened this person or that person with the sole responsibility of
emanating, emanating letters and this has not worked. With Central Files
nebulously under anybody and everybody they were not in shape. So what do
we do?
The Staff Auditors audit five hours a day. They have an auditor's
conference and they can certainly for an hour and a half to three hours,
which would be an impossible length of time, but less than an hour and a
half somebody ought to be getting worried about where the staff auditors
are and what they're doing-they certainly must put in an hour and a half
per day in Central Files and Procurement Division. And the files of
prospects, people who have been in correspondence with the organizations,
are furnished to them; book orderers and others (which we'll go into in a
moment), these files are furnished to these auditors and they merely write
a friendly letter personally to the person in their own little hand. And
therefore Central Files proceeds to furnish them with paper and pen and
envelopes and they address them and they write them-and they have to be
taught how to write a letter.
Now there is anything from six in slack times, or maybe four in slack times
up maybe fifteen, eighteen auditors-and if they write for an hour and a
half (you want to watch the auditor who only writes one letter, say "What's
the matter boy, can't you communicate?") and they write then rather a large
number of letters during the week. Now people in the field reply to them
because they are individuals and they actually get quite interested in this
game. They are trying to get people in for training and processing. This is
given to them-they must understand this-and the exact way those letters are
written must be made very clear to them. Actually what you do is take more
or less the tone level and interest level of the person whose mail you f-
ind in the file folder. The auditor has that file folder complete and
everything the person has said and done and so forth is there, and he must
look that over and he must match that tone very nicely, inject a little bit
more ARC into it than was there and simply write them a letter. They have
to be instructed how to do this, to tell them that they'd like to see them
come in for some training, or that he probably could get some auditing-
something of this character.
Those letters are gathered up, (they should be enveloped and the envelopes
addressed by the auditors who do it) by the person in charge. Before the
auditors come down those folders are all laid down on a table and the
materials are all provided and everything neatly arranged so that all the
auditor has to do is to sit down and pick up the first folder and go right
on with his job.
Now as they begin to write you will discover that some of the prospects are
hot and some of them are cool. Whenever you find a folder which is a "hot"
prospect folder you put it in a special file all by itself which has
nothing to do with Central Files, so that there are no other files in there
but "hot prospects". Now these are the ones that the Registrar ordinarily
keeps or are over in the Director of Training's office and they mustn't be
either place. They must be right there in that room and they must be in a
special file cabinet. So you have Central Files and a special file called
"hot prospects"-or something less colloquial perhaps.
Now the Central Files are divided up as follows:
Five classes of tabulation, colour marked (colour flash tabbed). They have
little plastic tabs that go on top of them and a colour is assigned to each
class. That makes them easier than any file system you ever saw. If you
have any other system in progress at the moment you can slowly convert over
to the colour flash system.
No. 1 of these classes is: (You would suppose it was enquiry- somebody
writing in just nebulously, or a name you received from an auditor or
something-but it is not.) This class is Book Orders. Enquiry is not-we just
file enquiries in packets and say "Well that's interesting" and somebody
sends in a large list of people and we send th4 over to the shipping
department and instruct them to send all those people information booklet
No. . . .-that's all we do about those, we're not interested in them. We
could wear ourselves out because you f-ind out that the people that are
sent in to us by auditors are, by experience, very poor lists. They're just
somebody they met on the street or something. So we're interested when that
person was willing to advance 51- or �1 or so for a book-so our first
category is Book Orders and that is established by just
this one fact: an invoice saying he bought something. We don't care what it
was, Associate Membership, a book, anything. He bought something-so your
interest is, on that category, did this person buy something? That makes
him a Book Orderer. All right book orderers don't require any different
handling than the rest of them, but you do sell him something. You sell him
processing. You sell a book orderer processing, you don't sell him
training; and you find you normally win. Of course these categories could
all tangle up-a book orderer could certainly get training without any
processing, but the normal proceeding is to get some processing and then
get some training. Usually these people have been getting their processing
out in the field before they come in for training, but there isn't any
reason why we should fatten the field auditor, let him scratch for himself-
that's what he's out there for, to scratch up a practice of his own.
Usually they just lean on ours. That's not a snide statement, 1 love them
dearly-that's why I discipline them.
Category 2: is people who have had processing and by that we mean only
this: processing from the Central Organization. We don't care if they've
had processing any place else. They're a book orderer. Somebody's preelear
is just a book orderer as far as we're concerned. So he'll buy more
processing from us if he's had processing outside somewhere because quite
usually he didn't quite get what he wanted or he thinks he now needs some
more. So Category 2 is simply: preclears who have been audited in the
organization.
Category 3: is Student; and that is somebody who has been trained by the
organization. Again we don't care if he was trained in PE Courses outside,
and you'll have PE Course lists come in to you from auditors and that sort
of thing-treat them as enquiries-they are just enquiries-they're not
anything else. So we have this third category which is the category of
Student and that means people we have trained. We don't care when, where,
or anything else. You'll find that you're moving up now with former
organization preclears and former organization students; you're moving up
into an enormous number of repeats. Tremendous numbers of people come back
for more training, more processing and so on, which is a good omen by the
way-we must be doing something right, even though they sometimes say we're
doing it all wrong. If they knew how to do everything all right they
wouldn't be interested in us. Always remember that. Now we get up into
Category 4.
Category 4: is in essence Field Auditor. Now what do we mean by Field
Auditor? That means "a man who is running PE Courses and who is actively
active in the field". It doesn't mean "just any auditor". "Just any
auditor" falls into Category 3. Somebody we have trained. But somebody we
know is busy, somebody who is doing things. We give him the label of "field
auditor" and that means he's running a little office of his own; therefore
we would handle him quite differently than we would handle somebody who
just got trained and who went out and is flopping, you see. So we'd
specially designate this. This man is sending us in PE lists and he's doing
all sorts of things and it shows up in their folders by the way that
they're active, so we give them this special designation. You can offer
those people new books and the auditors should always be selling books and
memberships and so forth, they sell everything; but these fellows get
offered special book deals, bargains: Why don't you get the books out into
the drug stores, why don't you scatter "Scientology: Fundamentals of
Thought" around and "Problems of Work" and get some people in to YOU. Of
course we know very well they'll go into him, but they'll come in to us
too. So we pack him up to this degree and we make it very easy for him to
procure books. We even consign books to him. Even though we don't pull the
percentage down to nothing, we'll consign books to him. That is a careful
designation now. Is this man worthy of the designation "field auditor".
Well those are your categories. The only difference between this and the
U.S. category is that they were starting in the U.S. with category
"enquiry"-but that just jams your files-and you don't want anything to do
with it, it's just a silly category so 1 have left it out.
All right, you've got these categories now. It is the duty of the person in
charge to T(eep those files right up to date and supervise them so that
these categories are clear and are changed when they do change and so on.
And that all starts happening with your organizational inflow of mail.
Our next point of interest is: File Clerk and Membership. The person who is
actually the CF File Clerk is really not just a File Clerk. This person is
doing an
intelligent job of selection all the way. It is this person's
responsibility to see that the batches of mail which come into the
organization, which have been answered, are filed properly; and it is very
far from a "just file it under G" job. You just have to know what you're
doing. You have to know those categories, you have to know what's up and so
on. That person is looking at the files even more than the person in charge
and if that person does not and will not spot, you see, a "hot prospect"
"What is this file doing in there" she says as she picks it up: "Look at
this. Here's a person who wrote in 1953 and said he'd like some auditing
and I find no other letter". You see it is a selective job and she will at
once turn such a file over to the person in charge of Central Files. In
other words she should use this not just as "stuff the paper in" but
actually has to do an intelligent job and then it works like a charm. She
will also have the responsibility of keeping the files straight. In other
words we get out a number of folders and we put them down in front of the
auditors and what happens to them from there on? Auditors are going to
shuffle them. So she actually should nag them a little about "Put it back
together again". "Set it aside". "Put your carbon copy on top". There's a
special way to handle them and she's actually the cop! The police off-icer
with regard to reassembly of the files. You'll find out that auditors are
very amenable to control.
Now this person has to pull these together and reassemble the files, but
while doing that discovers a great deal of data and information which must
be turned over to the person in charge at once. You'll discover that if
this is done well the files will stay straight and usable and if it's not
done well they become unusable at a rate of speed you never dreamed of. So
that is a very important post.
The Registrar handles essentially-now let's go back over this again and
look at these communication lines directly. What does the Registrar handle
then? The Registrar isn't emanating, emanating, emanating. She handles the
Applicant letters, which are general or otherwise and they come to her
straight from invoicing. Many other prospect letters however may come to
her and these she acknowledges where she deems it expedient or necessary to
do so.
Now the Registrar when she answers an applicant letter or answers a
prospect letter, if she acknowledges one (she doesn't HAVE TO you see)
makes two carbon copies of her answer. Now you've got to have very fast
stenographic reaction on this. There are not many of these letters but they
have to be done swiftly, it can't be put on a tape anywhere. That will have
to be done by the Registrar's own department. It is up to her. That letter
now which is answered, has two carbon copies. One of these copies is parked
by the Registrar in one of these ABC file folders, a carbon of her letter-
not the letter that came in-and the letter that came in will quite
routinely be addressed to one of the staff auditors now. She clips her
carbon to it and puts it in her OUT communication basket and the person in
charge of CF (in charge CF is what we call it) takes these letters and puts
them in the places where the auditors are going to be for the answers of
the auditors. Those letters must be answered right away. Now the person
said in the application letter "I am going to come in and I would like to
come in sometime in July" and the Registrar said "Very well. We have an
open date on the 16th July" and she books that and it is the Registrar's
job to keep two books. One of these is for processing and one is for
training. And each one of these books is divided into two categories, that
is General (means: "I want some training" and "I'd like to come in in the
next few months" and "I am coming in in July"). So she books that person
and writes a formal letter and says she has. Now it's up to the auditor to
write another kind of letter. He says "I'm glad you're coming in. I have
turned your application over to the Registrar, I want to thank you for it,
everything's going along here fine, the weather's horrible in London, etc.
etc." Now he must answer that letter because it hasn't been answered in a
friendly fashion at all, it has been answered formally by a person he's not
familiar with, so the auditor must back it up. It isn't that the Registrar
answers unfriendly letters, but this person's been in correspondence with
one of the staff auditors and you'll find that they had better stay in
correspondence with the people they're in correspondence with and that is a
point the File Clerk is very concerned with-that the last letter on the top
of the file was to Jones and that that file then belongs to Jones. Another
letter has occurred in that file so you drag the file out and hand it to
Jones with his pile and he writes.
The reason for this is to give the person writing the letter the
satisfaction of having done something and without that satisfaction they
don't continue work with any enthusiasm at all. Every time they get
somebody in the Director of Training or the Director of Processing or the
Registrar grabs the letter and writes back and says "Aye,
yes, or no" and all of a sudden the auditor's walking down the hall one day
and he sees Jones or Doakes. He got that preclear in and the Director of
Processing says "Oh no, I got him in". You'd be surprised the fights that
occur over this, so we're always careful to re-route a person's
communications back to him again, but after they've been processed we open
all communications which come to anybody in this organization which is an
invasion of privacy the like of which I've never heard of, but we have to
do it because the public writes to me and should write to book orders,
writes Jack and should have written memberships; so we just open them all
up and if it's a personal letter we say "Sorry" because they all look like
personal letters. We used to try to be polite and we would hand around all
these personal letters to everyone, the only trouble was however that we
had just handed out all the organizational mail, which may or may not be
answered by people who may not have the facilities to answer them and also
it is not their department. The public is always playing a game of "Be
enturbulated". They say "You don't have an organization, there isn't
anybody to write to in the organization except Ron or Jack" or Bill who
they write in the training department and say "Dear Bill, I'd sure like to
have some processing". They meet the receptionist and they say "Can I have
an appointment with Mr Hubbard"-so just to get over this sort of thing we
open them all and channel them all and this is important because you will
see letters in people's files that are to members of the organization and
you don't take them out you just put them there. They belong right in the
file, no matter who the letter's to it belongs in the file.
Now we assemble this communication line so that the Registrar then does
answer the applications and the Registrar at any time is capable of
inspecting the work done because the auditors make carbon copies of their
letters and those are filed back in the folder. The Registrar actually has
to promote, look over, get ideas, square things around and keep the line
running, interview the people, make the appointments and all that sort of
thing. She shouldn't consider that her emanation is all being done for her.
She must keep constantly on the back of and constantly supervise and look
over the shoulders of, the staff auditors, because they'll write some of
the wildest things you ever saw. No lack of trust-but they sit down there
(they've just had a bad session with a preclear) and they say "Dear Bill,
Hello" signed Jones. Honestly I've seen some wild letters, it's pretty hard
to mock them up, but they get the idea and they finally get a friendly
letter out.
Auditors are inclined to write about right where they are. That doesn't
create any space. For instance the fellow says "I had a pc today and I had
an awful tough time with him and so forth". Now a person out in the field
doesn't consider that a communication because he needs processing because
he's right where HE is, so you have him talk about him and then you make
space.
The Registrar has a great many duties and they're all very intricate, but
the highest of these duties is the co-ordination of the CF Procurement
setup. The person in charge is actually responsible for placing the bodies
of the auditors, for getting the files out and all that sort of thing; but
the Registrar is quite interested in the context of those letters and
making sure that if she has something special to offer that the auditors
are all informed and (this is very important) ensure that the proper
enclosure pieces are made ready so that when the auditor sends his letter
he can put an enclosure of the right sort in it. Those are: old
"Certainties", info things, mimeograph stuffers, book lists, and you always
try to send something in the letter. Now what they send is up to the
Registrar and that has to be watched too because there is sometimes
something sent out which is totally inappropriate. Washington in sending
out some information booklets which they should have been shot for.
These piles of literature around, this is the File Clerk's job and it is
apportionate, has to be stacked.
Now if you can see this as a whole and if you can see it functioning as its
own communication lines and if those lines stay grooved and every point of
the system is understood, the organization is suddenly relieved of the
burden of a great deal of confusion. You don't have every stenographer in
the place just doggedly typing the same type of letters. You don't have the
turbulence of files being forwarded to the Director of Training, files
being forwarded to the Director of Processing and then you never get them
back. You don't have the Registrar keeping an independent. file system. In
other words you don't have dispersal.
This is a very compact system, extremely compact, and it really is good.
Its promotion is as good as the Registrar makes it, its effectiveness is as
high as the Registrar makes it because that has to do with text and it is
as efficient and effective as
the person in charge makes it because if the person in charge can't handle
the auditors and can't get them to get their noses to the grindstone and so
forth, they'll sit there and drink tea and smoke cigarettes-this should be
discouraged you know, They're in there for a special purpose. This
proportionate pay plan proposal by the way makes them anxious and eager to
do this job.
That is the extent of the Central Files Procurement system which
department, under the Registrar, gives us a very definite strike on it.
Now the reports that are made by the Registrar are as follows:
Students, preclears, expected and booked for next week and in the future.
Students for next week. Students for the future.
Preclears for next week. Preclears for the future.
And those are reported to, respectively, the Director of Training and the
Director of Processing, and the copy of the report is sent to the Advisory
Committee. As the Registrar is a memeber of the Advisory Committee however
that is reported straight at the Committee.
The Technical Director of course is the channel to the Director of Training
and the Director of Processing and that is the comm terminal that the
Registrar moves her information toward. She is reporting to the Technical
Director.
The reports made by the person in charge of files, CF, consist of Number of
letters emanated by the auditors. And that's a very easy thing to count
because you actually count the letters not the carbons or the folders and
you count them as they go out to the mail. In other words the person in
charge (it is only safe to have the person in charge take those to the mail
when they're finished), is to record and report on the number of letters
that go out.
Additional report from CF in charge is: State of files, and Material needs.
And those reports should be made quite regularly, weekly, to the Advisory
Council and if the Registrar is anxious about it and so forth they can be
made daily to the Registrar; but they must be forwarded through to the
Advisory Council and that is not the responsibility of the Registrar but
the responsibility of CF.
Now we get on to Reports required from the File Clerk. She takes an
individual count of the number of letters written by each individual
auditor. She has a roster of auditors. 1) She checks them off for CF (she
has a number of auditors who should be there). As she picks up the files
she counts the number of letters. She is collecting the letters you see.
Now she can have the auditors simply leave those letters alongside of his
work, not collected-don't let them throw them over carelessly into a basket
if you want to make your work easier-and then you simply count them and
check them off against their names and so you get an individual count. That
then is reported to your immediate superior, CF.
That is really the extent of the entirety of the procurement system now
being used in the United States and was formerly in fragments used in
England and we have always used this system but we have never realized
before that all we want the organization to do is to emanate those letters.
There's one more thing, which is just this. There are many letters come to
this organization. Some of them are business letters, bills, and so forth.
There are many technical letters that come in. There are letters requesting
things and buying things and so on. None of those letters even begin to
approximate to the organization an importance compared to an applicant
letter. And an applicant letter is established entirely by the volume of
prospect letters. But this organization lives and breathes for its finance,
its further research by these letters. You should understand this
organization is not something that's just trying to make money, it's not.
It's got a job to do and it must survive to do that job, and its survival
is measured by applicant letters. They are pure gold and if this is not
impressed upon the auditors who are handling them (this is an applicant
letter, it's not a prospect letter any more, it's an applicant letter)
you'll find there are only a few of these. There may be only twenty five in
a good week. Now that's not very many letters and those are the only
important letters in the entire flood coming in, and what monitors their
existence is the prospect letter. So we can consider those as classed
together and any other material, typing, letters, incursion into the
department, or anything else which interrupts the flow of prospect letter
and the resultant applicant letter is to be immediately suppressed, thrown
aside, disregarded and thrown away, completely refused by Central Files and
procurement.
Now there is one other little point and that is "how do you handle a letter
of complaint?" That is always handled by the Registrar and if the Registrar
needs marines, by the'rechnical Director. Every time you straighten out an
area of complaint you make friends, so a complaint letter is not something
that you just say "Oh well, somebody's finding fault with us again". We
immediately get on to this and we straighten it out because we can always
straighten them out today. It's easy to straighten them out. Somebody's
been processed by some auditor in Northampshire and this auditor has done
him and stolen his wife or he's done something like that-well that's the
Technical Director's division and the Technical Division had better get on
this and better write the preclear and get lots of correspondence going
back and forth and we finally found out that the fellow threatened to shoot
the auditor and it was entirely different but nevertheless we've finally
straightened it out when we get through. We generally have them both in,
give them a few hours of processing, send them away happy and square it
around. That's our normal procedure with such things. We don't regard them
lightly.
Another is a technical letter which you know about and which we learned the
hard way. We used to maintain a whole department which did nothing but
answer technical letters. We found out that they only came from a few
people and those people were woefully deficient in training so we wiped out
the Technical Letter Department and nobody in the organization is permitted
to answer a technical letter. They just must not answer them. They mustn't
go on and on and on and on. And the Auditors have to be informed of this
and the Registrar must know this. All you do when a person comes in and
asks for technical information is one thing, and that is, you send him to
come in for training.
A technical letter is always answered by a letter which says "come in for
training". You never disregard them you get them in for training and that
is what is done with them uniformly.
Memberships are handled by and are the exclusive property of, the File
Clerk. The File Clerk also handles memberships. It will be found that
memberships in active times, if the files are up to date and the stencils
are well handled, will occupy from a third to a half of the File Clerk's
time and that is a very routine procedure and people make so much work out
of memberships and all you do is, you take in the membership and you fill
out the card and you have a little letter or note of some sort and send it
to the person. The reason memberships is hard to do is because everybody
runs into memberships everything else. All Membership consists of is
telling people to renew, and renewing, and making out cards and so forth
and that's all it consists of. If there's anything else comes up on the
line it is somewhere else.
Now part of memberships is "change of address" and when your change of
addresses come in you may have to cut some new addressograph stencils,
something of that order. Now the handling of the stencil machine which puts
the envelopes to mail things, or stamps "Certainties" or does something of
this character, is not the business of the membership clerk but belongs to
Shipping. There is no machine on that.
The person in charge of Shipping can come in and wind off a tape, or run a
series of envelopes if you locate the machine and the stencil together, but
when you ask the person who is handling files to also handle something as
mechanical as a machine with its attendant ink and so forth, you muddy up
your files and mess them up generally.
Membership consists of two channels. It has two incoming baskets. One
basket is memberships (which is just renewal or a new membership) and the
other basket is change of address, and all changes of address and all
memberships go to CF, and they have two baskets that sit side by side
marked IN and two baskets that sit side by side marked OUT, and you park
those things (there's a special arrangement of a table you can make with
memberships which is very good). We worked this out and it did prove to be
good. We take two baskets on the left of the table and then two baskets at
the extreme right of the table and the one which is to the edge of the
table is the membership basket and the one which is at the back of the
table is the change of address basket and we have them "in" and "out" and
then we put on that table and never disturb, all of the materials necessary
to do a membership or a change of address and we just lay those materials
out on the table. Stacks of paper and the membership cards and everything
we have to make out and do and it's all on the table in plain sight in the
order that they're used. Thereby we can take change of address and go
straight through them and take change of memberships and get them through
quickly so it doesn't take much time. Otherwise a membership clerk is
always going "Oh, what do I
do now?" What they will send you in the guise of memberships is fabulous.
Somebody wants a book list, what is my discount, and all that sort of
thing; they have nothing to do with memberships but come under business
administration. If you can tell people brutally that they are off-line when
they try to disturb the membership chain you'll find memberships don't
occupy very much time. But if everything comes in on the line that
appertains to members, including the policy that the Association Secretary
should make, which they try to throw away, why then you have a mess.
The reason why memberships belong to CF is because change of address
otherwise splits and you have two departments of change of address, so you
just change all addresses. Now when you get a change of address you change
it in the file. You always put the latest address on top. By the way, the
way a file is kept may be important. You file with the earliest date at the
bottom, progressing towards the latest date at the top and when the file is
dragged out, held in the left hand and opened you will find your left thumb
on the last communication; therefore they are filled, as you face the file
in the drawer, with the top of the letter on the right and the bottom of
the letter on your left. Now make sure you've got that.
The redistribution of files, by the way, is simply done straight into the
drawer, you see; but "hot prospects" that look warm will very often have to
be indicated by the auditors themselves so they have to be in front of us;
and they are put in the "hot prospect" file and not back in the drawers. If
you have an ABCD set of stationery boxes and park them on top of the files,
stuff coming in to be filed, first filed into these ABCD categories and
then re-filed into the drawers which are now open will save you a lot of
clutter and running back and forth. In other words, these ABCD boxes are a
"pre-file".
I think that is a very thorough rundown now on CF and Procurement. It's
really CF, Procurement and Memberships and when you tack Memberships onto
that you have everything.
__________
The question of "how do we identify a member in the file system" is served
by checking the membership stencils and lists against Central Files and
entering them into the files. This could be as an innovation additionally
flash marked on the file, so that could have another colour which doesn't
really give us another category by the way, it's a flash mark. You'd better
put a flash mark on all those that are members. You'll have to dig them out
of the membership file.
An additional point-"hot" files should additionally be identified very
easily or they would be put back in Central Files. This is a duty of the
File Clerk.
Files are not to be handed out to members of the organization of whatever
level, but such people as wish information from files, may come down and
inspect the files in CF but may not remove them from the vicinity.
The way an applicant letter is developed: First an enquiry or a book order
arrives. The book order goes into CF and is answered right away and a nice
letter is written to him asking how he's getting along and if there's
anything that he would like to know further about it. lle enquirer is sent
an information package by Shipping and you develop then into the succeeding
categories. If Shipping falls down and doesn't have the facility to, or
isn't able to send out these enquiry packets, straight away as soon as such
a letter shows up ("I'm interested in the subject" -doesn't say whether
he's read anything) you don't get very far. That info packet by the way
must stress only ONE THING, and that is "buy these books"-that's all you
tell him to do, buy a book.
The next point on this is that you try to sell each category the next
category and that is how that is developed.
L. RON HUBBARD
__________
This material was taken from a meticulous discussion with the London Staff.
HCO.
|LRH:rs.cden | |
|Copyright � 1957 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[See also HCOP/L 15 May 1957, Registrar, page 310.]
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JUNE 1957 | |
| |PEOPLE'S QUESTIONS | |
A Congress MUST-an Organization MUST ANSWER people's questions.
This is the primary public complaint-that Scientologists in the
organization or out won't answer directly questions asked about this or
that.
Understand it, answer it, make friends.
|LRH:rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright� 1957 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|AR Hats |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Washington |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
|& London | | |
| |HASI POLICY LETTER OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1957 | |
| |QUOTING PRICES | |
It has come to my attention that we have several times dismayed people on
training or processing on their first contact with Scientology by quoting
them high prices for training and processing.
Anyone doing this mistakes our basic mission, which is not the charging of
high prices, but the dissemination of Scientology to the end goal of
bringing a newer and better culture to Earth.
Indeed we dismay even a financial goal by quoting high prices at once to
newcomers.
A better and more workable procedure is to follow the elementary lines with
new people-have them read a book. Have them come in to a PE Course. Have
them attend a Group Intensive. Get them on an HAS Course. The thing to do
is to get them to do something about us or with us. The rest will follow.
Our goals in the long run or even a financial goal are best answered by the
principle of gradient scales and by the stable datum of "bodies in the
shop". Bring them in easy. Get lots of bodies in the shop. The rest
follows.
This does not, of course, apply to selling people courses and three-week
intensives for high prices when they're sure of what they're buying. If
they're sure they'll buy.
|LRH:md.rs.rd |Best, |
|Copyright (6) 1957 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
| | |
|Worldwide |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Distributio|37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
|n and |(Issued at Washington D.C.) | |
|Application| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 OCTOBER 1958 | |
| |SALE AND CONDUCT OF ACADEMY COURSES | |
| |(Refer to HCO Policy Letter of I October | |
| |1958) | |
As of October 15, 1958, effective date, the circumstances and enrollment
procedures of courses are changed worldwide.
While the administration must yet be set up the fact and advertisements
exist as of October 15, 1958. Even if it isn't done don't put anybody on
wait while we scramble. Sign them up and somehow deliver.
Basically: A student may enroll for a course as before but he must
understand it will require a year from enrollment date to get his
certificate because of Extension Work. We then have two phases of training:
Extension Work done at home, and Class work done at the Academy. His course
in the Academy is still 8 weeks for HCA/HPA, London, 5 weeks for HCS/BScn,
London, 6 weeks for HGS/DScn, London. He may do these weeks at once but he
has other work to do as well. He is enrolled for a one-year course in each
certificate status. He should not be discouraged by confronting him with
this. It does not matter when he takes his time in the Academy so long as
he does it. There are written work, exercises and reports on cases to be
done before his final exam. It has always taken a year, you can say, to get
any actual certificate. We are just now making a reality of it. He can
audit people or do anything else he wants, but the time is one year from
enrollment to certificate in any grade. He could take all Academy work for
all three grades in 5 months all jammed up but he'll still have to complete
his first year to get his first certificate. This is no gyp school. It
takes three years to get the top rating and more time is spent on the mind
and thetan in those three years than in 15 years of psychology or
psychiatry. We're taking over the fields of the mind and spirit on Earth.
Our people have to be good. Any applicant will agree to that.
EXTENSION COURSES
Anyone may enroll in an Academy course to HCA/HPA for f,2.0.0 or $5.00. He
has to buy his texts (we give away no more texts after October 15, 1958 and
allow only membership discount if he is a member). The enrollment is for
one year. Any answer to his enrollment is to send him C.O.D. (permission to
do so must be on the blank he sends in-blank to be in Certainty) a
"Dianetics: Modern Science of Mental Health", hard cover. (Blank must also
be able to say he already has it if he does.) He is sent directly by first-
class mail his first lessons. Even if he has been in Academy he does these.
They are printed lessons he has to fill out. He furnishes the envelopes and
stamps. The lessons are uniformly simple. One is due back each week. The
page is perforated at the bottom so a lower strip may be tom off by the
Extension Course Director, written on and returned by first-class mail in
an envelope. The student gets a nudging card if he fails to send in a
lesson. These lessons are a chapter by chapter coverage of Dianetics:
Modern Science of Mental Health only. They require mainly agreement. The
student can go no further than Dianetics: Modern Science of Mental Health
data (no practice) when we find it necessary to bring him in for his 8
weeks (preferable) or at least a Comm Course. Given his Comm Course, his
next lessons still apply to Dianetics: Modern Science of Mental Health but
now they are auditing practice lessons. We make him find locks,
secondaries, engrams in several people. Then we bring him back for more
training or (if he took his 8 weeks) we have him audit things out of people-
locks, engrams, secondaries. We have additional lessons covering the
remaining texts. The Addressograph Section takes these students' names and
addresses and keeps the list up to date. Sets of envelopes, cards for file
for lessons (that can be used as postal cards but are not stamped) for each
week are run off and refiled as lessons appear from student (leaving the
delinquents to be reminded by simply mailing the card).
The whole of this or any extension course is crisp comm line and accurate
administration. It is simple if it is prompt and neat. The whole project
can be nicely ruined by poor administration on this. The quality of lessons
should be good but are secondary to good thorough administration. People
would always rather get a new theory or a dizzy plan rather than face these
vital pieces of Mest and a systematic handling of them. Cards and file
drawers are obviously vicious.
A plan of the course and how to do it is sent with the enrollment reply,
plus an enrollment card he can show his friends to explain why he wants to
practice on them.
Similar texts and enrollment measures are taken for the HCS/BScn course,
and the HGS/DScn.
The texts for each of these courses are listed in HCO Policy Letter of
October 1, 1958. No other textual or factual material is to be used and no
further course booklets or pamphlets are necessary.
What is necessary:
Lesson tablets, in glued-together sheets like a writing tablet, 25 lessons
to a tablet, each sheet being its own lesson. The sheet is perforated
across the last 5th of the page. The student's name, current address,
course, and answers, are all written by the student. The Extension Course
Director writes any comment or grade on the bottom slip, tears it off and
sends it back to the student. If no lesson came, a card goes to student
reminding him. When it comes time for the student to come in for his course
he comes in, pays for the week or weeks he takes, goes home, gets more work
to do, is finally examined (either at home or at Academy [two different
exams]) and when he passes he promptly gets his certificate. This is true
for all three courses.
Certainty must at once carry ads and continue to carry ads for "Academy
Enrollment-one year, do work at Academy and at home-Enroll now, E2.0.0,
receive your first lessons." An enrollment blank. that with f.2.0.0 enrolls
him must always be part of the ad.
The idea of field training plus Academy training for a certificate and the
fact of 3 years of training to the top will appeal.
Academy courses must be carefully geared to HCO Policy Letter of October 1,
1958. This scramble to "get the newest learned first" is giving us training
disasters. Of course, the student would prefer facing a thought or theory
or a quick think process to facing real live engrams, secondaries, and
banks. So we don't train them well. They're not like 1950 Dianetic auditors-
they're flinching these days.
And who said you couldn't clear people by running engrams? You couldn't if
you had no TRs and therefore ragged auditing and ARC breaks.
Any time you write or say Dianetics today, define it-"Dianetics, that part
of Scientology which stresses mental anatomy." That swings people into
Scientology before they think about it. They are not then surprised to hear
from the Academy of Scientology about Dianetics.
"A minister has to know mental anatomy before he can know the spirit," "The
brain forms no part of the study of Dianetics," are two more lilies that
must be gotten about even if only as bottom lines on a Certainty or Ability
page.
_____________
This programme of 3 years training by I year stages is now begun. We'll
just have to commit ourselves to it and cope with it and have it wheeling
before the paper-back Dianetics: Modern Science of Mental Health gets in
the drugstores next spring. So here we go.
Who activates all this? Why, you do, of course.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:md.rs.rd
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 AUGUST AD9 | |
| |PROMOTIONAL FUNCTIONS OF DEPT OF PrR | |
To reach individual aspirants for training and processing by various
communication means such as letters, phone, telegram and in particular,
personal contact. Public lecturing and the visiting of groups by PrR
persons or an Association Secretary are included in the promotional
functions of PrR. Broad contact by means of advertisement is also a PrR
function. PrR promotion is however mainly an individual matter. Amongst the
promotional functions is the arranging of the lives of aspirants so that
training and processing can be attained by them.
|LRH:brb.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[Excerpted from HCO P/L 26 August AD9, Promotional Functions of Various
Depts. A complete copy is in Volume 7, page 135.]
|Convert |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Sec ED |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1959 | |
| |ATTENTION REGISTRARS AND BOOK ADMINISTRATORS| |
Discounts by reason of memberships, status as pro auditors or any other
reason do not apply to credit purchases.
Discounts may be given on cash sales only and sales or service paid in
full. No businesses anywhere give discounts on credit purchases.
|LRH:js.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 OCTOBER 1959 | |
| |PROCESSING OF CHILDREN ON THE HGC | |
Children are to be charged full rates on the HGC. They are pretty difficult
to audit so should be charged as much as grown-ups, unless there has been
confirmation on this from LRH to do otherwise.
The only exception to full rates would be auditors, their husbands/wives
and children.
|LRH:js.rd |Norma Webb |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Secretary WW |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1 | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 MARCH 1960 | |
| |Reissued in Sthil | |
| |HGC AND ACADEMY PRICES FOR MINORS | |
| |(Cancels and replaces HCO Policy Letter of | |
| |27 October 1959) | |
The following two categories of minors are instituted for Academies:
1. A minor below the age of eleven (11) is not eligible for
training at the Academy except by special permission of LRH.
1. A minor, to qualify for training at the Academy, must have
reached his/her eleventh (I I th) birthday and not have reached
his/her eighteenth (I 8th) birthday.
The minor's training fee for the HPA and B.Sen. (HCA and HCS) courses shall
be two thirds of the adult fee, whatever fee is in force.
The reason for disallowing minors below the age of 11 to attend the Academy
is that such beings are, usually, still in need of special attention that
would normally tend to create a situation of specialized care that would
consume too much of the instructor's time.
HGC PRICES FOR MINORS
HGCs may accept a child of any age for processing (except psychos as per
present policy).
Below the age of 14 years, a child will be charged full price at HGCS. They
are pretty difficult to audit, so should be charged as much as grown-ups,
unless there has been confirmation on this from the Executive Director to
do otherwise.
SPECIAL CATEGORY
Between the ages of 14 and 18, minors will be charged two thirds of the HGC
processing prices. (After the age of 14 children are easier to handle, and
this price reduction is an encouragement to teen-agers to get processing.)
In the case of minors directly related to Certificated Auditors (their
immediate family), the current discounts apply as before.
|LRH:js.gh.rd |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright �1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Secretary WW |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Assn Secs |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|HCO Secs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Dir PrR | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 NOVEMBER 1960 | |
| |URGENT PR R | |
The following corrections of PrR have been made in Johannesburg and all
Central Orgs are requested urgently to make certain that these corrections
are in force in their PrRs.
No pc or student may be sent to D of P or D of T without having been signed
up fully by PrR. D of P and D of T are not selling personnel.
D of P may increase required hours before technical acceptance of pc. In
which case pc is returned to PrR for re-signing.
D of T may reject a student for health or security reasons, at which time
PrR must re-sign for adequate processing. People with a Communist or
subversive record or who are studying Scientology for use in other healing
fields-psychology, medicine, psychiatry, psycho-analysis, Christian
Science, may not be accepted for training.
The D of T always does a security check particularly of above points before
accepting a student.
LETTER REG-BODY REG
In Orgs where there are two registrars or more, there must be a Body
Registrar and a Letter Registrar.
The Body Registrar does not write letters, answer letters or engage in
letter procurement except in times of slack when Body Registrar writes
letters on an outflow basis only-never answers replies. This ceases the
moment there are bodies coming in.
Body Reg logs all sign-ups, and handles paper work and finance regarding
sign-ups, and keeps the records, but this again may not stop the body line.
With the Body Reg interviews of people, in person or by phone, come first,
records second.
With the Letter Reg answers come first, followed by originated letters and
info packets. Letter Reg keeps Body Reg informed of who is expected in and
sees that Body Reg has the file.
Body Reg has reception and control of reception.
TYPISTS
Letter Reg lines have been blocked by lack of typists. Inadequate typist
facilities are very poor economy.
Typists type Answer tapes or records before origin tapes or records.
OUTFLOW
If outflow or origin is down because Answer volume is up, hire an assistant
Letter Reg.
DIR PR R
Where Dir PrR is also Letter Reg or Body Reg, he or she may not cross up
the posts in violation of the above. If this combo is necessary it is
better for the Assn See to be Dir PrR.
Dir PrR is sometimes ineffective on pure promotion. This stems from Dir PrR
combining with Letter Reg or Body Reg. If there is a Dir PrR, he or she
should be free to keep the lines flowing and to do broad promotion. If the
Dir PrR is too tied down by Body Reg or Letter Reg type duties, it is
better to change the title to Body Reg or Letter Reg and let the Assn See
do Dir PrR assisted by HCO.
An overworked (on Bodies and Letters) Dir of PrR creates a camouflaged
hole. It's better to keep in view that supervision of PrR and general
promotion do not become neglected. By leaving the post open Assn Sec and
HCO Sec can do supervision and general promotion.
GENERAL
PrR colliding as it does with the public, easily goes askew.
Watch it weekly.
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|AL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Central |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Orgs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JANUARY 1962 | |
| |COMMENTS ON LETTER REG DEPARTMENT | |
This Policy Letter consists of data forwarded to Washington DC on the
Letter Registrar Department. It is of interest to all other Orgs.
LETTER REGISTRAR DEPT
The system is very concise. Central Files contains folders of persons who
have bought something. Not idle lists.
CF folders contain names of persons active in the last three years, who
wrote to us or bought something.
Addressograph is the card file system of CF, and Addresso plates are tabbed
and reflect CF exactly without further card files. Addresso gives Letter
Reg card files from the Addresso plates.
Old Dianeticist list and correspondence are valuable and remain intact.
This list should receive one mailing per year.
Ltr Reg and typists have their own office. CF and Addresso have their own
office. These should be adjacent. Your test office on the first floor of
1812 can be given to Accounts. Ltr Reg and typists can be put in old Accts
office. Excess plate cabinets go in waste space in the basement of 1810.
You must have:
1. Letter Registrar.
2. Typist or typists.
3. CF Promotion Liaison.
4. CF-in-Charge.
5. Address Clerk.
You need a crash programme done by other than these to sort out CF folders
and activate them, make Address exactly tally with CF folders active, so
Addresso becomes CF index. Get a CF that goes back to mid-year 1959. Keep
inactive files handy so person's file can be activated if he writes in.
Restore the system of routing invoices to Address and CF, checking for
plate and making one if not there.
The routine precision clerical actions are all shown to be missing here.
And this is why there is low income, in addition to poor technology in the
past.
The situation looks pretty grim unless the whole of the Letter Reg's
department is brought into full order and action. It is badly understaffed.
This is an unwise way to save units.
Please get it going.
|LRH:sf.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1962 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[Note: The version sent to DC Org is HCO PL 16 April 1962, on page 268 of
Volume 1.]
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |(Reissued from Washington D.C.) | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 AUGUST, AD 12 | |
| |GENERAL FORM OF RELEASE CONTRACT | |
The following form is applicable for the preparation of all release
contracts and should be put into effect as soon as feasible. All old
release contract forms should not be used.
The general tenor of the contract states that the Central Organization
takes full responsibility for clearing the individual to the state of
"first goal clear" by reason of his enrolment in the HGC.
The person enrolling undertakes on his behalf to pay for processing
delivered as per usual arrangements up to such time as he has attained the
validated state of "first goal clear" as verified by HCO.
The contract makes no allowance for time spent in the HGC, gives no
commitments or guarantee of actually attaining the state of clear, and does
not in any way offer any inducement to the individual by way of special
handling or treatment, but only states as above that the central
organization takes full responsibility for processing a person up to the
state of "first goal clear."
The individual on his behalf undertakes to continue forward to this state
at such times and periods as is possible for him to make himself available
for processing, and at his cost and expense.
The contract particularly stipulates that the individual must co-operate in
this activity to the best of his ability and must not place obstacles in
the way of attaining this desirable end, and will not obtain processing
from other quarters unless by special permission by the Director of
Processing of the HGC, the Association Secretary of the organization, the
HCO Area Secretary, and the Continental Executive Secretary.
The Central Organization on its behalf will undertake to make the
processing as feasible, as rapid as is compatible with the case level of
the individual, and will give what advices and assistances as are necessary
to make the activity as free from difficulty as is also compatible with
this undertaking, but that in the case of any dispute as to this matter,
the directions of the Director of Processing shall be complied with.
The above is the general form of the contract and legal phraseology and
other materials should be as far as possible omitted from this particular
document, which I am sure will be found adequately binding.
This form is to be accompanied by a contract which states that during the
coming year the organization, in return for receiving the signed release
form, undertakes to furnish processing to the individual at current and
existing rates, and no increase, but that the offer is valid only from the
date of the offering letter.
The undertaking of this contract and signature on the waiver is understood
to cancel all earlier contractual hours of processing, but not to cancel
any existing debts.
Unless returned within thirty days of receipt, the waiver has no value.
The contract also states that any person so signing will not have any rates
raised on him by reason of the probable increase in cost of auditing in
view of clearing success, and extended training requirements of auditors.
The above waiver and contract should be mailed at once to all those persons
who were written to and told the Central Organization had them on their
clearing list approximately two years ago, or in those areas where no such
letter was sent. This document should be forwarded to all those people on
the mailing list at once.
This in effect is a significant portion of the clearing programme of
Central Organizations for Continental Areas.
|LRH:gl.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1962 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Central |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Orgs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|BPI | | |
|Publish in | | |
|PAB and | | |
|All | | |
|Continental| | |
| | | |
|Magazines | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 FEBRUARY 1964 | |
| |FOUNDING SCIENTOLOGIST CERTI]FICATE | |
You have been with me, most of you, for many years. I appreciate that fact.
I have been glad of your company and indeed could not have progressed
without your support.
Now that research is complete a brand new dissemination programme is going
on. There will be lots and lots of new faces. They will be welcome.
However, I want to be able to specially signify that you were in there with
me in the beginning years prior to 1964.
Further, I want you to have the right to use all processes up to Class IV
if you were trained before 1964 and want you to have the right to be
audited on everything up to and including Class IV if you were not. This is
the Old Timers Clause of HCO Policy Letter of November 26, 1963, at work.
If you were with Scientology before 1964 you were an old timer, a Founding
Scientologist. If you are to have the right to be processed on everything
up to and including Class IV you will make out the enclosed application and
send it to me at Saint Hill. Trained or not, if you were with me before
1964 you can apply.
If you know any other old timers, Dianeticists et al, tell them just to
copy the application and send it in. They can't be audited above their
class without this certificate without chancing an investigation.
You were here in the beginning years. You helped. This is my way of
thanking you.
|LRH:gl.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Note: Please fill out the enclosed application and send it to:
L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDING SCIENTOLOGIST AWARD, HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE, SAINT HILL MANOR, EAST GRINSTEAD, SUSSEX,
ENGLAND.
A Founding Scientologist Certificate will be sent to you by return mail.
There is no charge or fee for this certificate.
Dead line: Applications received after January 1, 1965, will not be
honoured.
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |FOUNDING SCIENTOLOGIST APPLICATION | |
| |(Please complete in BLOCK CAPITALS and send | |
| |directly | |
| |to L. Ron Hubbard at Saint Hill) | |
If more space is needed for your answers or other information, please
attach extra sheets.
|NAME: |Mr.|Dr. | | | |
| | |Miss | | | |
| |Mrs| | | | |
| |. | | | | |
|(Block |(Circle |Last |First |Middle | |
|Caps) |one) | | | | |
|MAILING | | | | | |
|ADDRESS: | | | | | |
|(Block | |TELEPHONE | |TELEX | |
|Caps) | | | | | |
|PERSONAL |Age| |Sex | |Occupati| |
| | | | | |on | |
|HISTORY: | | |
| |Formal | |
| |Schooling: | |
| | | |
| |Work experience and | |
| |other skills: | |
| | | |
| |Business and Social | |
| |Organizations and positions: | |
|MEMBERSHIP|The first year I contacted Scientology | | |
|: |or Dianetics was | | |
| |Types of Membership | |Dates held: | |
| |held: | | | |
|POSITIONS:|Posts held in Orgs & | |Dates held: | |
| |the Field: | | | |
|TRAINING |Courses completed: | |Given | |Dates | |
| | | |by: | |completed: | |
|HISTORY: | | | | |
| |Certificates | |Where | |Dates | |
| |received: | |awarded: | |awarded: | |
| |Highest CLASS | |Where | |Date | |
| |awarded: | |awarded: | |awarded: | |
| |Give your own estimate of the value of | | |
| |your past training: | | |
| |Give your future training plans and | | |
| |Classification goals: | | |
| |Do you plan to attend the Saint Hill Special | |
| |Briefing Course? | |
| | |If yes, when?| |If no, please give | |
| | | | |your reasons. | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Tech Sec's |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hat | | |
|Qual Sec's | | |
|Hat | | |
|D of T Hat | | |
|D of P Hat | | |
|Ragistrar | | |
|Hat | | |
|Franchise | | |
|Field | | |
|BPI | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY AD 14 | |
| |(Reissued on 23 June 1967) | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |ENROLMENT ON SELF DETERMINISM | |
No applicant will be accepted at Saint Hill, or should be accepted by any
Organization for training or processing, who is not there on his or her own
self determinism, but who has been ordered to training or processing by an
Organization, or who has been compelled to undergo training or processing
by a manager, judge, relative or anyone other than the applicant.
|LRH:gljp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1964, 1967 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Extra | | |
|Copies for | | |
|CF, | | |
|Address and| | |
|Typists | | |
|Post Staff | | |
|Board | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 MARCH 1965 | |
| |Issue I | |
| |URGENT | |
| |REGISTRARS, CF AND ADDRESS | |
All registration, body registrars and letter registrars and all their
functions and actions effective when posted on the Org Board now come under
Division 1, HCO, as the Dept of Promreg, under the HCO Area Secretary. It
is no longer under the Org/Assn Sec who will specialize in delivery.
Promreg Department includes the HCO Communicator, who now becomes the
Communications Officer. The Dept includes reception, all means of
communication, the Comm Centre, Org Board, CF and Address, mail and mailing
and any other purely PROMOTIONAL- COMMUNICATION Function.
The Dept is under the Director of Promreg, just below HCO Area Secretary.
A full design of the Department will be forwarded.
Meanwhile DON'T DROP ANY EXISTING LINES OR TERMINALS THAT WORK.
DON'T AT ONCE MOVE ANY DESKS, FILES OR EQUIPMENT.
Work out and shift invoice over to Accounts as soon as possible. We don't
have any accounting in Division 1.
Just let the matter be posted on the Org Board with the other changes of
the board and let things gradually sort out. Then after a while you may
wish to change some locations, etc, when you see how it all works.
However, as of NOW all the above functions are HCO Division Dept Promreg.
With this shift Registrars become Promotional Personnel with full
concentration on getting in individuals for training and processing at a
regular frequency and removing barriers to their coming in and
distractions.
Registrars now or later may not discuss finance as they are no longer
allied to that Department. Their whole task is to fill the place up with
bodies fast and often and repeatedly who want training and processing and
to make them want it.
Division 2 (Training and Processing) may not caution or influence Promreg
regarding volume.
Registrars get bodies into the place and promote Scientology. They must not
involve themselves as they have in letters or interviews with money or even
bring the subject up. That is an Accounts function.
It is up to Accounts in Division 3 to get things paid for. It is up to
Division 2 to accept bodies and train and process them. Registration is now
Division 1.
The Registrar can't promise that Division 3 will waive payment or Division
2 will accept. All a Registrar is permitted to do is flood the place with
bodies, get people scheduled for their training and processing at least a
year in advance and fatten up that schedule also even when it looks full.
PROMOTION consists of getting names and addresses and contacting them and
offering service to get them in. The more names, the more contacts, the
more people. That's the whole story.
Knock off filling the place up with psychos attracted by our "mental
curing". Two hours spent interviewing some pet psycho could dig up a
hundred new names. Look for new people and ease off the old moth-eaten
hangers on. Don't eat up old lists only. The old clientele will still come
in. You get new names! And persuade them to get trained and processed! Get
some Scientologists in the place. Get the people in that our promotion is
aimed for. The able. Never talk rates. Just talk Scientology. That's what
we promote. We don't promote money troubles.
Sell Grades in intensives. "Buy enough to attain Grade 0." Buy "Grade II".
You know. Look over pc grades. They really work in promotion.
Dept Promreg is in a continuous Crash Programme of mailings, letters out,
getting new lists and names, around and around.
Welcome aboard to HCO, Registrars, CF and Address and typists. You're in
HCO now and we FLY!
|LRH:jw.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Registrar |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|HAT | | |
|Tech Sec | | |
|HAT | | |
|Qual Sec | | |
|HAT | | |
|Org Sec HAT| | |
| | | |
|Dir Accts | | |
|HAT | | |
|Cashier's | | |
|HAT | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY 1965 | |
| |TECHNICAL & QUALIFICATIONS | |
| |DIVISIONS | |
| |DIVISION 4 - 5 | |
| |URGENT | |
| |AUDITING FEES | |
| |PREFERENTIAL TREATMENT OF PRECLEARS | |
| |SCALE OF PREFERENCE | |
There is a definite and positive Scale of Preference for accepting and
scheduling preclears (including students sent to Review) for auditing in
the HGC and in the Case Cracking Section of the Department of Review.
Last on the list is any person who seeks auditing as a favour "to
demonstrate to others what it can do" or "because of importance as a
person". The auditing of someone just because the result would "prove"
something or other or because the person has money or power and might
donate, by firm policy since 1950, has been relegated to the "circular
file" (the waste basket). Giving auditing away to such persons or their
friends or children or psychotic brother in the asylum is in fact
forbidden. Giving preference in scheduling to such persons is governed,
when for pay, entirely by the Scale of Preference. Such bids are a snare
and a delusion; it sounds good; it doesn't work out. Mr. Big takes his
place in line with Mr. Little, and the Scale of Preference alone applies.
The person who has to be audited AT ONCE for desperate reasons is also
governed only by the Scale of Preference.
The person who will only be audited by a certain or special auditor is also
governed entirely by the Scale of Preference (See A).
SCALE OF PREFERENCE
Assignment of Auditor and Preferential Scheduling is governed as follows:
A. Best Available Auditors, earliest possible commencement;
Pcs Paying full rate Cash in Advance with the longest
consecutive auditing period purchased. Where two pcs have to be
chosen between for the best auditor, the one who has purchased
the most auditing in consecutive periods is given the best
auditor at the earliest moment. (It is obvious that to get a
special auditor one should pay full public rate in cash even
when entitled to Professional Rate. Otherwise there may be no pc
requested auditor assignments. Buying additional auditing or
offering a specified donation in addition to the full rate as
per A can also influence the assignment of a requested auditor.
The auditor does not have to accept.)
B. Skilled auditor (but not specially requested auditor), early
commencement; Full rate pcs whose credit has proven excellent
and prompt by past experience.
C. Good auditor, early commencement; Pcs paying cash in advance
professional rate.
D. Auditor staff available scheduling; Full public rate pcs with
501% deposit and unknown or not established credit.
E. Interne Auditor and any scheduling convenient to org; Full
public rate pcs requiring up to 75,17o credit, credit unknown.
F. Any Interne Auditor, and any scheduling convenient to org;
Professional rate requiring credit.
G. Any student, any scheduling convenient to org; Total credit at
any rate, credit unknown.
H. Students who need practice, cases not supervised except for
student check sheet in Examinations, scheduled randomly or by
waiting list, charity or pcs on full credit of a pcs unknown
nature.
In scheduling there is also the problem of matching Interne Auditors in
pairs so they can crack their own cases.
This is normally done by Case Parity. Cases more or less the same in state
of case should be matched up.
Auditors who goof seriously in handling specially assigned processes in
HGCs or Case Cracking Sections and are removed from active auditing because
of it as dangerous, are normally paired with the last one who goofed and
they are assigned as a co-audit team and they are permitted to slug it out,
getting a better reality on goofs and their cases in shape as well. This is
not disciplinary assignment. It is prevention of case damage to others,
both by giving them a reality and by advancing their cases. Their folders
are carefully watched by auditing supervisors for false entries on auditing
reports.
_________
The whole theory of the above is not Cash. It will be found that those who
will pay were the most able to begin with and have the greatest value to
others. Their worth as persons is greater. Thus good, swift auditing brings
up even this value.
I have never thanked myself for giving any concessions on fees or
scheduling not based on the above. I can say with complete case histories
that giving free service to those who demanded it or sought it has never
resulted in any useful gain for Scientology. On the contrary some of our
biggest headaches administrationally come from those who continually sought
free courses and free auditing.
In the case of award auditing or training it is a different matter. Here it
was worked for and deserved before the fact. The Registrar is never faced
with such persons as awards are given staff and staff has staff staff
auditors.
The "the world owes me a living" preclear (or student) is a candidate for
the Better Dead Club. There were two branches of this Club, by the way-
Better Dead for their own sakes and Better Dead for the sake of others.
Demands by individuals for free service on any pretext should be given a
light, airy laugh. It doesn't do anybody any good, often not even the
person who received it.
Real charity cases who never pay are actually hard to find. In Charity
Auditing one must always give them a chance to pay.
A Registrar's matter of fact attitude about paying for auditing or training
is a valuable asset. Giving the person a problem about how and what they'll
pay is poor Registraring. Don't make them choose about paying in full or
not paying in full. Just tell them "Go to the Accounts Cashier". An evil
laugh when they advance the idea of some tiny down payment on auditing and
a remark, "Well, that would put you on the waiting list and give you a new
student," might be very effective.
Printing up the above preference scale for presentation to falterers on
payment might be effective.
Accounts must always give Scheduling Personnel a copy of the invoice.
Accounts must mark the Invoice clearly as per the above preference scale.
Scheduling may only be done by scheduling personnel and must be done in
accordance with the above Scale of Preference, and the prospective preclear
already in the office (not on promotion lines) should be informed that the
above scale exists.
|LRH:mh.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 MAY 1965 | |
| |MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT | |
| |To be signed by all preclears audited on | |
| |Power Processes and filed in Certs and | |
| |Awards Files | |
HUBBARD ASSOCIATION OF SCIENTOLOGISTS, INTERNATIONAL, INC. of Arizona
HCO Division, Saint Hill
MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT
concerning the attainment of a State of Release
MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT between (full name and permanent address)
(hereinafter called "preclear") of the one part and Hubbard Association of
Scientologists, International, Inc. of Arizona, (hereinafter called "the
organization") of the other part:
WHEREAS certain auditing is being undertaken on processes called the POWER
PROCESSES, and whereas these processes requiring great skill to run
correctly are restricted in use to a Class VII Auditor:
NOW IN CONSIDERATION of the organization releasing the preclear with Power
Processes, the preclear undertakes (1) not to use these processes on other
persons until properly trained to Class VII or to publish these processes,
or give them verbally or in writing to others to run on people, (2) if any
use or publication of the Power Processes is undertaken by the preclear, he
or she is to forego any further training or processing to Clear.
|Dated | |
|(Signature)| |
|SIGNED by the | | | |
|said | | | |
|in the presence |Signature| | |
|of:- | | | |
| |Address | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| |Occupatio| | |
| |n | | |
| | | | |
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
["The Memorandum of Agreement signed by all preclears undergoing Power
Processing is to be filed in the preclear's auditing folder." L. RON
HUBBARD, HCO Policy Letter of 5 July 1965.]
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Qual Div | | |
|HATS | | |
|Tech Div | | |
|HATS | | |
|Registrar | | |
|HATS | | |
|ACCTS HATS | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1965 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |REBATES | |
No rebate may be given any preclear for any reason on his or her
processing.
Some cases are more difficult than others and give auditors more trouble.
A case can be sufficiently enturbulative that an auditor can be diverted
from his task and commit minor errors resulting in an apparent loss of
time.
The more resistive case also causes a D of P to fumble on occasion.
The auditors and case supervisors try their best and do the best possible
under the circumstances.
To claim a pc "lost time" in auditing because of an error in choosing
processes or having to reflatten one, is highly fallacious.
The usual pc does not lose such time under the same auditors and D of Ps.
We do our job as best we possibly can and when we know more we do more.
We are already the only agency anywhere that can increase IQ and resolve
human problems.
We handle a living thing-life.
We do our best.
Sometimes a pc throws us a curve with a rough case, bad between session
behaviour, roughing up auditors and D of Ps. It is natural that goofs occur
on such cases.
We retrain auditors who are routinely erring and we do all we can to ensure
good case gains. We don't permit squirreling. Our Ethics are stronger than
any other organization's.
Pcs who claim "lost time" or ask for rebates of part of their auditing time
for any reason except no auditing whatever (meaning no session of any kind,
no auditor or pc in the room) should be turned over to Ethics. They are
rough cases and tend to be suppressive.
We are selling hours of auditing and what that is is for us to judge.
Further, no auditor may rebate any part of a pc's fee personally or be made
to rebate it, as to do so is to shatter any possibility of delivering
auditing at all.
Auditing is already the cheapest form of treatment there is. It is cheaper
without any argument in favour of time taken to get a result-that is bonus.
Medicos, surgeons, psychiatrists, psycho-analysts charge the Moon for
nothing or even for damage. We are not in their line of business. But fees
can be compared. It is nothing for a psycho-analyst to charge f,9,000 for a
course of treatment! A US surgeon thinks nothing of a $5,000 bill. The Mayo
Clinic doesn't think twice to send a bill for $35,000 or more to the widow
of their patient.
The government pays in some countries. And that too is high.
By rights our minimum fee for a 25 Hour Intensive should be f,250 or in the
US $820. If we only processed, we would have to charge that. It takes
several people to deliver real auditing to a preclear. The field auditor
usually goes broke even on high fees. He just doesn't pay out the salary
needed to give the pc proper service.
How much is a man's life worth to him? How much is it worth not to die at
all? I'm afraid it has no price tag.
We are selling actual salvage from Death itself.
Rebate. How silly. The person was lucky we were around at all and took an
interest. We don't have to do anything for anybody. Remember that. We can
lose interest in certain people, too, you know.
No org has to accept anyone it doesn't want to for training or processing.
No Auditor has to accept a pc he doesn't honestly want to help.
No Supervisor has to train any student he doesn't want to train.
We sell pearls for pennies already.
|LRH:mh.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|Dissem Sec | | |
|Registrar | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 JULY 1965 | |
| |PRIORITY OF POWER PROCESSING | |
Due to the growing waiting list of pcs at Saint Hill for Power Processing
to Second Stage Release, we are now limiting it to Org Staff members and
Founding Scientologists.
Preference by rate paid for it still applies, but no one will hereafter be
accepted for Power Processing at Saint Hill who is not a Founding
Scientologist or on the staff of an official org.
Those who helped deserve first the benefits of these new breakthroughs.
|LRH:ml.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Applies to |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|St Hill |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|only | | |
|St Hill | | |
|Staff | | |
|orgs for | | |
|Info only | | |
|Post Org | | |
|Staff Board| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 NOVEMBER 1965 | |
| |(Replaces HCO Policy Letter of 20 September | |
| |1965 | |
| |which had incoff ect routing) | |
| |POWER PROCESSING | |
| |FOR THE PUBLIC | |
Due to training sufficient numbers of auditors up to Class VII, all
restrictions on Power Processing members of the public are removed.
|LRH:ep.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF I SEPTEMBER 1965 | |
| |Issue IV | |
| |[Excerpt] | |
| |LEGAL ASPECTS OF SIGN UPS | |
No persons may be admitted to an Academy or HGC who have not signed waivers
(release forms) of the old type.
All such waivers must include a statement that the person is there on his
or her own determinism and that the person has no record of being committed
in an institution or has a criminal record for felony.
Persons with such comniitments or records should be referred to a field
auditor near their home and refused training or processing at the
organization.
Persons suspected of purely medical illness should be referred to a doctor
for competent treatment if such a doctor or treatment exists.
Minors must have their parents or guardians sign the waiver and any note
for time payments.
Known trouble sources as per recent HCO Policy Letter, all of which remains
in force, should be required to straighten up their lives before enrolling
or signing up for processing or should be forthrightly refused.
Anyone objecting to an E-Meter check should be refused entrance.
Thus by keeping the legal aspects straight you will be able to help the
many and not be messed up by a few. For a very few such people (21 to be
exact) were the sole sources of grief in the 1950 boom.
To have a boom, you have to keep your nose clean legally or you can be
stopped by the enturbulence generated, both in the org and the public. Such
enturbulence is all that shortens your lines or overworks staff.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
[Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter 1 September 1965, Issue IV, Some Tech Div
Policies. A complete copy is in Volume 4, page 75.]
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1965 | |
| |Issue IV | |
| |(Amends HCO Policy Letter of 21 May 1965) | |
| |MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT | |
To be signed by all preclears audited on
Power Processes and filed in the preclear's
auditing folder
---------------------------------------------------
HUBBARD ASSOCIATION OF SCIENTOLOGISTS, INTERNATIONAL, INC.
of Arizona
HCO Division, Saint Hill
MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT
concerning the attainment of a State of Release
MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT between (full name and permanent address)
---------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------
(hereinafter called "preclear") of the one part and
Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International, Inc. of Arizona,
(hereinafter called "the organization") of the other part:
WHEREAS certain auditing is being undertaken on processes called the POWER
PROCESSES, and whereas these processes requiring great skill to run
correctly are restricted in use to a Class VII Auditor:
NOW IN CONSIDERATION of the organization releasing the preclear with Power
Processes, the preclear undertakes (1) not to use these processes on other
persons until properly trained to Class VII or to publish these processes,
or give them verbally or in writing to others to run on people; (2) if any
use or publication of the Power Processes is undertaken by the preclear, he
or she is to forego any further training or processing to Clear; (3) to pay
for any Review ordered by the D of P, before, during or after his or her
being audited on Power Processes (on the understanding that this Review
will only be done in order to put the preclear's case into condition to
benefit from the Power Processes); (4) to abide by any and all rulings
specifically made by the Ethics Section concerning the preclear, if any are
necessary, as it is understood that only actions necessary to put his or
her case into condition to benefit from the Power Processes will be made.
|Dated | |
|(Signature)| |
|SIGNED by the | | | |
|said | | | |
|in the presence |Signature| | |
|of:- | | | |
| |Address | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| |Occupatio| | |
| |n | | |
| | | | |
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Tech Div |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Qual Div | | |
|Dissem Div | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 SEPTEMBER 1965 | |
| |FREE RELEASE CHECK | |
When a person comes in for a Free Release Check only, the invoice is to be
clearly marked FREE RELEASE CHECK, NO CHARGE.
When a person comes in for a Free Release Check and Rehabilitation, the
invoice is to be clearly marked FREE RELEASE CHECK AND REHABILITATION with
the proper price for such invoiced.
This is necessary so that no-one can be declared RELEASE unless signed up
for Rehabilitation.
|LRH:ml.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 OCTOBER 1965 | |
| |Tech Div | |
| |Qual Div | |
| |Dissem Div | |
| |SAINT HILL SOLO AUDIT COURSE | |
| |(Effective I November 1965) | |
OF PARTICULAR INTEREST TO POWER PROCESSING PRECLEARS
Solo Audit Course is inaugurated at Saint Hill for those non-professional
preclears who, obtaining Grade V Release, wish to go on to Grade VI and
Grade VII.
It is to be fully understood that this course applies only to solo audit
and gives no auditor certificate but only a grade of Release certificate
when complete. A person taking this course is not to audit others above any
auditor class the student actually holds.
It is further to be fully understood that any trouble the solo auditor gets
into must be resolved by a proper Class VI auditor in an organization and
that such assistance is at the student's own expense and is not part of the
offered courses. Such help is called A SOLO AUDITOR ASSIST and is charged
at existing auditor rates by the whole hour for all hours and any part of
an hour. Such SOLO AUDITOR ASSISTS are normally given by the QUALIFICATIONS
DIVISION. They consist of by-passed charge assessments using standard
lists, track analysis to find where the solo auditor has gotten to and case
analysis to discover what is wrong. They also include rehabilitation of a
release state overrun. They do not consist of auditing the materials for
the grade.
SOLO AUDIT COURSE
GRADE VI
Prerequisite: Grade V Release. Full and unqualified Ethics Clearance.
This course consists of the following:
The parts of life-thetan, body, mind, physical universe, engrams.
Vocabulary for parts of the E-Meter.
Elementary E-Metering.
Elementary Solo Auditing on PTPS, etc.
Keeping an Auditor's Report.
The history of Dianetics and Scientology.
Vocabulary for the bank as used in the film The Pattern of the Bank.
The film The Pattern of the Bank and any other pertinent film with full
checkouts on its data (not just viewed).
Whole track data.
R6 EW technology.
Solo Auditing to Grade VI Release.
Release Certification when attained.
When this course is completed, the Grade VI Release is eligible to enroll
on the Saint Hill Clearing Course on a solo audit basis for Grade VII
Clear. No other certificate will be given than a grade certificate. And the
person is given no right to audit others. But the person may attain Clear
by this route.
(Note: This is the non-professional route specified in the earlier
Gradation programmes.)
__________
ARRANGEMENTS
The Solo Audit Course Grade VI will be taught in the Technical Division
Department of Training Saint Hill. It will be called Unit E-One and will be
handled by the E-Unit Course Supervisor who, in case of numbers, may have
an E-One Supervisor under him to handle this course.
This course absorbs the R6 EW Short Course taught to org executives who
were not properly classed for the Saint Hill Course. All students of the R6
EW Short Course are transferred to the Solo Audit Course, the materials
being similar.
The course has already been piloted and was found to be successful.
This course in no way supplants the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course or
Academy Courses O-IV and the student is warned that the course is designed
to make Wm or her only a solo auditor and in no way prepares one to audit
others or handle others with Scientology and that if any certification or
Classification or full understanding of technology is required the student
of the Solo Audit Course will have to begin with lower classification
training. It is however admitted that a Grade VI Release would have little
trouble with the lower levels of training and that a Clear would have no
trouble at all.
SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS
Where a person has gone Grade VI Release by reason of earlier auditing on
goals as happened occasionally prior to 1965 (they had gone up through all
grades unknowingly and these were rehabilitated after the fact) the student
yet must successfully complete the Solo Audit Course in order to qualify
for the Clearing Course and in no case will anyone be enrolled on the
Clearing Course unless the Solo Audit Course has been passed.
Persons enrolled on the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course take a longer
professional version of the Solo Audit Course as part of their training and
as covered by their enrollment fee at this time.
The price of the Solo Audit Course is �275.
An additional fee of �275 is required for the Clearing Course.
An HCA certificate from an Academy is required to enroll on the Saint Hill
Special Briefing Course.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|St Hill |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|only |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 NOVEMBER 1965 | |
| |TRANSFERS FROM SHSBC TO SOLO AUDIT COURSE | |
Students wishing to transfer from the SHSBC to the Solo Audit Course may do
so only with permission of LRH.
Full credit is allowed for any sums not consumed by the Saint Hill Special
Briefing Course.
Compute as follows-Number of weeks on SHSBC times �11.9.2 subtracted from
�275 equals amount to be credited toward the Solo Audit Course.
|LRH:ml.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Applies to | | |
|SH only | | |
|Registrars | | |
|Cashier | | |
|invoicing | | |
|and Qual | | |
|Div info | | |
|other orgs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JANUARY 1966 | |
| |CREDIT AND DISCOUNTS | |
| |DISCOUNTS | |
Relatives of staff and students are not entitled to discounts.
Discounts are not additive on courses and processing. A person does not get
a 50% discount as a student and then 50% of that as a staff member. Only
one discount counts at a time. Also one cannot have a 50% discount as a
student or staff member and then 20% more as a Life Member.
The person receives only one discount on courses and processing. It may
however be the largest single discount to which he is entitled.
At Saint Hill Membership discounts count only on sales items such as books,
insignia, meters. But if a student discount also exists it is not added to.
The largest single discount only is given.
DEBIT INVOICES
Student and pcs may not be extended into unpaid courses or hours of
processing by debit invoice. When a person's paid processing is consumed,
and he requires more lie or she pays for it before being given more.
ORG CREDIT
Only credit for the Interneship was given to some orgs.
No other courses or intensives are given for credit to org staff from other
orgs.
The Org Executive Course is awarded occasionally by SEC ED. Otherwise it is
paid for.
When an org has been given special credit for a certain Saint Hill service
it is in writing and specifically arranged by the Executive Director
beforehand. Unless this evidence is presented no org gets any credit.
CREDIT PROCESSING
No further credit pcs, in whole or in part, will be accepted at Saint Hill,
excepting only those specifically promised credit in writing or booked as
credit pcs prior to this date.
As with courses, processing is paid in full in advance.
Further processing must also be paid in full in advance.
QUAL CREDIT
Qualifications (Review) actions may be signed up for credit but only to the
sum of LIO.
No certificates or awards are issued until a person has an Accounts
Clearance marked paid in full at Saint Hill.
COURSE CREDIT
Credit for courses has never been permitted at Saint Hill.
No Saint Hill course may be had on any credit, part or full. This applies
to the SHSBC, the Solo Audit Course and the Clearing Course.
REASON
No organization can exist extending credit in vast quantities and the
policy at Saint Hill has always been no credit.
Therefore anyone extending credit at Saint Hill for Courses or the HGC
Service after this date is liable to an Ethics charge of a crime as it is
detrimental to the survival of this organization no matter what
arrangements are made.
-Aside from material reasons when we give credit service-training and
processingwe deny full attention to those who are paying. Thus we cannot
but give poorer service all around if we give credit service.
Our purpose in this is to keep service quality at Saint Hill very very
high. To do that we have to provide that service. When we give credit, we
spread ourselves too thin for quality.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
[See also HCO P/L 7 January 1966, issue 11, Credit, Volume 3. page 201.]
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 AUGUST 1966 | |
| |SIGN UPS AND DISCOUNTS | |
As a result of a Board of Investigation, WW, No. 1653, 27 July 1966, Monica
Quirino, Chairman, the following policies are adopted regarding sign ups
and discounts in all organisations:
1. A separate contract shall exist for each item signed up for, including
all processing and training. The contract covers what is actually being
paid for.
A copy of the contract shall be handed cashier who is to verify its
accuracy and receive the money for service and who is then to file this
copy.
The contract shall specifically note all discounts being allowed and if any
allowed, the status of the person signing up shall be noted on the
contract.
2. Persons shall verify their status of membership or staff member for
discount purposes by displaying a current membership card or a staff member
card signed by the HCO Area Sec.
Where a person is not currently a member he shall be signed up for
membership by the Registrar and this shall be paid at the time the other
sign up is paid for.
3. The Cashier in issuing an invoice copy for any different type of
membership or service than the pc or student now has, shall issue a card
directing the person to Certs and Awards.
4. Certs and Awards, to which the student or pc or staff member is so
routed shall issue, after examination of the invoice, a badge.
These badges are plastic transparent covers with a pin as used in
Congresses.
They are flash-marked with a card on them as follows:
|(a)|SHSBC Student|RED |
|(b)|Preclear |BLUE |
|(c)|Solo Audit |GREEN |
| |Student | |
The person's name and the status is marked on each card and signed by Certs
and Awards. The person is told to wear it at all times when around the org.
Certs and Awards issues the Membership card, if purchased, at the same
time.
5. Staff members, on being employed, are to receive badges from Certs and
Awards as follows:
A) Temporary Staff Member - Plastic Badge (GREY) marked "Temporary
Staff Member" with the person's name.
B) Provisional Staff Member - Plastic Badge, Divisional Colour,
with the person's name and post.
C) Contracted Staff Member, non-executive - a metal badge, gold
coloured, to be designed and issued. Executive - a larger badge.
Until such time as such badges are available, a gold card shall be used
bearing the person's title and name.
6. The Personnel Control Officer routes on staff members to Certs and
Awards for badges by a mimeoed initialed slip.
All cards must be signed by Certs and Awards.
Falsifying a card shall be classed as a Crime.
Persons not wearing badges may not have any service.
|LRH:Ib-r.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Reniimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|All Staff |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|and | | |
|Students | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1966 | |
| |REQUIREMENT FOR TERMINATION ON THE SHSBC | |
| |AND ENROLMENT ON SOLO COURSE | |
It has been observed that among the early Clears Grade VA Release was an
important gradient toward the achievement of Clear.
This Grade is no longer to be omitted by those who wish to enrol on the
Clearing Course.
It is now required that all students achieve Grade VA Release as well as
Grade V before they may terminate from the Saint Hill Special Briefing
Course.
It is also a requisite that all students enrolling on the Solo Course be
Grade V and Grade VA Release.
The gradient from Grade V to Solo Auditing and then the Clearing Course
will then be much smoother and easier.
|LRH:lb-r.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 MARCH 1968 | |
| |DIANETICS IN ORGANIZATION | |
Cancels all previous references in Policies or EDs on not charging for
Dianetics.
Because Straight Wire, Secondaries and Engrams are now a must for raw meat,
(HCOB 16 Jan 68) organizations will sell these three as a package costing
the same as a Grade.
It can be well promoted as being three for the price of one, since each is
run to a release point. It can also be stressed that modern tech has
reduced the time considerably from the "hundreds of hours" it used to take.
The Org must remember, however, that this in no way enters us into the
field of the insane or the field of healing. (See HCO PL 2 Aug 66). Anyone
violating this must be heavily dealt with by Ethics.
|LRH:jc.rd |Lt. Fred Payer SEA ORG |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Execs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|D of T | | |
|Dissem | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 APRIL 1968 | |
| |Issue III | |
| |PARENT OR GUARDIAN ASSENT FORMS | |
| |(Reissued from Guardian ED 30 Int of 26 Sept| |
| |1966) | |
The Legal Director WW has written up the following form for use when
students audit minors.
This form is to be filled in by the parent or guardian of the minor
concerned and is a prerequisite before any Scientology processing can be
undertaken.
PARENT OR GUARDIAN ASSENT
TO SCIENTOLOGY PROCESSING
|I | |
|of | |
|do attest that I give my full consent| |
|for my child/ward | |
| |to be audited on Standard |
| |Scientology Processes |
|by | |(Auditor) and that I |
| | |understand |
|that the Auditor is a student of Scientology which is known to be a |
|spiritual and religious guide intended to make persons more aware of|
|themselves as spiritual beings and not treating or diagnosing any |
|human ailments of body or mind whatsoever. |
|Date | |Signatur| |
| | |e | |
| |Address | |
| | |
| | |
|Proposed by: | |
| |Ron Reynolds |Legal Director WW |
| |Terry McClurg|Legal Secretary WW |
| |Joan McNocher|D/Guardian WW |
| |Mary Sue |The Guardian WW |
| |Hubbard | |
|LRH:jc.rd |for |
|Copyright 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Ethics |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Officer Hat| | |
| | | |
|Registrar | | |
|Hat | | |
|Address Hat| | |
| | | |
|Franchise | | |
|City | | |
|Offices | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 JUNE 1968 | |
| |Div I - Dept 3 - Ethics Section | |
| |ENROLLMENT IN SUPPRESSIVE GROUPS | |
| |(Amends HCO PL 28 Dec 1965 of Same Title) | |
Any person found to be connected to a Suppressive Group may not thereafter
be enrolled in the Saint Hill Solo Audit Course or the Clearihg Course.
Suppressive Groups are defined as those which seek to destroy Scientology
or which specialize in injuring or killing persons or damaging their cases
or which advocate suppression of Mankind.
It does not matter whether the person so connected disconnects or handles,
or whether the connection has been previously severed.
The reason for this policy letter is to make it extremely difficult for
suppressive groups to acquire data they could then pervert and use to harm
others.
If a person was a member and left, it still remains such a person must have
had some basic agreement with the motives of the suppressive group.
If we do not hold this rule we may find our task made harder by the abuse
of data. We do not want, ever again, the epidemics of implantation to recur
and will do all in our power to deny data to any who might pervert it to
such use.
A person so denied access to upper level data may not receive it ever
unless the group of which he is or has been a member is completely
abolished and dispersed,
Ethics files in all orgs must contain the names of such persons.
Neither may such a person ever become a staff member of a Scientology
organization without special clearance from LRH Ethics Authority Section,
Dept 27, WW. Anyone on staff found to have been a member of a suppressive
group must be sent to this section for clearance.
NAMES PERSONS ENROLLED IN SP GROUPS OR DECLARED SP MUST BE CIRCULATED TO
ALL FRANCHISE HOLDERS, SCN OFFICES AND ORGS AS AND WHEN DISCOVERED. THEY
ARE NOT COVERED BY ANY AMNESTY AND MAY NOT HAVE ADVANCED COURSES UNTIL
GROUP DISBANDED. SUCH PERSONS MAY NOT BE EMPLOYED BY ORGS OR OFFICES AND IF
FOUND EMPLOYED IN ANY CENTRE THAT FRANCHISE WILL BE CANCELLED. PERSONS OF
SP GROUP MEMBERSHIP OR DECLARED SP MAY NOT BE FSMS.
|LRH:js.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
[Note: The 29 June 1968 amendment was the addition, sent by telex, of the
paragraph in full caps.]
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 APRIL 1969 | |
| |DIANETICS | |
The policy on Dianetics is that it was and is intended to make a happy,
well human being and that it can now be used in conjunction with purely
medical (not political psychiatric) treatment.
Any person not recovering his health and sense of well being by use of
Dianetic auditing should be given by competent medical and clinical doctors
or technicians a thorough physical examination to locate the illness,
structural or pathological �isease), which is troubling him and
introverting him.
Scientology healing and mental treatment policies apply to Scientology.
Dianetics is fully excepted from these policies.
This is in view of the strong and increasing interest and cooperation of
individual medical doctors over the world which should be continued and
promoted.
This policy does NOT include turning any person over to institutions or
practitioners engaged in political treatment and expressly does not allow
the use of such political treatment as electric shock, lobotomies, brain
"operation" or drugs producing convulsions.
This policy does permit surgical and structural operations including the
alleviation of concussion or skull fractures or the removal of brain tumors
but only after they are proven to exist beyond any doubt by competent
clinical examination. It does not include exploratory operation.
The severance of nerves to "end psychosis" is expressly condemned and the
use of produced convulsion by any means to "alleviate psychosis" and the
practice of euthanasia (mercy killing) or any barbaric torturous or
murderous or terrifying treatment or approach are not only not condoned but
should be actively fought due to the non-therapeutic results, the immediate
or early demise of the "patient" and to the efforts to use these
'~treatments" to effect political ends. The persons using these means
actively financed and fought Dianetics and Scientology over the world and
were the sole source of repression of a valuable sincere and vital
breakthrough in the field of healing as consistently demonstrated.
This HCO Pol Ltr amplifies as policy HCOB 6 April 1969 and HCOB 12 March
1969.
Dianetics is a healing practice supplementing medical treatment.
Scientology is a religious practice applying to Man's spirit and his
spiritual freedom.
In areas, mainly America, where the freedom to heal is subject to attempted
monopoly, all Dianetic auditing of physically ill persons (not as student
practice) must be in conjunction with competent medical practitioners who
must be informed why a medical examination is requested for the preclear.
"This is a member of the Church of Scientology. As he may be physically ill
we wish a full medical examination and diagnosis and any medical treatment
which will resolve the illness found. With the leave of the medical doctor
and with the patient under his care we will employ Dianetic auditing as
well to assist his recovery. Until healed this person is not eligible for
Scientology auditing. We cooperate fully with the medical profession and
expect in our turn that our trust in it will not be betrayed. Under no
circumstances will we permit this person to be brutalized with psychiatric
political treatments."
In other countries any variation of this statement or its lack may be
employed, depending on the legal position of healing.
|LRH:cp.ei.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Dianetic |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Course | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 MAY 1969 | |
| |(Cancels HCO PL 7 May 1969 | |
| |Issue II Same Title) | |
| |HUBBARD STANDARD DIANETICS | |
| |COURSE POLICY | |
1. The checksheet of the Hubbard Standard Dianetic Course as contained in
HCO Policy Letter of 7 May 1969 Issue I may not be altered without the
authorization of L. Ron Hubbard.
2. The course time should not exceed one month.
3. The price of the course is $500 in the US or 1125 Sterling or equivalent
in the UK and South Africa and the equivalent of f, 150 Sterling in ANZO.
This includes the Supervisor's Section.
4. Only cash may be accepted and no credit allow ed.
5. The Standard Dianetic Course may only be taught by Standard Dianetic
Supervisors with a Hubbard Dianetic Graduate Certificate. Qualification
is graduation from the HSDC including the Supervisor's Section.
6. The HSDC may be taught in any official Scientology Organization,
Franchise Center, or Gung Ho Group by a QUALIFIED PERSON.
7. Students may take their Pre-auditing examination at the Franchise Center
or Gung Ho Group at which they do the course. Org Qual Divisions are to
supply copies of the examination to Franchises and Gung Ho's who run the
HSDC, which are confidential. However, in order to maintain the standard,
the students' requirements for certification must be examined by the Qual
Examiner of an official Scientology Org. This may be done by mail, by the
Franchise or Gung Ho sending to the Org Examiner the full Auditing
Reports, Worksheets, Pc Examiner forms, etc (i.e. the students'
preclears' folders) of the students' auditing on the course showing that
the auditing requirements of HCO Bulletin of 6 April 1969 Issue 11 have
been met by the student, as well as his checksheet attested by the
student as completed. The pc folders will be returned to the Franchise or
Gung Ho Group after examination.
8. Only the Qual Div of an official Scientology Org is authorized to issue
a Hubbard Dianetic Graduate certificate. It must be promptly sent to the
student upon his passing the Final Examination.
9. This course may not be taught as part of any other course.
|LRH:TD:an.ei.rd |Tony Dunleavy CS-2 |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Dianetics |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Checksheet | | |
|Div 6 | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1969 | |
| |DIANETIC CONTRACT | |
This form is a standard offering and promotion form for preclears for
Dianetic Auditing.
DIANETICS
FULL REFUND IF YOU DO NOT GET WELL THROUGH AUDITING.
Anyone accepting this offer must also agree to receive if required a
medical examination and any effective treatment for any entirely medical
illness he may have both before and after auditing.
The extent of the refund will consist of the exact fee paid.
The claim for refund must be made within three months of the conclusion of
the auditing.
If the fee is refunded no more Dianetic or Scientology auditing or training
may be given to the person.
Medical illnesses which beforehand could not be cured medically usually
respond to medical treatment after some auditing.
Auditing after such medical treatment tends to stabilize the medical cure
and prevent relapse.
A standard release form covering these points must be signed by the
applicant.
Some large percentage of Man's physical ills are psychosomatic and respond
directly to auditing.
Only auditing done by Hubbard Dianetic graduates in official organizations
are covered by this offer.
WHY BE TIRED?
WHY BE IN PAIN?
WHY FEEL BAD?
AUDITING CAN MAKE YOU FEEL WELL AND HAPPY WITH LIFE.
OUR ORGANIZATIONS ARE FRIENDLY. THEY ARE ONLY HERE TO HELP YOU.
__________
These points above are to be included as additional clauses in our release
forms.
IF ANYONE EVER DEMANDS A REFUND UNDER THIS OFFER make him or her sign an
undertaking never again to purchase training or processing and A RECEIPT IN
FULL and GIVE THEM THEIR MONEY BACK ON A MINUS INVOICE AT ONCE. Do not make
a long argument out of it or a long drawn out Admin action.
By paying these claims quickly, getting the promise not to have more
auditing or any training and getting a receipt YOU ACTUALLY BUILD
CONFIDENCE.
It is fully understood that this campaign applies to DIANETICS.
Trying to sell Scientology to make physical health has been a betrayal of
Scientology. The subject that made bodies well was and always has been
Dianetics. Scientology increases ability and gives one immortality. Refunds
for Scientology services are governed by the older policies which remain in
force.
__________
The first line, FULL REFUND IF YOU DO NOT GET WELL THROUGH AUDITING, can be
posted in any display space. If so, a small printed complete leaflet as
written above should also be displayed so they can get all the facts.
Persons asking about this should be handed the leaflet.
New additional leaflet should also be available and handed out at the same
time:
DIANETICS
Dianetics (via-through, noos-mind) has been 39 years in development.
It is the first fully precision science of the mind.
Physical illness, aches, pains, continual exhaustion, body malfunctions are
created or held in an unchanging state by the mind. This is called
psychosomatic (psycho-spirit, somatic-body) illness. It has been known
about for a century but there has never been a positive remedy before
Dianetics.
Auditing (it means to listen) is a term given to the application of
Dianetics.
No drugs, no hypnotism, no mechanical treatment is used.
The actual source of psychosomatic illness has been isolated in Dianetics.
Processing is the action of an auditor letting the preclear (person not yet
cleared) find the actual source of his physical illness.
Processing requires usually 25 hours or less.
__________
Various forms of mental therapy were in existence before Dianetics. These
were psychology, psychiatry and psycho-analysis.
Psychology and psychiatry were developed chiefly by a Russian veterinarian
named Ivan Petrovich Pavlov (1849-1936). His basic principle was that men
were only animals and could be conditioned and trained much like dancing
bears or dogs. This work was only intended to CONTROL people and so has
found great favor with certain rulers and upper classes. None of the
activities of psychology or psychiatry were designed to help or cure, only
to Control the masses.
Psycho-analysis was developed by an Austrian Jew Sigmund Freud (1856-1939).
His occasional successes served to point out that there was a possibility
of solving psychosomatic illness through addressing the mind. His
concentration on sex gave the subject considerable popularity.
Dianetics was first released in 1950 and has been increasingly successful
since that time. Unlike earlier studies, the interest of Dianetics was the
relief of physical suffering.
The results of psychiatry are physically damaging, consisting of various
brutalities and often injure the patient for life or kill him outright.
There have never been any cures listed or claimed for psychiatric treatment
as its interest lies only in control. The cost is about $2000 a month often
for years in America and E60 a week for as long as a decade in England.
Psychology is mainly used for testing aptitude or intelligence. It has
counseling as part of its activities but it is more concerned with and
financed for warfare.
These two subjects have bitterly contested any healing subject and use
public media governments and even rumor to forward population Control. This
action has often made it difficult to bring bonafide mental health to the
people.
Psycho-analysis requires up to five years for an uncertain result and costs
about �9000.
Dianetics requires only a matter of hours, only helps and does not
physically injure anyone. It costs about $25 an hour in the US and about
�50 total processing cost in the UK.
There is no quarrel between Dianetics and general practitioners of the
medical profession. They both have the same purpose (to make people well)
and are not political. It is freely admitted in Dianetics that physical
illness that can be effectively treated medically should be so treated.
Auditing will not set a broken leg or deliver a baby. But it can help get
the leg healed in two weeks instead of the usual six and after effects of
childbirth do not exist when Dianetic auditing is also used.
Many people who cannot work, who cannot enjoy life, are physically ill
without realizing it.
Aches, pains, colds, even malfunctions of the body are symptoms of illness.
See the Registrar.
(address)
__________
Variations of the central ideas of these themes may be used.
But remember, Dianetics is pastoral Counseling and all HDGs must be
ministers. Psycho-somatic means spirit-body. Look up "psyche" in the
dictionary and you'll see.
|LRH:an.ei.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Execs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Dn Course | | |
|DofT | | |
|Dissem | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1969 | |
| |PARENT OR GUARDIAN ASSENT FORMS | |
The following form is for use when students audit minors.
This form is to be filled in by the parent or guardian of the minor
concerned and is a prerequisite before any Dianetic processing can be
undertaken.
PARENT OR GUARDIAN ASSENT
TO DIANETIC PROCESSING
PARENT OR GUARDIAN ASSENT
TO SCIENTOLOGY PROCESSING
|I | |
|of| |
|do attest that I give my full consent| |
|for my child/ward | |
| |to be audited on Standard |
| |Scientology Processes |
|by | |(Auditor) and that I |
| | |understand |
|that the Auditor is a student of Scientology which is known to be a |
|spiritual and religious guide intended to make persons more aware of|
|themselves as spiritual beings and not treating or diagnosing any |
|human ailments of body or mind whatsoever. |
|Date | |Signatur| |
| | |e | |
| |Address | |
| | |
| | |
|LRH:TD.an.ei.rd |Tony Dunleavy |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |CS-2 |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 JUNE 1969 | |
| |DIANETIC COURSE PRICING | |
The cost of the Hubbard Dianetic Counsellor Course (HSDC) remains as
already issued-$500.00 U.S. dollars and �125.0.0 UK sterling.
The cost of the Supervisors Course (with an HDC, the graduate of this
course becomes a Hubbard Dianetic Graduate) is $125.00 U.S. dollars or
�30.0.0 in UK sterling.
|LRH:ei.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JUNE 1969 | |
| |DIANETIC REGISTRATION | |
| |(Revises HCO Policy Letter of April 6, 1969 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |Mainly in reference to Paragraphs two, seven| |
| |and ten) | |
A sign should be prominently displayed in all orgs servicing the general
public as follows:
"If you have come here to be cured of a physical illness, SEE THE REGISTRAR
and so inform her so that she can arrange for a competent medical
examination and treatment and for Dianetic auditing while under the care of
a doctor. When you are physically well, you can begin Scientology training
and processing on your road to total freedom."
And another sign,
"This organization will not recommend or condone political mental treatment
such as electric shocks or brain operations or convulsive drugs and
condemns utterly this Fascist approach to 'mental health' by extermination
of the insane. Because we will not agree to brutality and murder under the
guise of mental healing or to the easy and lawless seizure of persons in
the name of 'mental health' for political reasons, we are fought
ceaselessly by those who seek domination of this country through 'mental
treatment'. You are safe so long as we live."
The registrar is to sign the person up as he or she would any preclear.
The org must make a liaison with a medical clinic which has diagnostic
equipment and obtain a flat rate charge.
Legally and ethically it is all right to send a person to a doctor for a
physical examination, but it will cause an ARC break with the doctor to
specify what he is to do in that examination.
It is best to say merely: "Would you please do a complete medical
examination to include any acute or chronic illness and any effects from
past injury or illness."
It should be made clear to the medical doctor who pays his fee. "Your fee
for this examination and for any special investigation will be paid by the
bearer."
It should end by saying, "Would you please give a note of your findings to
the bearer."
Note that it would be unethical for the medical doctor to treat any curable
disease found unless the person examined specifically asked him to treat
it, otherwise he would refer the person to his own doctor.
A doctor cannot be asked to supervise a person while he is having auditing
because he cannot professionally be asked to join in a non-medical attempt
to cure some illness, for if he did he would be subject to discipline.
charged with "covering", and if found guilty, struck off the Medical
Register.
The org should make their position very clear to the clinic-that they are
trying to co-operate with the medical profession and that Scientology is a
religion. However, after or in the absence of medical treatment if none is
needed, the persons sent will be given Dianetic auditing after such medical
examination and treatment, if given, or under medical [supervision]. A
clean cut difference should be made between Dianetics as an assist done
under a physician's care or after his treatment and Dianetics as a
religious function of pastoral counselling or Scientology as a religious
practice.
If contempt or hostility is met, write a letter of complaint to the medical
association and try another doctor or clinic. In such a letter of complaint
make it very plain that you are not engaged in physical healing, that you
have always tried to co-operate with medicine and that your only quarrel is
with psychiatric casualties and their perversion of the medical profession.
If the clinic shows clear cut evidence of the need of an operation, the D
of Processing should give the preclear the verdict. If the preclear will
not have it, arrange a meeting between the preclear and the doctor and
discuss it.
It is possible to engage in Dianetic processing even when a medical verdict
is for an operation, but if the preclear will not have it, then undertake
Dianetic processing only under the doctor's care and with his consent, and
insist upon the preclear being re-examined during processing.
The cost of the examination and any operation is in addition to processing
fees and any such charges are paid directly to the clinic by the preclear,
the org not taking responsibility for the costs of these.
After any medical treatment, the entire treatment is run as an engram or
chain as the first action. Lingering symptoms are also run down to their
basics as per Dianetic Auditing Assists given in the Dianetic Course.
Policy is not to engage on auditing sick pcs without medical advice or
treatment as required.
Insane pcs are handled in this same fashion as they are mainly physically
ill, need rest and no harassment. Insane pcs are a lot of trouble unless
one has an institution to hand, but institutions cannot be trusted. Until
an org has some means or connection by which the insane preclear will not
be brutalized, shocked or operated on with brain 46 operations", it is
better to refuse them.
By insane pe is meant one who is subject to highly irrational and
destructive behavior. If not, they are regarded as physically ill.
The senile and mentally retarded are also handled as per physically ill pcs
as above.
Waivers in all cases are required.
A new clause, "Will not hold the organization or its principals responsible
for medical costs or errors", must be included in signing persons up for
Dianetics.
Complete files of all such should be kept in Division 6 to show in case of
need
(a) that the org does not engage in physical healing and
(b) success stories with full records, X-rays, etc for Dianetics.
Where this policy letter is fully in force, earlier policies on healing and
the insane are cancelled.
This change of policy is due to (1) our wish to cease to individuate from
the other social groups of the society and (2) our refusal to leave the
field of mental healing in the hands of public enemies.
This is also part of our campaign to Revitalize Western Society. "A well
society is a sane society."
|LRH:fas.ei.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
[Note: The word "principles" has been corrected to "principals" in the
fifth last paragraph, per HCO PL 2 September 1969, Issue III, Correction to
HCO PL 12 June 1969.]
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|BPI |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Auditor | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 SEPTEMBER 1969 | |
| |OLD ACC STUDENTS | |
Any and all persons who have ever enrolled in an ACC (Advanced Clinical
Course) providing only that a fee was paid in full, is entitled to the
following:
1. Full training as an HDG in the DAC of his nearest org or an SH or an
AO.
2. Student Auditing in Dianetics and org reviews to resolve any
possible case difficulties.
3. Assistance in obtaining any medical treatment indicated as necessary
by competent medical examination.
4. A retread to Class VI in a modern SH Course.
No fees, except for any medical treatment indicated, may be charged for any
of the services above.
All orgs, AOs and SHes are ordered to deliver the above services.
The Public Executive Secretary i~ to cause his division to unearth all past
ACC records for names and addresses and to have his divisions send copies
of this Policy Letter to all such former ACC students.
Those ACC students who have recently paid for the new Standard Dianetic
Course may have the amount credited to AO levels or AO reviews on
presentation of invoice to AOs.
It is the full intention of this Pol Ltr to ensure that old ACC students
receive full benefit of modern technical developments. These students were
once promised they would not have to pay for further training and this
favour is offered to redeem that promise at least in part if not in full. I
want them to be well and happy beings wherever they may not have fully
achieved that goal.
|LRH:Idm.ei.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|BPI |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 SEPTEMBER 1969 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |TRIPLE GRADES | |
No one may offer triple grades free of charge and any such offer after this
date is nul and void.
A Class V is the only auditor authorised to audit triple grades.
Lower classed auditors may audit only single grades.
No triple grades may be audited on a pc after this date who has not been
awarded a Standard Dianetic Completion Certificate. This certificate
requires a well, happy human being as its end result. Usually this requires
at least 25 hours of Dianetic Auditing and the auditing of a score or more
of items by Standard Dianetics and may also entail in conjunction with
auditing medical treatment for any physical illness or disease.
Standard Dianetic Completion tends to ensure full gains on Scientology
Grades and the attainment of exteriorization with perception at AO levels.
Without such Dianetic Completion upper level gains are often poor. Standard
Dianetics has been an Out Grade in the past and is now easily achieved and
should be thoroughly done.
Those who have had Scientology auditing and have not obtained full results
should now get their Standard Dianetic Completion which is then followed by
full upper level rehab and review at which time they should have achieved
all they hoped for and considerably more.
|LRH: Idm.ei.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|BPI |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|The Auditor| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1969 | |
| |FORMER HDAS, HPAs | |
All persons who had achieved prior to the advent of Standard Dianetics, the
certificate of HDA (Hubbard Dianetic Auditor) or HPA (Hubbard Professional
Auditor) and who paid in full for the course are awarded as follows:
1. A Standard Dianetics Course at their local org full or part
time.
2. Student Auditing and Reviews in their local org.
Both at 50% of the existing Standard Dianetics Course and Review fees.
Any person who has paid for a new Standard Dianetics Course in full who had
already paid for an old HDA or HPA Course in full MAY HAVE THE FULL AMOUNT
PAID FOR THE STANDARD DIANETICS COURSE CREDITED TO SCIENTOLOGY ACADEMY
COURSES, TO A SH COURSE IF HE HAS HAD THOSE OR TO A CLASS VIII COURSE OR AN
AO GRADE.
It is the full intention of this Policy Letter to assist any Dianetic
Auditor to become an HDC and obtain thereby the excellent results available
in using Standard Dianetics.
|LRH:Idm.ei.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|BPI |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1969 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |SUCCESSFUL CLASS Vllls | |
Any Class VIII auditor may have the new Standard Dianetics Course free of
charge at his nearest org or an AO.
The additional certificate of HDG is required of Class Vllls so they can
handle Case Supervision and Standard Dianetic Auditing as well as audit
well in Standard Dianetics.
The certificate of HDG is a prerequisite (along with a Class VI) for all
new AO Class VIII enrollees after the date of receipt of this Policy
Letter.
STANDARD DIANETICS
The Course is available at AOs and SHes.
It has been found that the ability to audit Standard Dianetics well in its
simplicity speeds Academy, VI and VIII training greatly and reduces failed
students in the Academy, VI and VIII Courses to zero.
It is not the intention of this Pol Ltr to interrupt the plans or
activities of Scientology Classed Auditors or applicants and all possible
adjustment will be made in orgs to accommodate Scientology Classed Auditors
to quickly obtain their HDG during this period of adjustment.
We now have a smooth flowing tech training line and have found there are no
failed cases where training is good and which follows this gradient.
|LRH:Idm.ei.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 OCTOBER 1969 | |
| |CLASS VIII & HDG | |
| |(Modifies Earlier Requirements) | |
No Class VIII Auditor may have his final certificate until he has also
acquired his HDG.
All Class VIII enrollees are required to have an HDG before being admitted
to the Class VIII Course.
Requirements for course enrollments are:
HDC required for HDG Course.
HDG required for Class 0-I-II-III-IV.
HPA-HCA required for Class VI Course.
HDG and Class VI required for Class VII.
HDG-Class VI required for Class VIII.
|LRH:nt.ei.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron riubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Tech Secs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Qual Secs | | |
|Registrars | | |
|Franchises | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 NOVEMBER 1969 | |
| |GET THIS REMIMEOED AND ISSUED TO YOUR STAFF | |
| |AT ONCE | |
| |URGENT-IMPORTANT | |
| |DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY SERVICES | |
This Policy Letter cancels:
HCO Policy Letter 5 May 1969 "Sub Zero Grades"
HCO Policy Letter 17 May 1969 "Dianetic Auditing of Scientology Pcs"
HCO Policy Letter 26 Oct 1969 "Class VIII and HDG"
Dianetics is not a prerequisite for pcs to be audited on Scientology
grades.
On the contrary. PCs CAN BE STARTED ON SCIENTOLOGY GRADES.
LRH ED 13 June 1969 states, "But mainly don't abandon any Scientology
actions. Keep on doing these. Put somebody in charge of the Dianetics
Programme and keep Scn going."
It is TRUE that pcs who are trying to handle psychosomatic illnesses with
grades, wind up at "OT" still trying to cure a headache. But what is a
psychosomatic illiiess? What does that mean? Migraine headaches and chronic
pains. How many pcs are like that? Only a small percentage.
It is TRUE that pcs who need medical treatment should get it and then be
audited on Dianetics.
It is TRUE Dianetics handles aches and pains, accidents and illness and is
a vital auditing tool.
BUT IT IS ALSO TRUE THAT A LARGE PERCENTAGE OF PCs CAN GO STRAIGHT TO
SCIENTOLOGY GRADES.
Every test case of the original Dianetic programme was already a Grade IV
or even VA release. This means Dianetics was done after Scientology grades.
It is TRUE that a Class VI auditor also has to be an HDC. This has been
policy for the last five o~ six years.
An HDC is not really a prerequisite for a Class Zero. It looks that way on
the chart. It is true he'll be a better zero (or I, II, III, IV) if he's
first an HDC. BUT IT ISN'T REQUIRED.
Many pcs find Dianetic auditing too steep a gradient and start better on
level zero. When they are Grade IV they run fine on Dianetics and Dianetic
Triples.
One way to do it is Scientology single grades, Dianetic triples,
Scientology triples.
An HAS or the lower level Scn basic courses start people off great.
Now because you are being told you shouldn't drop any Scientology actions
DON'T now drop all your Dianetic actions.
Follow LRH ED 16 INT 13 June 1969. Put your Dianetic actions in as a
Dianetic Programme under an appointed person and get on with the
Scientology actions that never should have been dropped.
Sign up new people on this basis.
1. "If you have psychosomatic illnesses sign up for Dianetics.
We'll get you examined by an MD and handle it."
2. "If you are not physically ill, sign up for Scientology."
A sick pc is channeled by the registrar and Tech See into Dianetics.
A fairly healthy pc is channeled by the registrar and Tech Sec direct into
Scientology grades.
On a pc who is signing up for Power, if earlier Scn results were poor, put
the pc onto Dianetics as this is a hidden psychosomatic illness.
A healthy pc can go from Scn grades to Dianetics to Power.
A student can start on level zero. Or if the centre doesn't teach levels
then he can go onto the Dianeties course.
If the Dianetics course is widely taught by groups and Franchises most
students will already have had it when they get to an Academy or a Saint
Hill.
Really good auditors are good on Dianetics. If they can audit Dianetics
they will be good Scn auditors. So it is a good point. The techniques of
Dianetics are very simple and show up the auditor as good or poor. But this
doesn't stop you from entering an applicant in an org straight onto Academy
Scn courses.
Without creating any confusions or difficulties each and every Org, Centre,
Franchise and group must get this implemented fast.
YOU CAN SIGN PEOPLE UP DIRECTLY FOR SCIENTOLOGY AUDITING OR TRAINING-
Allowed Services Policy still applies,
Dianetics is designed to care for psychosomatically ill people or to get
charge off a case before or during upper level actions.
The intention of the whole Dianetic programme was to reach out, putting a
type of training in the field and to handle cases of psychosomatic illness.
You can put a pc on Dianetic singles or triples anytime during his auditing
career. It will have to be sometime but his physical condition says when.
There is no other policy on this.
An auditor can be trained on Standard Dianetics anytime in his career. The
only policy on this is that an auditor must be an HDG before Class VI and
every VIII must be also an HDG. Dianetics training to HDC can be done in
the field if the Supervisor is an Scn org HDG. Only official orgs can train
to HDG. Just like it said on the Dn
Graduation tape.
Don't now drop Dianetics. Get Scientology back IN.
|LRH:BL:rs.hw.rd |Brian Livingston |
|Copyright � 1969 |CS-1 |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |From notes by |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|A 1'e |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|aflpC'Iesar| | |
|tso | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 DECEMBER 1969 | |
| |(Originally issued as LRH ED 74 INT | |
| |of 25 October 1966) | |
| |TRAINING OF CLEARS | |
1. Persons who go Clear on the PC route (Solo Audit Course Saint Hill
who did not do the Saiiit Hill Special Briefing Course) may skip
lower level Academy requirements if they enroll on the Saint Hill
Special Briefing Course after going Clear.
2. The "PC route" consists of a person being audited up through the
grades including Power Processing and VA and then enrolling on the
Solo Audit Course at a Saint Hill, making Grade VI and then
enrolling on the Clearing Course. They have little or no Academy
training in most cases.
3. After going Clear, some of them realize they need training as an
auditor to help others and better guide their own lives and handle
others. Those who do wish to take such training on the Saint Hill
Special Briefing Course may enroll at once on the Saint Hill Course.
4. There is no alteration of charges for them as the SHSBC must be paid
for. But the requirement of lower level Academy training before
Saint Hill Course enrollment is relaxed for them.
5. It should be noted that it is more costly to take this PC route as
the Solo Audit Course is given to those who successfully complete
the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course. But Academy training up
through the lower grades is required for SHSBC initial enrollment.
6. Most Clears who are not fully trained suddenly recognize the need of
it. This ruling is therefore made to permit them to obtain that
training quickly.
7. The route through Academies and the SHSBC and then Solo Audit and
Clearing Courses is more economical.
|LRH:ei.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Div I |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Div 2 | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 JANUARY 1970 | |
| |PRICING-RESCUE INTENSIVES | |
| |(Cancels HCO PL 10 December 1969 STUDENT | |
| |RESCUE INTENSIVE PRICING) | |
Every 5 hour Rescue Intensive (whether a Dianetic or Scientology intensive)
is priced at $125.00 US or �22.10.0. sterling.
Five-hour Student Rescue lntensives fall under this category of service and
anyone having purchased a Student Rescue Intensive at the previous price of
$225 may have the balance in excess of the new price credited to his
account for future services.
|LRH:VP.nt.ei.cden |W/O Vicki Polimeni |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |CS-3 |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Div 2 |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Div3 | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JANUARY 1970 | |
| |PRICING-SINGLES AND TRIPLES | |
The price for Dianetics or Scientology Singles (flow 1) purchased
separately from flows 2 and 3 is one-half the amount charged for Triples of
the same action.
This means that the price of Triples is the same whether bought all at once
or with flow I bought separately and flows 2 and 3 later on.
|LRH:VP.nt-ei.cden |W/O Vicki Polimeni |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |CS-3 |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Starrate |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Exec Dir | | |
|HCO ES, OES,| | |
|PES | | |
|All Public | | |
|Divisions | | |
|All Dissem | | |
|Body Reg Hat| | |
| | | |
|Letter Reg | | |
|Hat | | |
|Public Reg | | |
|Hat | | |
|Dir Public | | |
|Comm Hat | | |
|Dir of | | |
|Clearing Hat| | |
| | | |
|Addresso Hat| | |
| | | |
|Staff Status| | |
|II | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JULY 1970 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |IMPORTANT | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |REGISTRATION BREAKTHROUGH | |
| |(Amends HCO Policy Letters 6 April '65 | |
| |"Letter Reg Hats", 18 June '65 "Areas of | |
| |Operation", 7 Dec '66 "Mags Permitted", 17 | |
| |May '69 "Mafling Lists Central Files | |
| |Addresso") | |
The findings of a recent world wide survey of Body Registrar activities
revealed that:
THE DISSEM REGISTRAR FUNCTION HAS NOT BEEN IN IN ORGS. FURTHER IT IS FOUND
THAT AN ORG HAS TWO REGISTRAR FUNCTIONS, ONE IN DISSEM ONE IN THE PUBLIC
DIVISIONS, DIVISION 8.
Dissem Body Registrars have been engaged in handling public bodies for
enrollment on public services and have not been working solely from C/F to
enrol Scientologists on further major services. Through this action Dissem
Registrars have dropped their main functions and have assumed the functions
of a Public Registrar.
This has resulted in the neglect of C/F, which is an org's major income
source. Therefore up to 80% of orgs' earnable income has been wasted.
Fundamental Differences Between Dissem Divisions and the Public Divisions
Dissem handles Scientologists and Dianeticists-whose names are already in
C/F. The Public Divs handle Public Bodies who are new potential customers
for the major services of Scientology and Dianetics. These new potential
customers are introduced to Scientology and the subject of Dianetics and
are handled in the Public Divisions up until the point they become a new
name to C/F.
The Major Services of Scientology
The major services are: hours of HGC auditing, HSDC, HDG, O-IV Academy
Training and Qual interneships (+ Power and Class V at SHs). These are
delivered in Division 4 and Division 5.
The Public Division Services
The Public Division Services designed for pulling in new people are:
booksales, intro lectures, testing and public events (events include weekly
Sunday services).
The Public Division Services designed to give more introduction are
basically: HAS, HQS (co-audit), Extension Course and Group Processing.
__________
The gradient of services is drawn as follows:
|PUBLIC |INTRODUCTORY |SERVICES |
| | | |
[pic]
As you can see in the drawing above the major route is: public introductory
services to HAS to Academy or HSDC. A person can sign up for the Extension
Course or Group Processing before or after the HAS if the person so desires
and it is possible for a person just having received an introductory
service to sign up for Academy or HSDC or for auditing straight away.
The main push is from HAS where people must get a result from mutually
doing TRs, to the Academy Level 0, Levels O-IV or HSDC and the Public
Registrars should concentrate on pushing this at all times. During the HAS
Course itself, WHICH MUST BE BRIEF AND EXCELLENT, Academy is frequently
mentioned and promoted, HAS students are told "You will learn to do these
Training Drills really well in your Academy Training". The HAS Course talks
mainly about getting Trained in the Academy.
What is a New Name to C/F
A NEW NAME TO C/F IS AN HAS GRADUATE OR SOMEONE WHO HAS BOUGHT A MAJOR
SERVICE. In the case of someone buying a Major Service for the first time,
per the definition, it can be counted as a new name whether bought and paid
for in part or full.
Hereafter a person's name and records do not go into C/F until he/she
completes the HAS Course or has signed up for his/her first major service.
Until that time the
records and care of the person are the responsibility of the Public Divs
and the Public Registrar.
When the person completes the HAS Course, or if he/she signs-up for a Major
Service prior to that time the person then becomes a new name to C/F, the
person's records go to C/F and the care of the person is thereafter the
responsibility of the Dept of Registration, Dissem Division.
There are five things which a person can do after graduating from the HAS
Course, in this ORDER OF PRIORITY AND PREFERENCE:
1. Academy training.
2. HSDC.
3. Hours of processing.
4. HQS Course.
5. Extension Course.
The Public Registrar must quickly ascertain the reality and interest of the
person, enrol or sign-up for one of the 1-5 and route him or her on lines
for the service, sending the name to C/F via Addresso.
The Public Registrar must know for a fact that the Academy is THE best and
most optimum route catering for a wide range of interests and application.
Whatever the HAS graduate takes as his or her next step or even if he or
she doesn't immediately take a next step, the name is routed at once via
Addresso to C/F as a new name and is thereafter handled by the Body
Registrars and Letter Registrars in Dissem.
The Role of the Body Registrar
The Body Registrar contacts, handles and signs-up persons from C/F for
enrolment on the major services of the Organization. She sells books to
people at every opportunity. The Body Registrar may not sign-up people from
C/F for Public Div services. New people whose names are not yet in C/F are
handled by the Public Registrar in Div 8.
The Body Reg displays a large gradation chart on a wall in her office and
uses this chart to get more enrolments by referring the person to it in
interviews. The Body Reg schedules interviews with persons from C/F in
advance in her interview book and works and reworks the old customers in
Central Files to obtain maximum sign-ups and enrolment, always with the C/F
folder in hand. She uses every opportunity to get enrolments by C/F persons
who are inside or outside the org. She records brief notes of all personal
or telephone interviews and places these Registrar interview slips in the
C/F folder. A large percentage of her sign-ups are actually re-sign-ups and
re-enrolments by students and preclears, when handling them their Cert and
completing the "End of Service" interview.
The prime purpose of the Body Registrar is to get Scientologists and
Dianeticists from C/F enrolled and re-enrolled on all major services of the
Org. Thus, the statistic of the Body Registrar is now: Gross Income of the
Org. This statistic is the result of her endeavours and successes in
enrolling persons from C/F onto major org services. The Registrar will be
awarded a bonus, to be issued separately, which rewards her, on a sliding
scale, for helping to raise the Gross Income.
The Role of the Letter Registrar
Letter Registrars work only with people and folders from C/F. They are
charged with the responsibility of getting each person in C/F in and
trained and processed to the highest level attainable in their org. They
use C/F folders to find. out what people want and then write and help them
to get it. They guide individuals into the correct channels to obtain more
Scientology and thus increase the size of Organizations.
Broad promo out of Div 11 in the form of flyers, magazines and
questionnaires assist Letter Registrars by arousing and increasing the want
of individuals. They write into the org expressing this want. No expressed
or inferred want or question by a person is ever ignored by a Letter Reg.
To ignore such would blunt the reach of the individual and cause an ARC
Break.
So the Letter Reg establishes the want and then intensifies this want to
the point of directing the person in to the Registrar to enrol for that
major service.
Letter Registrars use Gradation Charts with their letters to direct people
to their next step. They send out Reg packs to all who state a firm
intention to do a major service, advance schedule persons by date in the
Advance Reservations Book and handle FSM Selection Slips in for major
services by sending out 3 Selectee mailings. In larger orgs, there is an
Advance Reservations Booking I/C to handle the admin cycles regarding the
upkeep of the Advance Reservations Book, Selection Slip mailings and Reg
Packs so that the Letter Reg can use her time fully in writing letters to
persons in C/F and getting them in to see the Registrar.
Their prime purpose is to channel and rechannel each person to take his
next step, resulting in the person's arrival at the Org to see the
Registrar and eager to enrol on his next major service. The statistic of
Letter Registrars therefore becomes: NUMBER OF PERSONS DIRECTED IN WHO ARE
INTERVIEWED BY THE REGISTRAR.
The Role of a Public Registrar
The Public Registrar handles public bodies on Public lines (testing, intro
lectures, public events, public courses) and enrols them for Public
Services or for their first major service. She works with new potential
customers whereas Dissem works with old customers.
She above all pushes the route to HAS and then to Academy O-IV Training or
the HSDC.
She may and should sign-up or enrol people on her lines for their first
major service. In some cases, and this happens often, people may sign up
for a major service straight away without doing HAS. She should then
encourage them and sign them up without delay.
A public service whether designed to pull in people or designed to give
more introduction is of a DEMONSTRATIVE and INTRODUCTORY nature. Some
people need more introduction than others and she should allow for this
keeping in mind that the sooner she gets people enrolled on a major service
the better. The HAS-Academy route is the most important thing to push. The
Public Reg should sell a book, directing them to the bookstore, to every
public body that she interviews. She has a book display in her office to
assist this. She displays on the wall in her office, the Gradation Chart
and uses this as needed in interviews.
Public Registrars handle large volumes of people in a short space of time
and therefore must be quick and efficient in handling the public. She must
have an exact handling routine which 8c's the person on their next step.
The Public Registrar has a set of Prospect card Files (covered below) which
are cards filled in at introductory public services, collected and hand
routed to her by a Div 7 body router or the receptionist. She uses these in
interviews and for reference in alphabetical order. Invoices and any
correspondence are stapled to the back of the card. When the card is a new
name to C/F she routes this (card and all attached papers) via Addresso to
C/F marked prominently that it is a new name to C/F.
The Public Registrar keeps in contact with people in Prospect Files by
telephone, answering any letters and queries from Prospects and by having
sent by her Prospect Promotion Section promotional mailings through using a
three duplisticker method as follows:
A. Three HAS flyers plus book flyers to book buyers and small service
buyers at two week intervals.
B. Three standard info packs advertising a book at two week intervals
to people who have had Introductory public services but who have not
bought anything.
C. Regular Congress promotion to book buyers and small service buyers.
This uses addresso plates, not the three duplistickers. This method
is covered more fully in the Prospect Promotion Section of this
Policy Letter.
Through regular contact, she ensures prospects continue from service to
service until they are New Names to C/F. Should the job become a big one, a
Public Reg Assistant may be appointed under the Public Reg.
If after three duplisticker mailings a person STILL has not bought anything
or if a person has failed to complete a Public Service or has not continued
to the next service, further follow up is done by sending the name to the
Dir of Clearing who gives this to an FSM in the area (not a Franchise). The
FSM goes personally to the person, sorts out
any situation or misunderstanding and selects the person for their next
step. The FSM must see personally that the person goes into the org and
enrols for the selected service.
The Public Registrar receives all FSM Selection Slips for Public Services
and handles with 3 selectee advice mailing packs designed for public
service selectees. The Public Registrar checks weekly all FSM Commission
Payment routing forms, kept by the Dir of Clearing against prospect card
files to ensure no new names to C/F exist in prospect files which have not
been routed to C/F.
The weekly statistic for the Public Registrar is: NUMBER OF NEW NAMES TO
C/F.
Further the Public Registrar receives as an award, a 1% commission on every
person she signs up for their first major service from the Public lines.
This commission is only due when the person signed up for the first major
service. has paid in full and has started the service.
What is Central Files
Central Files or C/F consists of all the names and addresses of people who
have completed HAS and/or above. Into these files go all known data on each
individual, their attainments, intentions, aspirations, all correspondence,
questionnaires, copies of certs and invoices plus registrar personal or
telephone interview slips. These folders are worked and reworked channeling
these individuals to higher and higher services in the organization. This
action alone constitutes 50% of the org's income. The remaining 50% is
obtained through re-sign-ups at the end of current services. The purpose of
C/F is to provide and hold together all known data, as the "mind of the
org" about all area Scientologists, so that Letter Registrars, Body
Registrars and all org Letter emanation points may know, communicate and
handle Scientologists, who are eligible for major services and get these
people in and enrolled for more and more major services until each person
has completed all available major services, at the org, and can be routed
to a higher org.
Prospect Card Files
In prospect card files are book buyers, intro lecture, public event, Sunday
service attendees, people who have had tests and small service buyers who
have not graduated from the HAS Course or bought a major service.
Prospect card files consist of cards which are filled in by every new
person who comes into the org. The Receptionist is responsible for seeing
that these are filled in. She has these immediately hand routed to the
Public Registrar. This occurs when people come in for testing, to buy a
book, to attend an intro lecture or for any reason whatsoever. When there
are large crowds of people, i.e. a public event, these cards are filled in
at the Public event reception desk organized by Division 7. In the case of
Sunday services the Chaplain hands them out, collects them and has them
hand routed to the Public Registrar or delegates this responsibility to an
assistant.
Any invoices or correspondence is stapled to the back of the Prospect Card
which is filed in alphabetical order for easy reference.
The Public Registrar has this card on her desk while interviewing the
person and fills in the step taken at the interview on the back of the
card.
When the person graduates from the HAS Course or wants a major service, the
Public Registrar signs him or her up, stamps the card "New Name to C/F" and
routes it to C/F via Addresso. The Public Registrar then ends cycle with
the person as their terminal in the org informing him or her that their
terminal is now the Dissem Registrar stating who this person is.
The Prospect Card format and design is attached to the back of this Policy
Letter.
This procedure applies after the date of this Policy Letter.
Integration of a New Name into C/F
A new name to C/F is simply assigned a folder, the name and address is
written on and all cards and papers sent from the Public Reg are inserted
in the file.
These new files must be immediately routed to the Letter Reg, who checks
through them and writes to anyone who has not signed up or enrolled for any
further org service thus establishing a comm line to herself as the Letter
terminal in the org. Smooth handling at this point could result in getting
the person in to see the Body Registrar and enrolment for a major service.
These new names join the ranks of "old
customers"- Scientologists and Dianeticists who must be well handled and
moved up the line to complete all major training and processing actions in
the org.
If the possible situation arises that a person on the HQS Course fails to
complete the HQS Supervisor must inform the Letter, Reg at once of this
occurrence so that the Letter Reg can contact and handle the person to get
him back on lines.
The Body Reg and Letter Reg are the receipt point in for individual
communication into the Org. They play a vital and important role in org
expansion and solvency through their real and expert guidance of
Scientologists to their highest training level and maximum state of case
advance.
Address
Now that the Public Registrar has Prospect Card Files, Addresso has TWO
MAIN SECTIONS:
1. C/F Plate Section.
2. Prospect Plate Section.
CIF Plate Section -this consists of all Scientologists and Dianeticists who
are HAS graduates and/or above. It exactly matches C/F.
Prospect Plate Section-this consists of book buyers and people who have
bought small services in the Pub Divs prior to graduating from HAS. This
would include PUBLIC bodies who have bought tickets for public events. The
invoices of monies paid for such services go to Addresso I/C, who makes a
Prospect Plate and routes the invoice to the Public Reg to staple to the
back of the prospect card, which is filed in the Prospect Card Files.
The prospects who are on public lines and who have not bought anything
naturally do not have a plate in Addresso.
This procedure applies after the date of this Policy Letter.
Routing
For Public Courses up to HAS no special routing forms are needed. Public
bodies are routed by the receptionist to the Public Introductory Service
(testing, public event, to bookstore for books or to an Intro lecture).
From the public service, they go to the Public Reg, for sign-up or
enrollment. Upon graduation from the HAS Course, the following is done:
1. The Supervisor sends Qual a list of names to make certificates
ahead of time.
2. The Dir Success, on graduation night, has forms given to all
students to fill in their success story. The Dir Success
collects these afterwards.
3. All graduates are routed off the course to the Public Reg, who
gives them their Cert and signs them up for one of the 1-5 (laid
out earlier in this policy, under what is a new name to C/F
section). Then the Public Reg starts them on their routing form
for their next step.
4. There is a routing form for every service above HAS which must
include, after the service, the Dir Success, Dir Clearing and
the BODY REGISTRAR in Dissem, as they are already in C/F. This
is as per standard routing procedure.
When there is a big flow of bodies, lines must be reinforced to handle the
flow, i.e. extra Public Registrars and Cashiers. Where volume is concerned,
people must be handled rapidly and efficiently.
Div 2 Promotion to C/F
Out-of-the-Org Div 2 Promo:
Dept 4 and 5 provide the promotion to C/F as follows:
1. Area and Continental magazines-Majors to the entire C/F. Minors
to the entire C/F plus the entire Prospect Plate Sections in
Addresso.
1. Magazines from Div 2 do NOT advertise any public courses,
excepting congresses or major public events.
2. Flyers for org major services.
3. Flyers for books, tapes and meters.
4. Questionnaires of different kinds.
5. Congress mailings.
6. "The Auditor" magazine from the nearest Saint Hill Org.
In-the-Org Div 2 Promo:
1. Photos of LRH (Reception, Academy and Reg Office).
2. Posters for org services.
3. Registrar handouts for major services and books.
4. Gradation Charts in the Reg Office, Academy and Reception.
5. Posters in the Academy advertising for staff.
6. Bookstore display and book flyers.
Promotion to Prospect Card Files
1. The Public Registrar in times when she is not interviewing, or in
the case of a larger org the Prospect Promotion Section under her,
types three duplistickers of all new names and addresses into
Prospect Files who have NOT BOUGHT ANYTHING. If the job is big she
may delegate the responsibility to a typist under her. The three
duplistickers are used by the Prospect Promotion Section under the
Public Registrar, to mail at two week intervals 3 info packs:
|To: Public people who have not|- |3 standard info packs |
|bought anything but who have | |advertising a book with a |
|attended an intro lecture, | |book order form. |
|Public event, had a test or | | |
|come into the Org for any | | |
|reason. | | |
2. The Public Reg should see that her Prospect Promotion Section
receives from Addresso three sticker sets of all new book buyers and
small service buyers (prior to HAS) for that week and sends 3 HAS
flyers plus another book flyer and order form at two week intervals.
3. Further, the Prospect Promotion Section ensures that the Dir of
Public Comm Dept 18 sends to all prospect plates in Addresso all
Congress and Public Event mailings.
4. All prospect plates in Addresso also receive the minor issues of the
Continental mag and Area Mag from Dissem.
Internal Promotion to Prospects
The Success Section has success stories posted on public notice boards and
in books in reception. Division 6 has posters up advertising Public Events
and Sunday Services. Div 6 also ensures nothing is posted in the view of
the prospects or anything said in the area that may create misunderstoods.
Further Div 6 must see that the appearance of Public and entrance areas are
clean and professional.
_______
The Body Registrar and the Public Registrar upon commencing post or when
putting in this Policy Letter must do a clay demo together showing all
lines, terminals, particles and functions. Then it must be set up in the
org and drilled with bodies after org hours until smoothly running and
operating.
_______
The outline in this Policy Letter is your org's route to success.
|LRH:JZ:DH:TD:sb.rd |CS-2, CS-6/8, CS-7 |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
[Note: Paragraphs clarifying "CF New Name" definition and commissions to
Public Registrar have been added per HCO Policy Letter of 1 December 1970,
Issue II, Clarification-Registration Breakthrough. ]
[Important. See also HCO P/Ls 3 July 1971, Registration Change-New Names to
CIF Change, Volume 6, page 227, and 10 February 1972, Issue III, Higher Org-
New Name to CIF Definitions, in the 1972 Year Book.]
PROSPECT CARD:-
REVERSE SIDE
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |20 Buckingham Street, Strand, London W.C.2 | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1956 | |
| |ORGANIZATIONAL BULLETIN | |
| |REGISTRAR | |
The Registrar has responsibility for procurement, interview, signing up,
legal and finance. The Registrar is directly responsible for all students
and pc procurement and keeping place full.
The Registrar is not responsible for auditing rooms, auditors, assignment
of pcs to auditors or states of cases. These are the function of the
Director of Processing.
|LRH:ebh.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |
| |FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY | |
| |1812 19th Street, NW, Washington, DC | |
| |FC POLICY LETTER OF I APRIL 1957 | |
| |ALWAYS REGISTER AND INVOICE | |
All students and pcs for whatever brief training or processing, must be
registered by Registrar whether charge is made or not. All books issued
anyone must be invoiced whether charged for or not.
L. RON HUBBARD
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HASI POLICY LETTER OF 21 APRIL 1957 | |
| |INCOME | |
The horrible truth about HASI income is that it comes from
1. The Outflow of the Registrar and CF auditors;
2. The expert handling of people by the Registrar and from her comm
lines;
3. Sale of books, memberships and tapes;
4. Good ARC with the world;
5. Good Service in training and processing.
Thought you'd like to know -
RON
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 MAY 1957 | |
| |INVOICING ITEMS | |
No services, goods, memberships, books, tapes or any other item on which
there would ordinarily be a financial transaction may be given or released
without being invoiced even if the invoice states "no charge".
This means that a free week of processing given to an outside preclear must
be invoiced by the Registrar. This means that any item for which there
would ordinarily be a charge must be invoiced before Shipping may ship or
the service unit such as Academy or HGC may deliver or perform.
There are no exceptions to this. It applies to all processing of staff and
issuance of books to students.
L. RON HUBBARD
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |LONDON | |
| |HASI POLICY LETTER OF 7 MAY 1957 | |
| |ASSIGNMENT OF AUDITORS, ROOMS, STUDENTS | |
Registrar has no authority to and must not assign auditors to preclears,
auditing rooms to preclears or students to class.
Director of Processing has no right to direct Registrar in signing up
preclears.
Director of Training has no right to direct Registrar in signing up
students.
There is no co-operation between Registrar and Directors of Processing and
Training.
Registrar signs up anyone she pleases for any length of time with any
promise or compromise. Only when signing up is complete do Directors of
Training and Processing have any ownership.
Directors of Training and Processing cannot direct Registrar in cutting
back numbers of people to be processed or trained.
Registrar signs up. Director of Processing and Director of Training cope
with it.
If a person can "only be processed on Thursdays for the next two years",
Registrar signs up. Director of Processing can accept it or argue the
preclear into a three-week sprint.
Exception: IF the Director of Processing will not accept a preclear for one
week he feels is a 3-weeker, he can reject and send person back.
Exception: IF the Director of Training will not accept a student for a
higher course than he believes student can take, he can reject for a lower
course or processing.
Registrar just isn't in the HGC or the Academy.
Costs more processing when this is done wrong.
Penalty: Flagrant violation of this rule can bring about transfer from
post.
Registrar signs people up.
Director of Processing and Director of Training cope.
To do this otherwise is high treason to staff and public.
L. RON HUBBARD
| |TEMPORARY FOUNDING CHURCH POLICY LETTER | |
| |15 MAY 1957 | |
| |No. 2 | |
| |REGISTRAR | |
The Registrar hereafter shall only:
1. Register preclears and students and take their payments as per
financial directive of May 14.
2. Procurement letters, answer applicants and originate to new
prospects and people.
3. Rent rooms 18 10.
4. Run photostat machine.
The CF and Procurement directive of April is thus modified. The Registrar
no longer supervises CF or its personnel.
|LRH:md.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|15 May 1957 | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 | |
| |HASI POLICY LETTER OF 8 FEBRUARY 1958 | |
| |(Issued at Washington) | |
| | | |
Since people will begin to expect being cleared, all processing must be
sold on basis of estimate to clear.
Therefore the pkgs are now as follows:
|1 week|- |50 gns.|Pro. |25 |
| | | | |gns. |
|3 |- |125 |Pro. |75 |
|weeks | |gns. | |gns. |
|5 |- |* |Pro. |* |
|weeks | | | | |
|7 |- |* |Pro. |* |
|weeks | | | | |
( * these prices to be issued at a later date).
The conditions monitoring acceptance or establishment of number of wks are
as follows:
One wk.-Would show up top of graph, high on meter, no field, generally nul
on needle, no psychosomatic or visual difficulty. IQ above 125.
3 wks.-Middle range of graph, IQ above 100. No psychosomatics. No field.
5 wks.-Middle lower range of graph, IQ above 80. Psychosomatics or visual
difficulty. Some field.
7 wks.-Lower area of graph. Psychosomatic or visual difficulties. Black
field. Mental problems.
Unacceptable. Psychotic persons who would require institutionalization to
be processed.
A person is disqualified from processing by severe medical illness needing
a doctor's care.
There is no guarantee of clearing or even case gain.
All state of case is established by Dir of Processing, never by Registrar.
The above tests are all made by Dir of Pr after pc has been signed up by
Registrar for something and has been given written tests. Then person goes
to Dir Pro and is looked over, and accepted or rejected. If rejected on
grounds not enough processing is bought person is returned to Registrar to
buy it.
We do not care what initial hours the Registrar sells.
We do not care when the person receives the processing or even when he pays
for additional weeks required by Dir Pro. We do care that a reality on
number of wks bought exists. Otherwise we will be giving away too many free
wks. The pc must know what to expect.
Change in Release. All papers signed must reflect that acceptance of the pc
for processing is also contingent on an interview with Dir Pr and that
signing up with the Registrar does not commit org until also accepted and
signed up with the Technical Division.
|rs. 18.2.5 8/rd |LRH |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MARCH 1958 | |
| |Addition to HASI Policy Letter of Feb 8, | |
| |1958 | |
The following are prices of auditing "packages" to be sold on the basis
of estimate to clear.
|1 week|50 |Pro. |25 gns.|
| |gns. | | |
|3 |125 |Pro. |75 gns.|
|weeks |gns. | | |
|5 |L200 |Pro. |125 |
|weeks | | |gns. |
|6 |L240 |Pro. |150 |
|weeks | | |gns. |
|7 |L275 |Pro. |175 |
|weeks | | |gns. |
|8 |L300 |Pro. |200 |
|weeks | | |gns. |
HCO
|For Hats of: |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Association |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
|Secretary | | |
|Organization | | |
|Secretary | | |
|Reception | | |
|Registrar | | |
|Director of | | |
|Training | | |
|Director of | | |
|Processing | | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 17 MARCH 1958 | |
| |(Issued at Washington) | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |BODY ROUTING IN CENTRAL ORGANIZATION | |
It is a truism that if the people who walk up the front steps were all
expertly handled by Reception, the Registrar and the Dir of Training or
Processing as the case may be, there would be no dearth of students and
preclears.
Example: In a certain office we were getting 2 preclears a week. The
Registrar went elsewhere and a better Registrar was put on post. Instantly,
without time for one letter to be answered by the new Registrar, we got
eleven preclears a week. Investigation of this determined that the old
Registrar was not interviewing promptly just the people who casually walked
in. These people were not being handled and routed. Hence, low income.
ROUTING
Reception must regard everyone who walks in, trade people and business
callers excepted, as a potential pc or student. Reception does not handle
unless Reception is also Registrar. Reception calls Registrar and routes
the body at once with a show of efficiency. If Registrar not on post,
Reception routes to another officer, the Org or Assn Sec, the Dir of Tr or
Pr. In other words Reception keeps none waiting but locates a terminal for
the caller at once that can sign the caller up. Then Reception makes sure
the caller physically gets to the org terminal.
This is Reception's first order of business. Callers in person take
precedence over mail, phone, or other interests.
The Registrar or a deputy in the Org or Assn Sec or Dir of Tr or Pr signs
this person up for something-a book, a membership, a one week intensive or
a course. The person must be sold something large or small.
In signing up an obvious 7 wk case for I week of auditing-or 3 hrs, the
person goes to Testing on Testing's regular schedule. Then it is up to the
Dir of Pro to sell the proper number of weeks. Then the pc comes back to
Registrar.
On potential students anyone can be signed up for a course. But the Comm
Course instructor can demand that processing be received before Comm
Course.
Neat, fast, no wait, efficient reception followed by confident registraring
can quintuple any org's income.
Reception does not permit callers to be talked to by hangers on or non-
authorized persons. Reception chops this sort of thing without making it
obvious to the caller. Why? Because students or off post staff or outside
auditors can say and do things that drive away callers.
Why work with Books, Abilities, personal letters and good training and
processing to get people to come in if nobody then cares for them. Or are
we trying to waste people?
So let's snap them onto our lines fast, sign them up for something and get
them wheeling along our very efficient channels in Pr and Tr when they walk
up that front step.
Get it fixed into the org and channels that when they walk in they've had
it. Go on that certainty and you've done half the job already.
Them as hem and haw are twice as easy to sign, to route. So do it. They
can't help but win if we sell and sign. Neither can we.
Best,
|LRH:rs.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1958 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
|To: All |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Staff for |37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 | |
|info |(Issued at Washington) | |
|ALL | | |
|Instructor | | |
|Hats | | |
|FB. Board | | |
|Field | | |
|Offices | | |
|To: All | | |
|Training | | |
|Activities | | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 23 APRIL 1958 | |
| |VITAL TRAINING DATA FOR TRAINING HATS AND | |
| |REGISTRAR | |
Students in the Academy are auditors. They are not preclears. Emphasis is
on auditors, not pcs.
The goal of the Academy is to produce auditors of such quality that we
would be willing to hire them in the HGC. We don't graduate those we
wouldn't.
Training staff can refuse a student at any time on grounds of inadequate
financial arrangements. In which event the student applicant is returned to
Registrar.
The Academy is not a clinic and concerns about cases belong to the HGC and
are so referred.
LRH
LRH:bt.rs.rd
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
BLUE ON GOLD
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTIVE OF 6 MAY 1958 | |
| |MODIFIED PROCEDURE FOR SIGNING UP | |
| |PROSPECTIVE STUDENTS & PCS | |
1. Student/pc applicant interviewed by Registrar first.
2. Student/pc applicant interviewed by Dir Training/Processing.
3. Director T/P indicate on acceptance form exact number of hours
processing/ training course for which they accept applicant. If
unacceptable (as per HASI Pol Ltr 8 February 1958) this must be
specified.
4. Applicant returns to Registrar who then signs him up for indicated
number of hours processing/indicated course; takes cash, etc. If
applicant hasn't "time" he can sign up anyway even if he doesn't pay.
5. Applicant reports to auditor/classroom as per published schedules.
Our criteria is not the amount of money or "time" the applicant has: our
criteria is: "Will this person become Clear in .... weeks?" or "Will this
person become a good auditor?" The amount of cash the applicant has on hand
is secondary in importance to these vital criteria. If he is cleared or/and
becomes a good auditor the financial problem will be solved by Wm without
great difficulty in due course.
Assoc Sec
per LRH instructions
|1 each staff|HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|member |37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 | |
|Registrar | | |
|hat | | |
|Business | | |
|hats | | |
|Procurement | | |
|hats | | |
|ield offices| | |
|Washington | | |
|D.C. | | |
| |HASI POLICY LETTER OF 7 NOVEMBER 1958 | |
| |REGISTRAR | |
The Registrar shall not do accounting.
When a prospect is totally signed up, the Registrar calls Invoice who comes
down, takes contract and money, invoices it at her desk, holds contract,
returns white slip to prospect, yellow to Registrar.
The Registrar sends yellow to D of P or D of T by usual lines (Comm
Centre).
Registrar's rate of pay and interest is taken from a card of time-interest
rates and may not be otherwise computed.
Prospect can wait in Comm Centre for return of Invoice Clerk if pressure on
Registrar is heavy.
L. RON HUBBARD
|HASI L.A |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|1 ea. staff|19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. | |
|member | | |
|field | | |
|offices | | |
| |FOUNDING CHURCH POLICY LETTER OF 17 NOVEMBER| |
| |1958 | |
| |(Original issue, London HASI Pol Ltr. | |
| |Reissued D.C.) | |
| |Attn: CERTIFICATION DIR OF PROCESSING | |
| |PRICING D.C. | |
| |FREE CLEAR ESTIMATES | |
| |FREE CLEAR TESTS | |
Henceforth there will be no charge for clear estimates or clear check outs
when passed through Registrar and when done at F.C.
When outside persons come in to take one independent of processing
interview, test but state only actual findings. If they sign up, tell them
you have to tack on a time margin and do so.
|LRH:mp.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1958 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Executive Director |
| | |
| | |
|cc: Dr. of |Founding Church - Washington, D.C. |15 December|
|Pro. | |1958 |
| |SECRETARIAL TO THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR | |
| |FC - WASHINGTON - No. 2 | |
| |(reissued for Registrar's info 31 March | |
| |1970) | |
| |REGISTRAR HAT | |
Supersedes all earlier Directives except recent price lists.
Purpose: To get a great many people processed and trained, and to make
certain that the income of the organization is adequate to get the job
done.
The first duty of the Registrar is to sign up persons for something and
receive the money in hand, passing it the next instant to accounts which
takes over all further invoice and paper work and the applicant.
When the person is all signed up if a pc he is only then sent to Technical
Department for acceptance. If Technical Dept in the person of Director of
Processing says not e.-iough hours have been signed up for, Registrar signs
the person up all over again, accounts and all. No protest of accounts over
double invoicing will be heeded. In tl-lis activity of sign-up the
Registrar does not cooperate in any way with the Director of Processing or
the Dir of Training and these do not cooperate with the Registrar. The
Registrar may not heed or help the Director of Processing limit the number
of pcs to fit his number of auditors, a common fault of this line. The
Director of Processing simply has to find enough auditors. If Registrar
sells one week and Director of Processing in a purely technical capacity
says "Minimum to do case any good is 3 weeks" Registrar must sign up pc all
over again. Registrar may not turn down students for training or pcs for
processing under any other pretext than the refusal of such persons to pay
reasonable sums.
The Registrar is not supposed to engage in long sales talks or sales
letters. She is there to help people sign up and to assist resolution of
their problems in signing up. She is not there to sell anything. People
want more Scientology, not sales talks. She would be brief and efficient
and effective. The Registrar keeps appointments once made and keeps none
waiting. She signs up everybody who comes to see her.
The Registrar has pc sign (1) a waiver of free weeks and damages, (2) a
contract (not financially worked out by Registrar but by Accts) and (3) a
check sheet routing the pc.
The Registrar gives the pc explanatory literature on training, processing
and finance calculated to steer him through these items easily, not to sell
the items. Where to stay, the hours of training and auditing, where to eat,
etc., etc., Interest Rates, etc., etc.
The Registrar has a right to see every student and pc as the last person
seen in the Organization by the departing student or pc. The Registrar's
body handler is Reception. If Reception can't cope because of heavy
traffic, the Registrar needs an appointment clerk and another Assistant
Registrar than the one handling ARC breaks. Smooth handling and routing of
people is a must on this Registrar Body line.
The financial principles and acts are handled by accounting after the
Registrar closes the deal. The Registrar must be what salesmen call a "good
closer". She must see that Accounts don't upset the deals but may not
handle the arithmetic of accounting.
The Registrar keeps an Appointment Log and a PC-Student Contract Log where
everyone she signs up can later be found independent of invoice. The second
action of the Registrar is to answer with high priority immediate letters
from persons desiring training and processing. The Registrar must be geared
to answer such letters within 24 hours after receipt. (If any denote ARC
Break they go to Asst Registrar for immediate 24 hour answering.)
The Registrar's mail day begins when new mail comes in and ends 24 hours
later. Any mail received after the 24 hours period has begun passes into
next mail day.
The third action of the Registrar is to originate adequate and real letters
to "hot files". A "hot file" is defined as a CF file that holds the
correspondence and papers of a person who has (1) expressed a desire to be
processed, (2) who has expressed a desire to be trained, (3) who has
completed an HAS Course, (4) who has completed an HCA and is eligible for a
BScn Course, (5) who has been processed successfully and who might want
training. In no case should the Registrar herself handle ARC breaks in
letters or in the HGC. These should be routed to the Assistant Registrar in
either body or letter form. When they happen in the Technical Division
during processing or training, ARC breaks are not in the province of the
Dept of Registration and when they come into her area while still
physically enrolled they belong to Technical and should be so routed. If
the student or pc leaves courses or intensives and is for some time outside
the organization, the matter comes under the Assistant Registrar.
The originated letter quota of the Registrar is 100 letters per week. This
does not include answered mail. If this quota is too high to be met, get
another second Assistant Registrar to meet it, don't forget letter origin.
A high quality letter origin brings in answers. If one then turns only to
answers the Association's activity leaps and drops in cycles and no steady
growth is obtained.
THE REGISTRAR'S ACTIVITY IS THE DIRECT MONITOR OF FC INCOME. Therefore,
when a Registrar's volume rises above her easy ability to handle, she needs
a second Ass't Registrar and when a jam occurs again, a third Ass't is
needed, and so on. Failure to provide Assistant Registrars when needed
chokes off the growth of the organization and is the only barrier to
organization growth. Therefore, the Registrar must be militant in asking
for help to keep the FC growing. Price lists of all items are made
available first to Registrar, then to others.
New prices may be obtained on anything by petitioning the office of the
Executive Director.
|LRH:gn.mg.hk.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Executive Director |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JULY 1960 | |
| |TRAINING APPLICANTS | |
It sometimes happens that an application for training is received from a
person who is known to have a criminal record, or who would not be able to
pass a security test, or who for some other reason would not be eligible to
receive a certificate.
In such cases, the person may be accepted for training, but he must be
warned beforehand that no certificate will be issued if a security check
cannot be passed. This, of course, is true of all Academy applicants.
|LRH:js.cden |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1960 by | |
|L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Secretary WW |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
|1 copy to |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Assn Sec |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|HCO Sec | | |
|Registrar | | |
|D of P | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 AUGUST 1960 | |
| |REGISTRAR LOST LINE | |
Once again the key line is lost in some Central Orgs between Registrar and
D of P. This costs us about �25,000 a year internationally.
The Body Registrar drops the ball. The D of P doesn't locate it or insist
on it. Then I get letters from whining pcs or D of Ps start giving free
weeks of processing.
The line has been going out every three months for years. So please keep it
in.
Proper sign-up includes this line. Cheek sheets exist for it. Pcs not
signed up this way are improperly signed up.
Line: Reg signs up pc fully. Pc is taken to D of P at once (not next
Monday). D of P checks out pc. Says, "I will not take you unless you have
signed up for enough weeks to clear you. I don't care whether you pay for
them or take them ever. But you have to sign for them anyway." He cheeks
out pc without graphs or IQs. Only a meter. He says, "Seven weeks to
clear." Pc goes back to Body Reg. Signs up for seven weeks. Pc doesn't have
to take them now or ever. Pc doesn't have to pay for them. Then pc is told
to come in for testing and processing.
This is the line. It has no exceptions.
Failure to hold that procedure in results in horrible flukes. Reg has no
right to do a technical survey of pc. Only D of P has that right. D of P
can simply refuse to process pc as a psycho if pc is psycho.
NO D OF P MAY ACCEPT A PC FOR PROCESSING IF THIS LINE IS NOT FOLLOWED.
Why is it only I hold this line in in so many places? Pc signed up for
121/2 hours can complain of no results and demand free time. And we've got
to give it. A pc signed up for 7 weeks taking 121/2 hours of it has no
choice but to buy more of his sign-up time.
You'll clear them now in five weeks if you drill staff on Regimen One and
run help on motion and good 8c and follow the HCO Bulletins.
You're off to a new start in processing so keep that body-tech line in!
Help me do it.
Now just to show you I help too, get the Ltr Registrar to go back through
all contracts signed the past few years for untaken weeks and write the
person who signed up for them "Ron wants you to come in now and finish
getting cleared on your processing contract. We need a clear in your area."
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|All Cen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Orgs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 NOVEMBER 1960 | |
| |PC SCHEDULING | |
The time a pc can be audited is decided finally by HGC only.
Prom Reg has no force to commit HGC to any auditing schedule. Prom Reg
should be pleasant about it and "be sure that HGC can arrange it but that
it is up to the D of P".
HGC must arrange matters as well as possible to suit the pc and must get
the auditing done but may persuade, without creating an ARC break.
Prom Reg is not a scheduling agency, as this is a technical function.
|LRH:aec.js.bp.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Cen Orgs |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Copy for |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|each | | |
|Staff Hat | | |
|Not for | | |
|Franchise | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1961 | |
| |[Excerpt] | |
| |THE PATTERN OF A CENTRAL ORGANIZATION | |
| |DEPT OF PROMOTION AND REGISTRATION | |
D of PrR is headed by a Director of PrR only in the largest of Central
Organizations. Otherwise its two sections are headed by Registrars-the
Personal Registrar and the Letter Registrar.
PERSONAL REGISTRATION SECTION
The Personal Registration Section finds and signs up applicants for the
Academy and the HGC.
The section includes one or more Personal Registrars, the Receptionist and,
for Admin purposes, various admin personnel in the technical division. It
is headed by the Chief Registrar.
For public purposes, (and possibly in a future change) all registrars may
be called or sign themselves as "Consultants".
The whole actual income of the Central Organization is dependent upon the
activity and excellence of the Chief Registrar, just as its potential
income depends upon PE and the Letter Registrar. If PE and the Letter
Registrar do not get them in, it is still up to the Chief Registrar to do
so. The Assn See receives the total income report from the Chief Registrar
each week as part of the Personal Registration Section Report.
The Personal Registrars interview applicants, sign them up on contracts and
releases and take their money for individual training and processing. When
prospects seem too few, Personal Registrars go back over "hot files" and by
phone or other means, seek to get people in.
A Personal Registrar cannot accept applicants finally for training and
processing. This is done by the D of T and HGC Admin. The applicant when
fully signed up is sent to technical. HGC Admin may demand more hours be
signed for after assessment (not test) by E-Meter-if so the Personal
Registrar signs them up for more, adding the hours to the contracts and
taking in more money.
Personal Registrars are entitled to view the profiles of HGC and Academy
results.
A Personal Registrar always interviews a student or HGC pc after training
or HGC processing and usually nets some 50% of an Org's income for
additional sign up in these "after interviews".
The motto of a Personal Registrar is "Always sell something, even if only a
book".
Unfortunately Personal Registrars have "income ceilings" for the Org. Any
given Registrar may "pin" the week's income at a certain figure. This has
to do with acceptance level on money. A Registrar must be wholly free on
money or this will happen.
Registrars are Admin not technical personnel but usually the best
registrars are good auditors. However, they may not assign times of
processing for the HGC, nor may they criticize HGC results to a pe. If
registrars are dissatisfied with results, the matter is brought up in
Adcomm or taken to the Assn See or even the HCO See if no remedy is
forthcoming.
|LRH:rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1961 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
[Excerpted from HCO P/L 14 February 1961, The Pattern of a Central
Organization. A complete copy is in Volume 7, page 147.]
|To all |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Chief Regs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 MAY 1961 | |
| |REGISTRATION | |
This is a run-down on the Post of Registrar written at my request by Sue
Van Nickerk, the best Registrar HASI Joburg has ever had.
It is well worth studying,
L. RON HUBBARD
__________
1. 1 . Always be interested in the other person's tale of woe, no matter
what, that's why they've come to us for help, even if they are totally
screwed up on help themselves. But know when to stop them in their tracks
and you take over,
2. Be willing at all times to control the new body that's come into the
shop. One in a million aren't totally overwhelmed by life and living
generally.
3. Never sympathise with them, that's why they're in the state they're in.
Be willing to tell them all the home truths but on their reality level
and this is very important, remember each one is an individual, each one
is different and each one has a different reality level.
4. After they've told their story briefly and they don't have a profile
take them into testing, let them do a test. When they have finished get
them back in your office, give them the different ways in which
Scientology can fix their problems (while their profile is being drawn
up). Get the profile and then point out point for point on the profile,
remembering to do so at their reality level again.
5. At this point it's important never to be overbearing or pull altitude
over the guy sitting on the other side of the desk. Most people react
very sharply to you passing sentence on them, don't undertake the role of
judge or executioner, simply get through to him. Allow him to disagree on
certain points on the profile. At the end you will find that those are
invariably the points with the most truth in them, they hurt the most,
that's why they cannot be confronted.
Don't now rub salt into the open wound; handle it diplomatically, advise,
keeping good control from A to Z, and the guy will sign for one or another
service.
6. The real hard nut that takes more than one cracking if you reach the
stage mentioned in 5 and he still doesn't agree-immediately stop reaching
and let the tables turn, let him realise that unless he now reaches,
"Help" is not for him.
7. Let him go with a parting shot of "Well, Mr So-and-So, you must now make
a decision: I'm not prepared to do any more than 1 have." This is a
gimmick and it works every time.
8. Then again you get the person who is not in a fit state to make any
decisions for himself, these people you make the decisions for them-not
blatantly, but you do.
9. You must be willing at all times to control each body coming into your
office from the time you bring them from Reception, or if they are
brought into the office by someone, right from that point until the final
stages of signing the cheque, until they walk out of the door. This was
my reason for success-90% of it. People are crying out to be controlled.
10. Let the Reg be the real entrance point into Scientology and the Org. I
found that people looked on me as a stable terminal no matter what sphere
of HASI they were in, because 1 made it my business to see them when they
came in for any service whatsoever or discussion no matter how
unimportant, and always was the last person to see them before they
finally left after completing a service.
11. In Johannesburg HASI our routing slipped sometimes, especially PCs.
They didn't see the Reg and it sort of leaves a gap that should be
filled.
12. If students, PCs or Raw meat realise the Reg is there generally to
help, you can bring in the Unit money without batting your brains out,
because invariably you can sell them a further service either now or for
future.
13. Never let people shudder when they pick up the phone and it's you again
or if you see them on the sidewalk or anywhere, they must always be
pleased to see you or talk to you, as a terminal where "Help" comes from
no matter in which sphere.
14. Make it your business to talk freely with students and PCs, etc.
Remember you took their hard earned cash at the outset. Let them feel
that you are still interested even though there's no cash forthcoming
this time.
15. Interview all students from all courses on the last day of the course,
find out finally what has happened to them during their period of
training, find any ARC breaks, etc. Patch these up before they leave for
home. Don't let them go home, they only use these as motivators later and
commit overts against the Org.
16. Interview all PCs at the end of intensives and follow the same routine
as in 15.
17. If people have money difficulties, and 99 out of 100 will tell you they
cannot afford anything now, you draw up a budget for them, make them
realise that for the first time they are spending money on themselves. It
takes some doing, but I always won.
18. Don't at any cost sell the person the most expensive service available,
because it brings in more Unit money. Remember if it's the wrong service
for the guy it will back fire on you and you've had it. Sell the service
in each case that's most suited for that particular person.
19. Always keep a promise once made, never go back on your word-it's a
betrayal if you do.
20. Keep appointments, don't keep people waiting. Scientology is
efficiency. Let them experience efficiency on our premises. It leaves an
impression which comes in handy later.
21. Always keep your office tidy. Never let there be confusion. Confusion
can quickly lead to chaos.
22. When things are running smoothly utilise such times to phone people and
chat. Let them know what's cooking or new. Get them to come in and see
you for a friendly chat. That's your job, remember.
23. Also when there is a slack period write to potential "Hot Files". The
personal touch of the Reg works wonders.
24. Phone people just off the last PE to come in and see you, but strike
while the iron is hot, don't leave it for weeks before doing this, they
lose interest quickly.
25. Always look for new avenues, don't beat the old ones to death. Use CF,
that's what it's there for.
26. Check with Testing if there are any hot potentials there.
27. Speak to students and pursue any and all ideas put forward.
28. Never phone a person up and ask for money; it causes ARC breaks. Get
them in. If you know the person that well, do it on the phone. Let them
feel that they are "Helping" the Org by sending a few pounds on their
account. Don't make them feel guilty about owing us because generally you
can write it off as a bad debt.
29. Personal appearance is important. Always look fresh and nice and
cheerful.
30. Answer your phone promptly and efficiently. Don't waste time on the
phone, rather get them into your office. The phone is a means to an end,
personal touch gives the best results.
31. Keep an accurate record in the necessary books of past, present and
future students, PCs and potentials. They mean a better Unit. Don't try
and keep records in your head.
A person feels important too when you know exactly what they did and when,
when they come to see you or when you phone them.
32. If a PC or Student does not turn up, you should contact them
immediately to find out what has happened.
33. Answer all Memos and letters promptly, don't let your "In" basket
overflow. Set a specific time each day to do this-otherwise you get
behind very quickly.
34. It is a good thing to work out a schedule for your day and to stick to
it. That way you get everything done and time to spare to attend to
things that crop up unexpectedly.
35. See that all reports to Dir Prom Reg and Assoc Sec are done promptly.
These reports are important and must be done accurately.
36. Keep a record of every single phone call and interview for weekly
reports and info for future use when they are filed in CF.
37. This I know is off line, but I did it and it worked. You must end the
cycle for the person you've signed up. Have an Invoice book in your
office, make the invoice out when you have drawn up and had the contracts
and releases signed. Don't let Reception or A/cs handle this, it just
helps to add a little extra confusion to an,already confused person.
38. Be absolutely sure and familiar with the drawing up of a contract and
release and P/note. Don't blunder, have a list with the Int. and Service
charges handy. Work smoothly and quickly, don't make a federal case out
of it.
39. Before interviewing a PC or Student have their files in front of you,
having studied it before they arrive, don't spend time going through it
to familiarise yourself with the case while keeping them sitting in on
it.
40. Don't let your hat of day Reg be carried over to night Reg. Do all the
business you have to in office hours. Don't phone people after office
hours, they've also had enough by then. They begin to feel that you hound
them.
41. Be willing to help. Even if it hurts----it sometimes hurts to be kind,
you know best, so do your job. Be willing to Communicate and Control and
Help and never feel guilty about it and more especially about accepting
money for a service they will receive. You know that they can only
benefit by it.
42. In South Africa you have to be bilingual to be an effective Reg.
43. I've only written this now but it should head the list. Scientology
must be real to you, it must have worked for you, it's no good trying to
sell something on which your reality is nil. Don't be apologetic in any
way, be proud of the fact that you are a Scientologist. Be sure and
positive of what you are selling. This was my real reason for success.
|LRH: SVN.cden |Sue Van Niekerk |
|Copyright � 1961 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Registrars |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 MARCH 1963 | |
| |SELLING TECHNIQUES FORBIDDEN | |
Registrars, and other personnel concerned with selling, are forbidden to
sell a preclear a specific technique.
Preclears must be sold PROCESSING. The techniques to be used are decided by
the D of P within the framework of the current rundown of processes.
|LRH:dr.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1963 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 JUNE 1965 | |
| |ORGS ARE SAINT HILL FSMs | |
Any Central Org, City Office or Pioneer Office, that is, any official org
in Scientology that is part of the Central Org system is a Field Staff
Member of Saint Hill and may select students and preclears for Saint Hill.
Such selections, when the selection slip is presented to Accounts Saint
Hill, will result in the commission being paid to the Org which selected
him or her. The commission goes to the ORG, not to the staff member
forwarding the selection. The commission is proportioned in the income
breakdown, thus the entire staff benefits.
The above is valid, whether the org or office has any Saint Hill grads on
its staff or not.
|LRH:mh.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Class VII |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Auditors | | |
|Class VII | | |
|Internes | | |
|Tech Execs | | |
|HGC Auditors| | |
| | | |
|Review | | |
|Auditors | | |
|Qual Execs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JULY 1965 | |
| | | |
| |RELEASE POLICIES | |
| |STARTING THE PC | |
Due to the vast number of Former Releases and the way the check outs can
hold up case, NO PC WHO HAS BEEN AUDITED BEFORE MAY BE ACCEPTED FOR
PROCESSING (LOWER GRADE OR POWER) WHO HAS NOT BEEN CHECKED OUT FOR FORMER
RELEASE.
These check outs are done in Review by a Review Auditor. They consist of
doing well the Pol Ltr Form 26 June 1965.
The pc is then shifted to the HGC for a complete rehabilitation as per HCO
B 30 June 1965.
The HGC auditor must be good on a meter and know a clear condition on a
meter (floating needle) when he sees one. The meter TA should be anywhere
between 2 and 3 for either sex.
The HGC auditor is to get the meter to clear condition and then must end
off as per new Model Session at once and send the pc to Qual to be Declared
a Ist Stage Release or Ist Stage Released OT.
Great care must be taken by Qual personnel or the examiner not to fool
about with the pc's folder or Review check outs on a Declare as such can
key the Release back in again and ARC Break the pc by Invalidation.
The pc may only be audited further on Power Processes but the pc may be
trained and may audit others. Also ARC Breaks, PTPs and withholds may be
done on Former Releases but not by repetitive processes.
GRADE PROCESSING
For the purpose of re-establishirig Former Releases earlier policy is
modified, permitting the pc to buy a minimum of 5 hours of processing which
includes the price of the Review, the time of the Review being deducted
from the 5 hours.
If the pc is raw meat, never before audited, the above formality of Review
is dispensed with by the Registrar in registering them and the rules
concerning intensives
apply.
If the person is not found to have been a Former Release by Review,
whatever is found is handled by the HGC auditor in completing the 5 hours.
POWER PROCESSING
All the above except the 5 hour limit applies to Power Processing.
The person is first checked out by Review, then sent to the HGC and
rehabilitation of any former Release is declared when rehabilitated.
The preclear is then returned to the HGC with as small a loss of scheduled
auditing time as possible and is entered into Power Processing.
The auditing continues until the preclear is a Second Stage Release or
Second Stage Released OT.
ACTIONS TAKEN
RAW MEAT
Registrar establishes that the person has never been audited before and
signs the person up accordingly.
Person goes straight to HGC and is audited to Release.
The moment the auditor sees a Floating needle and a TA between 2 and 3, the
auditor stops the session and sends the pe to the Examiner to Declare.
If the pc looks good and feels okay the Examiner sends through to Certs and
Awards for Release award.
Any rebate from any intensive bought is credited to training for the pc.
The above actions are covered in more detail in Body Routing Forms.
FORMERLY AUDITED PC
The Registrar, if the pc is asking for Former Release check (the Registrar
must not push it or bring it up but should try to sell a 25 hour
intensive), signs the person up for a 5 hour intensive (if the person does
not sign up for 25 hours).
The preclear is routed to Review for a Form 26 June 65.
The preclear is then routed to the HGC to complete the time signed up in
rehabilitation of Former Release.
If the person was not found by Review to have been a Former Release, the
HGC auditor starts the grade applicable to the pc-Level Zero in pcs who
have not had it (,ompleted on them.
Every effort must be made to sign the non-Former Release up for more
processing if not yet Released in the HGC.
Body Routing Forms will be issued to cover these routes.
FREE PASS
If the pc presents a letter from me for a Former Release check, the check
only is given in Review.
The person is not entitled to rehabilitation of the state in Review or to
HGC auditing by reason of a Free Pass.
If Former Release is found, the person is routed at once to the Registrar
for a sign up for 5 hours to get the state rehabilitated, the TA down and
needle floating.
The person may only be declared a Former Release by Certs and Awards if the
rehabilitation work is done.
There is no declaration of Release on a Free Pass to Review. The Free Pass
does not include it.
Any amount left to the nearest whole hour is applied to training.
If the needle floats during the Review free check out, the person is routed
to the Registrar for a 5 hour rehabilitation intensive and when the
rehabilitation is done every effort is made by the Registrar to sell
training-the only thing that will take the person to Clear. If the person
is an HCA and wants no more local training the Regisirar may select the
person to Saint Hill as per the Field Staff Member Programme, the org being
credited with the 10%.
SUMMARY
The Review auditor does the Form 26 June 65 only.
The preclear is rehabilitated in the HGC.
Free passes to Review checks open the door to a 5 hour rehabilitation
intensive that is then sold.
Reattainment of Release opens the door to selling training at once.
Raw meat is sold 25 hour intensives.
Examiners do not key in Releases by heavy handed examinations. They look
for good indicators. If these are present the rehabilitated Former Release
is passed through to Certs and Awards. If the person does not think he or
she is released, or bad indicators are in plain view, the Examiner routes
to Review.
In power Processing all formerly audited people are begun by a Review
Check. Its cost is included in their intensives. On all persons found to be
Former Releases the first few hours of Power Processing are spent
rehabilitating the state of lst Stage Release. The person is then sent by
the auditor for Declare? First Stage Release. Then Power Processing is
begun.
In Power Processing Raw Meat, pcs are just entered into Power Processing
without Review but with a pc Information Form done.
The pc Information sheet is also done on pcs returned from Review as Former
Releases.
Note: No testing is done now on any of these lines, being abolished.
This Pol Ltr supersedes or modifies any policy or SEC ED in conflict with
it. The above are the correct actions.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Qual Div |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Org Div | | |
|Tech Div | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 JULY 1965 | |
| |RELEASE CHECKS, | |
| |PROCEDURE FOR | |
(Modifies any earlier policy where in conflict)
For ANY Release check, free or otherwise the following procedure only is
followed. There may be no deviations.
RECEPTION
Pc asks reception for Former Release check.
REGISTRAR
Reception sends person to Registrar. Whether pc presents free letter or
not, Registrar says, "You may have the check out itself in the
Qualifications Division without charge. However, you will also want the
state returned to you if it is found and that is done in the HGC. You can
buy a 5 hour intensive in the HGC to get it done." Signs up pc as usual for
Rehabilitation Intensive at rates pc is entitled to (student, professional,
public).
If person says "maybe they won't find it", Registrar says, "Then you'll
have five hours of auditing to get closer to it." And signs up.
CASHIER
Cashier accepts payment. Gives pc Invoice. Sends pc to Dept 10.
TECH SERVICE
Tech Service checks pc into HGC and routes pc to Interview-Invoice Officer
of Qual Div.
QUAL DIV
Interview-Invoice Qual Div makes No Charge Invoice. Sends pc to Review
auditor direct.
REVIEW AUDITOR
The Review Auditor puts pc on meter (no Itsa from pc, please) and checks
"Former Release" "Former Thetan Exterior" "Sudden Resurgence in auditing or
afterwards". Notes reads. Sends pc to Interview-Invoice to get out of Qual.
Note that THE REVIEW AUDITOR DOES NOT DO FORM 26 JUNE 65 OR ENCOURAGE PC TO
ITSA.
This Review check takes under 5 minutes. There is NO attempt to restore the
pc's state of Release.
Only the note saying pc was or wasn't found reading on Former Release is
made or done.
The total allowed time in Qual is fifteen minutes. If Qual can't get person
invoiced, Reviewed and out in 15 minutes it isn't functioning at all as a
Division.
TECH SERVICE
Interview-Invoice of Qual routes pc to Tech Service.
HGC Admin assigns an auditor and gets pc to session as soon as possible.
AUDITING IN HGC
The Auditor takes Qual note and whether it says pc was or wasn't a Release,
does fully the following:
1. Does the full Assessment Form of 26 June 65 designed for Review (and
being redesigned for HGC by changing captions).
This form is an assessment form. In HGC it is used as Auditing by List. But
if there is any read on ARC Break in Sessions, the Auditor does List 1,
Session ARC Breaks, as Auditing by List, cleaning each one he finds BUT NOT
CLEANING LATENTS OR CLEANS.
The Auditor completes the Form 26 June 65 and handles anything on it.
The Former Release question on Form 26 June 65 may prevent the Auditor from
going on as this is where pc's interest lies,
If pc very interested in this and it reads, the Auditor promptly shifts to
2. HCO B 30 June 65 and rehabilitates any and all former release moments
found.
3. The Auditor's object is to obtain a floating needle. The moment this
is attained ANYWHERE IN THIS INTENSIVE the Auditor gives a soft "That's It"
and that's it.
4. The Auditor writes a chit to Qual, giving pc's name and "Declare?"
5. Auditor routes pc to Tech Service.
TECH SERVICE
Tech Service routes the pc promptly to Qual with the folder (in the hands
of a Tech page).
QUAL
Interview-Invoice Qual checks pc in and routes to Examiner.
EXAMINER
Examiner looks at pc, notes note in folder from Auditor. If good indicators
in on pc, Examiner sends to Certs and Awards.
However if pc says he is not now a Release, examiner examines the pc's Form
26 June and routes to Ethics if SP or PTS indicated, to Review if pc needs
smoothing out.
REVIEW
If Review has to smooth out, Review does so at charge. This charge can be
deducted from any remaining time pc had. If no time remained pc must pay.
Review does ForTn 26 June 1965 carefully.
EXAMINER
Examiner sends PC back to Tech Service if PC doesn't believe he was
Released.
TECH SERVICE
Tech Service routes to Registrar who sells PC more auditing.
ETHICS
If Examiner sent PC to Ethics, Ethics examines for SP or PTS and handles
accordingly.
HGC
If HGC gets the PC again, it is up to the Case Supervisor.
CERTS AND AWARDS
If the PC (as wfll be usual) has good indicators in, whether just in from
HGC or just back from second Review, the Examiners whisk the PC to Certs
and Awards.
Certs and Awards writes a Declared Ist Stage Release or Ist Stage Released
OT, writes the certificate letter. logs it and calls HCO.
HCO COURIER
An HCO Courier comes down from HCO to Certs and Awards.
Certs and Awards gives the Courier the papers and pin and the PC's folder
which it got from the Examiner.
If the PC is not paid up, the Courier takes the PC to Cashier, to pay and
leaves the PC.
The Courier then gets a signature and seal on the Declaration from
authorized HCO personnel at once and rushes the declaration, pin and folder
to the Registrar �ept 6).
The Courier has finished all required actions.
REGISTRAR
The Registrar at once accepts the paid invoice from the PC and hands over
the Declaration and pin and congratulates the PC.
The Registrar then sells the person training as the only road to Clear.
PAID UP PC
The route of the Courier is varied for a paid up PC. The Courier drops the
person off in the Registrar waiting area, gets the signature and seal and
pops back with them.
_________
If you don't have all these posts, if some are doubled, still the PC has to
go through all these points.
Body Routing Forms will cover this route of PC to Release Rehabilitation.
You can go broke if you don't follow it. These lines must flow and fast.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Registrar |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 DECEMBER 1966 | |
| |REGISTRATION DISAGREEMENTS | |
The Registrar must route everyone who does not sign up for a service
immediately to Qual for a disagreements check and then back to the
Registrar.
Handle all sorts like this, "Price Disagreements", "Inactive FSM'S,
"Procrastillators", "Old Timers". This applies to anyone who does not sign
up for a service.
They pay for this service from Qual. The fee is the usual Qual rates set by
the Ad Council.
The Registrar then signs them up after the disagreements check.
|LRH:jp.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Rernimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 JULY 1969 | |
| |DIANETIC AUDITING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE | |
When a PC is completed on Dianetic auditing the Department of Certificates
and Awards issues a certificate stating that this person has been audited
on Standard Dianetics at ................. (Org concerned), that the person
at this time is complete on Dianetic auditing and may proceed with
Scientology Grades (or Advanced Courses if that is his or her next step).
The certificate is signed and dated.
The main function of the certificate is that of a passport to Scientology
auditing. It is presented by the Registrar who signs him up for his next
auditing.
When signing up for Scientology processing at another Org the certificate
is shown to the Registrar of that Org by the PC.
It is recognised that the person may require further Dianetic auditing at a
later
date. It is therefore not a Grade Certificate.
|LRH:bl.ei.kd |Brian Livingston |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |cs-s |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Class Vill |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Dian Chksht| | |
| | | |
|Ds of P | | |
|Registrars | | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JULY 1969 | |
| |ANTIBIOTICS | |
A pc on antibiotics should be given Dianetic Auditing.
Very often antibiotics do not function unless the illness or injury is also
audited.
The basic failures of antibiotics apparently stem from a traumatic
condition which prevents the medical treatment from functioning.
When a person is medically treated for an illness, it is best to back up
the action with auditing.
Sometimes the patient is too ill to be fully audited. It is difficult to
audit someone who is running a temperature. In such a case, let the
antibiotics bring the temperature down before auditing. But if the
temperature does not come down, in the interest of the patient's recovery,
auditing should be done.
It is usually too late when the patient is in a coma. But one can still
reach a patient who is unconscious by touching the patient's hand to parts
of the bed with "Feel that (object)".
A patient will sometimes respond to commands even when "unconscious" if you
tell them to squeeze your hand to acknowledge they have done the command.
Years ago the auditing of unconscious persons was worked out and
successfully done.
Needless to say, auditing any sick person requires the most exact, careful
auditing, strictly by the Auditor's Code.
POST OPERATIVE AUDITING
A person who has been operated on or medically or dentally treated or a
mother who has just delivered a child should have the engram audited out as
soon as possible by Dianetic R3R.
The after-effects of anaesthetics or the presence of drugs or antibiotics
is to be neglected.
The usual action is to
1. Get them medical treatment.
2. Audit them as soon as possible on the illness or injury.
3. Audit them again when they are well.
4. Get them a Review if they seem to be showing much later after-
effects despite Dianetic auditing.
HEAVY DOSES OF VITAMIN B1, B COMPLEX and C should accompany all such
auditing actions.
SAVING LIVES
All this comes under the heading of saving lives.
At the very least it saves slow recovery and bad after-effects and
resultant psychosomatic illnesses.
Dianetics is the first development since the days of Rome that changes and
improves the RATE OF HEALING.
Dianetics is also the first development that removes traumatic barriers
from the path of healing.
Medicines and endocrine compounds quite often are effective in the presence
of Dianetic auditing which were once inexplicably ineffective in many
cases. The barrier to healing was the engram. With that removed, healing
can occur.
OBJECTIONS TO USE
Any barriers or objections to using Dianetics to assist the effectiveness
of medicine or to increase the rate of or even secure effective recovery
place the patient at risk as certainly as failing to use antiseptics.
Such objections can be dismissed as stemming from barbaric or superstitious
mentalities or from motives too base to be decent.
It would not be possible to count the number of lives Dianetics saved in
the 19 years even before the advent of Standard Dianetics. Few human
betterment activities have been so widely successful and so uniformly
helpful as Dianetics.
|LRH:Idm.ei.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Dissem Div |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 DECEMBER 1969 | |
| |USED CF FOLDERS | |
When an org has a CF folder of a person to whom they have sold all
available services of training or processing, the following is followed as
a routine line.
1. Select them to the next upper org or orgs, who on receipt of the
selection slip will send them an Advance Reg pack.
2. Send a letter to the upper org or orgs saying so and so has been
selected for services at that org, giving details of the person.
3. Keep in touch with the person to encourage him as necessary to go
along for his next service.
Not following this line loses an org a lot of income.
|Proposed by |Anne Tampion |
| |HCO Exec Sec WW |
|Approved by | |
| |Jim Keely |Qual Sec WW |
| |Rosalie |HCO Area Sec WW |
| |Vosper |Ad Council WW |
| |Anne Tampion|HCO Exec Sec WW |
| |Jim Keely |D/Org Exec Sec WW |
| |Rosalie |Public Exec Sec WW |
| |Vosper | |
| |Rodger |LRH Comm WW |
| |Wright | |
| |Leif Windle |Policy Review Section|
| | |WW |
| |Jane Kember |The Guardian WW |
|LRH:AT:ei.rd |for |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Registrar's |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hat | | |
|Ltr Reg Hat | | |
|Dn C/S | | |
|Checksheet | | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JANUARY 1970 | |
| |THE USES OF AUDITING | |
Case Supervisors, Registrars and Letter Registrars particularly should know
something of the enormous number of uses to which auditing can be put.
The idea of selling and applying "Dianetic Triples" and "Scientology
Grades" as all one knows about is an approach that is both lazy and
ignorant.
It is doubtful if one could count the number of uses to which auditing can
be placed to help hvingness and improve the health, ability and outlook of
a person.
The trend now is to apply auditing to special requirements. But this is not
a new trend-it is merely unknown. Emphasis on completed grades tended to
drive out of sight the real uses of auditing.
Naturally one wants his Dianetic Triples and his Scientology Triples. But
to say this is the end of auditing is silly.
In the pursuit of the "new" one forgets the successful old. In Class VI
auditing, there are thousands of processes, all valid, if run only to F/N.
Dianetic Auditing particularly lends itself to specific situations. For
instance, a pregnant woman should be audited on emotions and somatics
relating to birth or babies before delivery. We used to simply audit the
girl's own birth and any past births (R3R). Then immediately after delivery
the engram is run out. Handling pregnancy in this fashion has the woman up
and about in 3 days and in fine condition. This prevents utterly the
extreme of "post partum psychosis" as mental upset due to delivery is
called. It prevents any upset with the husband or child. It prevents
physical after effects. In short, it should be done.
People who have been ill for some time often only get well because they are
audited.
After any illness the person should be audited.
After accidents and medical care people should be audited.
Almost any human situation containing pain or misemotion should be handled
by auditing.
In the field of ability auditing is king. The inability to study or to work
or even to live can be handled in many ways. The simple action of listing
the somatics, emotions and attitudes of the unwanted condition and running
them R3R triples relieves them.
A registrar can sign up "Intensives" on these subjects and get them relayed
to the Case Supervisor.
Auditing is for use.
Auditing is the answer to human disability and travail. It can make life
worth living.
Auditing is not a limited action, "He's had his triples so you can't do
anything" is about as limited a view as you can get.
The public should be given lists of things they may want handled. The use
of auditing should be known, particularly in lower orgs.
A Case Supervisor should be fully aware of what auditing can do and insist
that it get done.
There is no limit to what good auditing can do. That is the first thing one
should learn about it.
|LRH:jz.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Registrar's |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hat | | |
|Ltr Reg Hat | | |
|OES Hat | | |
|Tech Sec Hat| | |
| | | |
|Qual Sec Hat| | |
| | | |
|Dir Success | | |
|Hat | | |
|Dn C/S | | |
|Checksheet | | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JANUARY 1970 | |
| |Issue II | |
| | | |
| |HANDLING WITH AUDITING | |
| | | |
There is no reason or excuse not to actually HANDLE a pc's desire or
complaint with auditing.
By handle is meant finish off. complete, end cycle on.
To give you an idea of the reverse-in admin we sometimes find terminals
that refer despatches to others, let them drift, give excuses why not. This
all adds up to NOT HANDLING. This is the basic reason for DEV T. �eveloped,
meaning excessive, traffic). Like the stationery company writes somebody in
the org to please specify the number of sheets wanted. So whoever's hat it
is refers it to somebody else who refers it to another who fails to answer.
In this way, the org can look industrious while accomplishing nothing.
Nobody HANDLES it.
You can get a similar situation going with pcs. Nobody HANDLES the pc. And
if you keep this up, your whole area fills up with unhandled pcs, the org's
repute goes down and stats eventually crash.
The org is being paid to HANDLE pcs. It is not being paid to put them off
or explain or let them drift away.
Here is an example from the early 1960s. An org had it going that anybody
who was feeling bad and demanding help got a review. The review consisted
of a Green Form to FIN. While this would clean up an ARC Brk or PTP or a
poor prior session, it sure wasn't about to remedy a feeling of nausea. So
a pc would come in with a feeling of nausea. He would be sent to review,
get a Green Form and F/N on an ARC Break. Then Review would shrug off the
fact that the pc was still nauseated by saying all it could do was a G.F.!
In short, it wouldn't handle the pc.
Another recent case-pc with migraine headaches. Got some (evidently poor)
Dianetic Auditing. No change. When the pc's friend complained, he was told
it was "the illegal life she was living" and no action was taken. So the pc
went to another org and there they refused auditing due to pain killers
(instead of waiting 2 or 3 days until it wore off).
These are cases of NOT HANDLING.
The idea of non-handling can also go into fees. A pc once paid a Franchise
for auditing to be done in an org. The franchise did not forward the fee so
the org sent the pc back home.
Service and HANDLING are the same thing. When you give service you handle.
There are thousands of ways of not handling. Letting backlogs occur in Tech
and Qual is probably the most serious to org income and to field repute.
Also if a person is goofed up in Tech he probably is suffering and to be
put off in Qual for any reason at all is a severe blow to the org. A 3 hour
Qual backlog is too long.
So, part of HANDLING cases is HANDLING - 0 - W !
I recall a Qual backlog I once found of 10 pcs. They were of all varieties-
but the main fault was just nobody had the idea except the pcs that they
should be handled NOW. And HANDLED. I sat down and did four of them in the
next four hours and grabbed off auditors from Admin and Exec areas and
handled the rest. Within 6 hours of finding this backlog, they were all
HANDLED, happily, finally and wholly satisfied.
What was required was (a) a determination to handle cases, (b) a surety
they could be handled and (c) the actual handling. All three points are
needful.
Only two things prevent the above. When the help factor is low in the org
or its auditors, there is no real determination to handle cases. A
commercialism enters where the payment of the money is more interesting
than the delivery of the service. This is self-defeative. One has to have
the money but one won't continue to get money unless one is vitally
interested in actually delivering service-which means actually handling the
cases.
The certainty that one can handle cases depends in the main upon good
training and exact application of the technology. There can be an awful lot
of tech to apply but the point is to apply the tech that is applied with
exactness. "Squirreling" is not really different processes-it is careless,
incomplete, messed up auditing procedure. An auditor auditing a process
that reads with excellent TRs to an F/N with good indicators seldom has any
loses. But even given good procedure, one occasionally gets a lose. This
tends to reduce one's certainty that he can get a result on a pc. Usually
it isn't one's own pcs that cuase this-it's hearing about some pc who
didn't get a result, but not hearing the whole story.
If one's command of the subject of auditing is poor he doesn't recognize
why there was a lose. A pc lies about having eaten or slept or is being
audited on someone else's determination or some such thing and because of
these, the pc gets a lose. This causes the auditor to have a lose.
Some auditors can get 20 wins and I lose and then mourn only about the I
lose.
What is niissed here-with pc loses-is that it is almost always a short term
lose. They lost in this one but nobody thinks to KEEP AT IT WITH DIANETICS
AND SCIENTOLOGY UNTIL IT'S A WIN.
I've seen somebody audited for years before he finally and forever lost his
chronic trouble. He would get better and then relapse, never quite so bad.
And finally he recovered totally.
So there must be some idea extant amongst auditors that all "wins" in
auditing must be fast, total and appreciated volubly. This isn't always the
case. In fact,, it is in the minority.
So an auditor's and an org's certainty should depend only on being certain
of eventual permanent result and to be very extra happy when it is fast,
total and appreciated.
To handle a case one keeps at it. So the pc got an intensive. So the pc
wasn't handled in that intensive, Well, one doesn't just dust it off and
say that's it forever. The Case Supervisor looks harder and gets the
Registrar to get more auditing bought.
If Dianetics didn't handle, Scientology will. If this process didn't handle
completely, that process may.
This is the winning attitude. I know one case that's still goofed up after
a decade. The medics put a steel pipe in his leg bone. He won't get it
taken out and insists on auditing only. So every few months somebody tries
again. Sooner or later this case will be handled. The point is to keep
trying to handle,"not dream up reasons it can't be.
Auditors brought up with the idea that 5 hours of auditing should always
resurrect a decayed corpse haven't been brought up right. Some SP around
them has been making demands of the subject and auditing that BUILD IN
LOSES.
Girl with migraine, 15 hours of Dianetics, still has migraine. Okay. So we
don't brush her off. We get her to buy a good long Scientology intensive
and do a full "GF 40". Still has migraine. So we now do another Dianetic
Intensive.
We don't mislead her. We say, "Okay, you want to get rid of your migraine.
So we'll stay with you if you'll work along with us as long as it takes. It
might happen fast, it might happen slow. You might have to go all the way
to OT Grades. But we'll try all the way."
A Registrar that promises instant miracles is cutting the Tech Sec's throat
and the GI as well!
The condition can be handled. The whole point is, for the good of the pc
and the org it eventually must be handled.
There are literally thousands of processes and approaches available for
use.
The pc expects the condition to be handled. So one way or another one gets
the pc handled. To do otherwise is to court disaster for the org.
Now and then a pc gets away, nearly always because of errors that get the
pc upset with the subject of auditing, never when the org wasn't still
trying to handle. A session was goofed and not repaired, somebody in the
org inferred the condition couldn't be handled, that's the sort of thing
that loses pcs.
Keep on trying to handle and you will succeed.
Auditing is remarkable enough already not to cripple it by leading pcs to
expect instant results every time.
But the main point is, you audit a pc with Dianetics and Scientology until
the pc's case is handled.
And sooner or later, it will be.
|LRH:jz.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Registrar |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Form | | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JANUARY 1970 | |
| |REGISTRARS'ADVICE FORM | |
Although no Registrar may give tech advice to a pc, what the pc wanted and
expected and bought is made a matter of interest to the Case Supervisor.
Routing:
1. Registrar's Desk.
PC complained of
PC hoped to achieve
PC was sold
Any data from pc CF folder
2. To Examiner or Tech Director for Interview.
PC's TA NEEDLE
PC's appearance
Prior Auditing
PC hopes
3. To Tech Services.
Include in PC folder and send folder to the C/S. Be sure to send any old
tech folder the pc may have on file or may have had sent in or brought in.
4. C/S noted the above.
______________________________
Initial
Note: This Advice Form in no way relieves the C/S of any responsibility
in handling the pc's case. It is advice only. The C/S may require other
actions be done first. Insofar as possible, the pc's desires are
achieved but not necessarily in this one intensive and the pc should be
so informed by the Registrar.
|LRH.jz.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Div |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Div 4 | | |
|Registrar | | |
|Case Super | | |
|All orgs | | |
|All SHs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 FEBRUARY 1970 | |
| |PC APPLICATION FORM | |
| |FOR ANY MAJOR AUDITING ACTION | |
This form is to be made out by the Preclear and mailed or handed in to the
Registrar, who will forward it to the Case Supervisor. It is an addition to
any other sign up papers.
PRECLEAR NAME (BLOCK CAPS) DATE
CURRENT ADDRESS
CITY
I (name) hereby apply for auditing
( Single Grades Dianetics, any org
( Triple Grades, Dianetics, any org
( Single Grades, Scientology, any org
( Triple Grades, Scientology, any org
( POWER, in a Saint Hill org
( R6EW, in a Saint Hill org
( CLEAR, in an Advanced org
1. I realize it may be necessary to prepare my case for a major action,
such as above or to handle medical actions or to get auditing for
chronic somatics or particular difficulties.
2. I have the following physical disabilities
3. I have had auditing on the following
4. I have had case gains on
5. I have been trying to get the following chronic condition handled
6. 1 have, have not (circle one or the other) contacted past lives in
running engrams.
7. The following close relatives or family are favorable/unfavorable to
Dianeties and Scientology.
8. I have, do not have a drug history. (Circle one)
(By drugs is meant-to mention a few-tranquilizers, aspirin,
amphetamine, medical drugs, marijuana, LSD, opium, and including
alcohol.)
8a. I am, am not presently taking drugs. (Circle one)
9. I have, have not been treated by psychiatrists. (Circle one) Give any
details.
10. I am a fast, slow student. (Circle one)
11. I have already had the following auditing actions
12. My training level in Dianetics or Scientology is (include have
read books or not, if no formal training).
13. I object, do not object to medical treatment (circle one), if I
am physically ill.
14. I plan the following auditing actions after the above major
grade is attained.
I hereby swear and attest the above to be true.
_______________________________
SIGNED
Fill out, sign and return to the Registrar, who will include it in your
folder for Case Supervisor use.
|LRH:jz.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1970, 1971 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
[Note: Question 8 has been revised per HCO P/L 6 August 1971, Issue XII, to
include the section in parenthesis and also 8a.]
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Div 2 |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Div 4 | | |
|Registrars | | |
|Case | | |
|Supervisors| | |
| | | |
|Class VIIIs| | |
| | | |
|All orgs | | |
|SHs. | | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 4 FEBRUARY 1970 | |
| |URGENT - IMPORTANT | |
| |PC APPLICATION FOR MAJOR ACTIONS | |
It is vital that HCO Policy Letter of 4 February '70 PC Application Form
for Major Actions be filled out by any pc applying for major auditing
actions.
Major actions are:
Dianetic Singles
Dianetic Triples
Scientology Singles
Scientology Triples
POWER
R6EW
CLEAR
OT GRADES
Other actions, such as Student Rescue Intensives, Assists, handling chronic
somaties, regaining specific abilities, as desired by the pc are not major
actions.
THE BIG POINT OF CLASS VIII IS THAT A PC'S CASE-OR A PRE-OT'S-IS PREPARED
AND SET UP FOR ANY MAJOR ACTION.
This applies to all levels of pcs and applies to ALL AUDITORS whether VIII
or not.
NEVER RUN A PC ON A MAJOR ACTION WHOSE CASE IS GIVING TROUBLE.
Get that trouble handled first. This is done IN TECH DIV IV not in Review.
PCs shy off reviews. Reviews are for cases flubbed IN AUDITING. Ordinary
Dianetic Intensives or Class VI Scientology processes to handle case
trouble are run in the Tech Division.
The lowest level of handling is to get the pc to a medical doctor for
treatment of any purely medical trouble. This can be accompanied by
Dianetic assists. We do not advocate severe operations and particularly do
not advocate "exploratory operations". We will not refuse auditing on the
grounds of medical illness. We do advocate that known physical illnesses
that respond to medical treatment be given it.
Assists are the next level.
Flying life Ruds, S & Ds and other such Scientology actions, including "GF
40 Complete" more Dianetics and Class VI processes are all preparatory
actions. There are literally hundreds of these.
It takes, it is reported, 25 hours of Dianetics for a field pc to get into
past lives. On the PL form No. 6, these are noted. If the pc has not
contacted past lives yet he must have more Dianetic Auditing until he does
so. Using Suppress and Invalidate on old lists gives you lots of items to
run triple.
If a needle is dirty, the pc needs to be smoothed out by good auditing.
If the TA is high (4 or above) the pc needs more engrams run.
Dianetics and Class VI actions can and do handle chronic somatics. Use such
processes until there are no more chronic somatics.
Test results should be available to a Case Supervisor. Until these are
better, it is folly to engage in Scn triples or Power or above, as the
gains won't hold.
EXAMPLE OF WRONGNESS: Pc has had Scn singles. TA tends high. Registrar
signs up for triples and without further ado they are delivered. Flunk. The
pc should have had a lot of Dianetics before anyone ran triples.
EXAMPLE OF WRONGNESS: Pc with migraine signs up for Power, is given Power,
asks for refund. Flunk. The pc should have been required to get all
Dianetic Auditing necessary to get rid of the migraine and the whole case
smoothed before Power was begun.
It is very serious not to prepare a case for a major step. The cycle of
sign up, give major action, refund is a very very sour way to deliver
auditing.
The org and the Case Supervisor and the auditor must care what happens to
the pc. An org and a Case Supervisor and an auditor must have a reality on
what auditing can do.
By using HCO PL 4 Feb 70 you get around the sticky bit of the pc thinking
he is just being persuaded to have more auditing. He is made to apply. He
is looked over in Tech as well as the form and told what needs to be done
first.
If you are really interested in the pc, you will have no trouble.
__________
The pc or PreOT makes out HCO PL 4 Feb 70 for every major step in auditing.
Studying these the Case Supervisor will know what to do.
Do not use HCO PL 4 Feb 70 to prevent auditing from occurring. On the
contrary, use it to increase gains on the pc.
This PL is also a major promotion opportunity. But don't promote by mailing
it broadly unless you actually have auditors auditing in your org and the
large number of auditing actions which can be done on a pc comprehended by
the org and Case Supervisor.
Handled right this HCO PL 4 Feb 70 can bring success and great prosperity
to your org and make a very happy field.
|LRH:jz.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright c 1970 | |
|by L. RonWubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|LRH Comms' |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hats | | |
|HCOs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 MAY1970 | |
| |To be includecl in any answer to such | |
| |petitions | |
| |INSTITUTIONAL AND SHOCK CASES, PETITIONS | |
| |FROM | |
A survey has revealed recently that when a person who has been
institutionalized or shocked is given the right to be processed, in 70% of
the cases the person did not arrange enough auditing to be helped.
If one has spent a whole lifetime becoming aberrated, it is not reasonable
to expect it to be all undone in an hour.
Such persons often remain connected to people who have an interest in
continuing them in an aberrated state. Such things make them difficult to
handle as cases.
I do not want to be placed in a position where I would be refusing help to
anyone who needed it.
The history of institution and shock cases is that they can be helped but
that they do not continue long enough in processing to be helped. They
become subjected to pressure in their surroundings to end off processing.
After causing considerable work by auditors, many such cases leave before
anything effective can be done and ask for refunds which the organization
is bound by its code to then make.
Anyone with institutional or shock history would have to guarantee to
continue in processing long enough to be helped and to waive any right to
refund.
It is not mandatory that either an organization or an auditor help them
even when permission is granted.
Help is a two way flow. One has to help others to be helped himself.
Our organizations have the only successful record in this field. However,
they reserve the right to require cooperation.
A petition from anyone with a shock or institutional record may be granted
only with the stipulations that:
5. They obtain the consent of an org and an auditor to help them.
2. They continue in processing for enough time to actually be
helped.
6. They waive any right of refund.
3. They follow instructions given by the org.
4. That they do not attack any auditor, org or Scientology during
or after processing and post a bond not to do so.
5. That they help Scientology and help others.
6. That they sign and have any guardian sign a document containing
these stipulations.
We can help those who have been injured in earlier practices. But it often
takes a great deal of hard work on the part of the auditor and the
organization.
Such applicants are special cases and have to be handled as such.
|LRH:nt.ei.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
[Clarified by HCO P/L 26 October 1970, Institutional and Shock Cases-
Posting of Bonds, Volume 2-page 348.]
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JULY 1970 | |
| |URGENT | |
| |(Effective for the week ending Thursday 6 | |
| |Aug 1970, OIC Reports) | |
| |REGISTRAR STATISTIC | |
The statistic of the Registrar is changed to the GROSS INCOME OF THE ORG.
This is the stat of Department Six for the moment, and for Division 2.
It has been found that the Registrar Number of Interviews Stat gives a
false scene and is directly responsible for the falling income of orgs.
It is NOT how many people the Registrar sees, nor how many items sold but
the gross income from all items sold.
Registrar number of interviews is the stat of Reception, not the Registrar.
Stats of soaring Registrar Interviews and letters in accompanied by steeply
falling bodies in the shop and completions on the International GI alerted
me to the situation.
At this writing the Ideal Scenes and Stats of the whole org (see Data
Series P/Ls) are being reworked. However the Gross Income of the Org is and
always was in actual practice the statistic of the BODY REGISTRAR and will
so remain in the stat redo.
It is very urgent that this statistic be changed from Interviews to Gross
Income. See effective date for OIC use. Do it locally NOW!
|LRH: sb.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Ecs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Dissem Secs| | |
| | | |
|Dir Reg | | |
|Registrars | | |
|Public | | |
|Registrars | | |
|Registratio| | |
|n Chsht | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 AUGUST 1970 | |
| |REGISTRARS MAY NOW TALK MONEY | |
| |ONLY ACCOUNTS TALKS MONEY DETAILS | |
| |(Cancels HCO P/L 15 Sept '65 | |
| |"Only Accounts Talks Money") | |
The current scene in Scientology makes it imperative that a Body Registrar
be allowed to talk money to her interviewees. It is recognized, when
directing a person to their next step, that the question of finance will
come up. To not handle such inquiries will result in Registrars
concentrating on SIGN-UPS, rather than ENROLMENTS; Enrolments bring about
their statistic: Gross Income of the Org.
Therefore, Scientology Organization Body Registrars (and Public Registrars)
may talk money, but are forbidden to make any financial arrangements,
promise credit, or make ANY promises regarding payment for a service. ONLY
ACCOUNTS TALKS MONEY DETAILS.
Registrars must now become totally familiar with all pricing and price
structures for major services and add all such HCO Policy Letters and
Executive Directives to their hat. The Dissem Sec is to liaise with the
Treasury Sec to ensure that her Body Registrar has all the correct prices.
Body Registrars are now put in the position whereby they can regulate and
push up their own statistic, which is directly caused by the number of
enrolments for major services in the org from Central Files.
|LRH:JZ:rr.rd |CS-2 |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 OCTOBER 1970 | |
| |Issue III | |
| |ASSENT FORM | |
To be used with HCO PL 24 August 1970, "A Recommended Program for
Rehabilitation of Drug and Alcohol Cases" in addition to the usual
Registration and Waiver forms.
I, having applied for Pastoral Counselling and Spiritual Guidance in the
Church of Scientology,
a) do attest that I have sought its help on my own determination
b) do understand the aims of the Church of Scientology and its
organizations
c) do understand that the Church of Scientology does not engage in the
practice of physical healing
d) do understand that the Church of Scientology, by its use of Pastoral
Counselling and Spiritual Guidance, makes happy human beings, and
does not treat or diagnose any medical ailments of body or mind
whatsoever.
And I hereby agree and promise, that I will not in any way recommend or
encourage the use of, or sell, give, attempt to barter or make available in
any manner or any connection, any habit forming drug to any person
connected to the Church of Scientology and its spiritual practices.
I further understand that violation of the above clause will result in
suspension of all privileges of the Church and its services.
Signature
Address
Date
Witness
Place
Date
|LRH:JR:HE:sb.rd |Training & Services Aide & |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |cs- I |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|LRH Comm |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hats | | |
|HCOs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 OCTOBER 1970 | |
| |INSTITUTIONAL AND SHOCK CASES | |
| |POSTING OF BONDS | |
| |Clarifies HCO PL of 16 May 1970 | |
| |"Institutional and | |
| |Shock Cases, Petitions From". Refer also to | |
| |HCO PL | |
| |of I Oct '70, Issue 111, same title, Legal. | |
There are many persons in the category of Institutional or Shock Cases who
have been on our lines for years, have continued in processing long enough
to be helped, have made gains and have supported orgs, have followed
instructions given them and in general have maintained an excellent record.
These persons should not be arbitrarily forced into the same category as a
person who is arriving at our doorstep for the first time.
Only those who have already shown that they do not as a rule follow one or
more of the stipulations of the 16 May '70 Policy should be required to
bind themselves to those stipulations when newly applying for service.
An HCO Area Sec is at liberty to waive the stipulation requiring a bond be
posted if the person's record shows it highly unlikely that such a
precaution is necessary, but is held responsible should trouble ensue and
it is found that there were grounds for demanding a bond.
The opinion of the Guardian's Office can be obtained. The C/S can advise as
to past case progress, the auditing actions to be next undertaken, the
hours being purchased. The Course Supervisor can advise likewise with
regard to student applicants who fall under the 16 May '70 Policy.
If all seems plain sailing, there would ordinarily be no reason to delay
the person any further in receiving the service requested, once he has put
his signature to the agreement laid out in the HCO PL of I October '70,
Issue 111.
THE AMOUNT OF THE BOND
The sum of �100 (or equivalent) specified in the 1 Oct '70 Iss III Policy
Letter is considered by Legal as being appropriate.
One or two areas have demanded huge sums be posted in bond, thus
effectively stopping any further progress.
It was not the intention of the 16 May '70 Policy to make it impossible for
institutional and shock cases to obtain training and processing.
If a person has already obtained the consent of an org and an auditor to
help them, there can be no reason to then block him off from that help by
demanding a bond that he cannot pay for.
ROUTING OF PETITIONS
It should be noted that an HCO Area Sec, HCO Exec Sec or Executive Director
or CO may be petitioned by an institutional or shock case. They do not all
have to petition L. Ron Hubbard.
One whose petition is denied locally by an Exec Dir should be told that a
petition may be sent to LRH and in this case a CSW on the why of the local
refusal must be sent with the person's petition to LRH.
It is not correct that every petition on these lines must be routed to LRH,
and to LRH only.
|LRH:KU:sb.rd |LRH Pers Comm |
|Copyright � 1970 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Exec Dirs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Prod | | |
|Officers | | |
|Org | | |
|Officers | | |
|Dissem Hats| | |
| | | |
|Registrar | | |
|Hats | | |
|Treas Hats | | |
|CLOs for | | |
|Compliance | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 MARCH 1971 | |
| |Issue I | |
| |REGISTRAR INVOICING LINE | |
(Cancels HCO PL 3 August 1970
"Registrars May now Talk Money
Only Accounts Talks Money Details"
Modifies HCO PL 15 Sept 65
"Only Accts Talks Money")
Note: This P/L does not apply to Public Regs in Division 6 and does not
change existing Public Lines.
Department 6 is now responsible for Income Greater Than Outgo Plus
Reserves.
Gross Income is a stat of Department 6 and is the stat for the Registrar.
The Registrar, to control her stat and to achieve the Valuable Final
Product of Income Greater than Outgo plus Reserves, obviously must talk
money and collect it in bucketsfull.
The way the line is set up now Bodies get lost somewhere between the
Registrar and Cashier and because of this orgs are losing between $500 and
$1000 daily
In one org there is known to be a one foot stack of sign-ups who never got
to Cashier from the Reg!
So where does all this lead us?
It leads us back to the former successful line of the late '50s and early
'60s when the Registrar would interview people, sign them up, AND TAKE
THEIR MONEY for individual training and processing.
This is the way the line was in in the first very affluent foundation.
The line was changed, probably on a wrong WHY, and since then has only
worked on personality and proximity of Registrar and Cashier. As evidenced
at SH through 1965-67.
Responsibility for the org's GI has been too long resting on the Dir
Income's shoulders.
With the way it is set up now, Department 7 mostly operates at the
irreducible minimum of collecting cash over the counter, while its vital
admin functions would be in total neglect.
The point is, ALL ORGS HAVE DEBTORS, be it only Qual Services, and
Freeloaders. Partially paid Advance Payments are also truly a debt to the
org-they must be followed up and collected. And it is Dept 7's major action
to see that ALL funds for org services and sales get collected.
It is a fact then that money worries begin when one doesn't produce and
then when one doesn't collect what one is owed.
From the above, we therefore get a split in Income functions:
1. Dept 6 collects new Cash.
2. Dept 7 collects Credit Owed and Advance Payments.
The Registrar is beefed up as an Income Producer and Treasury is freed up
to get in its standard collection actions.
It now doesn't become a question of who takes in the most Income.
BOTH DEPTS TAKE IT IN IN BUCKETLOADS.
THE NEW INCOME PRODUCING LINE
1. The Registrar has an Invoice Machine on her desk. She is hatted on
the subject of
2. making out Invoices.
3. The Registrar must be totally familiar with all pricing and price
structures of the Org.
4. The Registrar has an Org Price List and Refund Notice posted by her
desk.
5. The Registrar is totally money-minded and gets that body into the
shop. She is a cracker-jack at handling the Public Individual and
producing Income.
6. The Registrar has her lines fully in so that she never misses a Hot
Prospect from the Public Divs or the Div 2 lines. She signs them up
and takes their money.
7. The Registrar interviews public pcs and students after training and
processing and re-signs them up and takes their money and usually
nets some 50% of the Org's Income for additional sign-ups in these
"after Interviews".
ADMIN SET-UP
1. Dept 7 is responsible for the admin set-up necessary to Cash
Collection for the Registrar.
2. Invoice Packs are issued the Registrar by the Cashier and standardly
logged in and out.
3. The Registrar Invoices all monies received by her over the counter.
4. The Cashier and Registrar work in close liaison. One could even set
up a buzzer system between the Cashier and Registrar's office so
that the Cashier could be called upon at a moment's notice to serve
the Registrar.
5. The Cashier makes change for the Registrar. The money and any notes
are handled by the Registrar.
6. The Registrar turns over to the Cashier the fourth copy of her
invoice and any note, and the money received. As usual, Dept 7 also
gets the 3rd copy of any Debit/Credit Invoice for collection
purposes.
7. The Cashier then checks for correctness of invoice, and sees that it
matches the money received.
8. The Cashier keeps the money until picked up by the FBO or RAM for
banking.
9. Dir Income remains responsible for doing weekly income breakdowns,
combining Registrar takings and Income Dept receipts for the week.
10. Body Collections are done by the Cashier on past due payments
locally, and may also be done by FSMS.
11. The Income Dept is mainly concerned with getting in monies owed to
the org and advance payments through standard collection actions and
monthly statements,
12. The above is done with a routine admin set-up which uses the xerox
and address machine, but entails NO letter writing or typing
statements. (Collection letters can of course be written to debtors
who are not answering up to statements.)
13. The Income Dept has a series of income folders. Each folder has in
it a summary sheet for that account.
14. Invoices are posted by hand to the summary sheets routinely.
15. Once a month, summary sheets are xeroxed for statements.
16. Dept 7 also uses a billing slip, which bears a "PLEASE REMIT" in
bold letters, and which has a blank space to write down the balance
of account.
17. Dept 7 keeps in its own area and under its own control, a tray of
address plates which matches exactly the set of collection folders.
18. The billing slip gets run through the address machine and matched to
its corresponding xeroxed summary sheet. Both get stuffed into a pre-
addressed envelope and sent out!
19. When receiving a Debit-Credit invoice from the Registrar, the
Cashier makes an address plate for the person's permanent address
and makes up a folder and a statement form if one doesn't already
exist in the file.
20. An address check basket is set up in Income Dept. Before filing, all
Debit/Credit Invoices, whether written on Reg lines or by the Income
Dept, and all other Income mail particles go through this basket so
that plates can be checked and changed as needed or new plates made
up.
21. A whole Advance payment billing layout parallels the above. The same
system with summary sheets and billing forms is used, but the full
run off is sent to Advance Reservations Reg in Dept 6 so she can
nudge along with the statement and mail the statement and letter
out.
__________
This new line is guaranteed to raise your Org's Gross Income, and if
putting an Invoice Machine on the Registrar's desk doesn't do it, then she
sure needs hatting and drilling on the subject of Producing Income.
__________
Do the above and become a Member of the BE VIABLE CLUB!
|LRH:RR:LQ:mes.rd |Written by |
|Copyright � 1971 |Dissem & Treas Aides |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |from the notes of |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
[See also HCO P/Ls 26 October 1971, Issue 11, Statistic of the Body
Registrar, and 2 February 1972, Invoicing Clarification, in the 1971 & 1972
Year Books.]
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|HCO Div 2 | | |
|Dept of | | |
|Prom | | |
|Reg | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6APRIL 1965 | |
| |LETTER REG HAT | |
The Policy Letter must be hat checked on the Letter Registrar by the HCO
Secretary or LRH Communicator on the HCO Dissemination Secretary, the
Director of Prom-Reg and the Letter Registrar complete with the drills and
clay table. After I June 1965 no person may have any but a Deputy Title in
these posts until the check and drills are completely done and the fact
reported to HCO Dissem Sec HCO WW with signature of the hat checker who did
it. HCO Dissem WW then informs HCO Sec WW that appointment may be issued.
After June 1, 1965, including any letter of the Letter Registrar not
written according to this policy in a report of "Letters Out" for Prom-Reg
will be considered a False Report. The purpose of this Policy Letter is to
co-ordinate the activities of the Letter Registrar with general Scientology
promotion and bring prosperity to the organization and Scientology to the
public.
The purpose of the Letter Registrar:
TO HELP LRH GUIDE INDIVIDUALS BY LETTER INTO CORRECT CHANNELS TO OBTAIN
SCIENTOLOGY AND TO INCREASE THE SIZE OF ORGANIZATIONS.
The duties of the Letter Registrar do not consist of writing floods of
generalized promotion letters. This is the job of the magazine and special
mailings. The magazine faces the general public.
The Letter Registrar faces individuals only.
The Magazine and broad mailings do all General Promotion.
THE LETTER REGISTRAR FINDS INDIVIDUALS WHO WANT SOMETHING ,kND WRITES THAT
PERSON LETTERS THAT HELP HIM OR HER TO GET IT.
This is all a Letter Registrar does in writing letters.
It is the magazine and mailing pieces and the books which develop the want,
the general programme which indicates a channel. The Letter Registrar picks
up the individual response and puts it in the channel and pulls it in.
1. BROAD PUBLIC PROMOTION: Ads, Books, Magazines, Mailings,
Brochures. NEVER by Letter Reg. Only by Promotion Hats.
2. PROGRAMMES: The channel in which the service is requested and
the person is moved by the Registrar for delivery. The Letter
Registrar replies to wants or inferred wants by pointing out to
the individual the existing channels.
3. RESPONSE by Individuals by mail. ONLY by Letter Registrar.
The backlog of responses is in CF. These are carefully worked over by
degrees of interest and each one is offered help to get what he or she
wanted. No want of any kind expressed or inferred-no Letter Reg letter is
written.
Promotion develops the want by carefully showing what it is all about and
the Programmes that exist for the individual.
The Letter Registrar is entirely an intelligent router of individuals by
mail.
Her counterpart is the body receptionist who routes people who walk in,
only the Letter Registrar does it by mail. When want is expressed or
inferred Letter Reg responds.
Letter Reg leaves no expressed or inferred want unanswered in the files. To
do so ARC Breaks the wanter.
The situation is this: Broad Promotion is done by magazines, info packets,
mailings. This is at many people and also makes known to various types of
people or persons at various Scientology stages of advance the existing
services and programmes. The Broad Public Promotion arouses a want in the
persons contacted.
Those individuals who by letter request or infer that this want be
satisfied, are answered by the Letter Registrar individually. The Letter
Registrar must be an expert on Programmes (such as books available, Academy
Training, HGC processing, Memberships).
The Letter Registrar reads the individual's letter and finds out what that
individual wants or infers he or she wants.
The whole duty of the Letter Registrar is (a) to help that individual get
on a route that will deliver the thing wanted and (b) increase the want.
The basic on this is that mail is from individuals who want what has been
promoted or infer they might want it.
Mail is not from "The Public". The mail consists of letters from
INDIVIDUALS. They are not a collective mass.
Persons who are badly ARC Broken in life must not be posted as any type of
Registrar as such generalize their incoming mail as from the "Public". An
ARC Broken person got that way from generalities containing false data that
was calculated to suppress the hearer. Such people don't pick out
individuals in a crowd because of their "fixated generainess" of existence.
A Registrar must be able to see that one person is different from another
and a Letter Registrar must see this through a letter received.
The Letter Registrar can see what that person who wrote that letter wants
or might be able to want and intensifies that want and helps the person as
seems necessary to enter a programme channel (books, training, processing).
Therefore the Letter Registrar must be very familiar with the books
available, the auditing available, the training available. If the person
cannot qualify for what is offered in one way, the Letter Registrar points
out another way.
A Letter Registrar who is unbriefed in the channels which exist-what can be
begun by the person-will inevitably disperse and start writing letters that
are just a second, and very expensive and ineffective "magazine". The
magazine writes a "form letter" to the "Public". Not the Letter Registrar.
The Letter Registrar GUIDES the individual into a proper channel. Once
there, that's it. The org takes over until the person, out again, is ready
to be entered into another channel in the org and signifies it by speaking
up.
THE LETTER REGISTRATION BASIC CYCLE
The routine is exactly this and no other:-
Books are advertised.
Books are sold.
A Magazine is sent to the buyer. It contains material to make the book
buyer want service, clarifies words, shows people in an org, etc.
The book buyer eventually reaches for the service due to the repeated
issues of the magazine.
If this reach is by mail, the Letter Registrar finds out by reading the
letter what the person seems to be reaching for.
The Letter Registrar points out the channel reached for.
The Letter Registrar intensifies the want.
The person eventually comes in, perhaps after letters responding to an ad
rather than book orders. But this only means the Letter Reg enters earlier.
"Buy a book" is the response by the Letter Reg, meastired carefully against
the content of the letter. "Buy a book." What use to talk to somebody who
can't afford even the price of a book or a few letter exchanges.
That's the whole of the Letter Registration Basic Cycle.
ONLY VARIATIONS
When you omit parts of the basic cycle you mess up the channel and block
it, or you don't reach any individual.
The only seeming variations of the cycle consist of who won't read one. The
cycle then continues.
If a field staff member's contact writes in, reaching, treat the person as
somebody who has bought a book or sell a book depending on the content of
that individual letter.
Obtaining mailing lists bought or sent in all one does is send out ads for
books in a packet. That's all. No other material. Make it easy for the
person receiving the ad to order the book and enclose the money and make
the person want the book in accordance with the type of list being used!
Hit the list a few times with similar literature. It all says to (a) buy a
book and (b) what book to buy and (c) how much and �) why one wants the
book and (e) how easy it is to buy it and (f) what a good thing it would be
if one did. Anything else will confuse the channel. Only offer one channel
in such pieces.
When the person buys the book and reads the book, if one doesn't hear, one
can send a questionnaire about the book that also asks what the person
wants.
Then probably the person writes or at least sends in the questionnaire and
for the first time the Letter Reg is personally on the line to that
individual.
These are Promotion Activities-broad public approach-right up to the moment
the individual responds by a slight reach.
It still is:
1. Promotion Activities making broad approaches to get a response
from an individual.
2. The Letter Reg picking up the individual and getting him or her
on a channel.
ERRORS
For a Letter Reg to do Broad Public Promotion in letters is useless and
expensive and ineffective. Letters are from individuals and are answered to
that individual only.
"Form Letters" are foolish as one can't do a form to cover individual
wants. The want is individual.
Writing broad public form letters leaves the whole of CF neglected and ARC
Breaks people who reached and didn't get answered. Questionnaires are the
easiest to overlook. Answering a filled out questionnaire with a form is
foolish as it wastes the questionnaire.
Questionnaires about "do you want to be kept on our mailing and throwing
away those who don't respond is very terrible indeed. It will break an org.
People don't usually answer as it violates the Letter Reg Basic Cycle
above. They have folders in CF containing reaches for the org. These should
be developed to reach want by the Letter Reg.
It is a mistake to write a letter without the person's letter or filled out
questionnaire and folder if any in hand. One spoils the channel by making
mistakes about the person or the person's needs or plans.
It is a terrible mistake to let a person loose on Promotion who does not
understand the above Promotional Aims and who doesn't do them. It's even
worse when a Letter Reg ignores the responses and begins to be a magazine.
It is an error for a Letter Registrar to promote small events by individual
letter. That is again broad public promotion.
LETTER REG PROJECTS
Every unanswered reach in CF is a potential ARC Break. The Letter Reg must
dig out all reaches or inferred reaches and show them a correct Channel
(Programme) and intensify the want. This is done under no tension. It is
just done.
When a Letter Reg isn't busy, broad promotion has been goofed. The Letter
Reg must not try to make up for it by Letters. The correct project for the
Letter Reg is to scout down, by long distance 'phone if necessary, existing
mailing lists of health book buyers, health food buyers, mystic literature
buyers, science fiction buyers, etc, etc, etc, from firms that sell mailing
lists and buy them and prepare an appropriate mailing for them with the
above requirements, and get it off, meanwhile answering up the reaches that
are made daily. A Letter Reg must have people write in in order to write to
them. Therefore new lists, a once in a while questionnaire to old lists
which intensifies their want (not, "do you want us to __________ but "you
want __________ ", and a
magazine that defines Scientology words, sells books, shows photos of lots
of Scientologists, displays ads for services and shows routes, are vital
necessities or the post can't operate. This may be somebody else's hat in a
specialized org but it's the Letter Reg who has to have the response and so
the Letter Reg if unable to find enough existing mail to keep busy had
better increase the volume of demand or she can't show anyone how it can be
supplied.
Questionnaires must never go straight into CF. All questionnaires when
received back are put in a bin beside the Letter Reg who then answers the
implied reaches. And only answered questionnaires go into people's folders
in CF. Questionnaires which can't be so answered were foolishly composed in
the first place (see above for what is needed in one). The Letter Reg
answers the daily mail, then chews away on the questionnaires until they're
completed-each implied want is intensif'ied and shown a channel.
ANSWERING TECH QUESTIONS
A tech question in a letter is never directly answered. This is a reach.
The Letter Reg is not a book or the Academy or a pen pal. One uses the
question as a want and shows the writer the channel by which it can be
satisfied. "The answer to your question will be found in the following text
for which I provide a flier" would be a response from a trained
Scientologist Letter Reg. "You are eligible for a Level ----(from the
person's folder) course where such data is taken up carefully by good
instructors," or "I see you need an extension course by your question and I
enclose the information sheet about it. Please sign the card and return
......." Or even, "We have a field staff member near you. I am sending your
letter to him as he is an expert and can answer more fully."
If you start running a course by mail you are not putting the person on the
org channel.
In short, you use everything you get (except sour grapes) as grist to your
mill. Turn it into an indicated want and head the person to the channel
that will satisfy it.
DON'T END CYCLE
The Letter Reg never heavily acks any intention to reach expressed by a
person. Never "I'm SO glad you decided to come. Thank you. Good. Fine."
That ends cycle. The Letter Reg doesn't let cycles end. Proper reply to an
expressed reach is "Reach". Somebody wants a course. Say exactly how to
reach it!
Don't stop traffic. Start new reaches.
The Letter Reg is like a vacuum cleaner-all pull in as she contacts the
outside. If you answer tech questions you end the cycle. If you acknowledge
too hard you end cycle.
Mystery is the heaviest pull. Without being mysterious or choppy one puts
the here-it-is ahead of the want to know and so pulls the person into the
channel best suited to satisfy the mystery at last. It is the person who is
in mystery. By putting "the available answer" north-east-south-west without
stating it, the person is headed northeast-south-west at will. Thus we are
very selective in what we answer. Answer almost everything about
facilities, living conditions, travel but not tech. Tech has already been
given in a book. To give more would "gild the lily" and stop the reach.
Mags give enough tech to start a want. So do brochures and fliers. The
Letter Registrar routes, pulls, guides but doesn't teach tech.
LETTER REG REGISTERING
THE BOOK OF LETTER SCHEDULING
The Letter Reg actually registers. This is done by getting people to
Schedule courses and intensives.
Just channelling on courses and intensives is not enough. One must get the
person to say when they are coming for their next course or next grade of
intensives.
For example on a questionnaire Bfll says he someday wants to be trained.
One intensifies this with WHEN and gently coaxes Bill to say "next year"
and then coaxes Bill in a next letter to say WHEN NEXT YEAR. So Bill does
and it becomes a fact and the Letter Registrar registers Bill in her Book
of Letter Scheduling.
Such a book is best if heavy paper loose leaf, very heavy binding and snap
ring for page removal and replacement. Thus such a book can have a page
removed for a copy
machine to copy, the page replaced and the copy sent on with no other work.
One week can be one page or several pages if it goes to many students and
pcs. One can keep the right side of the open double page for students and
the left side for preclears and the week at the top of each page. Thus one
can put a lot of pcs and students in it if it's big enough and can see week
by week for months and even a year what is coming.
The game is to get this Book evenly filled up and then more full.
One NEVER consults tech about it. The Letter Reg isn't in the Tech
Division. One only tells Tech what's in the book from week to week and what
its future is.
The Letter Registrar may not take orders from Tech. The line is from HCO
Promotion and Registration to Tech on advices of who and when. It goes only
from Tech to Prom-Reg as a query for "Who-When?" Tech may never say "That's
too many" or "That's not enough".
This Book of Letter Scheduling is only for weeks of intensives or week end
intensives or courses. The Letter Registrar must never schedule by hours
such as "Two hours a week". This is highly illegal. It snarls Tech up,
giving them idle auditors,galore and ruining Financial Planning. But heavy
schedules of week long or weekend intensives are simply scheduled and
Tech's Dept of Estimation is informed as far ahead as possible. It's up to
Tech to get the Auditors and Instructors. It's up to Materiel to get the
quarters. It's only up to Prom-Reg (and the Distribution Sec) to drive in
business. These are only concerned with the top end of the channel. The Org
Division and the Tech Division have to cope. The Tech Division can howl
only if statistics in Divisions 2 and 6 go down.
That's policy based on long long long experience.
So the Book of Letter Scheduling is the game of Prom-Reg. Try to fill it
up!
This leads to proper letters to somebody who is undecided as to when. "We
have an auditor for you in the first week of August." One doesn't ever say
"We won't have" or "Don't have" ever. One simply fills up the Book of
Letter Scheduling for the next six months and after as far as one can and
packs in more. The game is to try to make it an even tilling.
This Book of Letter Scheduling is available to the Dept of Estimation if
they come over to Prom-Reg to see it. So it must be available in working
hours �ept of the Org and Dept of Estimation only) and it must be kept up.
A nice heavy book is best with about a thousand pages. It can't be carted
off and goes thud when closed. (We lost a book once with 70 pcs' names in
it who had been scheduled in the next two months-LA Sept 1950 and it was a
staggering blow to the Org! Broke the first LA org, in fact. It was stolen
by a Russ Schofield of LA. He went broke, too, as the people got terribly
confused and didn't buy any from him or the org either.) The Book of Letter
Scheduling must (a) exist, (b) must be entered into daily when the mail
comes, showing who says they're coming, for what and when, (c) must only
have valid fact in it, "I will be there on __________ for ___________ and
(d) must be levelled out so its gaps are filled too without any shifting of
made appointments, (e) must be available to Dept of Org and Dept of
Estimations but may not be removed by either, (f) must be the subject of
weekly reports giving expected persons for the next four weeks in detail
with names and for what and numbers only for 6 months thereafter, (g) must
be safeguarded.
It is not the main Dept of Estimations' source of expected students and
pcs. There are two other such books in the org-In Person, Phone, and Turn
Up, which are elsewhere described, taking care of people who schedule ahead
in person (Book of In Person Scheduling) and people who 'phone in to
schedule (wires to go Letter Reg) Book of Phone Scheduling and people who
just turn up. These are kept by the Personal (Body) Registrar or the
Telephone Registrar. All the books are as the above description of the Book
of Letter Scheduling. The Dept of Estimations gets the lot and logs the
Turn Up student or pc who simply arrives ready to go in its own records.
By sending the Dept of Estimation an office printer copy of the next four
weeks of pages, and counting the next many months, the Department of
Estimation can provide the service.
This is the Letter Registrar's game. Fill up the book-as evenly as possible-
but fill up the book.
QUALIFICATIONS OF LETTER REG
It is not vital for a Letter Reg to be trained in anything but this Policy
Letter, programmes (channels) and the proper language and the use of
dictaphones. Typists are not necessary on this post except when an org is
Class Zero, and even there one can employ a typing service to transcribe or
get a part time typist. Knowledge of the org and its org board and channels
is far more useful. Scientology training is only desirable because it makes
a person more intelligent and gives a command of the ten-ns used in
letters.
A biisk, helpful person who can confront individuals and write brief
friendly letters is the best Letter Registrar providing he or she knows
this Pol Ltr thoroughly, knows the org's services thoroughly, knows current
promotion programmes and policy and isn't frightened of volume.
A Letter Reg must not be worried by flows of traffic. The more traffic he
or she can start, the happier he or she should be.
A perfect personality is one who starts avalanches for fun-with never a
thought for too many or too fast.
Letter Reg drills consist of taking the Letter Reg out where a crowd exists
and have the Letter Reg point out individual people.
It is a good drill to have the Letter Reg connect a letter with a person.
The Letter Registrar should be made to draw all the channels of an org or
do them in clay and know the Org Board and departmental functions
completely.
The Letter Registrar should do the whole of the Letter Registration Basic
Cycle in Clay with labels until it is very familiar.
Prices are not the Letter Reg's concern but price fliers can be sent and a
direct question answered.
ENTHETA
Complaints, upsets, snarls, discourtesy, are not answered by the Letter Reg
but when received by Letter Reg are stamped "Entheta " and with no answer
to the writer are sent to CF. CF attaches the Entheta-stamped Letter to any
existing folder and sends it to HCO Dept 3 Justice Section where it will be
cared for.
To answer such is to enturbulate the line, distract the Letter Registrar
and mess up things in general. HCO's Justice Section will look in its
f"iles for the person and handles by tracing associations and the trouble
to its source which is usually a suppressive person or somebody with a
withhold.
The Letter Reg is part of a team. There is no sense answering enturbulating
letters as the trouble lies with the person who wrote the letter and such
haven't been found to contain much truth. It is a Justice matter. If
anybody erred, Justice will want to know so it can shut it off before it
ht,-rts others.
REPORTS
The Letter Reg reports the number of letters written and mailed which are
exactly according to this policy letter. A letter written which is outside
this policy is not a Letter Reg letter and if reported as one is a false
report. Therefore Letter Reg reports may only include letters written as
above directed. They will bring in what we want.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|SH |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|All | | |
|Registratio| | |
|n | | |
|Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 NOVEMBER 1968 | |
| |BROAD PUBLIC ENROLLMENT SUCCESS CYCLE | |
| |ENROLLMENT CYCLE | |
Cycle starts off at distribution when individuals are reached by broad
promotion, buy a book and eventually reach into the org themselves and are
replied to by a Letter Registrar, who finds their want, puts them on a
channel, and intensifies their reach. She keeps them progressing up the
Routing and Gradation Chart until they finally reach for Saint Hill
Services, at which time they are passed on to the Advance Registration
unit, who schedules them for services. These individuals are written to by
the Advance Registration unit, which has its own ADVANCE RESERVATIONS
RECORDS I/C who only writes to those people who are booked, encourages them
to be here sooner, and in short gives them any and all information to get
here in the shortest possible time. Advance unit carries on with these
people until they finally arrive in the org, at which time the Body
Registrar takes over, makes them welcome, smooths out any points that
aren't clear, completes all registration formalities, and then hands over
to Treasury division. They then go to Tech for auditing and training, Qual
for declare, to Success division stating their successes and on to the
Registrar to sign up for their next training or processing. In this policy
letter we are only INTERESTED in the Enrollment cycle.
LETTER REGISTRATION SECTION:
The Letter Registration Section is formed herewith as follows: It is headed
by the Letter Registration Section Officer.
The dual statistics of this section officer are (a) Letters out (b) Advance
Registrations booked.
This officer designs questionnaires and supervises the section and its
personnel and letter quality and policy and is responsible for having
personnel on the job, though Dept I also works on this. This officer does
not write letters.
This section has four units. 1. The Letter Registrar's Unit. 2. The
Registrar Typing Unit. 3. The Advance Registration Records Unit. 4. The
Registrar Mail Unit.
This section is flanked by the Central Files section. In the CF section
there are CF Liaison clerks who get out and put back folders for the Letter
Registrars and Advance Reservations Records IIC.
The Letter Reg Section is to be provided with dictation equipment of
excellent sound quality, which takes all dictation for pool transcription.
These machines must be easily maintained and goof proof.
All incoming mail is counted by the Letter Registration Section Officer,
given to the Registrar Mail Clerk for logging, who in turn gives by hand to
CF Liaison. CF Liaison returns letters with folders to Letter Reg Section
Officer, who checks figure against original count (and screams to CF if
they aren't all back) sorts and gives letters to individual Letter
Registrars, and passes those to Advance Reservations Records Unit as
applicable.
The Letter Registrar Unit answers incoming mail and originates via CF
folders. Each one, so far as possible answers his or her own mail. The
whole action here is getting the individual on a channel, and getting them
up it step by step until they finally reach for Saint Hill services, at
which time they are forwarded to the Advance
Registrations Records Unit for scheduling. (This is AFTER the Letter
Registrar has replied and told them that she is now passing them over to
this unit who will give them details about Saint Hill services and a date
for starting.) Advance Registrations Records Unit I/C now gives the person
a starting date out of her book and in reality with the person's letter and
hands over to the Advance Reservations Records IIC who gives them all
details. Bookings are also written on index cards alphabetically, which
also contain details of the person's address, how the booking was obtained,
i.e. by letter, selection slip, etc., and will ultimately have written on
it in red ink, invoice number and services paid and signed for,
Letter Registrars are given folders by the CF Liaison on calling for them
or as directed by the Letter Registration Section Officer.
Advance Reservation Records IIC writes only to those people in the Advance
scheduhng books. Weekly, pages of those people who are coming 6 weeks to 4
months in advance, are xeroxed and sent through to CF for pulling of
folders.
Also, the Advance Reservations Records IIC concentrates on special
programmes of persons scheduled 6 months, 12 months and up to 2 and 3 years
in advance. The handling of this programme is at the discretion and
responsibility of the Advance Reservations Records I/C. The quality of her
letters is directly supervised by the Letter Registration Section Officer.
All letters are dictated into the dictating machine by the Letter
Registrars.
The Registrar Typing Unit takes the letters out of the dictation pool and
they are typed, and envelopes addressed.
The Mail unit assembles all letters and mailings, keeps accurate logs of
same and sends copies and files to CF and mails the letter. This unit also
provides supplies and keeps the dictation equipment in working order.
THESE UNITS ARE A TEAM WORK DRILL.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ADVANCE RESERVATIONS RECORDS IIC and LETTER REG:
The reason that the Advance Reservations Records I/C can not be a part of
the Letter Registration unit, is that the whole purpose and function is
different and requires different kind of handling as stated below:
The LETTER REGISTRAR is working to get people moving up the Gradation Chart
to a point where their reality is sufficient to effect a want to come to
Saint Hill. In order to decide a person must be able to understand, thus,
to decide to come to Saint Hill a person must be brought up to
understanding. This a Letter Registrar does by directing them to their next
step up the Routing and Gradation Chart. She is geared up totally to
handling the public individual, directing their lives, indicating the
correct by-passed charge, i.e. their own barriers and achieving the final
purpose... to get them to say they are coming. This Letter Registrar does
anything and everything to get this purpose accomplished. Once she has done
that, she has achieved her purpose and looks for more people to get to want
to come. This then is the end of her cycle. HOWEVER, this does not
eliminate her from ever writing to those people again, because even though
a person has said they are coming, there are quite often steps that need to
be taken before they are eligible for Saint Hill services. The Letter Reg
then should continue to direct them up the routing and gradation chart
until they have completed their steps and are eligible for Saint Hill.
When an individual has said he is coming, but is not yet eligible for SH,
they are still primarily the reponsibility of the Letter Registrar, but
they would also be written to in special programmes of the Advance
Reservations Records IIC.
The ADVANCE RESERVATIONS RECORDS I/C mainly concentrates on those people
who have made a decision... i.e. TO COME TO SAINT HILL. Her function is
totally different in that she is giving information and encouraging in all
possible ways, the person to get here FAST FAST FAST. Not to be bound bv
their schedule date, as
this gives a stuck point in time which is a lie. We want them here NOW.
This terminal pushes, pressures, shoves and gets them here. At his stage
the whole concentration is on getting them to enroll. It is also to be
understood that this unit totally concentrates on the up-stat person. This
differs from the Letter Registrar who is weeding out the able from the less
able.
When an individual has said he is coming, and is eligible for SH, he is
then entirely in the hands of the Advance Reservations Records I/C.
The Advance Reservations Records I/C mainly concentrates on those people
who are coming within 6 weeks - 4 months ahead. These being the up-stat
people, they get the best, constant attention. . priority handling. All
their letters are handled within 12 hours of receipt, all payments and
enrollment forms are acknowledged within 2 hours of receipt. Continual
concentration on these people will result in high enrollments and income,
thus it would follow, that it will also result in high tech completions and
future expansion and solvency for the org.
If Advance Reg call in of pcs does not parallel the enrollment statistic,
watch it. Expansion and income will stop and soon Execs will start going
and trying to promote into a public soured by non-delivery and no service.
Business will slump because we are not delivering. Whenever you see a tech
completions statistic that is lower than and does not parallel an
enrollment statistic, you can expect an eventual slump of income. When you
see a nearly level tech completions-statistic for training or processing or
both, you know somewhere somebody has an illegal quota system going. So
then, Advance Reservations Records I/C continues writing to people and
calling them in, even after they have enrolled. She keeps them hot, and
doesn't stop until they are actually in the org.
Herewith then is the policy necessary to create and handle a boom.
Expansion is inevitable. Specific functions will probably need to be
expanded. However these are the basic lines and must be adhered to RIGIDLY
as this in the past is what created our boom of enrollments and income and
will do so once more.
| |Compiled |Irene Dunleavy |
| |by: |Director of Registration SH |
| | |(1967) |
| |Approved |Qual Sec SH Lorita Hill |
| |by | |
| |HCO Area Sec SH Pat Spyker |
| |Ad Council SH (Chairman Lorita |
| |Hill) |
| |HCO E.S. SH Bene Neal |
| |Org E.S. SH Dalene Regenass |
| |P.E.S. SH Rosalie Vosper |
| |LRH Comm SH Con Whitlock |
| |LRH Comm WW Rodger Wright |
| |Ad Council WW |
| |Exec Council |Edith Hoyseth |
| |WW: | |
| | |Mark Jones |
| | |Tom Morgan |
| |D/Guardian WW Jane Kember |
|LRH:jp.ei.rd |Guardian WW Mary Sue Hubbard |
|Copyright � 1968 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
| |FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY | |
| |1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C. | |
| |FOUNDING CHURCH POLICY LETTER OF 3 JUNE 1957| |
| | | |
| |LETTER WRITING | |
| |AMENDING CF AND PROCUREMENT PAPER OF | |
Auditors answering letters from 4 to 5.30 p.m., should not conceive
themselves to be originating.
They are in actuality answering letters with ARC.
If they would go through the files they would find thousands of unanswered
or poorly answered letters.
Their job is to adequately answer the letters from the field.
The trick of answering is to Understand and then take up the points and
answer.
The main complaint of the field is that nobody answers their questions.
Auditors as they answer aren't to write TV commercials. They are just to
answer.
A book orderer has, in fact, asked a question. "What is Scientology."
Volunteering to answer any question he still has on reading the book, just
that and no more, will put us into Communication with him.
Thus we can go into Communication with the world.
[I have understood the auditor's letter-writing role. I am answering his
questions about it.]
|LRH:md.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1957 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |HASI POLICY LETTER OF 7 NOVEMBER 1958 | |
| |No. 2 | |
| | | |
The output of special letters to prospects from selected files shall be 200
(two hundred) per week.
|LRH:rs.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1958 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HASI LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER 1958 | |
| |TO: Director of Procurement and her Staff | |
| |copy: Association Secretary copy: HCO D.C. | |
| |for issue to Dir Procu., D.C. | |
| |HOW TO PROCURE PEOPLE | |
New Purpose of Department of P~ocurement: To make friends with future
Scientologists and to make available to them training and processing and
other services and to assist them to receive these.
Procedure: Choose a CF file folder. Ignore folders with no correspondence
in them (let "Certainty" develop these by selling books). Inspect one CF
file folder. Get to know person by reading his letters, not HASI answers.
Treat every person as a special case. Each person is a special problem.
Each folder contains a special problem. Never generalise, never monkey-up
the R.
Study folder for R factor of ARC triangle. Then solve it. What is the
reality of this person? (With what will he agree at his highest stretch?)
Now that you know him, discuss him, his case, his past experience with
processing on any point that interests you the letter writer. Simply say
what interests you about him if you are down to that.
To a degree the Procurement person is an auditor when writing preclears.
The laws here are the same as applies in auditing:
1. clean up the ARC by getting pc to talk or explain
2. get pc interested in own case
3. get pc to talk to you freely about anything.
The whole idea is to put the person in remote session with the HASI. His R
will be what level he talks along. What will he talk about? Get him to talk
about his case. When he has answered a letter, send him (free of charge)
tests to fill out if you like. Any test in the shop will do. Have him send
it back to you. When it returns, tell him to come in and talk to you about
it.
Rule: If the whole story told in the Folder doesn't interest you whatever
don't writeIf it interests you, write about what does interest you.
In effect you are handling ARC breaks Oust as you do in auditing), and
handling friendly lines to increase them.
On students:
1. Get him interested on what he can do for people.
2. Increase his belief in himself.
Handle the person in the file. Answer his questions.
Don't muck around selling people anything in letters. Tell them it exists.
Find out why they aren't getting it. Remove the obstacles. Make them talk.
Make them run it out in letters. Don't flood at them. All auditors talk too
much. So do registrars and procurement people. They're talking when they
ought to be asking. And even when the person is begging for a chance to
sign, he sometimes faces outflow from sales people that prevents him from
signing.
Why sell Scientology?
Why not go out and sell gold pieces for a penny? What would be the public
reaction if you did?
You offer Scientology-you don't sell it.
The duty of Procurement Personnel is to keep the lines open to people, run
out the ARC breaks not by explanation but by making the person talk or
write.
Don't wheedle people in. Tell them to come in, that we can handle them now.
That we have an auditor for them now. That we can train them now as we have
class openings.
The last person you want on a Registrar's post is a salesman. They have an
R that's too low. They sell things.
The requirements of a Procurement personnel are as follows:
1. A good auditor.
2. An expert on tests and how to analyze them to people.
3. A person who can run good 8c.
4. A person who can write a good session that people answer.
5. A person who knows subjectively you can't buy Scientology
benefits at any money price-they are too valuable.
6. A person who is bright, personable, interested in people.
7. A person who isn't degraded when he is given money and who can
ask people for it.
8. A person who can have bodies, lots of them.
9. A person who doesn't have to address the masses because he can't
address one person-in other words a person who can confront one
person at a time.
A Procurement personnel must be able to put life into things. The best
Procurement personnel procure because they want bodies moving through the
shop so they can get a show on the road. Nothing less will do.
Expressing the thing in letters or across a desk is all the same. If one
can't excite others about the future or demand they all have a better one,
you've no Procurement personnel.
Procurement has a big mission. Let's grip with it for a change. 50,000,000
Britons exist to be moved through the Registrar's office. Move them in one
at a time, interest them face to face one at a time and you'll do it. Leave
the masses to me. Leave the Big Effect you have to have to P.R. You walk
them in and through the HGC and Academy one by one. If you do we'll win.
Back me up! I'll get them in touch with you. You preserve their ARC and
sign them up.
Sample letters:
Dear Eileen,
I have read your last letter to us and seem to detect difficulty. You were
doing so well that I am curious about your expressed reluctance to finish
the HAS Examination.
What happened?
Yours very sincerely,
_________
Dear Edna,
I was looking over your folder and my interest was struck by the fact that
on the 10 Feb 57 1 see you were saving for a Number One basic goal of
training for the HPA Course.
On looking further, I see you took an HAS Course in March 1958. 1 further
see that you have not taken an examination or received your certificate
which I have here waiting'for you all filled out. I also see that you took
the pre-Congress group intensive with good results and that your IQ has
risen in a year from 114 to 124.
However I am mystified as to why you did not complete your basic goal of
training. We need auditors badly and you seem so well suited.
Has something happened to deter you in your auditing career?
Best regards,
_________
Dear Bill,
Did you get your E-Meter? How does it work?
Best regards,
_________
|LRH:rs.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1958 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Executive Director |
| | |
| | |
|Convert to |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|SEC ED |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JUNE 1959 | |
| |Issue III | |
| |DEFINITION OF A HOT FILE | |
Any person who has expressed interest in writing or call in for training or
processing of any kind is a hot file.
This file must be handled in such a way as to help the person achieve his
goal. This is highly personalized. Salesmanship and selling is out. We
assume now that the person must be helped to achieve what he wants, not
what we want. His job, family matters, time, all become the interest of
Registration and we advise him by mail or personally how to get what he
wants.
We do not keep selling training or processing to a person who wants
training or processing. It's sold. We help him achieve his goal by getting
information and giving advice.
ALL REGISTRATION PERSONNEL: Please master this principle. It will treble
service and income if you do. There is a penalty for violating this.
|LRH:mp.eden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 AUGUST 1959 | |
| |WRITING OF LETTERS BY STAFF AUDITORS | |
A review of the financial standing of the organization has led me to sort
out all differences between past procurement and present procurement, with
the finding that the essential change seems to be when we shifted from
letters by staff auditors to prospects, over to a specialized activity
called Letter Registrar. Actually the decline in letter writing by staff
auditors preceded this particular change; it came about when administrators
to Training, Processing and Books were appointed. This work used to be done
entirely by staff auditors and apparently the public better responded to
letters by staff auditors to them than letters by Letter Registrars to
them. There has been considerable criticism in the past about staff
auditors writing letters, but most of this came from inside the
organization, the public did not protest to a great degree. The public is
now protesting however and apparently they object to writing to a post in
the organization as opposed to a terminal that has a name. Staff auditors
fulfilled this particular requirement- they had all sorts of people they
were writing to in their hour each day.
Therefore, without slacking off the existing PrR lines, we will re-
institute in all organizations, the function of letter writing in CF by
staff auditors after they have finished their session.
The bugs in this programme used to be that we had not trained staff
auditors in letter writing. Therefore, we must now have a training
programme for letter writing to the public, but remember, the organization
staff was the only one who objected strenuously to these handwritten staff
auditor letters, the complaints by the public were very few.
The next difficulty came about with auditors conferences which lasted so
long that the auditors never got a chance to write letters. Well, strenuous
training days for staff auditors are over, even if the training must still
be done. Therefore the holding of long conferences by the D of P with the
staff auditors at the end of an auditing day must be curtailed. This does
not mean that auditors must not report to the D of P. They can report
individually and get gone.
Sometimes we ran into problems about room for this work. Very small desks
or long tables have been set up in CF for this staff auditor work, and this
has been successful. Another bug was the system by which auditors wrote
letters; some would start at the beginning of central files, some at the
end, some at the middle, with the result that beginning, middle and end
were overwritten to with the exclusion of others. To overcome this, since
we now have Address systems, we parcel out the country and use CF, which is
by geographical areas, to hand out names. We can run off a full set of
cards in Address and then parcel these, out with one area to one auditor.
The only liability this system has is to give one auditor dominance in a
specific area and in effect, it has been said to build him a practice;
well, I don't think this is bad now, for the Central Organization will
eventually have to set up centres, and we call have an understanding that
the person who will set up the HASI controlled centre in an area will
eventually be the staff auditor who was successful with that area. This
makes for good letter apportionment of incoming mail. By having a chart
with an auditor's name in each geographical area, then we can give that
auditor all the letters from area and not run the risk of changing names on
his correspondence. The public likes a constant name to write to-we did
better with staff auditors writing people in the field. So let's get this
programme going again.
Also, staff auditors on Monday and Friday or Saturday used to do all the
test work. Those not needed in testing did letters. We should return to
this, abolishing the Testing Administration and giving it back to staff
auditors. Persons now doing Testing Administration can be used elsewhere.
There is no Testing Administration now.
Let's try this as a means of boosting income and cutting the gross number
of units.
|LRH:brb.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 NOVEMBER 1959 | |
| |Amended and reissued 10 March 1960 | |
| |VALIDATION OF FRANCHISES | |
It is important that Scientology magazines run occasional notices as
follows:
"Your best guarantee of ethical and expert auditing is a prominently
displayed HCO Franchise. Your Central Organization cannot guarantee the
ethics of all auditors but those who hold HCO Franchises are known to be
ethical. In case of doubt about your auditor's record write to your
Association Secretary (etc). He can inform you of the standing of any
practising Scientologist. You can also write to your HCO Secretary
concerning any matter of ethics, technology and awards.
"Medical Doctors and Psychiatrists are not qualified by their state
licences to practise Dianeties or Scientology unless certified as well as
auditors."
If any query arrives concerning any auditor only one of two responses are
permitted:
"Referring to your query concerning (an auditor or Scientologist) we
are pleased to inform you that we know of no reason why he (or she) should
not receive your full confidence.
"If you know any reason to the contrary please inform us.
"Ethics forbids further discussion of the reasons.
"Any further information you can give us concerning the activities of this
person would be gratefully received.
"Scientology is too powerful to be permitted to be used professionally by
unscrupulous persons."
Or, if the person asked about is in our bad books, write only:
"Concerning your query about ___________(an auditor or Scientologist) we
regret to inform you that we cannot recommend this person.
"Where (-,ertificates have been revoked we have not always recovered the
actual document.
"Should the person in question report for auditing and be cleared by the
Central Organization, a public notice will be posted to that effect.
"Yours for a clean Earth, etc."
To answer other than the above is to seem to fully recommend an auditor or,
in the second case, further data could lay grounds for libel.
This is basically an effort to clean up the field, which is already pretty
clean, and to secondarily force persons to be well trained and to have HCO
Franchises.
Do not recommend any auditor in any way who has not been trained within
three years or alternatively has not served well on a Central Organization
staff in lieu of other training.
Note: If a straight forward request arises where the originator has no
reason to suspect anything wrong with the auditor and it is merely an
enquiry you may only quote as far as the asterisk *.
|LRH:js.mm.rd |Valerie E. Obin |
|Copyright � 1959 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Area Secretary |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
[Note: 20 Nov 1959 issue by LRH was amended by HCO Area Sec to include
asterisk in text and note in last paragraph.]
|Assn Sec |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Registrar's|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hat | | |
|Cen Orgs | | |
|HCO Sec | | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 9 APRIL 1960 | |
| |see that this | |
| |is read. Report to me it | |
| |is being complied with. | |
| |OUTFLOW | |
The Director of PrR in Washington DC has just done a survey that confirms a
lot of things I've said.
The quantity of outflow of personal letters on a national basis determines
the number of people who come in for training and processing.
The quality of the letter so long as it's personal, has only some bearing
on it. The quantity of personal letters determines the inflow.
Letters written over four years to one prospect without response in
innumerable cases has resulted in the person turning up to be trained or
processed.
This means that if you want students and pcs you will have to write lots of
letters. You must go through CF over and over, regardless of response.
Sixty-five percent of the registrar's outgoing mail must be originated
correspondence. The remaining thirty-five or less should be answers to
letters received.
150 letters a week is not a huge outflow for a registrar. If no facilities
(transcription) exist to do this number then somebody is committing
organization suicide.
If there are three registrars, the number should be 500 per week.
That's what it takes to get in students and preclears.
Once the prospect is in the office the old routine of signing prospect up,
getting technical acceptance from D of P and resigning prospect for
increased hours must be done.
Your CF should include everyone who has originated to the Org. Names should
not be deleted unless the person is dead.
The staff auditors should take an hour a day in CF and hand write people
out of flles. That's volume. People argue against it on various grounds.
Such arguments have been proven false. Any letters is better than few
letters. Staff Auditors do well with their correspondence. Divide the
country in districts or the alphabet and assign a section to a staff
auditor to originate correspondence and answer. If an auditor is off a week
(no pc) put him on letter writing. None of this should be used to reduce
Registrar's outflow.
I'll promote in other ways. Others will promote in other ways.
BUT GET OUT A VOLUME OF LETTERS.
The important statistics of Adcomm include letters originated in the week.
Letter count does not include business letters. Letters answered are
important but letters originated are more important.
HOW TO WRITE A LETTER
Take a folder from CF, read it. Say whatever you think of to say to that
person. That's the "R" factor formula. If you think it, say it. You'll get
a response.
Don't sell. Just write a person.
I can pick up a file in CF, read it, write a letter with "R" and sign it
Joe Doakes and have the person phoning or coming in two times out of three,
I've done it often.
The CF folder that contains only an invoice of a book bought can still be
answered with "R". What book was it? Look over the actual book. Write the
person about what you think of the book and ask what he would like to know
in it and recommend another book and offer your help in understanding it.
Mention it if there's an extension course for that book.
Don't write dead ready-made letters of a flock of assembled pat paragraphs.
Never write a form letter. Write the person, not the air.
INTERVIEWING
When the prospect comes in, see him or her at once (no waiting). Be
courteous, friendly, businesslike. Rise when they enter and leave. Call
reception to show them out if they stay too long.
Be willing to take their money. Always prefer cash to notes. We are not a
credit company.
Always see the student or pc before they leave the place after service. You
can often sell more training or processing.
ASSN SEC RESPONSIBILITY
The Assn Sec must see that letter count outgoing stays up. Otherwise it is
asking for a unit slump.
The Assn Sec must see that the body line in and out is smooth, that people
who arrive get interviewed and signed.
Here is the income source. Number of letters out decides number of bodies
in.
It is a maxim that unless you have bodies in the shop you get no income. So
on any pretext get bodies in the place and provide ingress to the Registrar
when they're there.
Any bodies for any purpose or activity mean success.
HCO SEC RESPONSIBILITY
The HCO Sec sees to the same thing as the Assn Sec but reports with speed
to me if this line isn't running.
The first duty of an HCO Sec is to see that the Reg line works and hats in
that dept are known and wom, after that do something else.
The Reg line folds 2 or 3 times a year. Inspect it weekly and it won't.
That's the survival line. Watch it, care for it.
|LRH:js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|CenO |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I | |
| |HCO BULLETIN OF 12 APRIL 1960 | |
| |Re-issued from Sthil | |
| |AN ANALYSIS OF PROMOTION | |
John Fudge, Director of Promotion and Registration in Washington, DC, has
made a thorough analysis of the effect on the unit of the quantity of
promotion letters which are sent out by the Central Org. His conclusion is
simple: If a large number of good promotion letters is sent out in any
particular week, this is followed two or three weeks later by a large unit.
And if a small number of letters is sent out, in two or three weeks time
there is a low unit. His report is given below:
An Analysis of Promotion in relation to units in the FCDC
Based on a graphical survey of the period 24th February, 1959 to 29th
March. 1959, inclusive.
Source of data: Advisory Council Minutes, Founding Church of Scientology,
Washington, DC.
A graph was made indicating both the total volume of promotion mail out,
not including mailings, information packets and other impersonal types of
letter, and the unit in cents for the same period.
The first salient datum that is evident from study of the graph is that
there is a two-week lag between letters out and the value of the unit. This
is only in terms of peaks and lows; no attempt is made here to give an
exact co-ordination of letters out (volume) to value of unit. For example,
it is apparent that over the majority of the period any peak in letters out
was followed by a peak in unit within two weeks, on the average.
It is stressed that no attempt is made to analyse quality; quantity only
has been analysed. It would appear that quantity is the main factor. The
graph showed that a continued low volume of letters out over a period was
followed some time later by a generally reduced unit value. The very poor
promotion of the period 10th March, 1959 to 31st March, 1959 was followed
by the worst unit of the year 1959 a short time later, and this was also
continued as regards low units for some time.
General Observations
The stable datum that the Registrar's outflow monitors income is
corroborated by this survey. However, it is again noted that quantity of
letters out seems to be more important than actual quality, though
undoubtedly quality is reflected in these figures to some degree; for the
purpose of this analysis it is a hidden factor, and would have to form the
subject of a separate survey.
There is one major exception to the datum proposed here that "the larger
the volume of the letters out on the promotional lines of the Organisation
the larger the unit will be within a period of 6-12 weeks", and that is PE
mail out to the local area. Although the promotion mail of the period 8th
December 1959 to 23rd February, 1960 was larger than the general level of
promotion mail out over the previous five months, approximately, the value
of the unit did not increase (excepting only the Congress weeks-2 weeks)
and in fact continued to worsen, to finally reach an all-time low of a zero
unit. The reason for this is possibly the fact that 30% to 50% of the
volume of mail reported out was going to local area people and not to
prospects from the entire area of FCDC operation, the Continental USA and
Western Hemisphere in general, as it should. Thus, it is surmised in this
analysis that PE mail out should not be regarded as general promotion mail,
as the effect of this mail is not evidently reflected in income within any
short period of time. Alternatively, it can perhaps be supposed that the
mailing out of PE was largely ineffective or that the PE was not being run
correctly. I am not going to make a definite statement at this point and
will confine this report to a statement of the is-ness of PrR mail out and
the opinion expressed by me that PE mail out merely inflated the letter
count and was ineffective as regards income.
|LRH:js.gh.rd | |John Fudge |
|Copyright � 1960 | | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| |Issued |Peter Hemery |
| |by: |HCO Secretary WW |
| | |for |
| | |L. RON HUBBARD |
|HCO's |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Central |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Orgs | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 NOVEMBER 1960 | |
| |PROMOTIONAL LETTERS | |
No promotion letters may be typed or sent to outside organizations or
business people by staff members, other than PrR personnel, without first
getting the text ok'd by the HCO Dissemination Secretary or other
responsible person in HCO. The letter in its final form should also be ok'd
to ensure that typing, spelling, layout, etc, are satisfactory.
This function comes under the hat of HCO Dissemination Sec, but in places
where this hat is not being worn full time, it becomes the function of the
HCO Executive Sec, or HCO Area Sec. It is the responsibility of HCO to
ensure that all staff know this, and comply with it.
The Dir PrR is responsible for the quality of promotional letters sent out
by the PrR dept as always.
|MSH:js.rd |Issued |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1960 |by: | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |HCO Secretary WW |
| | |for |
| | |Mary Sue Hubbard |
|Central |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Orgs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER 1960 | |
| |MODERN PROCUREMENT LETTERS | |
(Note: This Policy Letter is a transcription of a tape recorded talk given
by L. Ron Hubbard to the PrR Department at Johannesburg on October 21,
1960.)
Okay, this is a PrR meeting having to do with procurement letters. There
are a few stable data here on writing a letter to people or phoning to
people that are of considerable importance to any Central Org, and in
particular here to this Org, and these data are actually very short and
sweet.
The first thing you should know about is that any letters are better than
no letters, any calls are better than no calls. Now I'll give you some idea
of the importance of that exact fact. You will every now and again hear a
protest that staff auditors when not employed on auditing should not write
letters because they write such bad letters. This immediately violates the
first data, get the idea-that any letters are better than no letters. I
mean that because we have a tremendous amount of data demonstrating that
that is a fact. Now and then you have protests about the letters which have
been written, and these protests are almost always from squirrels, and it
gets translated this way: "Everybody thinks that these hand written letters
are very annoying". And of course HCO's trained to answer this way: "Who is
everybody?" And then they say:
"Oh you know ........ actually there was a letter two years ago from
a psychiatrist ........"
You should realize that the public does not object to hearing from the
Central Org in any volume. You take a census amongst people who don't
express their opinions normally, go along and ask them in the field, they
didn't elect to tell you, you elected to ask them, and you will find out
that they are usually very happy to find a letter in their mail bag from
the Central Org, no matter what it says. Got the idea? So PrR proceeds on
that data, not on the cut line data; there's a whole bunch of data that you
can consider efforts to cut the line and I've just enumerated some of these
efforts to cut the line.
If you want to know what programme to use, look through your files and find
out who protests the most, and then send these people a number of
programmes and ask their advice on which ones to use, and those that they
tell you are terrible, do them, because their main effort and purpose is to
cut the lines.
Now we have a number of wins doing something like that. I've found out
somebody said "Everybody is objecting to this idea of. . . ." and "Who is
everybody?" and they name me a list of four names, no kidding eh! Then I
always also know when we're succeeding. We have letters from those same
people. Squirreldom gets very active, protests become more numerous, and
remember that it is often effective against PrR, remember that that anti-
organizational propaganda is effective and very often operates against PrR,
and often checks them from doing something. It can check HCO from giving a
public meeting, because "nobody would come and we've had too many and after
all. . . ." yap yap yap. This can get somebody believing that the letters
he's writing aren't getting any response, it can cut your volume, and
that's what it's intended to do so remember that. There are two crimes in
this universe, one is being there and the other is communicating. PrR is
committing both crimes, it's there and it communicates, so therefore it's
going to take a certain amount of plugging.
Now don't violate this first premise: any letters or phone calls are better
than no letters or phone calls.
And the next stable datum is: The volume of the income of an Org, is in
direct proportion to the number of phone calls and letters of an Org. It
has nothing to do with quality.
Now wouldn't that shock you to death. It is a direct proportion. I am not
now speaking loosely. I have had this cast up, number of letters-amount of
income, for given periods of time, long periods of time-worked every time.
Those periods when there were lots of letters going out were periods of
high income, and those periods when there were no letters going out were
periods of low income, and that was it. It's just 1-2, so PrR's basic
concept becomes very simple-it's just keep those letters going out.
Now every once in a while someone in the Org on an upstairs level will get
to read about the number of people on administrative as opposed to the
number of people on technical, and this is a very understandable worry
because it cuts your units.
Now let's take a look at this one-if we considered administrative those
people who were not immediately and directly servicing or procuring,
administrative makes a little more sense. If we had people who were
actively procuring and people who were actively servicing technically, and
if that was all an organization consisted of, of course you'd never get
paid or anything like that, but at the same time these would be the two
factions that kept up the thing. So administrative has to be broken down
into how many people are directly employed on procurement, as opposed to
people who are not directly employed on procurement, and that is the dead
load factor. Now you can go all out and put everybody into the round bin
and say, "Well, there are just too many people writing letters," or
something like this, and you don't have that big a CF, and a lot of other
factors can complicate it. So the solution isn't just to put everybody on
administrative, writing letters, because you get the idea, you'd run out of
files and so forth if you had 50 people writing letters and 7 people doing
technical, you'd again run into this same squabble-see. Nevertheless PrR
can own auditors for weeks and hours when they are not employed auditing,
and actually should get them to write letters, no matter how poor these
letters might seem at first glance. Do all you can to improve quality, but
while doing all you can to improve quality concentrate on quantity.
Now schemes by which you get new names are almost as important as CF
itself. You've got to keep CF expanding. Now a CF folder that develops 2"
thick of letters without a single response would apparently be a waste of
time at first glance. I thought so once, when a very able Registrar in the
States showed me conclusively that this was not the case; that was many
years ago and I didn't know what the answer was on this PrR thing at that
time; I don't know them all now but I knew then pretty well what I do now,
and that is that the number of people who are writing letters will write
this person and write him again and write him again and write him again
just because they haven't any more names or some such thing, and stack up
this tremendous thick pad of carbon letters of letters to this person. You
say that's a waste of time-no, it's not a waste of time, because this
Registrar in the States demonstrated to me conclusively that after they got
to be an inch thick they usually came in. You cannot say this person is not
going to answer because he has been written to many many times without
replying. You say he must have an ARC break, there must be something wrong
with this person, there must be something wrong with the letter quality, or
there must be a lot of other things wrong-none of these things apply-it's
just the fact that the number of letters it takes to get this particular
person in happens to be 95. It's almost on the basis that if they aren't
dead and still have a body and are written to, they will come in for
training or processing. That's another stable datum. If you write them
enough letters they'll still come in. And if you stay with that datum you
will again find that you are very happy about the whole thing. Now there
are 3 data.
Now totally in the interest of improving letter quality, I have already
told you that quantity is more important than quality, but totally in the
interest of improving quality we have a certain modus operandi of writing
letters which is very workable and which should be stuck with pretty well.
You understand that this data is secondary. If you did this data that I'm
about to give you well enough it would of course become primary.
I'll tell you about this thing, the R factor. Now there have been bulletins
out on it, but I don't think it's ever been very well communicated because
I notice people having a rough time with it. It's not good enough to say
that a person's reality is not very great hence he cannot get the R factor
of this person. No, it's not good enough. The truth of the matter is you
have to be willing to audit the whole confounded world to be on PrR, and a
person who isn't willing to help that broadly gets less response. They
still get the letters and the letters still pile up and people still come
in, but if they are really interested in these people out there they won't
really have any trouble with the R factor. So one of the first things we
have to realize is that the R factor has a dependance upon an earlier
factor, which is a person's willingness to help. Now you might think that
it is a very bad thing if you just started as Registrar writing to people
and auditing them by mail, you'd say this wasn't too good; unfortunately it
works, they come in eventually.
It doesn't much matter what you tell people, I wouldn't become shy on that
point, but if you are really interested in that person you'd get a much
higher response; if you are only interested in the Org making money you'll
get a much lower response.
And when we say they shouldn't be sales letters we don't mean we shouldn't
sell training and processing, we mean the letters shouldn't start off this
way: "How are you, 1 am fine, 1 am just going to give you a few lines now
to tell you that the HPA course is going up shortly in price and you can
get training and processing and so forth-say why don't you buy a book.
Sincerely yours . . . . .." Well, it's still a letter, still let it go, but
it's not so very good, because it's interested in this end of the line,
it's not interested in that end of the line, and the more Pan-deterrnined a
PrR personnel is the more success he is going to get with the letter
response.
Now, of course, I'm very interested in this end of the line and I'm very
interested in the other end of the line, and I've done this trick that I'm
doing today here several times, and on some occasions HCO Communicators
said those letters are too good and have sent them out. You know, I'd write
down the letters that should go to this person as an example, and have them
sent out to the people, signing the Registrar's name to them (they were my
letters you see), and they got immediate answers; and one poor Registrar in
London practically blew herself out of the Org and went into a terrible
flap over this, because five letters were sent out in all and she couldn't
remember having written them; but what was horrible-two people phoned in
and one came in in person in response to her letter, and it worried her so
that she went all over the Org complaining to everybody about the
seriousness of it. Now anybody who was this concerned about two people
coming in of course was all ready to blow anyhow. But here's the point. By
being interested in the person at the other end of the line, you start
running people's lives for them-well, there's nothing wrong with that, and
the R factor has to do with your reality on that person and that's its
exact definition. You the letter writer, your reality on that person out
there that you are writing to, and that's everything, and it doesn't have
any more complication than that. If you don't have any reality on that
person of any kind whatsoever, you'd better not be writing to thern and
expecting immediate response. Volume alone will pull it, but here we go.
Any way the best thing that you can do in writing a letter is to find out
if you have any reality at all on this other person. Can you discover from
this CF folder, or Test files or any place else, any reality on this
person, or knowing their name and address can you discover any reality on
this person? And then you simply express that reality and anything else you
wish to say. But that is the trick, express that reality and you'll get
responses; it's quite mysterious, but it's very magical. I'll give you an
idea. 1 opened a folder one time, there was just one graph in it, and it
was clear on down to the bottom of the scale, and the IQ was practically
out the bottom too, and the only reality 1 had on that was the first thing
that occurred to me, was-"My God you're in terrible condition". And 1 wrote
it, and the person came in at once.
Now I'm not even acquainted with the way you put your CF folders together
here so I'm just going to look at these very rapidly, so you just bear with
me. I find an awful lot of credits and slips here and we have a Mr J.C. And
I find out this person has paid in full and so forth. Gee, there's an awful
lot of stuff. Oh, money, money, money-don't 1 know-debt, debt, debt, debt.
Who is this person? Debt. Wow!! I love this kind of letter that says-"How
are you getting on? I hope well." Another one very originally says
immediately afterwards a few weeks later, "How are you getting on?" Oh,
this is pretty sad, you know. You know there's no information here on this
person. But this person has paid an awful lot of money on Scientology. Now
this is the letter: "Dear Mr C.-You have spent a great deal of money on
Scientology, our technical level now is very good, 1 want you to come in
for an interview at once because 1 want to see you get some benefit from
what you have paid".
This is Mr B., he's been employed here, and here is an awful lot of stuff-
well, I'll tell you right now Material files are not up to date, because
there is no profile here for this person. All right: "Dear Mr B.-1 find on
examining your case we do not have a modern and complete profile, would you
please come in and do one, I am very sorry if we have lost past profiles
but this seems to be the case and we do want your record complete."
Here's a heavier one-ah, there's actually a letter from this person,
several letters from this person; somebody was on the ball, didn't throw
them in the waste basket: this is Miss A., this is somebody who has some
connection with the organization 1 would say in some connection or other,
she's in communication with the Org: ". . . nice talking to you in PE, and
appreciated the help you gave me, the case estimate was certainly an eye
opener and 1 realize that processing is the best way out. To return to your
letter and your request, let me know what 1 think of your ideas, 1 would
like to say that they surprise me, 1 cannot see the reason for the action
you suggest . . . ."
"Since 1 enjoy my teaching 1 have no intention of giving it up to be a full
time auditor" (somebody has suggested that this person become a full time
auditor) "I also do not consider that 1 have such a problem to warrant my
running away from East London and all that entails. I've teamed up with
Bill." When was this, Ist August 1959- "I've still my goal to help him . .
." Oh, it's an ARC break; it isn't an ARC break but it's kind of a one,
"Thank you for your help . . ." (that's also 1959) "I've got it now, it's
alright." "Dear Miss B.,-I'd like to know . . . ."-here's what's wrong with
this file, you've got a mis-file in here, there's one person filed in here
with letters of someone else or something of this sort. Well, they're still
at it here, the person is still in
communication, oh here's the last communication from this person to the
Org. This is a messed up file, this is one of the things that PrR should
always do, if they find a file out of order, for heaven's sake put the
things in proper chronological order or send a letter of complaint through
to Material, CF in Charge, to get the file in proper chronological order
and get the profiles in, because there's undoubtedly a profile for this
person-there's no profile here for this person-"Dear Miss B.-How are you
getting on with your teaching in East London? 1 am sorry that the
Organization at some time looked upon this as an improper goal but 1 cannot
find out why, will you please explain it to me-Sincerely yours . . ."
You are having trouble with the file situation here, which is one of the
reasons which would hold you up; and although it is not necessarily
Material's fault it's the fact that you just have to lay down a much
sharper specification of what should be in a file, exactly what it should
look like. All you have to do is open the top of that file and find the
last letter written to the person and after that the last letter received
from the person, and you've got your files in shape.
Now, you are never interested in what we have written them, by the way,
it's of no importance whatsoever. This is Mrs C. and the letter which 1
find here 5th May, 1960, she says: "Thank you very much for your letter 1
received yesterday advising an HPA course, but as you know at the present
moment 1 am engaged on an intensive of 125 hours plus the basic course
which 1 started at your suggestion. 1 feel at the present moment 1 would
like to try and put my house more in order before 1 decide upon an HPA
course. 1 would like to mention in this letter that 1 found last night's
lecture very interesting because 1 realized something that 1 hadn't before,
and also got a little bit better understanding on something else I've been
trying to work out, so if 1 can make little bits of progress like this 1
shall be pleased until I've reached my goal of stable case change. When 1
have reached this goal 1 feel 1 shall then be in a better position to judge
whether 1 want to become an auditor or not. In any case thank you once
again for writing and no doubt . . . . ." "Dear Mrs C.-How did the
intensive come out that you were engaged upon last May, 1 have no further
record of it here and am quite interested. Sincerely . . ." That's the only
thing that's there. Someone has been urging this person to become an
auditor and they didn't want to become an auditor, and 1 just want to find
out if they got more reality. Well, 1 think this person will answer that
letter.
Well we could never care less about this-and here is something not to
write: "As new Dir of Processing 1 would like to make your acquaintance".
Whew! It gives the Org a feeling of instability. The public is always upset
anyhow at the number of times we change hats and posts in the Org. We all
realize we are trying to wear 90 hats at once. Now places get hot and
places get cold, so if you keep announcing to them changes of personnel and
so forth in this wise, she couldn't care less, because that violates the R
factor. That person is not much interested in this end of the line, that
person is interested in that end of the line, so let's not worry him.
What do you know!! Somebody filed a profile here-oh, it's only half a
profile. Miss P.C.-let me find out about her, there's nothing on this
record. Yes, I've got something here, pretty good-pretty good-we are
interested in this fact, "Dear Miss C.-in studying your SA Personality
Analysis Profile 1 see that you are in pretty good condition, but since
taking it 1 see also that you have had some other Scientology activities or
interests and 1 want to know whether or not it has improved. We have only
one profile on you, not a changed profile. Will you please come in as soon
as is convenient to you and complete the record on this- Sincerely-".
Now we have HGC and the person did a lot of time here and we have no
profile and we have Peggie, and Peggie has spent an awful lot of money and
I'm sure she has written an awful lot of people and we don't have any
records here-isn't that interesting? "Dear Peggie,-I'd like to know how
you're making out in the outside world, would you please tell me something
about yourselp -Sincerely-".
What you're up against is that your files are incomplete, and this makes it
very difficult. Never pay attention to yellows; maybe the colour system
will make a little sense to you when you realize your yellows are always
your carbon outgoing and then you could ignore them in a file.
Now what on earth is this: "Basic Course May 1960-somebody was interested
in a Basic, oh this is one of your PE slips, or something of the sort.
Basic Course-Dr and Mrs B.-2 people on a CF file, oh no never, one person.
Here's the aptitude test and she's just been on course, a Basic Course-and
we haven't any further record of this Basic Course-where is there a letter
from them, where is anything from them-Dr B. applied for general
information of some kind or another, is very interested, has difficulty in
getting into town, he works very late-very busy at present till end of . .
. month Ah! He's a dental surgeon, here's a prescription blank-"Dear Miss
Yeller-cannot get through to you on the phone"-that's very interesting-
"Dear Dr B.-1 understand you have had difficulty in the distant past
contacting us. We can appreciate that in view of where you live, but it is
not beyond possibility that we could have someone drop out and see you if
you have anything you would like to discuss about your Scientology
activities. We do have quite a few things that are interesting in the field
of dental surgery- Sincerely, Registrar."
Now following through these we have an awful lot of flirnsies here-money,
money, money, of course you realize I'm studying these things fast. I'm
certainly trying to get a reality on the person and what their problems
are, you understand that approach-this person here has stated several
times, that he couldn't get in to see us, get the idea, so this possibility
broke the line, but my reality is we don't care what happened. My reality
is he has difficulty seeing us. Why, 1 got the idea that the guy was in
trouble in trying to operate on people's teeth and so on. He himself was
picking up the traumas like mad, that kind of thing, and this person had
quite a bit of communication on the subject because he's worried about it,
that's what 1 think.
Now we have Flora A.-"Still has her Mother with her, is trying to bring her
on to the PE course, intends continuing in the near future with the HAS Co-
Audit "-"Dear Mrs A.-Do you still have your Mother with you?"-it's amazing
but she'll answer that. Well, that's enough for the moment.
Of course if 1 was studying these harder and longer, maybe for blood, why
maybe they would be different, but I'rn trying to give you an idea here of
what people respond to. Response comes from their end of the communication
line, so if your whole target is addressed to their end of the
communication line you'll get response. Therefore you get the R factor and
we operate on this just on the basis almost of the old factor: it's what
you would like to know about them, what impresses you about them.
Now some of these CF folders, if they are well kept, and all letters, all
material in them, tell some fantastic stories, but because these CF folders
that I've gone through at random do not, two things obtain-there are
letters in somebody's desk somewhere, there are profiles drifting around
the Org that are not in CF, the CF here is incomplete, which would
immediately make your Registrar unhappy, don't you see. The other thing is
you have not developed the basic human drama of human beings out there
trying to live in this dog eat dog world, and if you don't develop that you
don't get responses. Have I made my point? 1 would say that's our first
goal here. Now let's not talk on generalities but on a more practical basic
simple thing of just putting things together. You speak to the
administrative personnel now-well, 1 don't care whether the steps get swept
or not, but 1 would think that CF is apt to go out on a campaign of
emptying out desks, and getting every scrap of correspondence that exists
in this Org-business or personal-and get -it swept in that direction, and
get the business routed over severely into accounts and the rest of it into
CF, and that we should go on a flat out project to get every profile we
have any record of or anything like that duplicated and into CF, and that
we very firmly establish the exact state of a folder, that it contains any
profile that anybody has on a person, any data that anybody has on a
person, all letters from the person-that is most important-all their
receipts, all of their class records or anything like that. You probably
have a separate academy administration system: get them out of the academy.
You probably have a separate system after the person has gone through
certain fundamental and basic steps of the PE Foundation: they ought to go
right over to CF. And we'll build up anything we can build up so that we
know these people, and the better we know these people why the better off
we're going to be.
Now one of the essential steps in building that up is to write these people
and ask them all about themselves. Get data from there, in other words the
type of letter which I've been writing would inevitably get data from them.
The person will write in and give you data on himself, that's all, if you
build that up and the more data you have there, the more assistance this CF
file is. You are basically in the business of people-you don't have the
person's body but you have the magic of the person's file, which as far as
you are concerned is the person's body in the Organization. If you have an
incomplete file you have an incomplete body, and it doesn't work well
without arms.,In spite of all that, these are quite serviceable and I'm not
giving Material any kind of a cross rating on this at all, we've just got
to build this up, that's all, the same facets exist in every Org to some
degree.
Now the more people we have and the more we know about these people, why
the more successful, particularly right now, the more successful their
lives are going to be. This is the only game where everybody wins, so let's
get to the final factor now that holds up PrR power. PrR, CF, all of these
things tend to go to pieces to the degree that we are not successful
technically, and if we are not technically successful everybody begins to
believe we are selling pie in the sky, and it starts breaking PrR's heart,
because of getting people in; they tell the person this and that, and then
the person didn't get results. Now I carry the basic burden of Technical,
and across the world since last May we have been more than delivering, we
have been delivering things that nobody ever dreamed of delivering before,
according to the reality of those people, not according to our own reality
but theirs. We've been getting rave notices. Bringing it up now here, you
are doing very very well here and therefore it's necessary to keep PrR
advised. Every person in PrR, including the typist, should be kept advised
of the exact advances and successes achieved in the technical division. If
they are not being achieved PrR has a responsibility for this, they have a
responsibility for these people don't you see, and it ought to be PrR that
occasionally screams on the basis of Technical or if they think the scream
is justified, get that. We are in the business of people and we are in this
very sincerely, and right now at this time the cases from South Africa that
we have right now are moving along and everything is going pretty well, and
I can look up the track a very short distance and see most of our problems
resolved, but just at this time PrR has got to bridge this gap and keep the
line running. But even though your Technical is excellent everything else I
have said still applies.
Now are there any questions you would like to ask before we conclude this?
Peter Green: "When you are writing letters and the only response you get is
a scream to stop bothering you, what do you do?"
Oh, basically an ARC break, you handle it exactly the same way. So the
fellow's screaming, what's your reality about his screaming, you can't
leave out policy because you are dealing with a person, don't you see. So
this person screams, and he says: "Don't you dare send me any of your old
dirty rotten literature any longer, it upsets me everytime it appears in
the mail and so forth, this is a horrible thing that you are doing." The
first reality I'd get on such a response might be something like this:
"When was the first time we sent you some literature?" That's all, that
would be the question, that would be the response, and-Peter: "And then
would you discontinue writing to them?" "Oh no, you don't unless he's
actually threatening to go to the police, why you keep on writing him-that
is too easy to handle because you do simply keep on writing to him-that
answers your question. The next point is, you do run into one where the
husband writes in saying "Stop sending these letters to my wife because it
is upsetting her enormously," and that sort of thing. Well, you write to
the husband and tell him you'll stop at once, and so forth, and I have done
it so well that the guy comes in and apologizes, I've just told him we've
stopped it so thoroughly and explained why.
Okay, I will be very happy to give you any opinion or anything on any
letter you are writing or anything you want to know about that, why I'm at
your service-Okay. Thank you.
|LRH:js.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Cen Orgs |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Copy for |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|each | | |
|Staff Hat | | |
|Not for | | |
|Franchise | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1961 | |
| |[Excerpt] | |
| |THE PATTERN OF A CENTRAL ORGANIZATION | |
| |THE LETTER REGISTRATION SECTION | |
The Letter Registrar is in charge of the Letter Registration Section of
PrR.
The Letter Registrar and assistants keep a steady flow of letters going to
applicants to get them to come in for training and processing.
Income is proportional to the number of letters mailed a few weeks
previously.
To send out his or her letters, information packages and other mail
material such as projects, the Letter Registrar has executive charge of all
typists, Central Files, Address, Mail Room and Memberships.
Typing Pool
Anything to do with getting letters written and mailed or sending out
mailings or mail projects is wholly under the Letter Registrar.
All typing and typists are under the Chief Typist.
Central Files Unit
All files on Scientologists or applicants are under Central-Files-in-
charge. These include a file folder for everyone who has ever bought
anything from the Central Org. The files are divided into Live and Inactive
Files. Magazines go out only to Live Files. But letters may be written to
persons in Live and Inactive Files. Everything about a person, except his
financial statements, actual training record and test record is in CF, but
data even on these, such as a profile sheet, can be included. For instance
a copy of an invoice, the profile of a new test taken, a notice of
certification, all are forwarded to CF for filing.
Address Unit
Under Address4n-Charge, the up to date addresses of all persons in the Live
and Inactive Files of CF are kept readily useable on a proper address
machine.
Address-In-Charge is always ready to give any unit or department a complete
card file complete with designations on persons in whom that function is
interested.
Address-In-Charge receives a copy of all invoices before they go to CF to
make proper address changes or bring designations up to date.
All mailing and mail functions of the Organization properly come under
Address4n-Charge. This is external mailings. The internal despatch system
can also be included here if in use.
All franking machinery also comes under Address-In-Charge as well as stamps
and their safekeeping.
Memberships
Memberships (as well as the issue of HAS Certificates) come under the
Letter Registrar and are normally handled in the Address Unit.
Summary of Letter Reg Section
The writing of letters, the packaging of info packets, accumulation of
mailing lists, and the handling of all files and addresses is a highly
developed activity in Central Orgs. It is enormously important since a
Central Organization income, even when PE is running well, is forecast by
the volume of this section. Volume has long since proven to be more
important than quality in the mailing of letters and packages.
Any communication is better than no communication, as facts and figures
have proven for years. Of course quality plays its role here too. Autumn
1960 data on how to write letters exists and should be followed.
Healing ARC breaks is a function of the Letter Registrar.
Preventing ARC breaks from happening by proper designations and address and
Memberships is all part of this unit.
This section receives its mail at once after invoice and receives copies of
all invoices. You can't expect high outflow and deny the section its
inflow. Mail important to Personal Registration is quickly answered by
Letter Reg and passed to Personal Registration when it has to do with
people stating they will come in.
There is only one Central Files. Personal Registration may have folders,
but just to use, not to keep. When a folder goes out of CF, a dummy folder
is slipped back in, so marked as to tell where the real folder went.
Anything to be filed while the main folder is gone is put in the off-colour
dummy and placed back in the main folder when it returns.
Card files from Address rather than CF folders are used by other
departments than the Letter Reg Section.
|LRH:aec.js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright� 1961 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
[Excerpted from HCO P/L 14 February 1961, 71te Pattern of a Central
Organization. A complete copy is in Volume 7, page 147.]
|CenOCon |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER 1961 | |
| |LETTER WRITEWS CODE | |
The following code, developed by the Org Sec in Washington D.C., should be
adhered to by all who write letters for the Organization. It is mandatory
for all PrR personnel, and must be memorized verbatim by them. Failure to
abide by this Code can lead to transfer off post or, in cases of flagrant
breach, to suspension from staff until processed at the staff member's own
expense to the satisfaction of the HCO Secretary and Org Sec (Assoc Sec).
1. Always answer a correspondent's exact questions.
2. Never get angry or misemotional with a correspondent.
3. Maintain two-way communication with the correspondent.
4. Be willing to grant beingness to the correspondent.
5. Do not justify organizational mistakes whether real or imagined.
6. Never fail to help at the correspondent's reality level.
7. Never imply or promise help where it is not real to you.
8. Never cut communication with a correspondent, once initiated.
9. Never Q and A with a correspondent: that is, never answer a bank
communication with a bank communication.
10. Be willing to help the correspondent's life and livingness until he
or she is Clear.
11. Never fail to answer a letter promptly: that is, within 48 hours.
|LRH:imj.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1961 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Central |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Orgs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Letter Reg |(Reissued from SEC ED No. 398 of Washington | |
| |DC) | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1962 | |
| |COMMENTS ABOUT LETTER REGISTRAR | |
| |(Transcribed from a tape dictated by L. Ron | |
| |Hubbard, 10 Sept 1962) | |
The Letter Registrar is responsible for all cases in connection with the
Organization and on the Org mailing lists. It is Ltr Reg's job to get these
people cleared and trained. I am counting on Ltr Reg to handle the
situation-not to sell people things-but just to make sure that they come in
and get cleared and trained. This is the crux of the situation.
The Letter Registrar's job is difficult because she couldn't put people on
the meter and get off the missed w/h's; but nevertheless I ask the Ltr Reg
to find some method of over-riding this fact.
Ltr Reg is to concentrate on the Johannesburg rundown on how to write
letters. Ltr Reg writing of letters is to take a personal interest in the
person's case-, a personal interest in their activities; be very interested
in what they are doing; and all in the direction of getting them cleared
and getting them trained--that is the level of responsibility on the Letter
Registrar line.
The Letter Registrar is to handle all outgoing procurement letters from the
Organization, with the exception of the D of P and the D of T who may also
write procurement letters. Auditors will not be required to write
Procurement letters providing that time is spent on their own technical
improvement of now existing cases.
While the Letter Registrar has quotas, and while these quotas must be met,
this must not in any way interfere with the fact that she is trying to get
people cleared and trained. The quota is a secondary aspect to the
effectiveness of getting people cleared and trained-above all other things
she should be effective.
When the Letter Registrar sits there asking herself questions about the
person, "Why has he moved from Seattle?", and so forth, actually she should
be asking these questions directly and straightly of the person she is
writing to, not asking herself these questions-she should keep her Reality
high on this particular aspect. The R factor is very important and I
routinely have taken two or three folders from Central Files and write
letters to them without signing my name to them and got immediate responses
from these people and this was merely because I had a high Reality factor
on the line to these people. Letter writing can be brief and rapid and
still have the R factor.
|LRH:dr.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright� 1962 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|HAT Quals | | |
|Sec | | |
|HAT Dir | | |
|Exams | | |
|HAT HCO | | |
|Dissem Sec | | |
|HAT Dir Prom| | |
|Reg | | |
|HAT Letter | | |
|Reg | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1965 | |
| |QUALIFICATIONS SEC | |
| |HCO DISSEM SEC | |
| |BOOK AUDITOR | |
The old old practitioner THE BOOK AUDITOR must be recognized as a valid
practitioner of Scientology.
Unclassed, the Book Auditor cannot legally charge fees or be a field staff
member.
But the Book Auditor may be given a certificate on application to the
Qualifications Division. The certificate is
HUBBARD BOOK AUDITOR
It must say "not examined" somewhere on it, small, and it is signed by
HCO's Office of LRH.
The offer of this certificate may be made in mailings to persons who have
bought books.
The application for it should also ask if they want processing or formal
training at its end.
"My future plans for Processing are _________ (3 lines) ________"
"My future plans for Training are ___________ (3 lines) ____________ "
The application they must make should give us a profile of the person such
as what magazines they read and what they do, all that. Age, sex,
schooling, financial status. Things required by Letter Reg so she can
handle their want.
The SOLE requirements are that they have read the book and done "some"
processing on another successfully.
The application is for a certificate as HBA. A facsimile copy of the cert
with SAMPLE across it may be printed up as the flier, enclosing the
questionnaire.
The flier would be mailed by Prom Reg, received by Qual Sec, the
certificate made up at once and mailed and the questionnaire carefully
preserved and given the Letter Reg.
Such questionnaires must never be put in CF until they bear a stamp on
them: Answered by Letter Reg.
These questionnaires express wants and questions.
The Letter Reg stamps "Answered by Letter Reg", forwards the original to
Address where an HBA plate is cut. The questionnaire then goes to CF for a
folder.
This is a routine action to all book buyers who have not yet been trained
to the level of HAS. Sending such an offer to an HAS could be very
confusing to a new Scientologist.
Therefore, in sending such a mailing in the first place Address-in-Charge
is responsible that no HAS or certified auditors are included in the
addresses being supplied.
This is a STANDARD promotion to book buyers who are not yet trained. It can
be made to pcs of any grade if they are not also auditors.
There must be NO CHARGE for this Certificate.
|LRH:wmc.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen Non |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1965 | |
| |(Amends and Cancels HCO Policy Letter | |
| |of 12 April 1965) | |
| |SCIENTOLOGY PINS | |
Scientology pins are available to anyone desiring to enter Scientology. The
gateway into Scientology is the desire to achieve a gain by the use of
Scientology. These desired gains are assessed as follows:
1. The desire for a philosophy of life that is practical and applicable
to life. This is the desire for data on what life is all about,
presented in such a way that it is useable. The desired gain then,
would be the achievement of having a philosophy of life that one can
apply to life. This gain is achieved broadly by gaining data on
Scientology in the proper gradient that leads to the reality that it
applies to one's daily livingness. This broad data is in books, if
studied in proper sequence, so the way to achieve this data, is enter
the gateway into Scientology by reading a book.
2. The desire to gain skill in the application of Scientology to others.
To conceive of this desire, one could assume the person has some
reality on the data of Scientology, in order to want to gain skill in
its application. The means of achieving this gain is by means of a
Course in proper gradient.
3. The desire to change one's condition(s). The person could have
arrived at this desire by having achieved one or both of the above
gains, or by simply having had it demonstrated that he or she had a
condition and that it could be changed.
Therefore a Questionnaire is to be made up as attached and disseminated.
Anyone who fills in the questionnaire and sends it in has "entered"
Scientology, and is to be sent a Scientology pin.
Upon receipt of this filled in questionnaire, the person is entered on the
files, sent a pin, and the Letter Reg takes it from there.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
(See Questionnaire, next page)
SCIENTOLOGY INVITATION ACCEPTANCE FORM
(underline gains desired and fill in name & address)
|Please fill out and|THE HUBBARD ASSOCIATION OF |
|send to: | |
|(print or type) |SCIENTOLOGISTS, INTERNATIONAL |
Date
Name Address
I certainly do accept this invitation to join SCIENTOLOGY. Piease send me
my official SCIENTOLOGY PIN and list me as a SCIENTOLOGIST! Please send me
all of the information a new SCIENTOLOGIST should have and notice the GAINS
I have underlined below which I wish to experience by becoming a
SCIENTOLOGIST.
1. I desire the gain of a PRACTICAL PHILOSOPHY which is easy to apply to
my life.
2. I desire the gain of SKILLS to apply SCIENTOLOGY to others.
3. I desire the gain of a definite change in my condition for the
better.
I understand there will be no fee or charge for my Scientology Pin.
___________________________
Signature
Copyright � 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Ltr Reg | | |
|Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF I JULY 1965 | |
| |URGENT | |
| |LETTER REG | |
| |BODY REG | |
In answering a form sent back by the public such as the F Scn form
1. Look at the person's plans for training and processing.
2. If he says yes to either one, schedule the person promptly and inform
him asking for any correction of date.
3. If the person is vague send a Gradation Chart with his routing as a
pc or auditor.
4. Look at what he or she does in life and explain how Scientology can
help him do it better.
DON'T ignore the above steps. If you do you will ARC Break people plenty.
They originated an intention and it wasn't given attention, so they ARC
Break. They can't complete a cycle.
To ignore those points on the forms or to use forms the public sends back
that do not give you the above data is a big mistake and will lose hot
prospects like mad.
The above is a MUST for anybody answering forms (or letters).
DON'T waste our r~ lies by doing something else.
|LRH:mh.kd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|SECED 89 SH |SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR |8 September |
|Applies to |Office of L. Ron Hubbard |1965 |
|Saint Hill | | |
|Only | | |
|Time Machine | | |
| |DISSEMINATION DIVISION | |
| |REGISTRATION PACKET | |
A full Registration Packet must be organised and then used.
It is as follows:
1. Copy of the person's letter or form requesting registration.
2. A filled out registration form for their signature. WE FILL OUT THE
WHOLE FORM FROM THEIR CF FILE.
3. All papers requiring signature.
4. A reservation form for course or HGC offering them a date, for their
signature (a deposit can be required-see 12).
5. A form to all airlines is filled in requesting transport; (make
arrangements with appropriate airlines and get forms and literature).
6. Airline literature.
7. Travel literature describing England (tourist association materials
all prepared).
8. A leaflet or booklet on conditions in the UK, what they should bring,
how much money, clothes, etc (a short resume, too short, of this was
in "A student comes to Saint Hill").
9. A club plan of prepayment at so much per month.
10. Any photo sequence available showing we exist.
11. A Book List of available items they can buy and an order list for
them ready to sign.
12. A letter asking them to fill it all in and return it. Give them an
advantage of some sort in a prepay. WE MUST GET SOME MONEY if not all
of it. Deposit for reservation at least.
13. A self addressed envelope that will hold the packet being returned.
This promotion is based on a large mail order house practice. When they
receive an enquiry they return the person's letter and a filled out order
and a lot of literature. They even send a reply coupon. This and their self
addressed envelope requires no decision or complex action to complete the
order.
They also include a blank order that can be filled in for new purchases.
They also put in a payment plan.
They are the Bass Camera Co., the largest mail order house for cameras in
the U. S.
L. RON HUBBARD
[pic]
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Dissem Div | | |
|Hats | | |
|Dir Clearing| | |
|Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JANUARY 1966 | |
| |SELECTEES MAILING | |
| |SELECTEE ADVICE PACKETS | |
When the Director of Registration (Advance Sched Registrar) receives a copy
of a selection slip sent in by a Field Staff Member, selecting someone to
the org for training or processing, he at once gets the following done-
1. Types the name and address of the selectee on Duplistickers,
numbering the duplistickers 1, 2 and 3 or using 3 colours of
duplistickers. These duplistickers are mucilage backed slips of paper
that come on a roll. Putting carbon between them gives one an
original and copies. These can be torn off their long strip and
pasted on envelopes. These are clipped to the selection slip which is
not filed until these have been sent.
2. At once, using duplisticker :# I (or colour 1) send the selectee a
booklet about Scientology of the scope of Evolution of a Science, or
some such inexpensive work, not merely a PE brochure and a slip
describing selection and saying they are selected. If you haven't got
the perfect thing to send, still send something.
3. At the end of two weeks the Director of Registration causes to be
sent an information pamphlet about training and processing and a
large Gradation Chart. This must contain data about releases and
clears, the org and how to get there, living quarters near the org,
etc. If this is not ready to hand, still send something.
4. At the end of another two weeks the selectee is sent a sign-up packet
so arranged that all he has to do is sign his name in order to enroll
or be scheduled for processing. If this is not ready to hand still
send something.
The original slip is kept clipped to the duplistickers and when the last
duplisticker is removed the slip is marked "3 Advice Packets sent" with
date.
If one can cut a fourth duplisticker it is saved in reserve for times when
a sweeping mailing is made to all selectees who have been advised.
This action is vital to warm up the FSM's prospect. The packets must not be
sent all at once or in a different order.
This is NOT the Info packet line. These actions are NOT done for every name
sent in on mailing lists. This is the Selectee Advice Packet Line.
It is an actual fact that selectees, contacted only by an FSM cool off if
not given attention by the org. And it is a fact that they cool off if the
info is sent too long after they were selected.
If this line is not in and properly functioning the Dir Clearing and Dir
Registration cannot claim to have the FSM programme working as an essential
part of it is missing. We must help FSMS.
When FSMs send in LISTS OF NAMES, not selectees, one puts these on the Info
Packet Line and sends them something decent and interesting, but not the
above as these people are often of the faintest value as names. Such
mailing lists are also often handled by duplistickers and 3 different
mailings. It is successful to send them the magazine for 3 months as well
as other info
There are two different lines then-one to selectees, one to names sent in.
The last are treated as any other mailing list. The selectee gets special
attention.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|HCO Area Sec| | |
| | | |
|Dir of Comms| | |
| | | |
|Outflow | | |
|Section | | |
|Officer | | |
|Mail Clerk | | |
|Letter | | |
|Originating | | |
|Hats | | |
|St Hill only| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 OCTOBER 1966 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |MAILING OF LETTERS | |
| |(Corrects HCO Policy Letter of August 17, | |
| |1965, Return Address) | |
The following points should be considered in the preparation for mailing of
letters:
1. ADDRESS.- The name and address of the person to whom the letter is being
sent should be typed or placed on the envelope at least 11/2 inches from
the top of the envelope so as not to be overprinted by the franking machine
stamp.
Addresses should be neat, correct, and legible.
2. INLAND LETTERS: Letters addressed to persons residing in England,
Scotland, Wales, Ireland or Europe MUST NOT be put in airmail envelopes.
There is no airmail as such to these countries and mail is sent by whatever
is the fastest route.
Inland letters should always contain in the address the name of the country
of the addressee unless the city is well known.
3. AIRMAIL LETTERS.- Letters to be airmailed overseas should be put in
airmail envelopes, if it is intended by the originator that such be sent
airmail, otherwise overseas letters will be sent by the least costly
mailing service. It is better for overseas letters to be written on Air
Letter Forms as these cost 6 pence in comparison to one shilling and six
pence for an airmail letter weighing one-half an ounce or less.
The name of the country should always be included in the address of the
person to whom the letter is being mailed.
4. SECOND CLASS AIRMAIL: Only printed matter can be sent Second Class
Airmail and such can only be sent in envelopes which can be easily opened
(not sealed). Such envelopes can be opened easily if they have tuck-in
flaps or a metal clip. The name of the country should be included in the
address of the person to whom the printed matter is being sent.
For Letter Registrars wishing to send materials urgently to an interested
person overseas, it would be best to send a letter on an Air Letter Form
and send enclosures under separate envelope by Second Class Airmail.
If materials for overseas addresses weigh more than an ounce, it is cheaper
to mail materials to them surface mail, bearing in mind that surface mail
to Australia, New Zealand, and Hawaii is quite lengthy. Letter Registration
Packets are an exception and should always be sent Second Class Airmail;
however, promotional materials sent free of charge to Field Staff Members
if weighing more than an ounce should have Financial Planning okay if being
mailed other than by Surface Mail.
Second Class Airmail of printed matter should, where possible, be put in
proper airmail envelopes and "2nd Class Airmail" put beneath the airmail
stamp.
5. RETURN ADDRESS: The Franking Machine is now designed to mark all letters
with the return address.
It is no longer necessary for the Director of Communication to have
envelopes stamped with the return address or to have return address
stickers and, therefore, this corrects HCO Policy Letter of August 17, 1965
entitled "Return Address" in this respect.
It is now only necessary for the originator of Prepaid Letters and Parcels
to see that the return address is placed on such.
5. LETTERS TO BE MAILED: All letters out from a division should be
placed in the "Org Letters Out" basket for the division from which
they originate.
|LRH:rd.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright� 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Franchise |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|FSM | | |
|Dist Staff | | |
|Addresso | | |
|C/F | | |
|Membership | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1967 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |BOOK BUYERS | |
1. When a person is appointed as a Field Staff Member, he is encouraged to
buy a package of books to sell to his contacts.
2. When a Field Staff Member or Franchise Holder sells a book he sends the
name and address of the buyer into the Director of Clearing (who keeps
this as a statistic for the FSM -as well as any other details-e.g. such
as how the buyer heard about Scientology).
3. The Director of Clearing originates a form as follows, which then goes
to Addresso and C/F:
1. Addresso. Date . . . .
2. C/F
From:
Dir Clearing (This is to be made up, if there is not one
there already.)
For C/F Folder
Name . . . . . . . . .
Address . . . . . . .
Details . . . . . . . . (Under details, include name of book, who sold
it, and any other details.)
Signed . . . . . . . .
_________ (tick when free membership has been mailed)
4. The form now becomes the basis of a new file in C/F, and gives the
Letter Registrar a foundation on which to build.
5. The first mailing sent to the Book Buyer after his folder is made must
contain a free 6 month membership form.
6. All new Book Buyers from Organizations, Franchise and FSMs are mailed a
6 month membership form as in 5.
7. Every so often a Distribution Division Advice Letter is sent by the
Director of Clearing to FSMS, naming and congratulating those with high
statistics.
8. The statistics for a Field Staff Member are (A) amount of FSM
Commissions received, (B) number of new names from books sold.
9. A Field Staff Member always sells a book to all new contacts.
|LRH:jp.rd |Yvonne Gillham |
|Copyright � 1967 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Div Org Dist WW |
| |Mary Sue Hubbard |
| |The Guardian WW |
[See also HCO P/L 28 January 1970, Field Mailing Lists, Volume 1, page
290.]
| | | |
| |TEMPORARY FOUNDING CHURCH POLICY LETTER | |
| |15 MAY 1957 | |
| |No. 1 | |
| |CENTRAL FILES AND PROCUREMENT | |
The person in charge of Central Files and Procurement shall perform the
following duties only:
1. Write letters to people buying new books (Invoice line) and from
other new lines and from files. Between 9 and 3:00 p.m.
2. Lay out letters, folders, materials and stuffing matter for
staff auditors. Between 3 and 4: 00 p.m.
3. Assist staff auditors at their work, giving them data and
guidance. Between 4 and 5:30 p.m.
4. Supervise but not do the work of the CF Clerk.
5. Report absence or lateness of auditors to Organization Secretary
�ir of Administration if we had one).
The CF Clerk shall-
1. File correspondence only when it has been handled.
2. Make new folders for people,
3. Make dummy folders and be sure they are in place.
4. Change addresses up to date always.
5. Keep the file room in good order.
|LRH:md.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|15 May 1957 | |
| | |
|All Cen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Orgs |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 DECEMBER 1960 | |
| |CF AND ADDRESS CHANGE | |
Central Files, Address and the typing pool are transferred herewith to the
Dept of PrR and are placed under the direct charge of the Letter Registrar.
An administrative person, formerly CF in charge, shall become the assistant
to the Letter Registrar.
This change may not necessarily alter the office space of CF and Address
but it may alter the office space of the Letter Registrar who should be
close to CF and Address.
The reason for this change is the increase in mailing of various types of
info packets and the new test set-up. All this is better done by and in CF
and Address and under the direct control of the Letter Registrar,
The materials of CF and Address remain in the Dept of Material. The
functions of CF and Address and their personnel now shift to the Letter
Registrar.
New designations will be required on address plates for "Tested and
Evaluated" "PE" "Anatomy Course" etc, and new info packets must be designed
for each new category. It is my feeling this is all best done under the
direct supervision and orders of the Letter Registrar who may even now be
covering areas already being covered. New uses for CF and Address and info
packets should be discovered.
Test Evaluation may shortly come under Letter Reg while testing and Test
Files remain with PE due to an experiment now being undertaken in
evaluating by mail for persons tested rather than bringing them in for
evaluation. If this works out as superior in returns, then place test
evaluation and evaluators under the Letter Registrar at once. A new test
evaluation system makes this very easy to handle.
|LRH:aec.js.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright� 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|HCO Sec HAT |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, | |
|HCO Dissem Sec |Sussex | |
|HAT | | |
|Dist Sec HAT | | |
|Dir Comm HAT | | |
|Dir Prom Reg | | |
|HAT | | |
|Dir Field | | |
|Activities HAT | | |
|Dir Clearing | | |
|HAT | | |
|Dir Ins & Rep | | |
|HAT | | |
|CF & Address | | |
|HATS | | |
|CF Clerk HAT | | |
|Address HAT | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 APRIL 1965 | |
| |DIVISIONS I & 6 | |
| |DISTRIBUTION DIVISION | |
| |HCO DIVISION I | |
| |HCO DISSEMINATION DIVISION 2 | |
| |CF & ADDRESS | |
| |CANCELLATION OF MAIL LISTS | |
| |TO FIELD AUDITORS | |
HCO Policy Letter of Oct 30, 1964 "Mailing Lists for Franchise Holders",
the Programme which puts your book buyer list in field auditor hands "if
the book buyer buys no service in 3 months".
This whole action passes, on the New Org Board, to the Distribution
Division and the system itself is to be modified.
What should happen is that the Distribution Secretary Division 6 can be
given card files of existing address names by areas by Prom Reg which they
can hand out to field staff members in that area.
The responsibility for getting names from Prom Reg lies with the
Distribution Secretary.
The responsibility of preserving intact their mailing list is the
responsibility of the HCO Secretary and HCO Dissemination Secretary.
LISTS NOT RETIRED
NO ADDRESSES OF PERSONS WHO HAVE BOUGHT SOMETHING MAY EVER BE RETIRED.
This cancels any policy, directive or idea to the contrary.
NO CF FOLDER MAY EVER BE RETIRED FROM THE FILES.
The definition of a CF folder is THE FOLDER OF A PERSON WHO HAS BOUGHT
SOMETHING FROM AN ORG.
Exceptions to CF no-retirement policy are dropped body in which case the CF
folder goes to HCO Inspection and Reports Ethics Section for safekeeping
and for any investigation and is filed there, fugitive, and Suppressive
Person folders. These become part of the Dept 3 Ethics Files. But even so,
a dummy folder with the name, a gold-coloured board, is left in CF with the
name on it to show that Dept 3 has it. Anything afterwards coming in
(invoices, letters, etc.) to be filed in such folders is stamped by CF
ETHICS FILES DEPT 3 and is sent on to HCO Ethics Section. When the CF clerk
sees that what he or she is trying to file has a dummy gold-coloured board
instead of a file, the CF clerk stamps the unfiled bit as above and sends
it on.
When the HCO Ethics Section calls for a file CF always makes a gold-
coloured dummy and puts it in place of the file and sends the File to
Ethics Section.
There is no other retirement of lists.
"Inactive Files" are simply THOSE FILES WHICH ARE NOT MEMBERS OR PROSPECTS.
"Active Files" are simply "THE FILES OF THOSE PERSONS WHO ARE MEMBERS AND
THOSE PERSONS WHO HAVE BEEN TRAINED OR PROCESSED AND THOSE PERSONS WHO HAVE
EXPRESSED A DESIRE TO BE TRAINED OR PROCESSED".
There is no time limit on how long the file is active.
"Hot Files" are those that RECENTLY EXPRESSED A WISH TO BE TRAINED OR
PROCESSED.
NOTHING MAY BE FILED IN A HOT PROSPECT FILE THAT HAS NOT ALREADY BEEN
ANSWERED BY A LETTER REGISTRAR.
If the CF clerk sees something that is not marked "answered" by the Letter
Reg being put into a CF file the clerk must return it to the Letter
Registrar.
No want for training or Processing may be merely "acked" or "form lettered"
and then marked "Answered".
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 SEPTEMBER 1965 | |
| |Issue III | |
| |MAILING LIST POLICIIES | |
| |(Preserved policy from former Policy | |
| |Letters which have been cancelled) | |
The elementary Emergency formula for a down org is:
1. Promote Promote Promote.
2. Then change bad spots and re-organize.
3. Then economize, cut off all Purchase Orders except postage,
communications and rent.
4. Get ready to Deliver to the people who will be coming in as a
result of the promotion and deliver.
To promote you must have a full mailing list. Anyone who failed to get his
mailing list back off old invoices will probably make about thirty or forty
thousand pounds less between now and Christmas-which is punishment enough
for not following my late '64 orders where the job was skimped.
I see two orgs that are limping also have a very small mailing list. Any
connection?
Rush the project ordered in '64 wherein you culled your addresses back from
old invoices and you'll have lots of people and money again. Scientologists
never get truly lost.
Then get onto Book Promotion, put a return self-address card for "more
info" in the back of every book you sell and get your list up both from the
book sale and the card. Omitted that?
Look over the earlier 1965 Policy Letters that define promotion. That's all
it is.
But promotion is successful when you use books to front for you and a flop
when you don't. If you think promotion is costly it's because the money
isn't invested in getting books sold. Books are your first line of
promotion.
Re-organize your book department if it doesn't slam back a book at every
orderer within 24 hours of the receipt of the order. Why be poor all the
time?
1. Place ads
2. Get mailing lists from anywhere.
3. Get mailing lists by selling books.
4. Sell more books to them.
5. Have good processing available for them and say so loudly.
6. Have good training available for them and say so loudly.
Do just those things and do only those things and you'll be 10 times your
size with a lot more pay.
It's very easy. Why keep doing it the hard way?
I'm interested in review that only those orgs are poor which haven't been
following my direct orders. Well, anybody has a right to be poor, I
suppose, if he has an appetite for it. Personally I don't care for it. It
must be a carefully acquired taste. As a brand new idea in those orgs that
are struggling, why not get rich by doing what Ron says?
HANDLING NEW ADDRESSES IN CENTRAL ORGS AND OFFICES
Starting right away, this is the drill for new book buyers. This drill also
will be kept in and followed.
1. A person buys a book personally or by mail for the first time.
2. The invoice is made out with the name and address bright and clear
on all copies.
3. One copy goes to shipping or books whether mailed or just handed
out.
4. One copy goes to own Address. (This is true of all orgs including
City Offices. Whatever is done with remaining invoice copies is
according to standard accounts procedure.)
5. Address cuts a plate or stencil and puts a date on it and a
designation like BB 3/3/65, meaning the person bought a book on
313165.
6. This plate is put in File A and receives whatever goes out to File
A for six months.
7. Any new invoice, indeed all invoices, go to Address. If a BB in
File A buys more books or training or processing Address
obliterates the BB 313165 on the plate or stencil either by just
flattening it on a metal plate or cutting a new stencil in case of
less durable stencils, and puts it in the regular active files.
8. The Distribution Secretary must not place whole lists in the hands
of Field Staff Members but may send prospects to Field Staff
Members of proven value to the org.
CITY OFFICES
City Offices must send a copy of the invoice of all memberships it sells or
issues free to the Continental Office that issues the Continental Magazine.
It must also send a copy of all other invoices for whatever service,
including book sales, to the Continental Office, so that these people can
get the minor issues of the Continental Magazine, plus any other
promotional mailings that go out from the Continental Office. As the City
Office has collected the membership money for the memberships that the
Continental Office is servicing with magazines, and as the Continental
Office does promotion for the City Offices, the senior org draws on the
junior org's Book Acct for promotion in the junior org's area.
A City Office must maintain some sort of an Address unit, and Central
Files. Until it has funds for buying addressing equipment, it keeps a card
file for each name in its Central Files which is anyone who has bought
service (includes PE) or bought books, with appropriate abbreviations on
the card to match tabbing of a full Central Org Addressograph. Of course,
in such a case, when a mailing is to be done by the City Office, then it
will be necessary for someone to type duplistickers from this card file-but
that is still an address unit functioning. As it can accumulate funds for
equipment, it can get an Elliott addressing machine or some other piece of
inexpensive equipment for addressing. It is not conceived that an
Addressograph would be secured until the City Office had reached full
Central Org size. The silk screen Elliott Addressograph is probably cheaper
and easier to use than duplistickers even as one can write one as fast as a
duplisticker.
The names and addresses of City Offices must be carried in each issue of
every magazine mailed by the Continental Office, and other broad
promotional pieces.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|CF Officer | | |
|Address-in-| | |
|Charge | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 NOVEMBER 1965 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |FOUNDATION CENTRAL FILES OFFICER AND | |
| |ADDRESS4N-CHARGE | |
Until such time as the Foundation warrants a C/F Officer and Address-in-
Charge, the Day Org C/F Officer and Address-in-Charge is to cater for the
Foundation posts as well as the day posts. People doing amends projects may
be used to help on these posts.
The duties that need to be filled are for the Address-in-Charge to:
1. Make a new plate for anyone making use of Foundation services,
from the invoice, and file it in a Foundation drawer,
irrespective of whether the person has a plate elsewhere.
2. Supply a sticker to C/F for the making of a folder.
The C/F Officer is to:
1. Check to see if the person named on the sticker has a file in
C/F. If there is he must simply tab the folder with a green tab
on the right-hand side of the folder. If there is no folder for
the person named on the sticker, he is to make a new folder with
a green tab on the right-hand side of the folder and file it.
There are no separate files for the Foundation.
2. Supply the Letter Reg (Foundation), if there is one, with a pile
of 20 folders, or more if requested, each day, so that letters
can be written.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|CF Hat | | |
|Address Hat| | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1966 | |
| |Issue II | |
| |INTERNATIONAL CHANGES OR AREA | |
| |CHANGES OF ADDRESS | |
When someone on your central files moves out of your org area (like from
Australia to South Africa) notify Address and CF of the org nearest to
where the person is located. Send the person's folder, complete with all
correspondence, info on their training and processing, memberships and
Ethics matters, if any. Route this to Address, then CF of the org nearest
to where the person is going.
Delete the person's name from your own Auditor mailing list.
Notify the Letter Registrar of the person's name and address and advise
they are moving.
Notify Saint Hill Address of the change of address.
|LRH:ml.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|All |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Executive | | |
|Hats | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 AUGUST 1966 | |
| |DEAD FILE: RESTORATION TO GOOD STANDING | |
| |(Addition to HCO Policy Letter of 7 June | |
| |1965) | |
To avoid any possibility of letters remaining unanswered which should be
answered, Ethics, on receiving from CF a dead file dummy with a Certs and
Awards declaration pinned to it, advises all orgs to whom such a person
would possibly communicate (always including St Hill) of the person's
restoration to good standing.
Ethics gets out the person's CF folder from dead file and stamps it "To
Address, then to Central Files, Restore to Good Standing", and adds the
words "AND ADVISE" to the stamp.
Address, receiving a CF folder so marked, removes any SP on the person's
plate and uses the plate to make enough gummed labels for use by Ethics.
Ethics then uses the gummed labels to stick on a despatch to Ethics of
other orgs to whom such a person would possibly communicate and stamps each
despatch: "To Address, then to Central Files, Restore to Good Standing."
Address only makes gummed labels for Ethics use when the words "AND ADVISE"
are added by Ethics to the "Restore to Good Standing" stamp. Otherwise, the
notification has come from another org, and no further notification is
necessary as the other org has already advised every possible org.
|LRH:lb-r.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
|Gen |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Non-Remimeo|Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| | | |
|St Hill | | |
|only | | |
|Receptionis| | |
|t | | |
|Org Div | | |
|All | | |
|Personnel | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 OCTOBER 1966 | |
| |(Cancels HCO Policy Letter of 12 January | |
| |1966, Issue 11) | |
| |INVOICE ROUTING | |
| |All Invoicing Stations | |
Invoice copies are distributed as follows:
|WHITE |- |To the customer. |
|PINK |- |To the department concerned with the service or |
| | |item purchased. |
|YELLOW |- |Debit and credit invoices are kept in the |
| | |Department of Income for collection purposes. |
|YELLOW |- |NOT debit or credit invoices for students and pcs |
| | |are routed to Address then to CF via Reception, so |
| | |that Reception can check the invoices against the |
| | |In the Org List. Other not debit or credit are |
| | |routed from Address straight to CF. |
|BLUE |- |To the Department of Records, Assets and Materiel |
| | |for record purposes. |
|GREEN |- |Consecutive series to be kept in the machine until |
| | |the end of the accounting week. |
|LRH:rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1966 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| |[Note: A copy of HCO Policy Letter|
| |of 7 June 1965, Entheta Letters |
| |and the Dead File is in Volume 1, |
| |page 415.] |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 MAY 1969 | |
| |ADDRESS LISTS | |
| |ADDRESSO AND CENTRAL FILES | |
It is an ACT OF TREASON to contract the address list of an Organization.
It is forbidden to order or allow an Org's CF or address lists to be
shifted, dispersed, lost, destroyed or disrupted in any way. If permitted
under any guise income will dive shortly after.
In March 1968 DC had 15,530 names in CF (and even this figure is a very,
very small figure for DC). On 15 May 1968 DC stopped mailings to the states
of Michigan, Ohio, Missouri, Florida, New York and New Jersey and shipped
7,000 of their CF to "the Orgs whose area it was".
YET A CHECK OF EVERY INVOICE BETWEEN JANUARY Ist AND MAY 23rd REVEALED THAT
25,839.08 DOLLARS WORTH OF BUSINESS HAD COME FROM THAT MAILING LIST!
DC at that time had been a large thriving organization; one of the largest,
operating both a day org and a large evening Foundation,
By March 1969 the org had contracted from a 9 division org to a three
division org and had closed its evening Foundation. ITS CF HAD SHRUNK TO A
REPORTED STRUGGLE TO GET 3,000 NAMES FOR A MAILING. The same impulse to
disperse its CF had continued until it nearly destroyed the whole
organization.
DO NOT PERMIT THE CONTRACTION OF AN ORGANIZATION'S ADDRESS LIST OR CENTRAL
FILES.
It is the size not the quality of an org's mailing list and the number of
mailings to it that determines the gross income of an organization.
TIME HAS NO RELATIONSHIP TO WHAT IS FILED IN CENTRAL FILES OR ADDRESSO.
THERE ARE NO ACTIVE OR INACTIVE LISTS.
HCO OWNS THE MAILING LISTS OF SCIENTOLOGY AND WHERE THESE HAVE BEEN
PERMITTED TO BE DISPERSED THEY MUST BE RECOMPILED AND TOTALLY ACTIVATED AT
ONCE.
|LRH:KD:an.ei.rd |W/O Ken Delderfield CS-6 |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
| |Founder |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
| |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MAY 1969 | |
| |MAILING LISTS | |
| |CENTRAL FILES | |
| |ADDRESSO | |
| |BASIC DEFINITIONS AND POLICY | |
| |Dianetics and Scientology Mailing List | |
This is a list of names and addresses of persons who have bought something
from an Organization. This, in full, IS the OR G mailing list. Every person
on this list has a separate file in CENTRAL FILES.
Temporary Mailing List
This list contains the names and addresses of people who have expressed an
interest in Dianetics or Scientology.
Speculative Mailing List
A list of names and addresses of people who MIGHT be interested.
Good Will Mailing List
Just any mailing list.
Central Files
A collection of files, one for every person who has ever bought something
from an organization, gathered together in the one location in the
organization.
The name and address of every person in Central Files collectively make up
the ORG MAILING LIST. Conversely every person on the Org Mailing List has a
folder in Central Files.
Purpose of Central Files
The purpose of Central Files is to collect and to hold all names,
addresses, pertinent data about and correspondence to anyone from anyone
who had ever bought anything from the Organization.
Central Files is NEVER split into active/inactive.
No CF folder may ever be retired from the files (P/L 8 Aprfl '65).
Central Files Folder
The CF folder is the folder of a person who has bought something from an
Organization. In it is filed all the data concerning the person, any
correspondence to or from the person to anyone in the Organization.
Everything about a person, except his financial statements, actual training
record, and test record is in CF, but data even on these such as a notice
of certification, can be included. For instance a copy of every invoice is
forwarded to CF via Reception and Addresso for filing.
Hot Prospect File
"Hot Files" are those that have recently expressed a wish to be trained or
processed. Nothing may be filed in a HOT PROSPECT FILE that has not already
been answered by a Letter Registrar (P/L 8 April '65).
Hot Prospects are created by mailing to the entire Org list magazines, hard
sell promotion and other broad mailings such as brochures and
questionnaires. Such mailings always contain the invitation to write or
call the Registrar and replies to these are routed to the Registrar.
Addresso
Addresso is the name-status index of central files (HCO P/L 23 Sept '64).
The address files contain, ready for use in mailings, all the names in
central files and ready reference designations about these people.
The addresses are normally stored in some sort of addressing equipment.
Addres~o plates are tabbed in such a way that they reflect CF exactly. As a
person's grade or training level increases the tabbing is changed to
reflect this. Copies of all invoices are routed via Reception and Addresso
to CF so that addresses can be kept up to date and accurate. Copies of
training and processing certificates are sent via Addresso to CF so that
the tabbing is updated.
It is VITAL that address errors are corrected and address plates kept up to
date and correctly tabbed.
Not to do so causes ARC Breaks, wastes money due to numerous mailings to
the same persons under slightly different variations of the same name, and
loses names as people move from one address to another.
Addresso is always ready to give any department or unit a complete card
file complete with designations on persons in whom that function is
interested.
___________
Addresses cost a tremendous amount per address so never waste them.
Size of Mailing List
The size not the quality of an Org's mailing list and the number of
mailings and letters to it determines the gross income of an Org (P/L 30
July '68).
To promote you must have a full mailing list. Central Files and addresses
must not be permitted to be shifted, dispersed, lost, destroyed or
disrupted in any way.
Where this has occurred in the past IT IS AN ACTION OF VITAL IMPORTANCE TO
RECOMPILE THESE NOW.
All promotion depends upon your collecting mailing lists and exhuming any
Dianetic or Scientology name you can find and mailing them data.
Where an Organization's mailing list does not contain the names of every
person who has ever bought anything from that Organization, then these can
and must be recompiled from old invoices, old roll books and other records
of buyers. Book buyers, training and processing buyers, all had names on
accounts invoices. By going through these an address list can be
recompiled. Old roll books can be checked for names. Any Org record of past
buyers should be dug up and the names gotten onto the mailing list.
With the new Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course about to be sent to all
Orgs, even lists of old time Dianeticists will be found to be valuable. Dig
out those fists and mail them data on the new "Standard Dianetics", and the
Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course.
An Org's mailing list should never be left idle. A mailing list can be lost
just by never mailing anything to it. Persons move on and their new address
is lost as mail arrived too late to be forwarded. The whole of the Org's
mailing list should receive broad mailings of magazines, hard sell
promotion, fliers and other promotion.
|LRH:KD:an.ei.cden |Compiled |W/O Ken Delderfield |
|Copyright Q 1969 |by | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | | |
| | |LRH Public Aide |
| |for |L. RON HUBBARD |
| | |Founder |
[See also HCO P/Ls 30 July 1970, Registration Breakthrough, Vol. 2-301; 1
Dec. 1970 11, Clarification -Registration Breakthrough, Vol. 6-65; 3 July
1971, New Names to CIF Change, Vol. 6-227; 3 July 1971R 13 June 1973, New
Names to CIF Change; 18 Sept. 1971, AOLA Division 6 Defined; 26 Nov. 1971
11, Division 6 Public Reg Reinstated, Vol. 6-230; 10 Feb. 1972 111, Higher
Org New Name to CIF Definitions; 10 Feb. 1972R 12 June 1973, Higher Org New
Name to CIF Definitions; and 3 July 1971 R 13 June 1973, New Names to CIF
Change.]
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Pub Div |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hats | | |
|Div 2 Hats | | |
|HCO ES Hat | | |
|OES Hat | | |
|PES Hat | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 NOVEMBER 1969 | |
| |Issue I | |
| |CENTRAL FILES | |
| |VALUE OF | |
| |THE GROSS INCOME OF THE ORG AND WHY | |
The easy way orgs give away their Central Files or pieces of them to other
orgs indicates a complete miss on their value.
The average file folder in a CF file never costs less than $10 a folder to
obtain.
When you think of all the work and mailings of the Public Divisions and
realize that the direct Product of that thought and activity is a CF folder
you begin to get some idea of what it cost to have a folder to file.
The gross income catastrophes that follow giving another org the CF folders
of its area are fantastic. One check showed Wash DC dropped and lost around
$27,000 Gross Income in about one quarter after it gave away pieces of
their CF to small East Coast US orgs which didn't even have the facilities
to use them.
SH left half a ton of US CF folders in London unshipped to the US for a
long time. The astonishing thing is the tame presentation of at least
$280,000 worth of folders to ASHO with no thought of making any deal.
Jbg some years ago "misplaced" its basic 6500 CF address list and lost the
files utterly. It took 2 years to find the list (they had left it in an old
attic) and then for 2 more years did nothing with it. Stats down all the
time of course.
Treasonable propaganda to the effect "it's an old file" "those names aren't
hot anymore" encourage the disuse and disposal of CF files.
Yet a 5 year old file where the person has been written to dozens of times
can suddenly come alive, the person walking into the org.
I have seen dozens of "disposed" "inactive" files worked over and produce
thousands of dollars.
So a file is worth at least $10 or more to got but it is worth hundreds
when continually written to.
An org's potential fortune, its potential gross income is its CF. So what
would you think of a staff member or executive who simply gave away big
pieces of the gross income.
Well, think the same thing of someone who gives away CF folders. Or who
lots their address go stale. Or who fails to keep them up and work them
over.
In the US if anyone changes his address, the Post Office only keeps the
change of address card for 6 months. DC, failing to mail to a 40,000 CF
list two or three times a year lost 27,000 of those names because the
people moved, the address change at the PO got torn up and nobody could be
reached anymore.
The process by which you get your Gross Income, your portion of
proportionate pay and which pays for further dissem and PRO and service is
not a mysterious action. People don't just walk in out of the blue.
The Public Divisions get people into CF (by definition, CF is "people who
have bought something from an org"). Then Div 2 gets them into higher
services by Ltr Reg or phone actions. Then upper orgs get them into upper
services by paying FSM commissions to the lower orgs.
It can get very baffling how this simple and ONLY source of gross income
can be so missed that an org gives away its CF.
Even if "that folder" has bought everything that org has, it is still worth
a 10% FSM commission to the org who owns it if that org selects it and
sends it literature.
Honest, believe me, this is the only route by which you get in gross
income:
1. Public Div actions
2. Div 2 actions
3. Good service actions
4. FSM to upper orgs.
There isn't any other route for all other routes also have to follow this
route. Even Pub Div FSM selections come back into CF for further action
after first service.
Public Div actions mean "New names to CF."
Is CF then only able to sell to "new" names? If so your Division Il isn't
worth scrapping. Or your Divs IV and V need a hammering for having out-tech
and muddying up a field.
Listen: There is no other route to Gross Income than via CF.
Aside from dead people or people who want off the list or people who move
with no address change THERE IS NO VALID CF AGE.
Address of course is the CF index as well as who gets the magazine.
"Yes", somebody says, "but SIOUX Falls is West of our territory . . . . And
the org there said . . . . Listen, I wouldn't give another org the time
of day if my org got the CF.
Stop being so big hearted with your org's future gross income.
An OES, worried about having enough money to keep the org going and provide
services would be amazed to find out what would happen to his GI if he
forced this Pol Ltr to be checked out on the whole org. I'll bet better
than 90% of staff haven't a clue as to how or why or by what route they get
ANY income at all. It's all in this Pol Ltr.
|LRH:rs.ei.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1969 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|Remimeo |HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE | |
|Dissem Sec |Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex | |
|Hat | | |
|Dir Prom | | |
|Reg Hat | | |
|CF I/C Hat | | |
|CF Clerk | | |
|Hat | | |
|Address I/C| | |
|Hat | | |
|Address | | |
|Tabbing | | |
|Clerk Hat | | |
| |HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 FEBRUARY 1971 | |
| |Issue VI | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |CF AND ADDRESS PRE-SORTING | |
CF and Address should both have a series of baskets, one for each letter of
the alphabet, into which all particles are sorted prior to either filing
the particle as in Central Files (CF) or prior to making an address plate,
changing an address plate or tabbing an address plate as in Address. In
this fashion all particles can more easily be filed or handled.
The action then is as follows:
1. Sort all particles into the alphabetical sorting baskets using
the first letter of the last name as the criteria into which
basket the particle is placed. (A letter or invoice made out to
Mary C. Jones would be placed in the basket marked "J".)
2. Then file or handle from each alphabetical basket.
Number 1 and Number 2 as above can be done many times during the day as
required by the volume of particles received.
The baskets can be set up either in a series of basket stacks or they can
be laid out on top of a long series of filing cabinets as in CF. How these
are set up is a question of ease and convenience so as to speed the
particle flow.
As far as the baskets themselves are concerned, these can at first be boxes
which stationery is sold in or baskets similar to those used in Comm
Centers; however, as regards the latter it would be wise to obtain either a
different shape or a distinctive color because it not unfrequently happens
that these baskets are removed by other staff or HCO for use in Comm
Stations or in the Comm Center.
|LRH:nt.rd |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1971 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |Founder |
| | |
| | |
|1956 |
|26 |Registrar |309|
|Sept| | |
|. | | |
|26 |Gradient Scale of |1 |
|Oct.|Personnel Procurement | |
| |(HCOB reissued as HCO | |
| |PL 7 Jan. 1964) | |
| |
|1957 |
|25 |Concerning the |15 |
|Jan.|Separateness of | |
| |Dianetics and | |
| |Scientology | |
|25 |Referrals to Field |247|
|Jan.| | |
|22 |Policy of Mail |247|
|Feb.|Handling for | |
| |Prospective Preclears | |
| |& Students (HCOB) | |
|1 |Always Register and |309|
|Apr.|Invoice | |
|6 |Central Files and |248|
|Apr.|Procurement (HCOB) | |
|21 |Income |309|
|Apr.| | |
|2 |Dissemination |80 |
|May | | |
|7 |Assignment of |310|
|May |Auditors, Rooms, | |
| |Students | |
|13 |Financial |Vol. |
|May |Enrollment |4-129 |
| |Procedure | |
|15 |Central Files and |388|
|May |Procurement | |
|15 |Registrar |310|
|May | | |
|16 |Invoicing Items |309|
|May | | |
|18 |Policy on Signatures |82 |
|May |in | |
| |Publications(reissued | |
| |8 May 1959) | |
|1 |Who Can Order |see- 175|
|June|Printing | |
|3 |Letter Writing |361|
|June| | |
|16 |People's Questions |256|
|June| | |
|27 |Quoting Prices |256|
|Sept| | |
|. | | |
| |
|1958 |
|8 |Since people will |311|
|Feb.|begin to expect being | |
| |cleared | |
|4 |Addition to HASI P/L |311|
|Mar.|of 8 Feb. 1958 | |
|17 |Body Routing in a |312|
|Mar.|Central Organization | |
|23 |Vital Training Data |313|
|Apr.|for Training Hats and | |
| |Registrar | |
|6 |Modified Procedure for|314|
|May |Signing Up Prospective| |
| |Students & Pcs | |
|27 |The Washington DC |187|
|Aug.|central organization | |
|17 |Who Can Order Printing|175|
|Sept| | |
|. | | |
|2 |Sale and Conduct of |257|
|Oct.|Academy Courses | |
|24 |Ability Magazine |128|
|Oct.| | |
|31 |Use of Mimeo |175|
|Oct.|Restricted | |
|7 |Registrar |314|
|Nov.| | |
|7 |Letter Output |361|
|Nov.| | |
|15 |Outstanding Copyrights|172|
|Nov.|and Marks | |
|15 |How to Procure People |362|
|Nov.| | |
|15 |The Substance and |Vol. 1- |
|Nov.|First Duty of HCO |13 |
|15 |Legal Aid-HCO |Vol. |
|Nov.| |1-16 |
|17 |HCO Project Engineer: |83 |
|Nov.|"Have You Lived | |
| |Before?" | |
|17 |Free Clear |315|
|Nov.|Estimates-Free Clear | |
| |Tests | |
|22 |Owner of |Vol. 1- |
|Nov.|Materials-The |17 |
| |Legal View | |
|24 |Magazine Policy |127|
|Nov.| | |
|15 |Registrar Hat (Sec ED |316|
|Dec.|FCDC No. 2) | |
|23 |Quality of |183|
|Dec.|Presentation | |
| | | |
|1959 |
|20 |When in doubt about |172|
|Jan.|Copyrighting | |
|26 |Scientology Magazines |128|
|Jan.| | |
|12 |Book Administrator |176|
|Feb.|(previous printing | |
| |hat) | |
|9 |Tapes and Records |213|
|Mar.| | |
|10 |BScn/HCS Course Tapes |213|
|Mar.| | |
|25 |Book Policy |187|
|Mar.| | |
|26 |Dissemination |18 |
|Mar.|Secretary Hat | |
|8 |New HPA/HCA Tapes |214|
|Apr.| | |
|14 |New Book |85 |
|Apr.| | |
|16 |Books, Cost of |86 |
|Apr.| | |
|27 |Why New Books are Few |20 |
|Apr;| | |
|29 |Defacing Books and |188|
|Apr.|Proper Addresses on | |
| |Them | |
|14 |How to Establish Price|215|
|May |of Books and Tapes | |
|22 |Advertisement for |87 |
|May |Field in Certainty, | |
| |Ability, etc-Minor | |
| |Issues | |
|29 |Technology |Vol. |
|May | |1-24 |
|4 |Sale and Handout of |188|
|June|Certainty Minors | |
|4 |Definition of a Hot |364|
|June|File | |
|6 |"Have You Lived Before|87 |
|June|This Life" | |
|15 |PAB Liaison |129|
|June| | |
|1959 (cont.) |
|26 |Dissemination |11 |
|June|Secretary Hat | |
|2 |Scientology Magazines |130|
|July| | |
|29 |Sending Certificates |238|
|July|by Mail | |
|19 |Writing of Letters by |365|
|Aug.|Staff Auditors | |
|26 |Promotional Functions |259|
|Aug.|of Dept of PrR | |
| |(excerpt) | |
|3 |HCO Book Account |70 |
|Sept| | |
|. | | |
|5 |Tape and Record |216|
|Oct.|Production Hat | |
|6 |Two Fine Magazines |130|
|Oct.| | |
|23 |Recording of Taped |217|
|Oct.|Lectures at 1 st | |
| |Melbourne ACC and | |
| |Pre-ACC Congress | |
|23 |Attention Registrars |259|
|Oct.|and Book | |
| |Administrators | |
|27 |Processing of Children|260|
|Oct.|on the HGC | |
|30 |Magazine Arrangements |131|
|Oct.| | |
|30 |Blazer Badges |235|
|Oct.| | |
|31 |Magazine Mailings |131|
|Oct.| | |
|3 |Re-organization of |189|
|Nov.|Book Supplies | |
|20 |Validation of |366|
|Nov.|Franchises | |
|25 |HCO and HASI Blazer |235|
|Nov.|Badges | |
| | | |
|1960 |
|circ|Book Orders (LRH |238|
|a |Despatch) | |
|'60 | | |
|15 |Hat Co-ordination: |24 |
|Mar.|Dissemination of | |
| |Dianetics and | |
| |Scientology Materials | |
|15 |Disseminating |132|
|Mar.|Scientology (HCOB) | |
|18 |"Have You Lived. . ." |192|
|Mar.|Sales | |
|29 |HGC and Academy Prices|260|
|Mar.|for Minors | |
|8 |Tapes of Washington |218|
|Apr.|Congress | |
|9 |Outflow (HCOB) |367|
|Apr.| | |
|12 |An Analysis of |369|
|Apr.|Promotion (HCOB) | |
|25 |PRR Promotion (HCOB) |25 |
|Apr.| | |
|28 |Books are |88 |
|Apr.|Dissemination(HCOB) | |
|20 |Rush Magazine Note |133|
|June| | |
|6 |Membership Privileges |195|
|July| | |
|LT | | |
|7 |Training Applicants |318|
|July| | |
|15 |Congress Tapes |218|
|July| | |
|28 |Book Administration |193|
|July| | |
|28 |International |195|
|July|Membership Privileges | |
|2 |Book Supplies |196|
|Aug.| | |
|3 |Magazine Advert Policy|133|
|Aug.| | |
|19 |Registrar Lost Line |319|
|Aug.| | |
|14 |Book Department |197|
|Oct.|Procedure | |
|20 |PAB Magazine Supplies |198|
|Oct.| | |
|3 |Promotional Letters |370|
|Nov.| | |
|14 |Urgent Pr R |261|
|Nov.| | |
|15 |Modern Procurement |371|
|Nov.|Letters | |
|19 |Pc Scheduling |320|
|Nov.| | |
|18 |CF and Address Change |388|
|Dec.| | |
| | | |
|1961 |
|4 |Tape Copying Changed |219|
|Jan.| | |
|4 |Tape Leader Colour |219|
|Jan.|Codes | |
|9 |Book Administration |194|
|Jan.|(cancels 28 July 1960)| |
|23 |Shipping of Books |238|
|Jan.| | |
|30 |British E-Meter |228|
|Jan.|Breakage | |
|14 |The Pattern of a |321|
|Feb.|Central Organization | |
| |Dept of Promotion and | |
| |Registration (excerpt)| |
|14 |The Pattern of a |377|
|Feb.|Central Organization | |
| |The Letter | |
| |Registration Section | |
| |(excerpt) | |
|3 |Registration |322|
|May | | |
|9 |Book Sales |198|
|Aug.| | |
|13 |Photostats (excerpt) |134|
|Sept| | |
|. | | |
|13 |Boxes and Cardboard |241|
|Sept|(excerpt) | |
|. | | |
|23 |E-Meters to be |228|
|Oct.|Approved | |
|21 |Letter Writer's Code |378|
|Nov.| | |
|19 |E-Meter Supplies |229|
|Dec.| | |
| | | |
|1962 |
|12 |Comments on Letter Reg|262|
|Jan.|Department | |
|15 |Supply and Servicing |229|
|Feb.|of the Mark IV E-Meter| |
|10 |Supplies of Books from|199|
|Apr.|HCO WW | |
|10 |E-Meters |230|
|Apr.| | |
|11 |Supply of E-Meters to |230|
|Apr.|Central Orgs | |
|5 |Class If Training Only|220|
|June|by Academies and Saint| |
| |Hill | |
|22 |Autographed Free Books|199|
|June| | |
|1962 (cont.) |
|12 |The British Mark IV |231|
|July|E-Meter | |
|25 |Supplies of E-Meters |232|
|July|via and for Central | |
| |Orgs | |
|16 | HCO Electronic |220|
|Aug |Consultant Hat | |
|30 | Shipping Rundown |239|
|Aug | | |
|30 | General Form of |263|
|Aug |Release Contract | |
|13 | Comments about Letter|379|
|Sept|Registrar | |
|1 |Tapes, Student |221|
|Nov.|Purchase of | |
|21 |Re-issue of Materials |92 |
|Nov.| | |
|22 |Prices of the British |233|
|Nov.|Mark V E-Meter | |
| | | |
|1963 |
|6 |Selling Techniques |325|
|Mar.|Forbidden | |
|13 |Supplies of Books to |200|
|May |Scientology Orgs | |
|18 |Tape Release |221|
|June| | |
|2 |Public Project One |93 |
|Aug.| | |
|21 |Change of Organization|95 |
|Aug.|Targets Project 80-A | |
| |Preview | |
| | | |
|1964 |
|7 |Gradient Scale of |1 |
|Jan.|Personnel Procurement | |
|14 |Continental and Area |71 |
|Jan.|HCO Finance Policies | |
|24 |Enrollment Division |28 |
|Jan.|(excerpt) | |
|25 |Department of |29 |
|Jan.|Enrollment | |
|29 |Charts, Routings and |31 |
|Jan.|Publications | |
| |The Enrollment | |
| |Department | |
|5 |Founding Scientologist|264|
|Feb.|Certificate | |
|10 |Enrolment on Self |266|
|Feb.|Determinism (reissued | |
| |23 June 1967) | |
|21 |Department of |34 |
|Feb.|Enrolment | |
|24 |S.L.R. Ltd-Tape |222|
|Feb.|Copying | |
|7 |Director of Enrolment |36 |
|Mar.|The Letter | |
| |Registrar-Administrati| |
| |on | |
|11 |Departmental |39 |
|Mar.|Changes-Auditors | |
| |Division | |
|11 |Auditors Division |40 |
|Mar.|New HCO WW | |
| |Organization | |
|10 |Balancing Income-Outgo|98 |
|Apt.| | |
| |Paper, Postage and | |
| |Printing | |
|7 |Rights to Print or |177|
|May |Re-print Scientology | |
| |Books and Materials | |
|11 |Central Organization &|222|
|June|City Office | |
| |Tape Service | |
|12 |Policy on Technical |92 |
|Aug.|Information | |
|17 |Technical Info for |134|
|Aug.|Continental Mags | |
|23 |Policies: |41 |
|Sept|Dissemination and | |
|. |Programmes | |
|8 |Artistic Presentation |99 |
|Oct.| | |
|21 |Discounts-Central |201|
|Nov.|Orgs-Books | |
|30 |HCO Book Account |72 |
|Nov.| | |
|17 |Tape Prices |223|
|Dec.| | |
|31 |Use of Dianetics, |49 |
|Dec.|Scientology, Applied | |
| |Philosophy | |
|31 |Tape Availability |224|
|Dec.| | |
| | | |
|1965 |
|15 |No Charge Invoices |241|
|Jan.|(HCO Admin Ltr) | |
|21 |Vital Data on |4 |
|Jan.|Promotion (revised 5 | |
| |Apr. 1965) | |
|10 |Ad and Book Policies |101|
|Feb.| | |
|28 |Deliver |50 |
|Feb.| | |
|4 |Technical and Policy |103|
|Mar.|Distribution | |
|15 |Registrars, CF and |266|
|Mar.|Address | |
|5 |Legal and Promotion |52 |
|Apr.| | |
|6 |Letter Reg Hat |352|
|Apr.| | |
|7 |Book Income |53 |
|Apr.| | |
|7 |Book Auditor |380|
|Apr.| | |
|8 |Cancellation of Mail |389|
|Apr.|Lists to Field | |
| |Auditors | |
|16 |Handling the Public |56 |
|Apr.|Individual | |
|17 |Additional Mag Policy |135|
|Apr.| | |
|18 |Prices Lowered Because|60 |
|Apr.|of New Organization | |
| |Streamline | |
|22 |Booklets, Handouts, |184|
|Apt.|Mailing Pieces | |
|27 |Price Engram |62 |
|Apr.| | |
|27 |Book Promotion Design |108|
|Apr.| | |
|5 |Classification, |64 |
|May |Gradation and | |
| |Awareness Chart | |
|9 |Auditing |268|
|May |Fees-Preferential | |
| |Treatment of | |
| |Preclears-Scale of | |
| |Preference | |
|11 |HCO Book Account |74 |
|May |Policy | |
|13 |Sale of Bulletins & |224|
|May |Tapes Forbidden | |
|21 |Memorandum of |270|
|May |Agreement | |
|1965 (cont.) |
|23 |Rebates |271|
|May | | |
|28 |Some Allowed Ads-Book |109|
|May |Ads | |
|17 |Scientology Pins |381|
|June| | |
|18 |Areas of Operation |67 |
|June| | |
|21 |Orgs are SH FSMs |325|
|June| | |
|1 |Letter Reg-Body Reg |383|
|July| | |
|7 |Photos, News and |167|
|July|Statistics for Mags | |
| |and Auditor (reissued | |
| |9 July 1967) | |
|12 |Release Policies |326|
|July|-Starting the Pc | |
|16 |Continental Magazines |136|
|July|to Model after | |
| |Certainty | |
|19 |Disco un ts -Central |202|
|July|Orgs-Books(corrects 21| |
| |Nov. 1964) | |
|19 |Release Cheeks, |328|
|July|Procedure for | |
|22 |Dissemination |186|
|July|Materials to Saint | |
| |Hill | |
|23 |Priority of Power |272|
|July|Processing | |
|28 |Handling of |168|
|July|Photographs | |
|27 |Dissem See Hat |68 |
|Aug.| | |
|30 |Art (HCOB) |110|
|Aug.| | |
|1 |Publications |137|
|Sept| | |
|. | | |
|1 |Legal Aspects of Sign |273|
|Sept|Ups (excerpt) | |
|. | | |
|1 |Mailing List Policies |390|
|Sept| | |
|. | | |
|8 |Dissemination Division|384|
|Sept|-Registration | |
|. |Packet(Sec ED 89 SH) | |
|15 |Only Accounts Talks|Vol. |
|Sept|Money |0-275 |
|. | | |
|20 |Power Processing for |272|
|Sept|the Public | |
|. |(corrected per 30 Nov.| |
| |1965) | |
|21 |Purposes of the |245|
|Sept|Department of | |
|. |Registration | |
|21 |Memorandum of |274|
|Sept|Agreement | |
|. |(amends 21 May 1965) | |
|23 |Keeping Stocks Up |203|
|Sept|(reissued 14 Sept. | |
|. |1967) | |
|24 |Free Release Check |275|
|Sept| | |
|. | | |
|30 |Statistics for |12 |
|Sept|Divisions HCO Dissem | |
|. |Division 2 (excerpt) | |
|25 |Saint Hill Solo Audit |276|
|Oct.|Course | |
|28 |Discounts (Additions |204|
|Oct.|to 19 July 1965) | |
|2 |Foundation Central |392|
|Nov.|Files Officer and | |
| |Address-in-Charge | |
|7 |Autographed Copies of |204|
|Nov.|Books by LRH | |
|13 |Release Pins |236|
|Nov.| | |
|17 |The Basic Principles |7 |
|Nov.|of Promotion | |
|20 |The Promotional |14 |
|Nov.|Actions of an | |
| |Organization | |
| |HCO Dissemination | |
| |Division 2 (excerpt) | |
|23 |Mark V and Listing |234|
|Nov.|E-Meters | |
|7 |Tape Colour Flash Code|225|
|Dec.| | |
|9 |HCO Income |78 |
|Dec.|Memberships | |
| |-Congresses -Tape | |
| |Plays | |
|16 |Copyright: U.S.A. |173|
|Dec.| | |
|29 |Shipping Material to |242|
|Dec.|South Africa | |
|1966 |
|6 |Credit and Discounts |278|
|Jan.| | |
|9 |International Changes |392|
|Jan.|or Area Changes of | |
| |Address | |
|12 |Selectees |385|
|Jan.|Mailing-Selectee | |
| |Advice Packets | |
|31 |Compilations Section, |113|
|Jan.|Department 2 1, Office| |
| |of LRH (reissued 8 | |
| |Aug. 1966) | |
|11 |Shipping Charges |243|
|Feb.| | |
|14 |Doctor Title Abolished|119|
|Feb.| | |
|15 |Bulk Mail Packages to |244|
|Feb.|Washington DC | |
|17 |Promotion of Saint |149|
|Mar.|Hill Auditor Issue | |
| |Frequency | |
|3 |Dianctic Auditors |120|
|Apr.|Course | |
|9 |Publication Copies to |205|
|May |WW | |
|12 |Legal Aspects of |121|
|July|Success Material | |
| |Publications | |
|1 |Sign Ups and Discounts|280|
|Aug.| | |
|15 |Information Packets |122|
|Aug.| | |
|22 |Dead File: Restoration|393|
|Aug.|to Good Standing | |
|13 |Requirement for |281|
|Sept|Termination on the | |
|. |SHSBC and Enrolment on| |
| |Solo Course | |
|6 |Addition to HCO Div |77 |
|Oct.|Account Policy | |
|12 |Mailing of Letters |386|
|Oct.| | |
|13 |Advertisements, |138|
|Oct.|Continental Magazines | |
| |and Auditor | |
|13 |Invoice Routing |393|
|Oct.| | |
|24 |Blank Tape Reels |226|
|Oct.| | |
|11 |Postal Economy |123|
|Nov.| | |
|21 |Ideas and Compilations|124|
|Nov.|Branch WW | |
| |(amends 31 Jan. 1966, | |
| |reissued 8 Aug. 1966) | |
|7 |Magazines Permitted |139|
|Dec.|All Orgs | |
|16 |Registration |331|
|Dec.|Disagreements | |
|1967 |
|14 |Book Buyers |387|
|Feb.| | |
|15 |Auditor Magazine |150|
|Oct.|Success | |
|2 |Dissemination |9 |
|Nov.|Division, Departments | |
| |of Promotion, | |
| |Publications and | |
| |Registration | |
| | | |
|1968 |
|9 |House Flags |237|
|Jan.| | |
|10 |Politics, Freedom from|125|
|Jan.| | |
| |(reissued from LRH See| |
| |ED 56 TNT) | |
|19 |Stats Dissem |12 |
|Feb.| | |
|18 |Dianetics in |282|
|Mar.|Organization | |
|23 |Parent or Guardian |283|
|Apr.|Assent Forms | |
|22 |Translations |126|
|May | | |
|23 |All Scientology Orgs |206|
|May |can buy books | |
|23 |Book Purchase from WW |206|
|May | | |
|23 |Purchasing from Pubs |207|
|May |Org WW | |
| |(revised 10 Sept. | |
| |1968) | |
|25 |GDS-Dissern Division |12 |
|May | | |
|28 |Books |79 |
|May | | |
|5 |Stats Dissem (addition|13 |
|June|to 19 Feb. 1968) | |
|5 |Weekly Book Stock |208|
|June|Report Required | |
| |Weekly Book Stocks and|209|
| |Sales Report | |
| |Form 1B | |
|17 |ARC Break Registrars |11 |
|June|and Auditors | |
| |(corrects 2 Nov. 1967)| |
|17 |HCO Book Account |79 |
|June|(corrects 23 May 1968)| |
|29 |Enrollment in |284|
|June|Suppressive Groups | |
| |(amends 28 Dec. 1965) | |
|30 |Gross Income Senior |68 |
|July|Datum | |
|10 |Legal and |69 |
|Aug.|Dissemination | |
|24 |Dissemination |69 |
|Aug.| | |
|31 |Photographers, Of |169|
|Oct.|Interest to | |
|21 |Photo-Policy for |170|
|Nov.|Magazines | |
|24 |Auditor Correspondents|151|
|Nov.| | |
|25 |Saint Hill Income |154|
|Nov.|Peaks Reinforcement of| |
| |Auditor Promotion | |
|26 |The Original Auditor |155|
|Nov.|Journal Policy | |
|27 |The Standard Auditor |157|
|Nov.|Journal | |
|29 |Standard Actions, |161|
|Nov.|Office of The Auditor | |
| |Journal | |
|29 |Enrollment Cycle |358|
|Nov.| | |
| | | |
|1969 |
|2 |Routine Congress |141|
|Apr.|Promotion | |
|6 |Dianetics |285|
|Apr.| | |
|8 |Address Lists-Addresso|394|
|May |and Central Files | |
|17 |Mailing Lists-Central |395|
|May |Files-Addresso Basic | |
| |Definitions and Policy| |
|19 |Hubbard Standard |286|
|May |Dianetics Course | |
| |Policy | |
| |(cancels 7 May 1969) | |
|23 |Dianetic Contract |287|
|May | | |
|23 |Parent or Guardian |289|
|May |Assent Forms | |
|3 |Dianetic Course |290|
|June|Pricing | |
|12 |Dianetic Registration |291|
|June| | |
|9 |Confessional Aids |234|
|July| | |
|11 |Dianetics Auditing |331|
|July|Completion Certificate| |
|27 |Antibiotics (HCOB) |332|
|July| | |
|2 |Old ACC Students |293|
|Sept| | |
|. | | |
|2 |Triple Grades |294|
|Sept| | |
|. | | |
|3 |Former HDAs, HPAs |295|
|Sept| | |
|. | | |
|3 |Successful Class VIlls|296|
|Sept| | |
|. | | |
|9 |Publications Depts and|210|
|Oct.|Orgs | |
| |How to Straighten Out | |
|26 |Class VITT & HDG |296|
|Oct.| | |
|27 |Registration of SO |174|
|Oct.|Insignia | |
|17 |Dianetics and |297|
|Nov.|Scientology Services | |
|18 |Central Files, Value |397|
|Nov.|of The Gross Income of| |
| |the Org and Why | |
|3 |Issue Authority for |126|
|Dec.|Translations of | |
| |Dianetics and | |
| |Scientology Materials | |
|9 |Purchasing from Pubs |212|
|Dec.|Org | |
| |(cancels 23 May 1968, | |
| |revised 10 Sept. 1968)| |
|11 |Training of Clears |299|
|Dec.| | |
|14 |Magazines (LRH ED 59 |142|
|Dec.|TNT) | |
|16 |Used CF Folders |334|
|Dec.| | |
|21 |Guide to the Function |178|
|Dec.|of Printer Liaison | |
| | | |
|1970 |
|11 |Pricing- Rescue |300|
|Jan.|Intensives | |
|12 |Pricing-Singles and |300|
|Jan.|Triples | |
|15 |The Uses of Auditing |335|
|Jan.|(HCOB) | |
|15 |Handling with Auditing|336|
|Jan.|(HCOB) | |
|19 |Registrars' Advice |339|
|Jan.|Form (HCOB) | |
|4 |Pc Application Form |341|
|Feb.|for any Major Auditing| |
| |Action | |
|4 |Pc Application for |343|
|Feb.|Major Actions (HCOB) | |
|22 |E-Meter Discount |234|
|Mar.|Policy Purchasing | |
| |E-Meters from Pubs Org| |
|1 |Magazine Layout and |145|
|Apr.|Pasteup | |
| |(Dissem Div Advice | |
| |Letter) | |
|1 |PAB Magazines (Dissem |147|
|Apr.|Advice Letter) | |
|18 |Tapes (cancels 31 Dec.|227|
|Apr.|1964, amends 13 May | |
| |1965) | |
|19 |Mimeo (LRH ED 98 TNT) |181|
|Apr.| | |
|16 |Institutional and |345|
|May |Shock Cases, Petitions| |
| |from | |
|14 |Registrar Statistic |346|
|July| | |
|30 |Registration |301|
|July|Breakthrough | |
| |(includes | |
| |Clarifications per 1. | |
| |Dec. 1970) | |
|3 |Registrars May Now |346|
|Aug.|Talk Money Only | |
| |Accounts Talks Money | |
| |Details | |
|10 |The Auditor: Org |166|
|Aug.|Magazines and Comm | |
| |Lines | |
|13 |Assent Form |347|
|Oct.| | |
|26 |Institutional and |348|
|Oct.|Shock Cases Posting of| |
| |Bonds | |
|1 |Clarification- |see-30|
|Dec.|Registration |1 |
| |Breakthrough | |
| | | |
|1971 |
|5 |Org Gross Divisional |13 |
|Feb.|Statistics Revised | |
| |HCO Dissem Division 2 | |
| |(excerpt) | |
|5 |CF and Address |399|
|Feb.|Pre-Sorting | |
|2 |Mimeo Section |182|
|Mar.| | |
|11 |Registrar Invoicing |349|
|Mar.|Line (cancels 3 Aug. | |
| |1970, modifies 15 | |
| |Sept. 1965.) | |
| | | |
|HCOBs AND OTHER ISSUES IN THIS |
|VOLUME |
|22 Feb.|Policy of Mail |247|
|1957 |Handling for | |
| |Prospective | |
| |Preclears & Students| |
| |(HCOB) | |
|6 Apr. |Central Files and |248|
|1957 |Procurement (HCOB) | |
|21 Apr.|Income (Staff |309|
|1957 |Notice) | |
|15 Dec.|Registrar Hat (See |316|
|1958 |ED FCDC No. 2) | |
|Circa |Book Orders (LRH |238|
|1960 |Despatch) | |
|15 Mar.|Disseminating |132|
|1960 |Scientology (HCOB) | |
|9 Apr. |Outflow (HCOB) |367|
|1960 | | |
|12 Apr.|An Analysis of |369|
|1960 |Promotion (HCOB) | |
|25 Apr.|PRR Promotion (HCOB)|25 |
|1960 | | |
|28 Apr.|Books are |88 |
|1960 |Dissemination (HCOB)| |
|15 Jan.|No Charge Invoices |241|
|1965 |(HCO Admin Ltr) | |
|30 Aug.|Art (HCOB) |110|
|1965 | | |
|8 Sept.|Dissemination |384|
|1965 |Division- | |
| |Registration Packet | |
| |(See ED 89 SH) | |
|27 July|Antibiotics (HCOB) |332|
|1969 | | |
|14 Dec.|Magazines (LRH ED 59|142|
|1969 |TNT) | |
|15 Jan.|The Uses of Auditing|335|
|1970 |(HCOB) | |
|15 Jan.|Handling with |336|
|1970 |Auditing (HCOB) | |
|19 Jan.|Registrars' Advice |339|
|1970 |Form (HCOB) | |
|4 Feb. |Pc Application for |343|
|1970 |Major Actions (HCOB)| |
|1 Apr. |Magazine Layout and |145|
|1970 |Pasteup (Dissem Div | |
| |Advice Letter) | |
|1 Apr. |PAB Magazines |147|
|1970 |(Dissem Advice | |
| |Letter) | |
|19 Apr.|Mimeo (LRH ED 98 |181|
|1970 |TNT) | |
-----------------------
|LRH:rf.gh.rd |Peter Hemery |
|Copyright � 1960 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| |HCO Secretary WW |
| |for |
| |L. RON HUBBARD |
|LRH:jw.cden |L. RON HUBBARD |
|Copyright � 1965 | |
|by L. Ron Hubbard | |
|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED | |
| | |
[See also HCO Policy Letter 7 June 1965, Entheta Letters and the Dead File,
Volume 1, page 415.]